Document 197853

Or …
How to Mould Whole Generations
of Young People with Zero or
Weak Moral Values
Version 1.5, August, 2009 (International A4 Edition)
This eBook is FREE pass-it-on-ware. Please feel free
to distribute it as far and as wide as you can!
Drumbeat: How to Mould Whole Generations of
Young People with Zero or Weak Moral Values
A collection of readings compiled by John Mulligan.
Version: 1.0, August, 2009, A4 International Edition
Official address: On January 6, 2012, in Nambucca Heads, NSW, Australia, I was arrested by members of
the NSW Police Force, who were eagerly doing the dirty work of their satanic overlords, as usual. The reason?
I was trying to teach my family the real facts about the true religion, especially as it relates to love, sex, and
marriage, and the serious dilemma my family is in, spiritually speaking. Doing this God-given responsibility is
now regarded as a “hate crime,” as we should expect when Satan and his demonic followers are in control
everywhere. I am now “on the run” so to speak, and therefore I have no fixed address since that time. I might
also point out that the courts are Satan’s Courts, and have been for a long time now. Keep out of them
because you will not get true Godly justice there. The only thing you will get will be imprisonment, and perhaps
even death, if you try to preach the word of God in the wrong place and to the wrong people (even if they are
your own family members). More details are here.
e-Mail: [email protected]
To report errors please send a message to our e-mail address, with the word ERRATA in the subject
This book may be freely copied and distributed provided it is copied in total
with no alterations, additions or deletions. The publisher's name and
address should be included. No charge may be levied on recipients of
distributed copies.
No Disclaimer
There is no disclaimer offered with this book, because, in the difficult quest to becoming wholly good,
the reader will learn that we are totally responsible for our own perception and interpretation of
anything and everything that we experience. I have no intention of disclaiming anything that I write.
Perhaps what you will learn from reading this book may just persuade you to change the way you live
your life from now on. Anyone reading this book is wise enough to follow their own counsel and
therefore acknowledge that I cannot, do not, and will not tell anyone what to do. That’s because I can’t
open your gates for you. But I can tell you the truth.
‘New Revised Standard Version Bible, copyright 1989, Division of Christian Education of the
National Council of the Churches of Christ in the United States of America. Used by permission. All
rights reserved.’
"Freely you received, freely give." (Matthew 10:8)
Page 2 of 508
Published by © 2009
Warning: This book is still a work in progress, so please accept my apologies
for the disorder that exists in this book. There has just not been enough
hours in the day to bring it to the fitting conclusion it deserves. However, rest
assured, and God willing, the next edition of this work will see that
Fair Use Notice:
This book contains copyrighted material the use of which has not always been
specifically authorized by the copyright owner. We are making such material
available in our efforts to advance the understanding of humanity's problems
and hopefully to help find solutions for those problems.
Unfortunately, one of the sinister ways in which copyright has been used is to
prevent the people of the world being warned of the dangers facing them from
their enemies.
We believe this constitutes a 'fair use' of any such copyrighted material as
provided for in section 107 of the US Copyright Law. In accordance with Title
17 U.S.C. Section 107, the material on this site is distributed without
profit to those who have expressed a prior interest in receiving the included
information for research and educational purposes.
Page 3 of 508
Published by © 2009
Adolf Hitler said it best …
“... if you want to corrupt a country’s
youth, do it through the music ...”
“In 1991, 52% of our born-again church
kids said there is no absolute truth. In 1994,
62% said there is no absolute truth. In
1999, 89% of our born-again church kids
said there is no absolute truth. In 2002,
91% of born-again church kids said there is
no absolute truth.” 1
Christian News, New Haven, MO, May 28, 2003. Quoted in Riplinger, G.A., In Awe of Thy Word:
Understanding the King James Bible, Its Mystery and History, Letter by Letter, by, A V Publishing Corp.,
Ararat, VA, 2003. p. 29. Web:
Page 4 of 508
Published by © 2009
Table of Contents
How Did We Become Such Idiots? …………………………………
Our Children Have Been Led Into "Robotism" Apathy,
Violence and Drugs. ……………………………………………………..
Reading 1 …
Rock Music's Satanic Message. ………………………………………
Reading 2 …
Korn’s Thoughtless—Selling Satanism to Suburban Kids. ..
Reading 3 …
Popular Music is the Babylon System. ……………………………
Reading 4 …
Rihanna’s Disturbia: A Song about Being Possessed by Evil
Reading 5 …
The Occult and Prophetic Messages in Rihanna’s Umbrella
Reading 6 …
The God of Modern Youth—the Fame of Becoming a Rock
Star. ……………………………………………………………………………
Reading 7 …
The Satanic Roots of Rock. ……………………………………………
Reading 8 …
“Imagine a World Without Religion, It’s Easy if You Try.” ..
Reading 9 …
Rethinking John Lennon’s Assassination. ……………………...
Reading 10 …
The Aquarian Conspiracy: Fact Or Fiction? …………………….
Reading 11 …
A Satanic Checklist. ………………………………………………………
Appendix A …
The High Moral Damage of Rock Music. ……………………………….
Appendix B …
The Vatican Approves John Lennon: An Ill-Timed Act. …………..
Appendix C …
John Lennon, Prophet of the Devil. ……………………………………….
Appendix D …
Operation Chaos. …………………………………………………………………
Appendix E …
Does Conspiracy Extend to Musical Scale? …………………………….
Appendix F …
Rock Rebels "Clash" Were Corporate Puppets. ……………………….
Appendix G …
Inside The LC: The Strange But Mostly True Story of
Laurel Canyon and the Birth of the Hippie Generation. ……
Page 5 of 508
Published by © 2009
How Did We Come To Be Such Idiots?
The following essay has an interesting story. The author, a federal prisoner, wrote
a very intelligent and insightful letter to us late last February. In it he used the
term "idiot" in a very interesting way. In my response, I challenged him to develop
the term into something interesting, descriptive and inclusive in such a way as to
be informative and useful. What he came up with is not exactly what I had in
mind. It’s better. (DWH)
[This article was published in the Idaho-Observer in May of 2009 while
I was still in prison. And while Don Harkins edited the piece, he gave
me full credit for it. What was interesting about this article is that he
published it even though there were some things he initially disagreed
with, but published them according to the way I had written the piece.
Unfortunately, Don passed away suddenly in September, 2009 after
sustaining a very strange leukemia illness. Don was a good man and an
outstanding reporter who will be missed by his family, friends, and his
readers. I highly recommend the Idaho Observer. (WAT)]
By Walter Allen Thompson
“Why does he act like such an idiot?”
How many times do we ask that question about other people—even about
ourselves? There is no shortage of idiots and they are the primary reason it is so
difficult (if not impossible) to live on Earth in peace and truth.
Idiot: 1. A person afflicted with idiocy (extreme deficiency of intelligence,
commonly due to incomplete or abnormal development of the brain). Idiots are
incapable of learning connected speech or of avoiding common dangers in life. 2. A
fool; simpleton—a term of reproach (Webster’s Collegiate Dictionary [1947]).Today
the term "idiot" is most commonly used as a "term of reproach" while historic idiots
are now described as "retarded" or "mentally handicapped." We will be using "idiot"
and "idiocy" in the reproachful contexts in common usage today.
Foolishness, stupidity and ignorance are the product of influences that
relentlessly attack our sensibilities, faith and equanimity every day of our lives.
They attack the well-being of all men. Idiocy induces war and an enormous amount
of suffering upon mankind.
The First Idiot …
Who was the first idiot? As a Christian, I will say that it was Satan.
Here is a being who was in heaven, but swore oaths with other angels and sinned
Page 6 of 508
Published by © 2009
against his Creator—eternally damning himself because he wanted to usurp the
authority of God (Read Book of Enoch). And when God created man in His own
image, Satan was intent on destroying the lives of every man, woman and child.
The choice between good and evil—free will—has always been a part of God’s
creation. God did not create evil, but the tendency for Satan and mankind to choose
evil has always been present.
Satan became an idiot when he disobeyed God, incurring His wrath. Since
misery loves company, Satan spreads the misery by influencing mankind to disobey
God’s natural order of life. The "New World Order" was started with the first sin
and it has continued to this present day.
The March of the Idiots
The New World Order is the plan of the idiots who are responsible for the death and
destruction of the millions (if not billions) of lives memorialized in written history.
The reason is because the New World Order exists completely outside of God’s
natural order. Think of it as God’s natural order completely inverted or reversed:
Good became evil and evil became good; darkness is light and light is darkness. In
God’s order the strong and the wise came before weak idiots. In the New World
Order we can plainly see that idiots come before the wise because
idiots love death while the wise man loves life.
The worship of images, or "idols," is called "idolatry." The purpose of idolatry, the
worship of powerless objects, is to destroy mankind by influencing man to disobey
God’s natural order of life, thereby acting like an idiot.
Recently, the monetary and banking systems have been involved in numerous crises
and bailouts. When money was made of gold and silver it was strong. But paper
debt notes are weak, producing the boom and bust cycles that we have today. Any
monetary system that trades debt notes in exchange for goods and services is
doomed to eventual failure. Why? The people who designed and are currently
running the money system are idiots. In addition, the financial institutions are
patronized and regulated by idiots.
Idiot Worship
Most people know the histories of Hitler, Stalin, Mao-Tse- Tung and Pol Pot who
destroyed the lives of millions. These leaders were idiots. Worse yet is how
other idiots look upon the works of these men with favor. This kind of idiocy—
murderous leaders and the people who support them—is apparent in our own
political system. The same kind of idiots are in control of the United States [and
every other country in the world]. Through idiots in the mass media, the idiots in
leadership animate the rank-and-file idiots to do their bidding. The idiots-in-charge
derive their relative strength in proportion to the numbers of rank-and-file idiots
willing to support—even fight and die—for their idiotic causes.
Page 7 of 508
Published by © 2009
The idiots’ strength is the force of arms under war powers; it is easier to kill or
imprison anyone who questions the motives of the idiots-in-charge. And the idiot’s
message is this: "Let our strength be the law of justice."
Idiots Have No License
From where do the idiots-in-charge derive their authority? They are not
ordained by God because God is not an idiot. They are not ordained of God
(as in Romans, Chapter 13) because they break God’s commandments. The idiots
have no license to sin or do evil; no one has the authority to usurp God’s law; any
claim that idiots proceed with lawful authority is an utter farce: "For God made not
death: neither hath he pleasure in the destruction of the living. For he created all
things, that they may have their being: and the generations of the world were
healthful and there is no poison of destruction in them, nor the kingdom of death
upon the earth."
God did not make us in His image to be idiots. I used to think that all men
were born evil; they are not. The evil we do is chosen. If we were born evil, then
God’s commandments would serve no purpose because it would be impossible to
keep them. It is not only possible for a man to keep God’s commandments, but also
He expects us to keep them. And this is exactly how we can abide in His natural
The idiot will say just the opposite. "But ungodly men with their works and words
called it to them..."
The idiot brings evil upon himself because he has contracted with evil to do evil; he
acts like an idiot because he is an idiot.
How Do We Stop Being Idiots?
While sitting in a prison for the last four years, I realized that I have to stop
doing what all the other idiots do. I discovered that my isolation from the
outside world was becoming an asset to me because I have had more time to
think things through. But all of my actions are my responsibility and there is no
excuse for me before God if I do wrong.
I can’t just stop being an idiot without knowing how to guard myself from acting
like one. My mind is something that I consciously set out to guard so that I do not
lapse back into idiocy. My first line of defense is the eyes. I do not use them to
offend God in any way. I don’t look at or read things that will cause my mind to
become unsettled. I avoid all forms of material that is offensive to God’s natural
I use the same principle with my ears. I try not to hear anything offensive as it will
disturb the strength of my inner peace. By consciously guarding my eyes and ears, I
can effectively guard my mind and soul. As a result, I’m finding that I can enjoy
Page 8 of 508
Published by © 2009
long periods of time in silence without getting bored.
The key to overcoming idiocy is goodness and virtue. We should be
mindful about how we speak about and treat others. By exercising self-control, we
can break the idiotic habits of saying and doing things that harm our fellow man. I
actually feel good when I get the urge to say something idiotic and then hold my
tongue. I’ll admit sometimes it is difficult but I feel good when I can suppress my
evil inclination.
What are our obligations to God? Solomon says it in one sentence: "Let us hear
the end of all: fear God and keep His commandments: for this is the
whole duty of man” (Eccl. 12: 13-14, Geneva Bible).
The fear of God puts a man’s soul at rest because the man knows his duties to God
and he practices them. There is no fear of hell because his obedience to God’s
commandments is the source of his confidence, hope, faith and the love for his
Creator. On its surface, the fear of God putting a man’s soul at rest seems to be a
paradox. I think of it this way: The fear of God is as healthy as not putting my hand
into a flame. God will punish evil doers, so why be one?
I don’t fear Satan; I fear God. God makes the judgment; I want to have His
favor all of the time. I exercise my own self-control so as to not act like an idiot.
Idiocy’s Opposite
The opposite of idiocy is wisdom and with wisdom comes understanding.
"The beginning of wisdom is the fear of the Lord: all they that observe them, have
good understanding: His praise endureth forever" (Psalms 111:10).
Here are some of the aspects of wisdom that I am paraphrasing from the wisdom of
Wisdom is glorious, does not fade, and seen of those who love her.
Wisdom is a treasure found by those who seek her.
Wisdom is the breath of the power of God; the worker of all things.
Wisdom moves more than motion; it is the pure influence flowing from the
glory of the Almighty.
Wisdom is the unspotted mirror of God; the image of His goodness.
Wisdom is the brightness of his everlasting light; the knowledge of God, the
fear of God and the understanding of God.
Wisdom is privy to the mysteries of the knowledge of God; is patient, and
conversant with God.
The Choice Is Ours.
In light of the aformentioned, we can see that an idiot has no value to God if
he dies an idiot. To be an idiot greatly offends God. Man was created in the
Page 9 of 508
Published by © 2009
image of God so when he acts like an idiot he, in a sense, defiles the "copy" of God
and is, therefore, a degraded version of the original. The only true happiness in
life is having the favor of God; nothing else is better. But there are those
choices God allows us to make between life and death, good and evil and heaven
and hell; between idiocy and wisdom.
Most governments have failed because they were run by idiots with no
regard for God’s commandments.
Religions of the world with doctrines other than that which God has promulgated
are not valid and will suffer the same fate as failed governments and for the same
Our problems today arise from people calling upon idols or false gods
for answers. We turn to our enemies as if they are our friends. We look to idiots
as if they are wise. We treat idiots with honor and treat the wise with
contempt. We turn to darkness and live as if it were light. We call upon ruthless
idiots to do good when we should know they are incapable of it. The idiots have
the authority on earth because we, the idiots, gave it to them.
Are There Any Good People In Government?
I take the position that, if they take an oath of office (forbidden in the scriptures),
then no, they cannot do good even if they wanted to; the structure of government is
idiocy with evil as its foundation.
Oh sure, there are some seemingly good things about government but they are
always twisted and perverted to do the work of evil because it was designed
that way and is working perfectly. The real purpose of most governments
is to promote and grow idiocy by enlisting legions of idiot evildoers to
steal from the people.
Only One Way Out Of Idiocy
The only remedy for idiocy is to mend our ways and do good by being good and
by providing others with the example of our goodness through the plain testimony
of our actions. We are witnessing the last death-throws of this global
idiocracy. We should step aside and stand aloof from it all, keeping ourselves
within God’s natural order while adding virtues to our lives and exercising more
self-control. If we guide our hearts and minds to maintain God’s natural order in
our spheres of influence, then we will realize true peace. And pray for God to
give the idiots a place for repentance. This is the true power of God.
If It Weren’t For Idiots...
I will now close with an example of how things work when they are under the
authority of God. The following was written about 100 AD by Bishop Clement of
Rome in his Epistle to the Corinthians:
Page 10 of 508
Published by © 2009
"The heavens, revolving under His government, are subject to Him in peace. Day
and night run the course appointed by Him, in no way hindering each other. The
sun and moon, with the companies of stars, roll on in harmony according to
His command, within their prescribed limits, without any deviation. The fruitful
earth, according to His will, brings forth food in abundance. At the proper
seasons, for man and beast and all the living beings upon it. Never hesitating, nor
changing any of the ordinances which He has fixed.
"The unsearchable places of the abysses, the indescribable arrangements of the
lower world, are restrained by the same laws. The vast unmeasurable sea,
gathered together by His working into various basins, never passes beyond
the bounds placed upon it, but does as He has commanded. For He said, ‘Thus
far shall you come, and your waves shall be broken within you.’ The ocean,
impassable to man, and the worlds-beyond, are regulated by the same enactments
of the Lord. The seasons of spring, summer, autumn, and winter,
peacefully give place to one another. The winds in their several quarters
fulfill, at the proper time, their service without hindrance. The ever-flowing
fountains, formed both for enjoyment and health, furnish without fail their breasts
for the life of men. The very smallest of living beings meet together in peace and
accord. All these the Great Creator and Lord of all has appointed to the smallest of
living beings to exist in peace and harmony; while He does good to all, but
most abundantly to us who have fled for refuge to His compassions through Jesus
Christ our Lord, to whom be glory and majesty for ever and ever. Amen."
Compare the words of Clement to the idiocy of evil men. What is our
problem? Again, it rests on man’s desire to usurp the authority of God and to
establish a "New World Order" of idiocy and utter nonsense. God did not create
evil; man does that for himself. We all must place ourselves under the authority of
God and live in harmony and peace under His natural order. To do anything else
is idiotic.
Walter Allen Thompson is the author of The Grace of Repentance: Keeping
God's Commandments, which is available here:
Page 11 of 508
Published by © 2009
Our Children Have Been Led Into "Robotism"
Apathy, Violence and Drugs.
“True to Hitler's vow, ‘We shall wash off the Christian veneer and bring out a
religion peculiar to our race’ (The Nazis and the Occult, Sklar, p.147), SS soldiers
underwent occult initiations and ceremonies, to replace their Christian faith
and names with ancient Germanic names and worship rites (Hitler being their
incarnate deity), and to harness latent spiritual forces believed to reside in the
Aryan psyche. (Sklar, p.100) [This was not an abrupt change, since these SS
candidates had grown up in 1920s Germany, where the occult, psychic phenomena
and paganism were quite trendy. Presumably their parents, school teachers, civic
leaders and other role models had already contributed to the next generation's
conditioning by their own immersion in Eastern mysticism and spiritism. The
implications for today's youth, who are being raised on an even more
potent and invasive brew of the same, are unmistakable.] Secrecy, a total
dedication that erased all other loyalties, unquestioning obedience, isolation from
'common society', a sense of self-sacrifice, a place in an exalted and ancient line of
"guardians" [as the black-cloaked, Force-wielding Jedi Knights were described in
"Star Wars"], and a strict observance of hierarchal status were the methods
of fostering unity - all of them borrowed from occult societies.
But under it all, the abject fear was instilled in SS men of being found unworthy of
their exalted status, especially through the sin of independent thinking. The
group-think to which they had been subjected since early childhood sank to new
depths to minimize the chances of such a mishap. A required achievement for SS
candidates was Kadavergehorsam, or "dead-body [unfeeling, robotic]
obedience." In merciless drills, they were trained to disregard their own emotions
and consciences by performing acts of brutality on self and others usually
associated with satanic cult rituals. (See descriptions in Sklar, p.96-100) (Such
practices in satanism are meant to produce an altered state of consciousness and, as
they believe, to channel the natural horror response into psychic energy which
empowers spells.) In the resulting numbness, they could carry out the
most horrific orders without thinking, and walk among sickening
sights without flinching. Himmler firmly believed in the holiness of this
ultimate devotion, in which the SS suffered and sacrificed more than their victims.
For him, the unsung "glory" of the SS was "to have stuck it out... and to have
remained decent fellows." As for Himmler himself: "I try to reach a compromise in
my own life; I try to help people and do good, relieve the oppressed and remove
injustices wherever I can. Do you think my heart is in all the things which have to be
done simply from reasons of state?" The extreme sacrifices of the SS, he said, were
required in part by German racial Karma; an individual "oughtn't to think of
himself." (Sklar, p.90-91) [Undoubtedly, many NAers [New Agers] will view
themselves in precisely the same light when they are required to take part in
necessary future purges. The view is already prevalent in NA that individual
human rights must give way to humanity's rights, and this includes inflicting pain
as well as enduring it.] It was also German Karma, Himmler said, that they be
Page 12 of 508
Published by © 2009
"saved" by "a figure of the greatest brilliance"—meaning not Hitler, but the spirit
"incarnate" in him and possessing him. (Sklar, p.157)”2
“The reasons for this stampede away from reason and into mysticism [in Nazi
Germany] have been attributed to a complex environment: the upheaval in German
society and economy, an inner emptiness and fatalism which stifles personal
initiative, an erasure of moral and spiritual boundaries which leaves youth with
nothing to believe in and nowhere to belong, disintegration of traditional
family authority, a social devaluation of personhood which makes one ashamed of
having private values and goals at variance with the group. (Sklar, p.150) [I would
propose that all these conditions are not the cause for the abandonment of rational
thinking, so much as the result of a society accepting theosophical principles like
Karma and Group Mind.]”3
Related Article:
“From the occult, science, mind control and Intelligence have developed. By taking
over the Movie Industry, the Record companies, and by their control of the Fine
Arts, they know how to influence the teenagers to dance to their tune
and accept their kind of reality. This makes sense if you look at what kind of
"entertainment" we are enforced to enjoy. If you doubt it, just look at what influence
the modern music has on the kids; it's not uplifting and doesn't have love and
compassion as its end product. It promotes darkness, not light. And I am talking
about the overall effect, not individual artists, whom on rare occasions may release
something positive.
In fact, the music the teenagers have to listen to is often totally without quality and
lead many of them into "robotism", apathy, violence and drugs. It's also used for
mind control, as we shall see later. Real quality music is rejected by the big record
companies in favor for those with lack of talent. Since Black Sabbath in the
beginning of the 70:s and the Rolling Stones before them, Satanism (magic and
black magic) has been promoted through the music industry. Many groups followed
on the same track and have always been Hard Sale and heavily promoted and
distributed. Ozzy Osbourne is still going strong as is his buddy, Marilyn Manson.
Some people dispute that Black Sabbath were into Black Magic, but were actually
singing about God and condemning Satan. This is of course not true, but a playing
with words. It doesn't matter how you present the lyrics when the vibration of the
music is dark and gloomy. Tony Iommi, the guitar player in Black Sabbath, tuned
down his guitar to create this low vibration in their music, something that the later
Heavy Metal and Death Metal Industry adopted big time. Geezer Butler, bass
Source: “Nazism and The New Age, Hitler and the Occult,”
3 Source: “Nazism and The New Age, Hitler and the Occult,”
Page 13 of 508
Published by © 2009
player in Black Sabbath and the one who wrote most lyrics, admitted in public that
Black Sabbath were into black magic.
The same thing goes with Hollywood, which is also controlled and created by the
Jewish branch of the Illuminati and the Mafia (same Masters). The ‘E.T’-movies,
Dooms Day films and catastrophe-movies all align with the purpose to influence us
in certain directions, as we shall see later in this article. Occult movies have also
been made popular by Walt Disney and others to influence our children. All to
prepare for days to come. Still, for those with eyes to see and ears to hear, there is a
lot to learn from the Hollywood movies. The Brotherhood loves to put the truth out
there in plain sight in form of symbolism and coded messages. Those with the
knowledge to interpret it will be able to get the message. The rest of the population
only see an entertaining movie played out in front of them. They miss the whole
point.” Wes Penre, The Secret Order of the Illuminati: A Brief History of the
Shadow Government, available here: Updated: September 26, 2009
“I realized that this [rock] music got to the young people because the big beat
matched the great rhythms of the human body. And I further knew that
they’d carry the beat of rock and roll for the rest of their lives.” (Frank Zappa, from
John P Rohrer, The Unsanctified in the Sanctuary: Sacred Music Compromised,
The Landmark Anchor, Hanes City, FL., October 2003, p. 9)
Page 14 of 508
Published by © 2009
Reading #1
Rock Music's Satanic Message
By Henry Makow
“The second aspect of this mission is to bring about
the wholesale indoctrination of society as a whole.
Important to ensuring the compliance of Western
citizens, or at least ensuring they remain
oblivious, to the diabolical schemes of the
Illuminati, was a sophisticated large-scale
indoctrination program, known collectively as
the media and entertainment. Specifically,
these devices were exploited to distance Western
societies from their formerly held Christian morals,
which would otherwise motivate them to confront
such a conspiracy. The means of accomplishing this
denigration of society were, essentially, sex and
drugs and rock 'n roll.” (David Livingstone,
Terrorism And The Illuminati: A Three Thousand
Year History, BookSurge LLC, Charleston, SC,
2007, p. 201)
Page 15 of 508
Published by © 2009
Rock Music's Satanic Message
October 28, 2006
By Henry Makow Ph.D.
Recently NBC Dateline had a story about two
average American teenagers who murdered
and cut up a friend, put the body parts in a
garbage bag and hid it in a drain sewer.
(Dateline Videos "It began as a Teen Drama")
The announcer, the parents and the audience
shook their heads and asked: "How could they
do this?"
I was dumbfounded too. After watching a ten-hour 4-DVD presentation on the
Satanic agenda infusing much youth music, I have the answer. Incredible and
bizarre as it sounds, the younger generation is being inducted into Satanism. It is
being taught to murder, rape and hate society in general, and especially Christians
and Christianity.
Entitled "They Sold their Soul for Rock and Roll" the DVD makes a
convincing case that espousing Satanism is the price of success in the music
industry. Starting with the roots of Rock and Roll, down to Heavy Metal,
Goth, Grunge and Rap, this documentary shows that many famous musicians
actually see themselves as evangelists for Satan and say they derive their power
from him. They have literally sold their souls to the devil, and their primary goal is
to make us do the same. The MTV network is the handmaiden of this agenda.
Produced by "Fight the Good Fight Ministry" the DVD analyses the lyrics,
interviews and album art of more than sixty superstars. The consistent espousal of
Satanists Aleister Crowley, Anton LaVey (Howard Levey) and Madame Blavatsky,
and their inclusion in the album art, along with familiar Satanic imagery, is part of a
deliberate elite agenda. The list of artists exposed includes the Beatles, the Rolling
Stones, Michael Jackson, Madonna, Led Zeppelin, Kurt Cobain, Marilyn Manson
and Eminem. You can see excerpts on line. I recommend you watch Cobain,
Manson and Eminem.
This excerpt from "DEMONS" by Rigor Mortis is typical of heavy metal.
"We come bursting through your bodies
Rape your helpless soul
Transform you into a creature
Merciless and cold
We force you to kill your brother
Eat his blood and brain
Shredding flesh and sucking bone
Page 16 of 508
Published by © 2009
Till everyone's insane
We are pestilent and contaminate
The world Demonic legions prevail"
(from "Satanic Roots of Rock and Roll" by Jack Phau)
The DVD explains how music is the most effective means of brainwashing and mind
control, especially if the audience thinks it's listening to spontaneous creative
expression. The DVD traces the Satanic message "Do as thou wilt" (formerly "do
your own thing") in many songs advocating free sex, drugs, violence, murder and
mayhem. You are God! You can do anything you want! There is no inherent moral
order based on universal Love and Justice. The rock concert scenes are
chillingly reminiscent of the Nazi Nuremberg Rally.
The unabashed espousal of evil raises the question: why are the world's biggest
corporations purveying this poison? Why is tainted spinach intercepted, yet this
toxic filth is actually pumped into the minds and souls of millions of unsuspecting
The Illuminati's central banking cartel controls these corporations. Its aim is
"revolution" i.e. "communism" – banker world dictatorship and the destruction of
Western Civilization (i.e. based on the four pillars of religion, nation, family and
race.) They need to translate their control of our government's credit (ability to
print money) into total control using their cultural and political puppets. This is
why opposition to socially destructive elements (e.g. purveying homosexuality to
straights) often is NOT tolerated, but vicious hatred against Christians and society
in general is not only acceptable, but actually bankrolled.
"Christianity is our only real enemy since all the political and
economic phenomena of the bourgeois states are only its
consequences," a member of the Illuminati explained.
The DVD reveals that the Columbine shooters knews the lyrics of Satanist bands by
heart, and literally were acting out these instructions. They deliberately targeted
Christian students but the term "hate crime" apparently doesn't apply to Christian
Cassie Bernall was asked to reject God to spare her life. She refused. She is a Saint
but there is little mention of her in the Illuminati media.
"How could this happen?" Tom Brokaw intoned. With one hand,
the mass media pretends to be shocked, and with the other hand it
teaches children to kill.
Similarly, media and government pretend to stamp out child predators while at the
same time promoting rock groups that encourage children to have sex. The DVD
shows a "Spice Girl" serenading a six-year-old with a song advocating selfPage 17 of 508
Published by © 2009
What Are Demons?
“Demons are spirit beings without a body which seek a body to live in.
They do not care whether they live in a person or in an animal but they need a body
through which they can express themselves. There are conflicting theories as to their origin
but this does not matter for the purpose of this study.
The word “demon. comes from the Greek word “daimon” or “daimonion” meaning breath
or spirit.
Although we cannot see these spirit beings, nevertheless they do exist. Heathen cultures
have always acknowledged their existence but our so-called sophisticated western society
usually denies their existence.
Some psychologists have described them as “parts of the personality,” but refuse to
acknowledge their existence as spiritual beings. Jesus Christ had no problem about their
existence. Throughout the gospels we have references to Him casting them out of various
In fact He said:
“These signs will follow those who believe. In My name they will cast
out demons.” (Mark 16: 17)
One of the functions then of Christians is to cast out demons and the purpose of this
book is to encourage Christians to be willing and able to do so. We don’t need to be afraid
of them.
“He, who is in us, is greater than he who is in the world.” (1 John 4: 4)
I had only been a committed Christian for a short time when a deeply troubled person was
brought to me for help. The Lord gently spoke into my ear the word, “abortion,” and as I
spoke this word out this man, who had been a committed Christian himself, fell to the
floor, curled up like a foetus and began to scream. It was in the subsequent weeks that as
we ministered to this man, I began to learn about demon activity.
Demons have an intense desire to live in a body. The legion of demons who lived
in the man who had come out of the tombs, begged Jesus to send them into the swine.
They said, “Send us to the swine that we may enter them.”
This is the desire of demons, to find a body in which they may live and thus express their
characteristics.” (How to Cast Out Demons and Break Curses, 4by Bill Subritzky,
abandonment. It shows 14-year-old teenage girls who look like hookers admitting
that group sex orgies are commonplace.
Freely available here:
Page 18 of 508
Published by © 2009
Reaction to this DVD often is shock and denial. There is a tendency to dismiss it as
the overzealous work of Christian fundamentalists. Indeed, the makers are too
quick to reject Eastern religions as satanic and they fail to see how some performers
like Elvis Presley might have been honest dupes with good intentions. If you're not a
Christian, I urge you to overlook the sermonizing (although I personally think it is
pertinent.) The overall message cannot be denied and should not be ignored.
The Illuminati started off innocently in the fifties and sixties, urging the young to
defy authority and indulge their libido. Little did we suspect that "Sargeant
Pepper" referred to the Satanist and MI-6 Agent Aleister Crowley and that the
Beatles' label EMI stands for "Electrical and Mechanical Instruments" one of
Britain's largest war contractors.
Little did we know the music industry is controlled by corporations using the mob,
and many performers are brainwashed and drugged and live in fear. Little did we
suspect that their rebellious message advanced the Illuminati's "divide and rule"
strategy. Or that their prescriptions for living would make us dysfunctional and ruin
our lives.
To a large extent, our lives are shaped by Illuminati-controlled popular culture and
history.We are fed our ideas and beliefs instead of using common sense and firsthand experience. We are the product of someone else's lab experiment. The
"someone else" is a disciple of Satan who has hijacked humanity.
An argument can be made for some aspects of the "Sexual Liberation" and "New
Age" movements but the bottom line is they were designed to dilute and
undermine Christianity and serve as an intermediary step to a "Clockwork Orange"
society ( "Grand Theft Auto" meets "Brave New World.")
No wonder we see so many young people wondering around looking like
zombies. What is the pernicious message constantly whispered in their ear? Is the
Illuminati breeding terrorists in our midst, but real ones this time ?
Society cannot eschew God and pretend to be neutral and secular. God is
synonymous with universal spiritual ideals: truth, love and justice. You cannot turn
off the Light without being consumed by Darkness. Don't be fooled. People who
remove the Ten Commandments from public life are merely making room for
golden calves and sacrificial altars.
The "Open Conspiracy" is a cancer at the heart of Western Society and it is
reaching a critical stage. Do we have the "eyes to see and the ears to hear?" The
source of this cancer's power is the private central banking cartel. Do we have
the courage to tackle it? (This link will take you to the video of "America: From
Freedom to Fascism." and Web site.)
------Very important resource! Satan's Music More on Marilyn
Eye Opener! Wes Penre "Mind Control and the Field of Art"
See also my "The Fraudulent Basis of Modern Kulture" and "Bankers Behind the
'Counter' Culture."
Page 19 of 508
Published by © 2009
Rock Industry Critic, Musician and Illuminati News Webmaster Wes Penre's
British Use of Media for Mass Psychological Warfare by L. Wolfe
Comments for "Rock Music's Satanic Message"
Leo said (November 8, 2006):
Dear Henry: another great article. But why stop at Rock Music. Call me crazy but I
think music in general serves a purpose other then we've been led to believe. A
society that is constantly deluged with "tunes" whether in the car, donut shop, mall,
gas station or work, is a society unable to hear the voice of God. We read in the Bible
"be still and know that I am God".How on earth are we to commune with our
creator when we're humming tunes all day because they've been subtlely implanted
into our consciousness.
I became aware of this a while back when in a donut shop trying to think while
sipping my coffee, all I could do was hum along to whatever was playing on their
sound system. Our controllers are producing a society of robots who have a
continuously running soundtrack playing in our heads.
Who benefits from this? Certainly not us. Our communication system to God has
been jammed and most people haven't got a clue. It's an addiction so evil, that
people are unable to tolerate silence. Once in the car, they must turn on the radio.
As soon as they arrive home the T.V. or radio must be activated as background
noise. Even cottagers must bring all the comforts of the city (TV, stereo etc) to their
home away from home lest they be without their "fix".
A society unconscious and unaware is of course easy to control. I could go on but I
won't. Lets tell people to turn off the "tunes" and turn up the volume on God.
Mike said (November 3, 2006):
The article & responses mention the Beatles a few times. There've had their fair
share of conspiracy theories, of course, since the 'Paul is dead' thing of the late '60s.
I won't go into that now, but its just common sense (something Americans were
once upon a time supposed to have a lot of) that a group of such fame and affinity
with the BBC and other levers of the UK establishment would make a very tempting
target at least, for any scientists (mad or otherwise) out there with an eye (or ear)
for social engineering. John didn't last more than a decade (1970-80), so he's going
to talk about the industry. Paul's maybe not even Paul, and Ringo's been scared,
drunk, and reclusive for decades now. But George "Silent Beatle" Harrison was
consistently more outspoken when it came to moral/ethical issues; and was no
doubt a man of strong religious convictions and honest values. Hear his last song,
on his last album, in the last year of his life. What better title could there be for it
Page 20 of 508
Published by © 2009
Herb said (November 3, 2006):
Henry, you must be on to something bigger than you thought. The alcoholic says “I
don’t have a drinking problem.” Pop music must be as addictive as any other
Back in 1989 Joe Schimmel [maker of "sold their soul"]came to my church with his
record collection and slide show and pretty much settled the question on what the
sexual revolution was all about. I remember the same reactions that are in many of
your reader comments. Is this why we cannot break free from our illuminated
keepers? They have given us a drug, and we cannot see that it has hooked so many
who cannot break free.
One comment goes back to rock and roll bands of the seventies saying Boston or
ELO were not satanic. So were they promoting anything useful? Since the music
industry’s target audience is youth, I think it is worth questioning the purpose of
rock music and what ever other forms it has taken with so called genre. How many
lives have been trashed by this assault on youth? They are hooked on mindlessness
for life, and I&d bet none of these defenders of rock are under 40.
Sound Christians over the last fifty years have rejected rock for what it is a demonic
assault on youth. So now it is in the churches too. Are these the same mindless
churches that ardently support a war based on lies and call Bush a born again
Christian? Is this the “great apostasy”?
Lucifer is the deceiver and the Bible says he was created a musical being too:
JN said (November 1, 2006):
The examples you site are great examples of overt satanic messages... but I think
theres other, not so overt messages more in line with New Age (which is satanic, of
course) that hide themselves in plain view so to speak. For a long time I enjoyed
listening to the Red Hot Chili Peppers.. I always thought they had nice rhyming
schemes and that their song lyrics had a little more "brains" behind them than the
usual dross...
Then one day I started reading their lyrics and seeing what they actually said.. and
I've come to believe that a lot of their songs are absolutely new age based, glorify the
devil as a good being, and some of their songs even seem to me to be songs meant to
coax the antichrist out of his shell, or something.
Page 21 of 508
Published by © 2009
Try reading the lyrics to most of the songs of their album "by the way". Especially
"can't stop", "throw away your television", "cabron", "universally speaking", and
"this is the place".
try it.. you might be appallingly surprised, as I was.
Lisa said (October 31, 2006):
I think this quote is fitting for not only our gov't but also the "Christian" church of
A nation can survive its fools, and even the ambitious. But it cannot survive treason
from within. An enemy at the gates is less formidable, for he is known and carries
his banners openly against the city. But the traitor moves among those within the
gates freely, his sly whispers rustling through all the alleys, heard in the very halls of
government itself. For the traitor appears no traitor; he speaks in the accents
familiar to his victims, and he wears their face and their garments and he appeals to
the baseness that lies deep in the hearts of all men. He rots the soul of a nation; he
works secretly and unknown in the night to undermine the pillars of a city; he
infects the body politic so that it can no longer resist. - Marcus Cicero, speaking to
Caesar and the Roman Senate
On a positive note, my son is now 20 and has had his eyes opened to 9/11 and many
things regarding this world. My daughter, on the other hand, that is a different
story, lol. Kids nowadays are smarter than we give them credit for. I have just
learned to be careful what I say to them, so that when I do talk, it is something
worth listening to.
Christopher said (October 31, 2006):
I like a lot of Rock and a lot of Country. I like Metallica, but there are some songs by
them that strongly advocate a Satanic message. I choose to ignore those songs and
not listen to them, am I still wrong for listening to any of their music? I don't know.
But I think now with more bands coming out like; Nickelback, Dashboard
Confessional, etc. that more of the Satanic message is focused in Rap music, seeing
as how that's UNFORTUNATELY the big thing now. Look how "cool" you are if you
"go to the club" and go home with a different person every night, look how "hard"
you are if you wear over-sized clothing and start fights in the club. Look how "bad
ass" you are if you sell drugs and talk about how much you love your money (a big
sin.) Look how you wear excessive amounts of over-sized gaudy jewelry and drink
over-priced champaigne (oh! another sin Vanity.) But I'd say there is a small
amount in every kind of music. Even in new (pop) country now, like Tim McGraw
having a song talking about abortion, and making excuses for it. But I definitely
think that a lot of music that talks about mildly immoral things is just a pure
meaning of self expression, with the exception of Rap and (satanic) metal/rock.
Page 22 of 508
Published by © 2009
Ingrid in Sweden said (October 31, 2006):
There is yet another side to the phaenomena you describe in your article.
The main motivation for the development of Rock music was that youngstern
wanted to hear it. Although there was plenty of classics, jazz and easy listening
around in the late 60ties. But these did not correspond with the upcoming times of
.. "liberation" which actually only meant "change". Around puberty (between 15 and
24 years) kids want change and the parents may well disagree, the more the better.
In puberty kids go through an inbuilt chemcical imbalance in the brain, which they
experience as depression, panic, paranoia and other mental disorders. Alcohol,
drugs, music and false promises abouts "saving the world" are welcome to ease the
mind. And any reason to make noise (as in the form of loud music) and destroy,
what is experienced as repression. Everything wrong inside is blamed on parents or
society ouside. There is also a lot of energy to create a new world after the
pubertarian destruction of the parents world. Once the chemical imbalance in the
brain is over, people move on, and rock music is not needed any longer as a
salvation from mental disorder. Then it can be enjoyed for other reasons: for ex.
great tunes, voices, instruments.
Of course media companies have learned to exploit that confused state of mind for
business reasons. And they may even place distructive messages, you maybe right.
What disturbes me most is the total absence of shame. No values when profit rules.
Is the NWO valuefree?
James said (October 31, 2006):
Undoubtedly, you are fed-up with nasty responses to your ROCK article, so I will try
to be a bit more pleasant.
Being a lifetime follower, and pro-musicman of ALL types of stuff, please allow me
to make a very important point. When one says "music" today, we can assume that
the contents contain; 1. Music, and 2. Lyrics.
You may be surprised to find that most listeners do not even care about the lyrics,
myself included.
I hear the voice as an instrument, and therefor do not care really what is being said.
Sure, many kids today listen to some S _ _ _ lyrics, but most of us just want to hear
the marvelous dynamics that ROCK
music provides.
Allow me to make a few recommendations to prove that great beauty does exist in
the rock field.
Bryan Ferry/ Roxy Music (28 albums, all good)
Porcupine Tree (incredible creativity)
Focus (classical based magnificence)
Page 23 of 508
Published by © 2009
Gentle Giant (Masters of the music)
And let us not forget that the great John Lennon rejected his MBE award !
Richard said (October 30, 2006):
Where to begin? Your post tells the truth about something that even a lot of hard
rock fans know, but prefer to suppress at times. I still like to listen to Hendrix now
and then but, after reading a biography of his childhood abandonment by a
wayward mom and dad who left him and his brother as virtual orphans, taken into
the homes of neighbors and near strangers, I do so with a heightened awareness of
the pain and history of child exploitation that underlies his music. He was confused
at best, but still a believer in God, however with syncretic pagan elements like
voodoo having crept in. Hendrix was never an overt satanist like Jimmy Page of Led
Zeppelin, who went so far as to buy Aleister Crowley's house, or other avowed
satanists like Courtney Love, Eminem, et al.
Even Bono of U2 has proclaimed his allegiance to darkness. That's really no
surprise, given the Davos and D.C. crowds he hangs out with. Bono has dressed up
on stage many times as satan in drag, wearing heavy makeup and sporting red lame'
horns, calling himself MacPhisto. You can figure out some of the allusions of that
Back in 1998 I saw an MTV interview with Marilyn Manson. In my work in a
number of public school systems I had noticed that a lot of kids with indications or
known histories of abuse, especially sexual abuse, were big fans of Marilyn Manson.
I had always reasoned that the singer must have been such a victim himself. In the
1998 MTV interview he revealed that around the age of 9, I think, he was sexually
molested over a period of months by a man who lived next door, who threatened to
kill his dog if he told anyone. This certain sheds additional light on Manson's antics
and stage persona.
I think it is important to note the fact that a history of sexual abuse as children
underlies for many people their predilection for the more extreme forms of satanic
music and performance art. Given that in the U.S. the statistics indicate that at least
one fourth of girls and one fifth of boys (higher epidemiological estimates run to
one third and one fourth, respectively) are victims at least once in their lives of
some form of unwanted (and always inappropriate and morally wrong) sexual
activity by adults, the interest in such entertainment follows. And vice versa, ie.
such entertainment softens kids up for exploitation on many levels.
This constitutes a plague. And it is one which is both fed by, and which feeds, the
array of satanic elements in music, culture, and the pederast power culture and
occult structure of the elite, ad nauseum.
Page 24 of 508
Published by © 2009
The Underlying Beat
Constantly Changes
“He said we will use music, he described rock music, and it didn't make any
sense to me. I just didn't understand it. Since then, we are very much aware of
the fact that Pavlov was a Russian scientist who as you know used the dogs,
conditioned the doges to respond a certain way and then conditioned them to
respond other ways. Pavlov, we now know, was taken into Lenin's home in
Russia and he helped him complete the experiment. ...Then they did the next
experiment which was to play 2 metronomes, simultaneously, one at 60 and
one at 120 and the dog ... had a nervous breakdown. It collapsed, it
couldn't function, then they killed the dog by a very simple
experiment. They had one metronome going at 60 and one at 120 and this
one at 60 was suddenly stopped and switched to 120, this one at 120 stopped
and went to 60, and they went back and forth, and back and forth, and the
dog expired-just literally terminating the dogs.
Now that's __________ of rock music. That's the underlying beat that
goes on and it constantly changes, it is constantly changing. That's
why you'll have several guitars and several instruments that are the same; the
instruments are the same, they don't have a trumpet and saxophone and a
violin because what they need is the conditioning ability of those instruments.
They need intense volume, they can deliver any message whatsoever, whether
it is backward or forward, doesn't matter whether you can hear the words in
the language that we are speaking or whether it's exactly the opposite but the
brain will unscramble it and pick it up. And so we know, for example, that this
melodic dissonance can create a conditioning effect so that you will believe
whatever it is that you are taught.
This is the beginning of the free love revolution, is the beginning of
the drug culture, the beginning of anti-authority revolution, the beginning of
our deterioration of our respect for the flag, the country, the policemen, all the
institutions that hold the fabric of our society together.
And so these things, he described to me, in great detail. It was fascinating, it
just was sort of overwhelming to me. I just was, so much of it I didn't
remember because it was so foreign to what I could relate to and so he
indicated of course that they would use force where necessary.
He said to me that we'll take the children from their parents, early
enough so that we can condition them; we eliminate all mental,
emotional, and physical cripples at birth. They would of course
have to be terminated.”
(“Communist Revealed the ‘Plan’ to Mormon,” 5)
Islam has a history of keeping a weather eye out for the unsalutary effects of much
music. Some branches of Islam hold all music to be potentially evil in effects, as do
some branches of Christianity, whereas the various muslim Sufi sects use music as a
Page 25 of 508
Published by © 2009
form of praising God and drawing nearer in one's heart to the divine presence.
You have illuminated (I would like to re-take that verb for benevolent use again) a
terribly important aspect of our culture, and by allusion, also shed light on a much
deeper aspect of human culture, the power of music, and its potential range of
effects from demonic to divine.
My wife and I always appreciate your yeoman's efforts. If it weren't for a very few
individuals such as you, the web would be a near total wasteland as far as insight
into the forces that are moving our world is concerned.
Daniel said (October 30, 2006):
First of all I am a 44 year old musician, have played bass for 30 years, and my
favorite type of music is heavy metal. So I feel I have a pretty good perspective. Do I
think you're right, oh ya. Do I feel that the Illuminati uses music to infiltrate the
minds of its' listeners, oh ya, no doubt about it. When one simply stands back, and
thinks for a moment it is easy to understand why and how.
If I were to try and find a way to corrupt the minds of youth, I would attempt to find
something that is popular, something that relates to the struggles of youth,
something that is repetative, and something highly
symbolic. Ah Ha... music. One common thread of todays youth is music. When I
was young, no one carried around music, till the walkman, and now music is
everywhere. I see kids with MP3 players everywhere, being used even at times when
their activities conflict with music.
Music is now a very very powerful medium.
For kids today music is like breathing, how conveiniant.
Combining this with the turmoil of youth, is like adding gasoline to the fire. When I
was young, rebellious, full of frustration and anger, music became a friend, an ally if
you will, in my daily struggle against the institution. There was a bond, and i'm sure
every kid knows of what I speak. One felt as if the music and lyrics were almost an
entity that knew how you felt and could relate to your struggle.
I remember a thousand favorite songs i've had over the years, never stopping to
wonder how is it I can remember those songs to this day. I can recite the lyrics, and
hum the melody, even though at times never prompted,they just appear with the
memory of a favorite moment. If only my ability to recall my chemistry and physics
had been that easy. Then again, if I had recorded my chemistry and physics and
listened to them over and over and over, it might have yielded the same result. Yet
another key component in mind control ...repetition.
The final key in my theory is symbolism. We see it everywhere, on everything. Music
is the perfect venue for symbolism. We see the hand signs, we see the band logos,
Page 26 of 508
Published by © 2009
we see the fashion, we see the lifestyle, we see the videos, we see the reality tv,
everywhere music is, you find symbolism. It becomes part of who you are. Better yet
we ourselves become symbols.
These to me are the keys to how music is used as a form of mind control.
People do not understand mind control, but they need to find out. Henry, until I
started to research the Illuminati/New World Order and the ominous machine that
it is, I had never ever even thought of mind control. Upon my research into this
topic I quickly became confronted with two themes, mind control and satanism .
People do not know who the Illuminati are, and they have no knowledge of mind
control and, until they do, people cannot see how music can and is being used to
change societies norm and therefore in the end have them participating in satanism.
Prior to my awakening I was one of those people who coveted music without any
knowledge of it's use by satanists/Illuminati/New World Order to further there
mission. I believe that until people understand that there is angenda to use music
maliciously, and combine it with mind control techniques,people will always react
in the typical way, denial. They do not want to admit they have been had, I didn't,
still don't, but it is a fact I can't deny anymore.
For those who feel Henry is saying every band, every group is satanic,read his
article again. Henry is not that dumb, trust me. What he is saying is satanists are
using music to the demise of us all, it is rampant, and it is being used as part of a
large mind contolling agenda.
Whether you want to admit how much you participate is up for debate, but not
whether it is taking place. Do the research, I have, I don't like to admit it, but they
fooled me for many years. Sometimes it is worth being wrong.
Thanks Henry, again for enlightening us through your words and perspectives, and
encouraging us to THINK.
Judy in New Zealand said (October 30, 2006):
Hi Henry,
Just read your article "Rock Music's Satanic Message" and you're onto it. I'm not as
familiar with the banking cartel which you refer to to as I am of young people and
rock music. As parents we ran the gauntlet with pernicious rock music worming its
way into our home without having purchased it. It is obvious that some of the
modern rock music is mood altering in a negative way. I was shocked when reading
through the lyrics of one particular group called "Slipknot" and noticed the
depressive themes of death and pain and the notes were deliberately distorted with
the words screamed out.
Later I saw the same group being interviewed on late night television and they
openly spoke of involvement with spiritism which went some of way to explaining
the morbid themes throughout the music. I think the "heavy rockstars" the young
people adore are only phoney straw people driven by fame and wealth who don't
Page 27 of 508
Published by © 2009
much care that their music may encourage suicidal thoughts or negative emotions.
Ultra violent video games along with the more extreme and restricted modern rock
music is toxic techno and potentially damaging to young people whose minds are
vulnerable and formative. In enlightened society peddlers of such vile sludge would
be viewed with the same public scorn as drug peddlers are.
From Judy
New Zealand
ps Forgot to mention in my first email in light of negative comment about a number
of contemporary Christian musicians I would draw attention to an outstanding
contemporary Christian musician, namely Fernando Ortega. He writes and
composes his own songs, the lyrics are poetic and the music beautiful and not
tainted by hype. There is a rich spiritual intimacy in his music and a lullaby quality
to some of the slower songs.
Mike said (October 30, 2006):
Not all of us who write and record hard driving rock are satanic. But the Satanic
elite will use this medium to reach out to the white youth of the world, to mind
shape, demoralize and desensitize them to ever fighting the real parasites that run
this world. They are being programmed to kill themselves or others with in their
proximity. The use of zombie drugs like Zoloft, paxil, xanax, you name it, put the
right lethal combination together to create walking time bombs.
But this same medium can reach those same youths to absorb the light of truth into
them. It works both ways, and my buddys band has learned from the best and is
reaching the youth.
If you would like to hear some of it, shoot me a mailing address and i will be glad to
forward a couple of discs to you.
Frank said (October 30, 2006):
I am sick and tired of christian moralists attacking all forms of occultism.
RELIGION is satan's #1 weapon; I am talking about the pathetic idea that God
wrote one tome, and that tome has a set of books that are his "Word".
Occultist are so evil, they brought the enlightment era; so evil they ended the
dogmatic morality in the 60's....not. While spoiled teenagers seek drugs instead of
trance; religious moralists seek "salvation" not spirituality. Ive even heard someone
claim Yoga is demonic while there really is no difference between a Kundalini
Rising expirience and when Jesus "saved" people in his travels (which he did, this is
called shaktipat, google it) ......Of course Kundalini has serpents symbols OMG RUN
THE DEVIL!!! I will not exaggerate anymore, i was just making a point.
Page 28 of 508
Published by © 2009
Anyways this all amounts to saying that we don't have good music anymore because
of our society. Our Kids are pulled everyday with 2 types of spiritual-less groups:
Secular skeptic atheists who never accept anything above functiontionality, they
who get alarmed when you mention something of value with no material value, the
ones that make you seek boundless material riches, pathetic that they never see that
the "scientist" who made "modern science" where mostly occultists. Then there are
the repressive moralists who want you to surrender your mind to a CODE of
BELIEFS (i am sorry but supposedly feeling God with you because you were praying
is nothing but a personal insult to one's intellect, thats just inspiration) that they
hold as True.
There is no spirituality in not having sex. So i met a sexually open woman at a party
and I have the appropiate protection. Where is the Evil in that? that in a book it says
in a verse to wait dosn't make not waiting evil. The sad Truth is that many people
are not mature enough to handle liberated sexuality and love at the same time.
This kind of article involved all areas of humanity even some extra-areas so if i
didnt get anywhere so far, I wont do any better now. I have included an IMAGE that
is related to something i said here but i included it becuase it can be considred a
representation of the Truth. (Where Occultism meets Religion, where you see their
common Source, there is the Truth) …
… (this article will give you a glimpse for the first time in your life of an element of
that group you call the "illuminati" (they never used that name again after Bavaria)
I suggest you read Franz Bardon's "Frabato the Magician" i'm sure no one has lived
up to the Lord and understood the Divine more than him in our times. He is
unpopular both outside and inside occultism circles. Bardonian lodges are
constantly harrased by black lodges and recently intelligence services "occult"
I also suggest you read "Initiation into Hermetics" the Theory section. Many
initiates (like many "Golden Dawn") have been duped into some kind of sinister yet
intelligent mix of Hermetics and goetic daimon worship. The True Path is free, it's
deep and meaninful and it's for the masses not to be held as a secret. While that
book has a complete Hermetic system in it (and a very perfect one) it is as if there
where conscious ignorance of the book and Bardon's works (like 9/11 truth).
Sam said (October 30, 2006):
I wholeheartedly agree with your recent commentary on rock music and its
influence as well as its message. Anyone who thinks that Rock started out
innocently and somehow got mangled up with recent the satanic garbage only
believes what they want to believe. One needs only look at the Beatles and their
incorporation of the self proclaimed Satanist Alester Crawly in one of their albums
which features people they hold in high regards. Also playing some rock music in
Page 29 of 508
Published by © 2009
reverse may be of further proof of the mind manipulation and contamination of
subliminal messages in most rock music (and in music in general in my opinion)
listen for yourself:,%20Satan%20and%20How%20He%20
Curtis said (October 30, 2006):
I read your articles, and for the most part they seem intelligent and well thought
out. Now you seem to be losing your way, along with your rational and critical
thinking skills. You are becoming what the Bush administration wants every person
to be, and that is fearful and hysterical.
We both grew up about the same time. You survived and so did I. If you tried to
apply now your beliefs to what was happening back then, the alarms would never
have stopped the hype regarding Hendrix and his acid experience, or the Beatles
and their smoke pot theme, and of course Janis Joplin and her heroin use, God save
us with what the Doors represented. This is what youth does.
The alpha letters after your name don’t mean much to the masses anymore. Stop
your quivering, and Chicken Little shtick. You are over paranoid and sounding more
and more like Bill O’Reilly, and that certainly does not say much for you.
----Curtis, If you have vision, you can see where society is going before it actually gets
there. The people in "Brave New World" were happy, but they were slaves.
Russ said (October 30, 2006):
While not all rock music is satanic--probably only a small percentage is overtly so,
the practical function of much of the non-satanic music is to draw young minds into
the genre.
Almost no one at first craves the sound and message of Marilyn Manson. Most
young listeners begin their rock music experience listening to something nonsatanic and "harmless." Once the appetite is whetted, however, kids look to extend
their experience. Many--especially boys/young men--begin to explore the outer
edges of rock looking to stimulate their appetite for excitement and the forbidden
Page 30 of 508
Published by © 2009
The Underlying Beat …
da-da-DAH! da-da-DAH!
January 8, 2010
Mack Writes: “I might have missed it, but you might want to look into an
article on the anapaestic beat in contemporary music.
Once you do the research on the underlying beat (da-da-DAH! da-da-DAH!)
and learn to identify it, you will probably find, like I did, that we are
constantly being blasted with it. It is in all the stores, coffee shops, gasstations, malls, gyms, and media. It has even taken over the churches via
"contemporary" services. And if no PA system is available, then kids, joggers,
and commuters use their i-pods to maintain the addiction they've developed
to this beat.
This particular beat originates with the African drum rhythm, and
it entered modern music when southern blacks applied it to other
instruments, forming jazz, and for singing in a folk ballad style, beginning
early rock music. Musical conductors took the beat (called syncopation) and
they formed swing and big-band style music.
Today this beat is in all forms of modern music, and blasted everywhere
so you can't get away from it. The subconscious mind knows exactly what it is
listening to and causes the body will tap or move or sway to the music without
a second thought.
Man is three parts: body, soul, and spirit. The African beat is aimed at the
carnal level of man, whereas the most elevated music is spiritual. Listening to
higher music aimed at the spiritual level (like ancient church music and
baroque) is peaceful and can be done without any urge to move the body at all.
Also, there is a lot of "good music" that appeals to the level of man's soul, and
is emotional (classical, folk, marching, hymns). This type of music usually has
even tempo beats or very light syncopation.
It is unhealthy to have all music tainted by this fleshy beat. It is like feeding
the body cotton-candy for breakfast, lunch, and dinner. Unfortunately many
people are addicted, and don't even know it. Eventually their need for the beat
becomes so strong they actually can't stand hearing spiritual level music any
more: it becomes "corny" and "boring" to them.”6
with "harder" stuff. This is where satanic rock gets the majority of its devotees.
Minds must be primed.
Page 31 of 508
Published by © 2009
I am the product of a very solid Christian home. Nevertheless and despite many
warnings, I very nearly followed this path all the way. Only because of God's grace
did I drop rock. (I made the decision to drop rock while at university, finding that
the music so pervaded my thoughts that I could not concentrate sufficiently to write
an exam. As my brain began to clear, I began to understand the profound influence
rock had over my thoughts and thenceforth my actions.) In my experience I found
that I needed to drop not just rock, but all of what I would describe as the "feeder"
rock variations as well. There is much else to listen to!
For those who claim that not all rock music is satanic, I would remind them that
"wide is the gate, and broad is the way, that leads to destruction" but "narrow is the
way that leads to life--and few there be that find it." Matthew 7:13, 14.
Surely rock is not worth the risks.
Ron said (October 30, 2006):
I see Neff's idiotic response [below]to your excellent piece on Satanic music,
recommending Black Sabbath for "some really good Christian music". If you would
like some excellent material corroborating your position, please feel free to
download the PDF file of the book SATAN'S DRUMMERS at this location:
We have featured your work many times in our review and you are "right on track".
Keep up the good work, sir.
Ron Kirzinger, Editor
CONTACT News Review
Paul from Vienna, Austria said (October 30, 2006):
Extraordinarily critical comments on the Rock and Roll article Henry. But how
many of those writers viewed the DVDs I wonder ? I've seen those DVDs and based
on their comments, I would say zero have watched them. In other words 100 %
guesswork - normally the hallmark of fools. No wonder the NWO are laughing - we
will be defeated by our own side at this rate.
Such emotional outbursts and anger - just for a review ? Don't take it personally
though - many obviously suspect it is true (at least they must if they have a sudden
rush of blood to the brain once a day, and their eyes open), but maybe they can't
face the mental self-destruction as they paradoxically like the music or are addicted
to it.
p.s. Curt’s comments [below] are ugly or should I say giftig ? Hmmm, Curt - das ist
eine gute Deutsche Name fur ein bl’dehund, na ? Curt, die einball (oder Fuhrer der Grsste Feldherr Alle Zeit), is “downstairs” now, and it is not Jews, nor
Christians, nor Muslims, Parsees, or Shintos that head the NWO gang, but satanists.
Page 32 of 508
Published by © 2009
Curt, may we ask you what is your own religion and your own ancestry, and can you
prove it ?
Tim said (October 29, 2006):
There is a lot of satanic hype in music. On that point I will give readily. However
there are just as many anti-NWO type bands and some
like Green Day openly call Bush a fascist.
The lyrics to American Idiot and Holiday are anything but satanic. The scream out
against the media lies and manipulation.
The recording industry cares only about money. They promote mostly drivel and
pop music that is devoid of any intelligence. They don't care about anything but
making money for themselves.
As much as they want to the recording industry can't control artists output. Once
they get popular, like Green Day, they can put out stuff
I'm sure the industry would rather not see.
Curt said (October 29, 2006):
Read your newest bilge, i.e. Rock Music's Satanic Message," and just wanted to
point out as I always do, "It''s the Jews Stupid!" Henry, you can't possibly not know
that Jews dominate the music business just as surely as they do the television
Do you really get that many readers any longer? I think your message is losing
credibility, while mine is gaining.
Have a nice day.
James said (October 29, 2006):
Rock Music covers a very broad spectrum of music! Not all rock music, in fact
MOST rock music, is not in any way related to Satanic Rock. Satanic Rock is unique
and something unto itself, it's even unique to "heavy metal" now days.
Just as it would be improper to say "Drunk! - Country Music's Alcoholic Message"
just because about 30% of country music is about getting or being drunk.
I've been watching this hooplah for many years. There IS a contingent of musicians
in heavy metal which do use the Satanic to sell their albums, mostly because it's
wild, spooky and kids love it. They don't take it seriously, sad, though that may be.
The Marylin Mansons are few and far between.
But to indict all of Rock music? That's just flatheaded nonsense and so long as
Christians keep doing this they will be tuned out (and rightly so) by thinking people
Page 33 of 508
Published by © 2009
who can easily discern this is just prejudiced. As stupid as suggesting Elvis' dancing
would catapult teen girls into sexual frenzies they couldn't control. Never happened.
As ridiculous as having Pat Boone replace Little Richard for fear that white girls
would want to date and sleep with black men. Rock and Roll has been surrounded
from the beginning by such ignorance, and it continues today.
I'm embarrassed for the researchers because they are typical brainless born agains,
and as a born again Christian myself, I really resent the way these yahoos bring
reproach upon Christianity and Christ's name with their fearmongering
broadbrushed nonsense.
You wanna hear some good Christian rock? Listen to BLACK SABBATH. Every song
is about how the devil will destroy your soul. THAT is a GOOD message. Is Creme
Satanic? Is Journey Satanic? Is Foreigner Satanic? Is ELO Satanic? I could go on
and on...
Do you realize the number of rock bands I could list off that have absolutely NO ties
whatsoever with anything even remotely Satanic? It would require a 3 meg pdf file!!
But you're citing right-wing evangelical hysteria that indicts ALL Rock music. That
is just plain ignorant. And people see it as ignorant -- you don't reach them with
ignorance like this. This just brings reproach.
You're not going to reach thinking people. You're just going to come off as someone
who lumps everyone into the boogie man "satanism" basket, and people are tired of
hearing that because they KNOW its absolute bullcrap.-----------James,
Obviously not every song by every rock group is going to be purveying the Satanic
message but there are enough to recognize a consistent agenda. As for the others,
how many actually make us feel proud to be human beings, feel solidarity and love
for others, and feel really positive about life?
Stacy said (October 29, 2006):
Please alert your readers to the book entitled "Gods Of Wasteland" by Michael Matt.
I think this is the definitive book on this topic. As a Gen X-er, (age 37) I have an
addiction to popular music, but this book instantly changed my outlook, and I am
happy to say three years later I have come very close to completely removing
popular music from my life. It is hard though, and it has a certain nostalgic appeal.
It is a very powerful force not to be underestimated.
Sarah in Australia said (October 28, 2006):
Back in 1990, I attended a lecture at my local Seventh Day Adventist church given
by Louis Torrez, yes, that Louis Torrez (base player for Bill Haley and the Comets).
Page 34 of 508
Published by © 2009
laying before us his life's history, the path of his youth which led to his involvement
in - dare I say, virtual creation of rock 'n' roll music, his experiences in the band and
so on, he fervently, almost pleadingly informed us of how the very structure
and rhythms of the music itself can directly stimulate the 'carnal
appetites' - principally the back-beat, on the second and fourth beats of a bar,
rather than first and third.
Furthermore, the life of drug-induced debauchery they lived was not glossed over
either. Still a brilliantly talented musician, he and his wife (a prominent US concert
violinist) have dedicated their lives to preaching the truth as to the demonic, satanic
foundations and nature of r&r. Tragically (myself at that time falling into this
category) many from amongst Christian ranks dismissed presentations like these as
nothing more than over-zealous 'kill-joying' designed to rob life of any vestige of
fun. how wrong we were. As if this were not bad enough, Christianity, in a desperate
attempt to drop down to the world's level, has embraced Rock holus bolus in its
disgraceful drive to try and win and hold onto its youth. nearly 60 years on, rock
seems to have dislodged everything else in its wake - the timeless musical classics
both contemporary and historical which so beautifully elevate the listener
heavenward, providing inspiration to strive and seek refuge above are not merely
sidelined but deliberately portrayed, in my belief, as toffy', snobbish' and
inaccessible to the young (and not so young).
Dan said (October 28, 2006):
I've got to really write my 90's experiences out sometime. I lived in Austin, which I
know now is a youth 'experiment zone', a test center,
for this level of social engineering. It has a music industry--all the big musicians
have links there, mostly under the radar.
It also is a center for Satanic cult indoctrination, which I discovered
by 1991 was operated by none other than US Army psywar guru Col Michael
Acquino. Aside for the visible Temple of Set connection there, Austin is
headquarters for the Southwest US zone of the Ordo Templi Orientis, through the
'Scarlet Woman' Lodge. These were both out in the open during the 90's, actively
recruiting at UT, and aiming at med students, law students, as well as lawyers and
medical people already in practice.
The music industry is, as Svali said, an arm of recruitment for the Satanic satraps of
the Illuminati. They condition the kids for Satanism.
I could write a book on this.
I do not know what the influences are in this decade, though. The US has been in a
period of fear, and my take on it is that they switched
emphasis to death rock groups like Pantera and to gangster rap by the late 90's
because those are militaristic--in a Hitlerian, brownshirt
sense. Aimed to direct poor male frustration and confusion into an urge to kill and
Page 35 of 508
Published by © 2009
to be part of a heirarchy of killers. Perfect for recruiting soldiers for the 'war on
In the seamy, Hyronimus Bosch world of teen music, females are objects for sexual
use, degradation and sacrifice to Satan. Males are serial killers in a world of might
justifies all.
Pretty picture. It makes no sense to us non-psychotic folks, but it's got a goal.
They're conditioning the next generations for being a 'horde' that can be used in
the 100 years wars they plan. Which isn't the end result.
What they want is a public they can use for killing a lot of people off, leaving a
human race that's a blank slate. Then they'll mold their 'new man' for their 'new
age'. A completely compliant slave.
Jim in Australia said (October 28, 2006):
What Michael Moore did NOT tell us in "Bowling for Columbine" is that you could
buy Manson's vomitus 'music' at K-Mart as well as 9mm bullets for automatic
assault rifles. Or that the rank, awful sounds of him wailing were conscription for
the Father of all lies himself.
Separate Church from State (a fatuous idea taken from an unpublished letter of
Andrew Jackson's), and these kids have no moral compass. When young adults
need reasons why they should do the things they are asking to do, they find their
answers in Manson's nihilistic vomit?
Until I read this article I had passed on "Fahrenheit 9/11" because Moore misses too
many really hard questions. Missing the CONTENT of Manson's material in the
formulation of a theses against the Second Amendment is just as shoddy as not
mentioning that Dick Cheyney told NORAD to stand down on 9/11 because it was
Thanks for the eye-popping article, Henry. As much as I did not like Manson's
'sound', I had NO idea that this puke was the substance of what he had to offer. And
Moore, when he had a chance to examine it (lapsed catholic he continually rues that
he is) does NOTHING to expose Manson.
I don't believe rock music, of itself, is of Satan. Manson's obviously is - overtly though.
D said (October 28, 2006):
Good stuff, Henry. I couldn’t agree with you more. My own experience with music
went even further as I gained access into the perverted Christian Scene loaded with
coke and whores who prayed for forgiveness each Sunday and then drove off in
their new Rolls Royces.
Page 36 of 508
Published by © 2009
Believe me, the Christian Scene is no different than working for Playboy, which is
my most Satanic contact in the stripping industry. Some of the most vile peoplel I
have ever met were part of the Christian Music scene. So, as you see, the Satanic
culture is rampant with hypocrits on the far Right (foley etc.) and the crazed liverals
on the left. From the Vatican to the corner bar, Satan is alive and well and most
people are doing his bidding with nary a thought of the eternal consequences.
"Steve" said (October 28, 2006):
I'm a part time musician myself. I play guitar and I play loud hard rock music. I've
been reading your website for quite some time now. I don't have any doubt myself
that rock music is used to convey the message of satanism. It may not be so obvious,
but most lyrics in rock music will usually incorporate self indulgence, sex,
materialism or out and out satanism. In a heavy metal or rock concert you'll be hard
pressed not to notice the devil hand sign being displayed everywhere. I don't think
this is a coincidence at all.
I have even come across a lyric that really reminds me of Illuminati. It's a song
called "Nova Era" by a band called "Angra". Some excerpts:
"New day shines, fallen angels will arise
Nova Era brings the ashes back to life
All over now, all the great and awful lies
Angels will arise
Back to life!"
You may also notice that drug abuse was first popularized by rock bands in the 60s.
Woodstock truly had some great music going on, but the moral decadence brought
about by the excess of drugs and free sex is unworldly.
What keeps me from stopping to play is my love for the music. There's such a
cathartic feeling about playing the music that propels you to a certain emotional
level that is very satisfying. I believe you get the same feeling when you're high on
drugs (not that I've ever tried one), and maybe it IS designed to be like one. I'd like
to believe that the music and the lyrics are separate entities, although I know that's
not true. Who knows, one day I'd probably stop playing at all.
Rod said (October 28, 2006):
In the early 90's I bought a 5 part, 8 hour video titled " Hells Bells " a critique of the
rock music scene. Reel to Reel ministries produced it. It was very enlightening. It
seems by the description you mentioned of the other video that are very similar. It
opened my eyes. I listened to heavy metal Rock in high school and all the way
through my 20's. I frequented Rock concerts. Such as Kiss, Van Halen, Rush, and
even Gun's and Roses and Metalica at the end of my ignorance. I had never heard
music talked about in such deep terms before. I thought " it was only music". I
didn't realize the damage it was doing to me through indoctrination. The
repetitiveness of it. Over and over the bands would play the same guitar chords and
Page 37 of 508
Published by © 2009
rifts and the singer would sing the same lyrics over and over. The repetition ensures
that the listener will never forget the words.
If music is powerful enough to lift your spirits and put you in a good mood. Then
isn't it also powerful to change your mood for bad? Songs make people cry, laugh,
reminisce, fight. Look at the music the boxers play when they are entering the ring
to pump them up. I can't think of anything more influential that music.
To be fair. Rap music is just as bad, and even country music is getting pretty x-rated
as of late.
Maybe people should look into who owns the record labels? Who are the producers?
I think you will see the same group of people we see in the media. Print and TV. Evil
is the only word I can think of that fits appropriately.
David Livingstone2 said (October 28, 2006):
Looking at Manson's picture, I realize that he is not the evil we should be worried
about, but just another misguided kid, like so many living in America.
I was looking at Vloggies, which is an award for best vlogs, and at the top of the list
is Living in Baghdad, which is real Iraqis telling their miserable stories.
Everyone after that, on the other hand, are just the opposite. And they are all the
same. I just fluffy reflections and attempts at mild humor on nothing in particular.
The amazing thing is that the latter represent the mental state of Americans, while
the Iraqi vlog represents an attempt to wake them from that very sleep.
It is amazing how unconcerned Americans in general are.
And that is the heart of the problem, and the real aim of the Rock n Roll mind
control program.
We have to remember that what we are witnessing is an agenda that has been under
way since the successful coup d'etat of the Illuminati in
1776. Ever since, their primary aim has been to discredit Christianity, and by that,
all God-centered religions.
First, they managed to convince that the Church was a corrupt organization
committed only to its own power. The myth of evolution and of progress was further
mobilized to discredit religion as well.
But their fiercest blow was in suggesting that religious values are too strict, or
even counter to our nature. This is the very basis of Gnosticism, that God is an
oppressive god, and that he has imposed laws upon us that are natural. So Satanists
instead teach indulgence.
Page 38 of 508
Published by © 2009
This is a clever diversion from the truth of the message of Christianity, and in fact of
Judaism and Christianity as well. Because did not teach us that we should be
"ashamed" of our bodies, but that we should "have shame", that is, show a little selfrespect.
But sex is not the big issue in Christianity as it has been made out to be. Rather,
Jesus' central message was to "love one's neighbour". Self-restraint is an important
matter, but not the core issue.
The ultimate examples of this kind of prejudice against Christianity, and the
supposed prudishness of conventional values, are the overly-preachy and selfrighteous efforts of shows like South Park and the Family Guy. And Marilyn
Manson is just another symptom of this ignorance, or shall we say arrogange.
And so, through this ruse of criticizing Christianity's take on sexuality, the
Illuminati have succeeded in distracting the masses from the central issue. And I
think that is how you can explain America's complete lack of concern for the plight
of so many of humanity, as exemplified by the shallowness of a new legion of
David Livingstone said (October 28, 2006):
This what it is all about, Tavistock and the Frankfurt school neo-Freudians.
Here's a piece by Coleman:
The point is not just to destroy society, but to teach the worship of Satan disguised
as "liberation". Because basically it is liberation from Christian values, or just
everyone's inborn sense of decency, which is errantly equated with "Christian guilt".
This was all part of a large--scale mind-control project. One version was for the
masses, the other was for specific individuals, or Manchurian Candidates, trained as
'assassins", or more specifically terrorists.
The use of music to induce trance states is the very basis of the occult. This is
referred to in the BIble in the episode of the Golden Calf as "pagan revel". It
involves the use of music in combination with intoxicants, to rile the worshippers,
until they become possessed by 'the god' [demon], and are able to perform
supernatural feats, like soothsay, or more heinously, kill a child. This was then
followed by the consummation of the child, and then orgies.
In ancient times, these were called Mysteries. They formed the basis of first
Mitthraism, and from there to the rest of the so-called Western occult tradition.
Today is simply referred to as Black Magic.
Those with a hidden insight into the activities of the occult, like the Illuminati,
represented by the 20th centuries leading figures, including the Frankfurt School,
Page 39 of 508
Published by © 2009
recognized the possibilities of music to induce susceptible states of consciousness.
So they created Rock and Roll, evidently produced by some of their most
dysfunctional children.
Page 40 of 508
Published by © 2009
Reading #2
Korn’s Thoughtless—Selling
Satanism to Suburban Kids
By Vigilant Citizen
Page 41 of 508
Published by © 2009
Korn’s Thoughtless—Selling Satanism
to Suburban Kids
Jul 6th, 2009
By Vigilant
The association of rock music with satanism isn’t new. Groups like Led Zeppelin
[7], Iron Maiden and Black Sabbath have exploited this type of imagery decades
ago. Young fans saw in those groups the perfect way to rebel against authority
and the ideal medium through which they could affirm their individuality. Korn’s
Thoughtless video could be considered a continuation of this “tradition” but with a
troubling twist: in this case, satanism is directly marketed to school kids and is
presented in as almost practical answer to their problems.
I can already see comments
saying: “Korn members aren’t
Satanic, they’re
Christian except for one who
is atheist”. That’s great to
know. I honestly don’t care
what religion artists claim to
be. You should also know
that I’m not writing this from
a “Christian fundamentalist”
standpoint. I’m simply not
one of those people and I
don’t think this way. I have
however studied
communication models. The
aim of this article is to
analyze the message of this video as a self-contained cultural product, which is
diffused to the masses through media corporations. Like a common TV
advertisement, the video is aimed towards a particular market (teens and preteens). It presents a problem to be solved and a solution which addresses the
problem. This solution is satanism. Here’s the video
“In his expose of Led Zeppelin, Friend [Thomas Friend is the author of Fallen Angel: The Untold Story of
Jimmy Page and Led Zeppelin.] wrote about the direct appeals of this rock band to recruit bond slaves for
Satan. One song, stated Friend, ‘...Dazed and Confused contains a two-part command from Robert Plant to
the listener to sell his or her soul to the Devil.’ Robert Plant, presumably of the Plantard bloodline, wrote the
lyrics to ‘Stairway to Heaven’—a blend of Celtic/Druid rock music and mythology—which is considered the
most popular rock song of all time. Plant's lyrics are loaded with Celtic, Druidic and Black Sabbath
symbolism, Arthurian lore, specific allusions to Tolkein's Lord of the Rings, and detailed instructions on how
to make a pact with the Devil. More than one analysis of Led Zeppelin's music has speculated that Stairway
to Heaven is really the Stairway to Tolkein's Middle Earth.” The Merovingian Dynasty: Satanic Bloodline
Of The Antichrist And False Prophet, Part V, William Cooper And The Three Bears. Available here: Available
Page 42 of 508
Published by © 2009
Analysis of the Video
The main character of the video is an average student attending an upper-class,
suburban white high school. Girls are pointing and laughing at him for no apparent
reason. He is constantly picked on by jocks who can’t resist the urge to pummel the
crap out of him every time the boy walks by. After the jocks are done with him the
boy sits there, stunned and a banner above him informs us of an upcoming senior
ZOMG! This guy got totally beat up and the prom
is totally coming soon! Totally lame situation!
Meanwhile, we see Korn playing inside the guy’s head. Jonathan Davis’ lyrics
resonate in his brain, representing the sick inner-thoughts that are fermenting
inside of him. Here are the lyrics:
Thumbing through the pages of my fantasies
Pushing all the mercy down, down, down
I wanna see you try to take a swing at me
Come on, gonna put you on the ground, ground, ground
Why are you trying to make fun of me?
You think it’s funny?
What the fuck you think it’s doing to me?
You take your turn lashing out at me
I want you crying with your dirty ass in front of me
All of my hate cannot be found
I will not be drowned by your thoughtless scheming
So you can try to tear me down
Beat me to the ground
I will see you screaming
Thumbing through the pages of my fantasies
I’m above you, smiling at you, drown, drown, drown
I wanna kill and rape you the way you raped me
And I’ll pull the trigger
And you’re down, down, down
Page 43 of 508
Published by © 2009
Why are you trying to make fun of me?
You think it’s funny?
What the fuck you think it’s doing to me?
You take your turn lashing out at me
I want you crying with your dirty ass in front of me
All of my hate cannot be found
I will not be drowned by your thoughtless scheming
So you can try to tear me down
Beat me to the ground
I will see you screaming
All my friends are gone, they died (gonna take you down)
They all screamed, and cried (gonna take you down)
I’m never (?) back against the wall
Gonna take you down
All of my hate cannot be found
I will not be drowned by your thoughtless scheming
So you can try to tear me down
Beat me to the ground
I will see you screaming
All of my hate cannot be found
I will not be drowned by your thoughtless scheming
So you can try to tear me down
Beat me to the ground
I will see you screaming
So, the lyrics aren’t too nice or forgiving. They’re rather violent, vengeful and
twisted. They’re also obviously the words of a young person. I don’t see too many
adults telling each other “Why are you trying to make fun of me?”. Its more
schoolyard talk. The singer of Korn is yelling those lyrics inside the guy’s brain and
is therefore the messenger of those thoughts. Back to the video.
So the guy is in the cafeteria, alone and is looking troubled and disturbed. He is
drawing demonic images in his notepad. For a couple of seconds, some of the text
starts shimmering, giving it a supernatural feel.
The evil entity inside of the guy is expressing itself
through his drawings. “I’m hiding” means that the
possessor is waiting for the right time to come out.
Page 44 of 508
Published by © 2009
We soon understand that the drawings are actually an expression of the evil entity
inside the main character. It is announcing the coming transformation of our angry
guy. We then see his hand bubbling, further symbolizing that something inside of
him is trying to get out.
In the next scene, our main guy is minding his own business, swimming in the pool
when the jock douchebags see him and say “hey it’s that loser kid again, let’s all go
in the water and act like the bullies that we are.” So the guy gets his daily dose of
knuckles. Afterwards, we see him floating in the water with his skin crawling again.
Every unfortunate event seems to give more power to the being inside of him. It has
been historically recorded that people claimed to have fallen victim to spirit
possession felt a constant crawling sensation all over their skin. So the apparent
discomfort of the main character is also an actual effect of spiritual possession.
This thing on Davis’ mic stand is shown
during a couple of frames in the video.
Its a phallic symbol and female breasts
arranged to look like a satanic face.
In the next scene, the guy is in the locker room and is apparently losing it. His skin
keeps crawling and he’s starting to look and act like a wild beast.
Then the actual possession takes place. We see the singer Jonathan Davis floating in
mid-air, with apparently no physical body and creepy devilish eyes. This scene
alludes to the etheric and metaphysical nature of the change that is occurring inside
the main character’s head. He looks in his yearbook, throws a TV out the window
for some reason and finally decides to get a phone book and finds an ad for escorts
(prostitutes). We see the singer’s devilish face flashing in the yearbook and the
phone book, signifying that the entity inside the guy is taking over his thoughts and
pushing him to carry out a great revenge.
Page 45 of 508
Published by © 2009
Davis with devilish eyes taking over the boy’s thoughts
So we are now at the big prom night and we see the prom king and prom queen
doing their prom things. Then the loser that was picked on makes a dramatic
entrance, dressed like some kind of Scarface from the suburbs and escorted by a
prostitute. The escort removes her coat, revealing a demonic face, whose flashing
eyes are conveniently placed on her breasts. If you had any doubts concerning the
nature of the guy’s “disturbance”, they should be gone by now. The escort then
flashes the devil’s horns hand sign to leave absolutely no doubt about who she is. In
fact, the girl is a representation of Satan himself, who is assisting our guy in his
Pornstar Aimee Sweet playing as Satan,
flashing demon horns sign
The guy is then overpowered by this entity, making him tear open his shirt and then
vomit about like 32 gallons of sour milk of everybody. At this point, I can hear all
the young people who identified with the hero saying “Yeah, take that stupid prom
king and the rest of you conformists!” The escort is pointing and laughing at
everybody as if it was saying “Yeah, that was my plan and I’m proud of it”. In a final
display of satanism, we see a shot of vomit dripping on the Christian cross worn by
the possessed guy.
Interesting fact: in the original (but banned) video, the boy came in the prom with a
gun and shot everybody. Yup. So you can pretty much imagine that the vomit is
actually gun bullets. This whole scene is based on immorality, which is the
Page 46 of 508
Published by © 2009
playground of the evil principle. Revenge, hate, prostitution and murder were part
of Satan’s plan.
Message of the Video
This video irritated me because it directly took aim at school kids. In every school,
there are kids being picked on, laughed at and harassed on a daily basis. These kids
directly relate to the hardships of the hero of the video. His final victory becomes
their victory, and the underlying message of satanism becomes a positive one. In the
final prom scene, satanic possession gave the hero the strength, the courage and the
confidence to get back at everybody. Satan made the hero look cool, get a new
attitude and even got him a hot date. The girl flashes the devil horn sign, which is
associated with rock star attitude and being cool. So the guy is basically fulfilling
the ultimate fantasy of all rejected kids to get back at their oppressors. Oh, and he
also killed everybody in the original video. Who permitted that? Satan.
So, after the video, kids are left with a subconscious positive feeling towards
satanic possession. Who won? The possessed guy. Is he cool? Hell yes. Did
the jerks get their comeuppances? They sure did. Everything is good then. Satanism
is thus a great way to stop being a vulnerable, victimized loser and there’s
no bad side to it. What the video fails to show is that high school is just a couple of
awkward years in a whole lifetime. [Nazarene Remnant comment: if we truly loved our
children we would find ways to home-school them ourselves!] It is a self-contained
bubble that you eventually get out of and the people that made fun of you quickly
disappear from your life. The video however amplifies the illusion suburban
kids maintain that the “big prom”, ”jocks” and their high school world is at the
center of the universe. They are lead to think that it is worth becoming selfdestructive, vengeful and hateful because there’s nothing else in life than high
school. The video tells kids that Satan is there to help them get the respect they
deserve. Defenders of the video might say, that the character didn’t CHOOSE to
become this way, that others pushed him towards it. Others might say that the video
simply portrays the negative effects insults have on persecuted kids. Yes, but the
classical symbols of satanism are still present and communicated to the viewer.
Am I saying that all people watching the video will immediately revert to satanism
and start shooting people? No, far from it. This video is simply part of the
conditioning young people are put through by mass media during their whole
childhood. It is yet another powerful piece of media that adds up to the others, and,
after many years, this conditioning slowly but surely molds a generation of people
with weak moral values.
Page 47 of 508
Published by © 2009
What’s up with Korn?
Korn had always been associated
with the dark and twisted, much to
their fan’s enjoyment. Like many
artists who show talent, potential
and charisma, they
however seem to have been coopted by the “establishment” and
became tools of the record industry
to promote the elite’s brand of
satanism. Their 2003 album
cover of ”Take a Look in the
Mirror” is typical Western
A Goat of Mendes (Baphomet) sits at the bottom of the
cryptic mirror. “Take a Look in the Mirror” refers to an
ancient superstition claiming that if one looks into a
mirror long enough at night or by candlelight, one will
see the Devil. This slightly distorted superstition takes
its roots in actual exercises occult students practice.
The Member Who Defected
In 2005, the lead guitarist, Brian “Head” Welch, left the group to rededicate his life
to Christianity. The guitarist claimed that he had moral objections to the band’s
music and videos. He told MTV:
“For the last year and a half, I wanted to leave, but someone would always talk to
me and convince me to stay. But I’ve had a problem with the way things were
going since the second record. I mean, we would do things, and I would be like,
‘Oh, this is metal! This is the rock and roll life!’ But inside, I thought they took it too
far. It was a little too crude for me.”
Page 48 of 508
Published by © 2009
Head passed out during Korn days.
Other members of the group did not appreciate his defection. Head
added during the same interview:
“I think it made the guys mad. It confused them. I left at the worst possible time.
We got off Sony, and all the money was there, we were going to own all of our
songs, but I had to prove to myself that money wasn’t my God. I talked to
Jonathan [Davis] and he said, ‘I don’t get it, man, you’re all happy and we’re
sitting here grieving because our band is breaking up. And I wanted to tell him,
‘Well, for years, you guys were out partying while I was sitting on the tour bus
wanting to die.’ “
Head had problems with the content of the songs and videos for a while, especially
since he had a daughter. In another interview Head stated:
“I can go up there and play those songs and those solos but … I distanced myself
from Korn for probably a year and a half, two years. I just wanted to fade away,
it was crazy. I was so gone. But I found my way out and I want to help anyone
that wants to see the light at the end of the tunnel. I had to go through the lows to
appreciate the highs and it’s not perfect but it’s damn near.”
The band’s official statement concerning Head’s decision goes as follows:
“Korn has parted ways with guitarist Brian ‘Head’ Welch, who has chosen Jesus
Christ as his savior, and will be dedicating his musical pursuits to that end. Korn
respects Brian’s wishes, and hopes he finds the happiness he’s searching for.”
The most striking aspect of those statements is their moral and spiritual nature.
Head had obviously developed an aversion to the band’s philosophy, hinting that
Page 49 of 508
Published by © 2009
something was profoundly wrong with the message Korn transmitted to the fans.
He believed that his self-destructive lifestyle (addiction to drugs and alcohol) and
Korn’s immoral content could not be justified by any amount of money. He believed
that something greater was at stake here. He also especially didn’t appreciate the
way he was portrayed in some of the group’s videos. Did he feel that corporate
America had taken over the band to promote their mind corrupting agenda?
Whatever the case be, Head’s decision to quit
supports this analysis of “Thoughtless”.
Apparently disgusted by the direction taken
by the group, Head disowned Korn’s material
and sought refuge in Christianity. When you
see Satan’s face and don’t like what you see,
you usually run as far as you can the other
way. In his case, the other way was the
To Conclude
Korn fans love the group’s aggressive style to
which they can release their bottled up rage
and anger. The group’s trademark
twisted songs and videos have grown to be
increasingly mainstream which eventually
earned them the title of “corporate sell-outs”.
It is at this point that “Thoughtless” came
out. The made-for-MTV video kept some of
Korn’s deviant style but inserted typical
Head might be regular church-goer
elements of teen movies, attempting to reach
now but he’s still BAD ASS.
a young audience. The main character of the video is harassed and picked on by
other students and eventually gets revenge after going through supernatural
changes. He sold his soul to the devil, which made him “cool” but also made him
kill everybody at his school. He therefore effectively lost his soul. But kids will
remember this: “what he did was cool”.
The video is an allegory for satanic possession, a practice where one obtains the
help of a supernatural being in exchange of the soul. “Thoughtless” refers to the
insults of the other students towards the perscuted boy, but it also refers to the state
of a person under possession. The hero of the video wasn’t in control of his thoughts
and actions anymore and himself became “Thoughtless”. If you’ve read other
articles on this site, you might notice that the story of this video is similar to those
of Rihanna, Beyonce and Omarion’s. They all show steps to satanic initiation. Why
is that? Because the same people are behind all of those videos. They just
reach different audiences through different styles of music. MTV and
music channels distribute those promotional videos to young people around the
world. The ultimate goal: to make you “thoughtless.”
Page 50 of 508
Published by © 2009
Related posts:
Beyonce to Sasha Fierce: Symolic Occult Rebirth
Hidden Satanic Messages in Omarion’s Icebox Video
Page 51 of 508
Published by © 2009
Reading #3
Popular Music is
the Babylon System
By Paul Joseph Watson
“Dumbed-down, amoral, nihilistic drivel from the likes of
Gaga and Katy Perry serves to keep the masses in a state of
spiritual decay.
It has never been more apparent to those who have
awakened from the slumber imposed upon them by popular
culture that the establishment music industry now pumps
out the most dumbed-down, monotonous, garbage which
actually serves to induce depression and despair in those
who are enlightened and aware, while providing hypnotizing
bread and circuses for those still transfixed by the babylon
Page 52 of 508
Published by © 2009
Popular Music Is The Babylon System
Friday, July 2nd, 2010
Dumbed-down, amoral, nihilistic drivel from the likes of Gaga and Katy Perry
serves to keep the masses in a state of spiritual decay.
Paul Joseph Watson
It has never been more apparent to those who have awakened from the slumber
imposed upon them by popular culture that the establishment music industry now
pumps out the most dumbed-down, monotonous, garbage which actually
serves to induce depression and despair in those who are enlightened and
aware, while providing hypnotizing bread and circuses for those still transfixed by
the babylon system.
If the readers of this website sat down and watched MTV for an hour, they’d
probably come away feeling dazed, confused, and disgusted at the parade of
sickness, idolatry and worship of everything that’s wrong in our society.
Love of money, the evisceration of morality, the exaltation of post-modern nihilism,
the attack on the family, the normalization of the bizarre, the sick and the twisted.
Mainstream popular culture is nothing more than a tool which the elite use to make
us feel worthless, pathetic, powerless and hopeless. They want us to believe that the
most significant thing we can ever achieve in life is to look cool and garner the
approval of our peers by wearing the uniform of whatever cult we are mandated to
belong to, and that we can only accomplish this by mimicking the retarded
behavior of the people we see in music videos. This is why legions of young
people, whatever color they are or background they come from, walk around trying
to look like and imitate rappers who wear their pants half way down their legs, can
barely talk, and only live for getting smashed out of their skulls and having
Page 53 of 508
Published by © 2009
meaningless random sex with women who they objectify as instruments of carnal
They Will Have Problems with
their Eyes, or One of Them
“The priesthood of Melchizedek became one of the most powerful
and famous of its kind. Today the highest level of the Mormon
priesthood is called the Melchizedek Priesthood. When you next
come in contact with high level Mormons, Jehovah’s witnesses and
Freemasons [or someone who has let satan into their life], pay
great attention to their eyes, those who are most open to
possession by the creature have problems with their eyes or one of
their eyes, some even have a film of translucent skin across one of
them, the blacker they are the greater their possession.”8
Easily the biggest stumbling block in trying to educate people as to why they are
depressed, leading increasingly insular and emotionally unstable, unhealthy lives
with declining living standards is dragging them away from the very distractions
that contribute to their downfall.
The power of entertainment as an opiate of the masses has never been stronger,
and with the widespread rollout of 3D technology, the tools of hypnotism are only
becoming more and more potent.
A London Guardian report entitled “Lady Gaga and the New World Order” gives
serious credence to a website that not only discusses how popular music is used to
keep people downtrodden and distracted, but how it is replete with messages and
symbolism bragging about how the elite are using entertainment to keep
the masses enslaved.
The Vigilant Citizen has a good claim to be the world’s most distinctive
music critic. On his website,, he describes himself as a
graduate in communications and politics and a producer for “some fairly
well-known ‘urban’ artists”. He has spent five years researching “Theosophy,
Freemasonry, Rosicrucianism, the Bavarian Illuminati and Western
Occultism”. All of these interests converge in his insanely detailed analyses of
the symbolism of pop videos and lyrics. Thus Pink’s MTV awards
performance mimics a Masonic initiation; Jay-Z’s Run This Town trumpets
the coming of the New World Order (NWO); and the video for Black Eyed
Peas’ Imma Be Rocking That Body advances “the transhumanist and police
state agenda”.
From Egypt, available here:
Page 54 of 508
Published by © 2009
What’s surprising is the methodical, matter-of-fact, occasionally humorous
tone of his essays. He does not write like a swivel-eyed loon rambling about
Obamunism (although, inevitably, there’s an unsavoury fascination with
Jewish influence). To those who don’t study occult symbolism, he concedes, it
might all seem “totally far-fetched and ridiculous”, but for those in the know
“I was simply stating the obvious”. His examinations are certainly exhaustive.
Scrolling down his densely illustrated posts, you may find yourself thinking,
“Say, Lady Gaga really does very often cover up one eye. And a lot of pop stars
really do pretend to be robots.”
Although the Vigilant Citizen insists he is neither a political conservative nor
a religious fundamentalist, he is heir to such off-piste 60s pop critics as the
Reverend David A Noebel, author of Communism, Hypnotism and the
Beatles, and Gary Allen, who theorised that post-Rubber Soul Beatles
material was so technically sophisticated that it must have been “put together
by behavioural scientists in some think tank”. Leftwing thinkers at the time
had their own take on pop as mind control. Peter Watkins’ 1967 movie
Privilege starred Manfred Mann’s Paul Jones as a puppet of the state,
pacifying the populace with catchy patriotic tunes. In such analysis, the
villains may change but the mechanisms remain the same.
The fact that the Guardian writer seriously discusses how popular music is littered
with elitist symbolism without sneering the whole thing off as a conspiranoid
delusion is an example of how abundantly clear this process is becoming.
This kind of subject matter is no longer “out there,” it’s no longer considered wild to
simply point out that popular culture and particularly popular music is exercising
an undue and insidious influence on the moral, societal, and spiritual development
of younger generations and humanity in general.
Nowhere was it more obvious than during a recent Beyonce performance where she
was surrounded by dancing riot cops. As the vigilant citizen website explains, this is
about indoctrinating people to accept “the “robotization” of the human body and
the gradual introduction of a virtual police state”.
In other essays, Gaga’s habit of covering one eye is explained as her rejection of God
and her induction as a Luciferian priestess.
Notice how people like Christina Aguilera copy Gaga’s symbolism of humans as
soulless robots.
Page 55 of 508
Published by © 2009
The one-eyed Luciferian theme is also seen here with Rihanna.
While the website sometimes uses too broad a brush with which to identify servants
of the babylon system, for example, a Bob Dylan clip is misconstrued as him saying
he sold his sold to the devil, when in fact as any Dylan fan will know, in the late 70’s
he became a Christian and started releasing gospel music, it does an excellent job in
pointing the finger at those who really have metaphorically sold their souls - people
like Katy Perry – to be used as tools with which to keep the masses in a perpetual
state of disorder and spiritual decay.
Page 56 of 508
Published by © 2009
Tearing down the facade of this babylon system and dragging people away from the
constant hypnotic distractions of sports, dumbed-down music, fashion and every
other sideshow offered up to turn our heads from our true spiritual
development is as if not more important than educating people about the political
aspects of the new world order agenda.
We need to make it “cool” to be informed about what is happening to our world and
how we can change its course. This process has accelerated over the past decade and
many music artists have incorporated this awakening into their work. Bands like
Muse and the Foo Fighters, rappers like Paris and Eminem, are pushing back
against the tide of zombie brainwashing being fostered on us by the likes of Gaga
and Katy Perry.
There’s no better way to conclude than with Bob Marley’s “Babylon System” song,
which perfectly illustrates everything we are up against in this battle.
Babylon System—Bob Marley
Page 57 of 508
Published by © 2009
Reading #4
Rihanna’s Disturbia: A Song about
Being Possessed by Evil
By Vigilant Citizen
“While music can have many beneficial aspects, it had long
been long been used in the occult mystery rites to enflame
the passions and rile the worshipper into a trance
state of demon possession. These qualities were
recognized by the Illuminati researchers of the Frankfurt
School as powerful for indoctrination purposes. Essentially,
music can be used to reduce the listener to a state of
emotional immaturity, which renders him susceptible
to the message it contains. Aldous Huxley, the principal
agent of this conspiracy, published a book called The Devils
of Loudun in 1952, where he described this phenomenon:
If exposed long enough to the tomtoms and the singing,
every one of our philosophers would end by capering and
howling with savages. Assemble a mob of men and women,
treat them to amplified band music, bright lights, and in
next to no time you can reduce them to a state of almost
mindless subhumanity. Never before have so few been in a
position to make fools, maniacs, or criminals of so many.”
(David Livingstone, Terrorism And The Illuminati: A Three
Thousand Year History, BookSurge LLC, Charleston, SC,
2007, pp. 204-205)
Page 58 of 508
Published by © 2009
Rihanna’s Disturbia: A Song about
Being Possessed by Evil
Part 2
April 20, 2009, By Vigilant
Rihanna’s “Disturbia” is a catchy pop song getting
played on the radio, TV and by DJs around the
world. Do people realize that this song is about
being possessed by Evil? Why are those messages
being hammered into the minds of young people?
This is an analysis of the song’s lyrics and visuals.
Note: This article is Part 2 of the “Occult and
Prophetic Messages in Rihanna’s Umbrella.” You
can find Part 1 in the next section. I suggest you
read this Part 1 first to fully understand this one.
As discussed in Part 1 of this article, Rihanna’s
Umbrella is about becoming possessed by Evil. It
was a back-and-forth conversation between
Rihanna and an Evil Entity (we will call it Devil), who promised her success and
riches in exchange of her soul. During the song, Rihanna accepts the Devil’s
proposition and effectively becomes possessed. This was portrayed through the
lyrics of the song and the imagery of the video.
“Disturbia” is the follow-up of “Umbrella” and describes Rihanna’s state of mind as
a possessed individual. While possessed, the victims cannot think for themselves –
thoughts are given by the possessor and the possessed behave according to the
thoughts given. The lyrics and the video convey that message in a very direct and
blatant matter, without the subtleties and symbols of “Umbrella”.
While Umbrella seemed to be, at face value, a song about love and friendship, the
song actually described the manner in which Evil seduces weak spirits with
promises of material success. ”Disturbia” is about the mental torment of possessed
individuals . First off, let’s watch the video.
Intro …
Bum bum be-dum bum bum be-dum bum
Bum bum be-dum bum bum be-dum bum
What’s wrong with me?
Bum bum be-dum bum bum be-dum bum
Why do I feel like this?
Bum bum be-dum bum bum be-dum bum
I’m going crazy now
Page 59 of 508
Published by © 2009
In the intro, Rihanna wonders what’s happening. “What’s wrong with me” and
“I’m going crazy now” allude to the fact her mind isn’t functioning properly, as if
it was taken over by an unknown force.
While she asks herself those questions, we hear a repetitive chant that goes “Bum
bum be-dum bum bum be-dum bum”. This is basically a spell aimed to mesmerize
and hypnotize the subject, a practice reminiscent of ritualistic magic. If you know
about ancient practices of Black Magic, those spells where used to opens the
listener’s mind, placing him/her in a highly suggestive state. So, in the context of
the song the Evil Entity is playing with Rihanna’s head, mesmerizing her to open
the gateway to possession.
But what does it mean? “Bum bum be-dum bum bum be-dum bum” is in fact a
curse and an insult to the listener followed by a suggestion.
What’s a bum? It’s either
1. A tramp; a vagrant.
2. A lazy or shiftless person, especially one who seeks to live solely by the
support of others.
3. An incompetent, insignificant, or obnoxious person
4. Buttocks
So either way you interpret it, the word “bum” isn’t flattering. This word is followed
by “be dum“. Phonetically, “be dum” sounds like “be dumb”. So the listener
unconsciously hears “Bum, Bum, be dumb” which means “You good-fornothing, idiotic person, let yourself become dumb, stop thinking and let
yourself be hypnotized and possessed”. To which Rihanna answers “I’m
going crazy now”.
First Verse …
No more gas in the rig, can’t even get it started
Nothing heard, nothing said, can’t even speak about it
All my life, on my head, don’t wanna think about it
Feels like I’m going insane, yeah
“No more gas in the rig”
A rig means a car, a vessel, a means of transportation. Rihanna’s rig is her body.
She’s no longer in control of her body because evil has rendered her powerless.
Because of this her rig is “out of gas”, it cannot move by its own means anymore.
“Nothing heard, nothing said, can’t even speak about it”
She can’t hear or say anything by her own means because she is disconnected from
the outside world. She can’t speak about it because she has agreed to keep her deal
with Evil secret. Even if she wanted to break that secrecy, she couldn’t because she
is no longer in control of her thoughts.
Page 60 of 508
Published by © 2009
“All my life, on my head, don’t wanna think about it, Feels like I’m going
insane, yeah”
Since she has been possessed, Rihanna’s life has been so unbearable that she
doesn’t even want to think about it. She feels like she is losing her mental sanity.
It’s a thief in the night to come and grab you
It can creep up inside you and consume you
A disease of the mind it can control you
It’s too close for comfort
Those lines are very revealing and explain the true nature of Rihanna’s disturbance.
“It’s a thief in the night to come and grab you”
A thief is someone that is swift and sneaky. Furthermore, a thief in the night is, on
top of being swift and sneaky, hiding in darkness. He is basically invisible. Rihanna
describes an invisible entity that “came and grabbed her”. She is referring to the
devil entity who raped her spiritually and physically in the song “Umbrella”.
“It can creep up inside you and consume you”
This line can be interpreted in a sexual and spiritual way. The devil entity has
creeped up inside Rihanna and consumed her physically by raping her. It has also
creeped up inside her thoughts and took control of her soul.
“A disease of the mind it can control you”
Disease of the mind means that Rihanna’s mind isn’t functioning correctly, it is
under the control of another entity.
“It’s too close for comfort”
Her state of possession is making her uncomfortable. The presence of the devil
entity is way too close – its inside of her – which is painful in a physical and
spiritual way.
Chorus …
Put on your brake lights, you’re in the city of wonder
Ain’t gonna play nice, watch out you might just go under
Better think twice, your train of thought will be altered
So if you must falter be wise
Slow down, we’re no longer in your world. We’re in a world of deceit, illusions and
empty promises. This place can be very cruel and it can eventually take your life, so
make your decision carefully. If you decide to go ahead, you better be ready to live
with the consequences. You won’t control your thoughts anymore.
Your mind’s in disturbia, it’s like the darkness is light
Disturbia, am I scaring you tonight?
Page 61 of 508
Published by © 2009
Disturbia, ain’t used to what you like
Disturbia, disturbia
“Your mind’s in disturbia”
Disturbia is the place where the individual is forced to dwell while being possessed.
“It’s like darkness is light”
This line is very significant for a couple
reasons. First, in Rihanna’s mindstate,
darkness is light which means evil is good and
good is evil. Honorable aspirations become
dishonorable while malignant actions become
commendable. Furthermore, “darkness” refers
to Satan, who is dubbed the “Prince of
Darkness”. Rihanna is saying that she is
worshiping the Prince of Darkness because he
is the “light”, her savior, her god.
“Disturbia, am I scaring you tonight”
To individuals that are not possessed,
Rihanna’s state of mind is scary.
“Disturbia, ain’t used to what you like”
Because she is possessed, her moral values became inverted. As she said earlier,
darkness is light. She does not think like regular, unpossessed people anymore. She
is not used to what you like.
Second Verse …
Faded pictures on the wall, it’s like they talking to me
Disconnecting on calls, the phone don’t even ring
I gotta get out or figure this shit out
It’s too close for comfort, oh
“Faded pictures on the wall, it’s like they talking to me”
Rihanna is plunged in the depth of possession where she is hallucinating and
hearing voices.
“Disconnecting on calls, the phone don’t even ring”
She cannot get in contact with other people and she is not aware of people who are
trying get in contact with her. There is a supernatural intervention that is
prohibiting the possessed to reach other individuals who would seek to help her.
“I gotta get out or figure this shit out”
She wants to get out of the agreement she made with the devil entity or at least
understand what is happening to her.
Page 62 of 508
Published by © 2009
It’s a thief in the night to come and grab you
It can creep up inside you and consume you
A disease of the mind it can control you
I feel like a monster, oh
“I feel like a monster, oh”
When your thoughts and actions are possessed by a monstrous entity, it is highly
probable that you feel like a monster as well.
Bridge …
Release me from this curse I’m in
Trying to maintain but I’m struggling
If you can’t go-o-o-o-o-o
I think I’m gonna ah ah ah ah ahhh
“Release me from this curse I’m in, Trying to maintain but I’m
Rihanna is talking to the evil entity, asking it to release her from the curse it had
put on her.
“If you can’t go-o-o-o-o-o, I think I’m gonna ah ah ah ah ahhh”
She says if YOU can’t go – ‘you’ referring to the possessor’. This confirms that her
state of mind is truly caused by the presence of an entity within her and nothing
else. She is speaking with the same demon that seduced her in the song
“Umbrella”. She then comes to the conclusion that if that entity doesn’t leave her
body, she will “ah ah ah ahh”…which probably means that she will kill herself. It is
the only way she will release herself from the shackles of possession. The ah ah ah’s
make it seem like the evil entity didn’t let her finish her thought by inflicting her
pain. The demon wants her to stay alive and keep her under his control.
The video of “Disturbia” visually represents the state of mental enslavement of
Rihanna and the control of her thoughts by an evil entity. We will now analyze the
visuals associated with the song.
Analysis of the Video …
As it was the case for “Umbrella”, Rihanna plays both the evil entity and her
possessed self in the video. The scenes of the video are happening inside Rihanna’s
head. We see the Evil Entity in control of the situation, filling her mind with sick
and twisted thoughts while keeping Rihanna captive and torturing her.
Page 63 of 508
Published by © 2009
The Evil Entity is
dressed in black with
the same long
fingernails worn by
Rihanna in
“Umbrella”. At the
beginning of the
video, she is seated
on a chair
ornamented with
horns which
associate this
character with Satan, often depicted with horns. Throughout the video, this entity is
in charge, lucid and in control of the situation. She is surrounded with odd looking
minions who are under her spell and obeying her orders. The character flirts with
twisted sexual practices like sado-masochism and bestiality, representing the
twisted intents of this entity. She takes pleasure in tormenting the possessed
Rihanna, who is represented in various ways in the video.
In this
Rihanna is
behind bars,
of her thoughts
and free will.
Her eyes are all
white. It is said
that “eyes are windows to the soul”. Rihanna’s soul has been taken over by the Evil
Entity, hence the white eyes.
Rihanna is tied up in an
uncomfortable position
and struggling to free
herself. This represents
her struggle to free her
mind from the Evil
Entity’s control.
Page 64 of 508
Published by © 2009
Tied up in another unpleasant
position and probably
regretting having taken this
She is here covered
with spider webs
with tarantulas
crawling all over
her. She’s been
caught in the evil
entity’s web of
lies. Spiders are
associated with evil
and gives pretty
much everybody instant repulsion. Her arms stuck in the walls symbolize the fact
that she is powerless against the actions of the Evil Entity.
So the video describes how Rihanna became powerless against the Evil Entity who
totally took control of her. Sitting on a chair and surrounded by her minions, this
Entity filled Rihanna’s head with twisted and perverted thoughts. Rihanna is
shown bound or imprisoned in various ways but she is constantly trying to free
herself. The video ends with the evil entity Rihanna looking straight at the
camera almost saying “watch out or you’ll be next.”
Page 65 of 508
Published by © 2009
To Conclude
The article I’ve posted about
“Umbrella” had generated a great
deal of reactions. Some people
agreed with the analysis while
others called it “rubbish”. I’ve
decided to analyze “Disturbia”
because it really helps
understanding the meaning of
“Umbrella”. Those two videos are in
fact a story in two parts, and at the
origin of the album name “Good
Girl Gone Bad.” The story goes as
follows: Rihanna is contacted by the
evil entity which explains to her the
imminence of a huge crisis. It
claims that the crisis will affect the
whole world and it will make
everybody poorer. This entity can however protect Rihanna from that crisis. It
promises it will share its riches with the singer, even after her career as a celebrity is
over. But in order to protect her, the devil has to enter her physically and
spiritually. Rihanna agrees to the pact and so “the good girl becomes bad”. She soon
discovers that being possessed isn’t as great as she expected. She is constantly
tormented with sick thoughts and dark images. She cannot think for herself
anymore and she lost control of her actions. She doesn’t know how to free herself
from her mental enslavement so she considers killing herself.
Did Rihanna write those songs?9 No. Is she aware of the hidden meaning of them?
Maybe, but it is not important. Is she possessed by Evil herself? Hard to say but
"Good Girl Gone Bad is the third studio album by R&B singer Rihanna, released on June 4, 2007 in most
European countries and on June 5, 2007 in the United States. It has peaked within the top ten in 25
countries across the globe. Rihanna worked with producers Evan Rogers, Carl Sturken and Timbaland along
with singer-songwriter Ne-Yo who penned some of the lyrics on the album. The album incorporates an uptempo sound with ballads, which also received mostly positive reviews by critics. The album was nominated
for six Grammy Award during the 2008 Grammy Awards and a total of nine Grammy Award nominations.
The album was considered to be more critically and commercially successful than her previous effortsMusic of the Sun (2005) and A Girl Like Me (2006). Along with the album's success, the album's singles have
gone on to become major hits-these include the US number one hit singles "Umbrella",[1] "Take a Bow" and
"Disturbia";[2] the worldwide number one hit "Don't Stop the Music",[3] and the top ten and twenty hits
"Hate That I Love You",[4] "Shut Up and Drive",[5] and "Rehab." The album topped the charts in countries
like the United Kingdom, Canada, Japan, Brazil, Russia and Ireland while peaking at number two on the
Billboard 200. She received criticism because of the sexual image she adopted during the recording.
The album was re-released in June 2008, a year after its original release, under the title Good Girl Gone
Bad: Reloaded. The double-disc deluxe edition package includes a DVD counterpart featuring behind the
scenes footage and four live performances from her concert tour with three new singles: the U.S., Canadian
and UK number-one "Take a Bow",[6] "If I Never See Your Face Again"[7] with Maroon 5 and "Disturbia",
which became the third single from the album to reach number one on the Billboard Hot 100. The album has
been certified Platinum, two times, by the Recording Industry Association of America, denoting shipments to
U.S. retailers of two million copies."
Page 66 of 508
Published by © 2009
who cares really. What we need to remember is that Rihanna is basically a good
looking puppet used to sing catchy songs. Some if not most pop songs and sexy
videos contain predetermined messages aimed to the world’s youth. She is part of
the mass media system who basically raises and educates today’s children. It
plants in the minds of young people the values required to become the type of
citizen they want you to be: morally weak, highly suggestible and devoid of critical
thinking. [10] MTV, teen movies and all those other crappy media outlets are
preparing future generations to become idiots, a little like Rihanna in her video. Are
you in Disturbia?” (Source:
Speaking about the state ownership of our children, Henry Makow said the following: “Growing up means
recognizing that other people are special in God's eyes too. Think of a child that doesn't want to grow
up. One who thinks he can do anything he wants. Who doesn't have to consider others. Who is never wrong
and so never admits it. Who thinks any opposition must be motivated by irrational hatred i.e. ‘anti-Semitism’
and not his own behavior. Who wants the State to be his family and look after him. Think arrested
development. Think Illuminism and Communism. Think modern man. Think New World Order.” Henry
Makow, Is "The Riddle of Anti Semitism" a "Hate Message"? (Henry Makow,
Page 67 of 508
Published by © 2009
Our Young Girls are the Prime Target
of the Purveyors of Satanic Music
and Songs like Disturbia
The young, unwise, impressionable, and highly vulnerable young people of the
world, and they mostly appear to be girls, are the prime targets of this satanic
music. Here are 13 typical comments (12 girls and one boy) from this target
audience who have no understanding of what they are really listening to …
Source: 11
“I love this song. It's so
“It's the best song of the
“This song rox my sox!”
catchy and I can't stop
year and I made my own
Hayley, 10, Northern Ireland
singing it!” Melissa, 12,
remix of it.” Zac, 9, Kent,
Harrow, England
“I really like this song at the
“I don't get the words but I
“I love most Rihanna songs.
moment! I think it is one of
like the bum-de bum bum
I have heard that Disturbia
the best songs out! It's a
bit.” Ella, 12, Brighton, England
is the last single from Good
wicked song! Love it!” Sarah,
Girl Gone Bad. I think it is a
14, London, England
very good song to end on. It
has the great Rihanna touch
and I hope we see it do well
in the charts!” Robyn 12,
Macclesfield, England
“This song is great!
“I love this song so much.
“I think Disturbia is a fun
Everyone is singing it on the
Another hit from Rihanna. I
song. The video is a bit
playground!” Lara, 10,
love the video - it has thriller
weird but I like it - it's really
Buckinghamshire, England
types in it. I can't wait for
different. Great song!”
more Rihanna songs.” Emily,
Sabrina, 14, London, England
12, Essex, England
“I love Disturbia!! Rihanna
“Disturbia has been in the
“I love the song and the
is the best - the video is
USA charts for weeks. It
video is good and a bit scary.
really cool too. Definitely my
really is special. So up-beat,
Well done, Rihanna.”
favourite song of 2008!”
so electronic, the clapping in
Michaela, 11, Wigan, England
Tiana, 11, Canterbury, England
the background really is
cool and Rihanna's voice is
amazing in the song.”
“I love this song!! It is so catchy and you find yourself singing the tune without realising.
It's really funky and great to dance to. I don't know one person who doesn't like it! I really
don't think it matters if the lyrics don't make sense because it's a dance song so they don't
need to! Think about all the other dance songs that are hot at the moment and look at their
lyrics. Love it. 5/5.” Felicity, 11, Leeds, England
Page 68 of 508
Published by © 2009
Comments for this Article on’s Blog
Basically, the readers’ comments on Vigilant’s blog could be divided into four
CLASS 1: The
Lost Souls of this world.
CLASS 2: Those
who thought the analysis was a “load of rubbish.”
CLASS 3: Those
who hadn’t understood how they were being influenced, but
now have been woken up to the ruse, and will be more aware from now on.
Those who are wise to the ways of the enemy, and vigilantly follow
Jesus’ teaching: “Behold, I send you forth as sheep in the midst of wolves: be
ye therefore wise as serpents, and harmless as doves. But beware of men.”
(Matthew 10: 16-17)
I have provided a few examples of each class below:
The Lost Souls of this world …
maybe May 9th, 2009 11:41 pm :
I dont know what to believe. I’ve been a run of the mill…ordinary christian all my
life until I found out I was gay. Never wanted to be gay. I hate myself for it now. Is
god doing all of this to me. And why me? Is it because of these songs I listen to.
Can’t get them out of my head
Feels like I’m lost inside it
RiRi if this is real I feel ur pain.
Feels like I’mm gonna ah ah ah ah ah
Louise May 25th, 2009 6:51 am :
Okay I believe that music is used as a medium for some pretty ghastly ulterior
motives as are many other things…HUmans are basically controlled all the time..but
IF this song actually is demonic and is supposed to be used to possess people or
whatever..wouldn’t the devil or the satanists goal be to make being posessed sound
attractive rather than so disturbing? hence the name disturbia?
instead what is described is this horrible situation that rihanna is in.
Page 69 of 508
Published by © 2009
YES it’s catchy, but if someone sings this their subconscious is taking in and as a
result understanding how horrible it is to be posessed (according to your analysis)
so wouldn’t this deter them from ever wanting or potentially being in that state? or
going over to “the dark side” ?
Un HAPPY June 5th, 2009 5:47 pm :
does this make any sense its a video and a song its just shows a different side of
rihanna it doesent mean she is possessed its just a song i wondered if the devil was
the director of the video or what the people who are doing this are the gospel
singers they would like to be rich as the hip hop and r&b singers. So their plan is to
let innocent people think that all these singers worship the devil look at benny hinn
when he tek all de people money and scamping people and he claims to be
assosiated with the lord dnt be a hater bcuz u cant get ur music video on
mtv……………. this is a myth i seen how they make the video and i dont see no signs
of her being possessed so ppl stop it it is pointless and stupid................HATERZZZZ
Peoples June 7th, 2009 2:56 pm :
interesting work Mr. Host….. but come on guys… i’m sure you guys are all
interpreting this thing the wrong way…. maybe she’s talking about if you people
can’t go, as in can’t leave her alone she’s going to kill herself…. if i had enough time i
would stay and put it in the correct way… i’m sure a few will understand that when
your wealthy it’s hard to live a good and normal life… it’s alot of stress guys and for
rihanna she’s a musician so she’s not going to tell you in details what’s going on in
her life but really guys… i don’t believe she’s litterally talking about any evil… she’s
talking about people like us who’s always looking out for new stuff to critisize……
lets make a change and go out and have some fun please……Blessing to all…
UK June 13th, 2009 1:35 pm :
Hi im from the UK and don’t get me wrong i really believe in the devil and to a great
extent the content of this analysis. However, i’m just a little confused… could these
songs by rhianna not just be her interpretation portrayed through music of how
people become possessed and also the consequences rather than her actually being
possessed herself? Perhaps even warning us, trying to help us and guide away from
the devil and to god
The Analysis was a “Load of Rubbish” …
wakeup May 1st, 2009 7:25 pm :
Page 70 of 508
Published by © 2009
lala27 May 11th, 2009 10:06 pm :
yall are so stupid!
GET A LIFE May 16th, 2009 11:26 pm :
me May 20th, 2009 6:56 am :
i dont care i’d still screw to her all night!
NovaSyx May 24th, 2009 5:48 pm :
People read too much into things. You can make almost anything sound demonic if
you analyse it hard enough. Thanks for convincing sheep into being even more
sheep. If you all read this and instantly believe it then perhaps you’re the victims of
this ‘highly suggestible, gullible’ age.
Let me guess, because I disagree with what is being said I am also under the devils
control and possessed too yes?
I pray for all of you.
Alesha Dixon May 25th, 2009 4:06 pm :
You all are so so foolish to beleive these crap,those Analysis it are the devils,i mean
jobless devils……i pity you all who waste time reading this crap….
Those who will be more aware from now on …
Debra April 24th, 2009 9:50 am :
“Umbrella is more subtle than Disturbia. I had not really analysed Umbrella or did
I ever think there were hidden messages in it, but the analysis when followed with
the analysis given for disturbia makes sense and any doubts are disspelled. From
the first time I watched Disturbia I have said that it is a disturbing video. I couldnt
quite point it out but it seemed evil there was just something wrong with it to the
pint that it scared me. Umbrella is a very catchy song and so is Disturbia (minus the
video), Umbrella is catchier coz it is more subtle Diturbia is not so subtle.
Page 71 of 508
Published by © 2009
The influence of Rihanna as a popular diva and her songs on the youth cannot be
Ok so maybe she didn’t write the songs and produce/ direct the video, the question
then is who did? Because these persons (writer and director/producer) have insight
into something and are tryin to communicate something, maybe even warn people
of the consequences of succumbing to the charms of the evil one, especially when
umbrella is followed with the disturbia explaining how you will feel, live your life
after possession and the imagery of a person without control over their life who if
they could will kill themself. Am sure noone wants to live like that.”
uknown April 29th, 2009 12:08 pm :
im a teenage and this has completely freaked me out!!!!!! the way the devil can
control someone is unbeleivable and especially the way Rihanna was such a normal
girl at the beginning of her music career and now just a complete freak. sorry about
the spelling mistakes
Traverse May 8th, 2009 10:08 am :
Wow – excellent analysis. I’m thankful that someone is offering interpretations of
these videos and songs that explain so clearly what is going on. You do a great job of
“cutting the crap” and exposing the esoteric in plain sight. I can think of a lot of
people who reject the idea of the NWO / occult conspiracy who might decide to
reconsider their position if presented with such a clear analysis.
Keep up the good work. Thank you!
Michelle in Nevis May 8th, 2009 12:02 pm :
HI! I am also a young person living in the Caribbean, the island of Nevis, that is.
First and foremost i would like to point out that the persons who comment on this
article, and who agree with it present a logical, well thought out, mature response
(like my fellow caribbean from trinidad). The one’s who don’t agree with it however,
always seem to write something very rushed and imature like the person who
ironically calls themself wakeup.
Furthermore, i do not believe that these articles have been an attempt to destroy
rihanna and i dont really care if they are either as i dont particularly have any
respect for her, her music, or her life. It is more so promoting awareness and
warning people that things you may think are very simple may have deeper
The first time i heard umbrella yeah, it got stuck in my head and i walked around
singing it and dancing to it. I thought ‘whoa! rihanna is getting a lot edgier!’About
the third time i listened to it i thought to myself, wait, what is she talking about?
entity? there for infinity? i was puzzled for a minute but just pushed it out of my
Page 72 of 508
Published by © 2009
mind. I figured it was another poorly written song flaunting catchy music and a
catchy hook: umbrella ella ella eh eh eh…….whatever. I heard the song disturbia
which at first annoyed me because of her raspy voice, but again it got stuck in my
head and i thought the same of it as i did the other. The first few clips in this video,
however, sent shivers down my spine but i payed no attention to it. In a couple
more scenes i realised she was surrounded by persons portraying the classical
symbols of darkness or evil.
This song unlike the other seemed to have more lyrical depth. And without
analyzing it with regards to umbrella i figured the song was a metaphor aimed at
explaining how she had been taken over by anger completely forgetting the scenes
in her video.
After reading these articles, which two of my friends told me about, everything
added up. These videos are definitely about more than rihanna becoming edgier!
My persuasion is completely seperate from religious reasons. They are more
feelings that i feel both when i listen to the songs and when i read these articles.
Actually sitting here and thinking of what to write is physically draining because of
these feelings.
Music is very powerful. For singers like rihanna it is a gold mine (and she can’t sing
that well, did i mention her raspy voice?) For everyone it is one of the most powerful
ways to express themselves and it is also mentally enveloping. Of course, if in fact
there are evil spirits, music is a very useful tool especially when your throw music
videos into the mix. What’s very important to note is that her music AND her
appearance have been blatently dark and we ARE fueling her career everytime we
listen to her music. I’d personally rather fuel the careers of people who promote
brighter thoughts, things and futures and who invoke good feelings in my body and
I also believe that persons should seriously concider who and what they support:
good or bad?
Yasmeen May 14th, 2009 6:48 pm :
OMG I never thought of it this way. I think I just might be going to delete the
“GOOD GIRL GONE BAD” songs off my ipod. Thanxx for the heads up. I guess
there is more meaning to everything out there now.
Cassandra May 10th, 2009 2:42 pm :
I am a 18 yr old high school student who love listening to these type of music. As u
stated in the Umberella Analysis tht most of us may think its a love song talking
about a relationship and what not, i’m here to say i was o ne of those ppl untill i
read tht analysis. it really opened my eyes wide to the fact tht ppl don’t really take in
what they listen to, and tht a persons favourite singer or song may hold deep
Page 73 of 508
Published by © 2009
messeges tht one need to be aware of. the image of the devil and Rihana knelt face
down in the upright triangle was “something else.” At 1st wen i saw the two beside
each other i thought “y the hell are these together?” and after reading the paragraph
tht came after it i notive it was a lil abstract and i had to look closely and think
outside the box to actually see the image of the devil picture in the pose of Rihana..
tht really scared the living shit out of me.
The analysis of Disturbia finished off the msg tho. I have never realized the horns
on the chair at the beginning of the video untill i read what u stated and went back
and searched for it. I was looking for them to be pointing upwards and out as
normal but notices they were curved in like a Bull’s horn. Where she said she
wanted out of the poccession and tht she may even kill herself if she can’t free
herself from her entity made me thing hard. from a religious point of view, killin
herself wud not help; she is poccessed and want to be free, taking her own life won’t
free her….maybe physically but spiritually she is bound. She needs to repent all her
sins to the Lord, ask for forgiveness and tht is the only way to free herself from ther
evil entity tht has taken control of her thoughts, action and life.
She is the one who should have think twice.
Thank You for ur analysis it really brought fort the msg young people or even old
need to be awware of.
D'Javan May 22nd, 2009 3:31 am :
This was totally amazing to me. I loved it and if you can analyze any other songs
please do because I will be more than interested in reading them from head to toe.
You can really bring people out of the darkness, excepting the ones who are
possessed by IGNORANCE.
THANK YOU ALOT (Trinidadian As Well)
much more May 24th, 2009 2:16 am :
this all seems very true and is in fact much more widespread in music from the 60s
right up until today.
i seen umbrella backwards and it would seem there are hidden “backmasked”
messages in it aswell.
also that last pic above is like a face with horns, the eyes being her breasts and
mouth at stomach.
this could represent her sexuality being used to corrupt others and the whole chris
brown thing was weird too, if you seen the photos there are strange marks on her
Page 74 of 508
Published by © 2009
temples and around her mouth, very similar to marks on britney spears who had
been in hospital around the same time, almost as if forced to ingest something or
even possibly electro shock as a form of mind control? of course britney is a mind
controlled puppet “groomed” by the dark disney empire, strange coincidence that
her justin and christina all came from there and all some of the biggest sellers or at
least most publicised of recent years.
its probably why britney cant seem to get it together and seems kind of dead inside
with glazed eyes and little to say thats worth anything, also most of these people
mime, have songs written for them and have not much talent above the average
proper musician, so why them?
the doors -possesed
led zep – de worshippers
the list goes on and on and on, look into it and the elites artsfoundations eg
rockerfeller and who owns the major music companies? who then own most other
smaller “independents” which are just branches/partners/subsidiaries under
different names, think about it
Ruth May 24th, 2009 4:11 pm :
this is really true everyone has to believe it
i never realised till now
i thing if you watch the video backwards you will see a part where rhianna has horns
and her background is red
really scary but it really means she is possessed
debs June 2nd, 2009 5:57 pm :
hi, is it possible to get analysis of more artists that are into the occult. it will be
really helpful, seeing as you have the gift. Thank you.
Those who are wise to the ways of the enemy, and the reality
of the power and existence of pure evil in the world …
Sinazo April 23rd, 2009 5:43 am :
“Thank you for this, there are so many more out there. . . Our generation needs the
one true God. He is the only one who can help us resist the “wolves in sheep skin”
promises of the devil. Other Christians would tell me not to listen to ‘cecular’ music,
Page 75 of 508
Published by © 2009
but they had nothing to sustantiate their argument, so i just carried on, this is
substantial. But I will not cut myself away from it but I will watch and be VIGILANT
so I can be aware of what the enemies tactics are!!!!!!”
Candy.s.c. April 27th, 2009 2:45 pm :
I’m a teen from Trinidad (and Tobago) (host country of the recent Summit of the
Americas), my friend sent me an email with this and i googled and found a link to
this article. This is not only eye opening but extremely relevant. The very first time I
heard disturbia shivers ran up and down my spine. I remember telling my friend
that SOMETHING wasnt right with this song- that was before i watched the video.
After that i was without a doubt that some kinda demonic works were at play. Too
many people are ignorant of what goes on in the music industry why some of
these so-called superstars are so successful. I do believe rihanna is in some way
involved or very much aware or even possessed herself because of how quickly she
attained her stardom. Other stars with MUCH greater talent than hers dropped out
of the industry or are not even half as successful. The fact that she became so
popular so quickly and doesn’t possess any exceptional singing or dancing ability (in
my opinion) was always a very odd thing to me, and being familiar with the “spirit
realm” or world or whatever (despite what people may say the Caribbean is wrought
with “obeah” or “black magic” practice, and close contact with demons and demonic
power- and the idea of someone “selling their soul to the devil” for success or fame
is not as far-fetched or unbelievable as people might think, i should know, i live
here. I have personally encountered at least 3 demon possessed people and heard
about countless others, (we are pentecostal christians) my mother and grandmother
have personally cast out or helped cast out demons from possessed people (and if
you dont believe I don’t really care, i have seen with my own eyes the things of
nightmares, and i KNOW and believe without a doubt that these things are real and
extremely terrifying).
A few things to add though:
“no clouds in my stones”
Refer to Jay-Z’s diamonds and that they are of the highest clarity or completely
unclouded. It’s a reference to his great wealth and ability to enjoy the best that the
(human) world has to offer because he is already under the “umbrella”, he is there
as an incentive- example to her of what her life could be like if she accepts the
offering- wealthy, able to afford the best (also note the reference to the G5- private
jets, symbolic of status, wealth, prestige).
The importance of SOUND is what makes music so potent and also why music is the
preferred medium of these “dark forces” to get these messages out there. Remember
Page 76 of 508
Published by © 2009
that the bible says that God “commanded”, or spoke light, the world, the universe,
animals, humans, into existence. God told Moses to “speak” to the rock. Jesus
“spoke” to the fig tree and it withered, “spoke” to the storm to calm it, most if not all
of his miracles were performed with some kind of accompanying spoken word,
some without any physical contact, just plain words- “speech”. Music is an
extension of sound just as Singing is an extension of speech, both produced by
joining, lengthening and/ or shortening certain sounds and/ or words. It can be
used to create atmosphere, mood, generate or evoke just about any emotion. It has
been proven that music influences the behaviour of living beings, from plants to
animals, and most importantly, humans. (Whoever said that music can calm the
beast or something like that was more accurate that many may know.) Sound
therapy can be used to cure certain mental illnesses (or, in this case, invoke certain
mental illnesses don’t you think?) Certain sounds (and smells) are associated with
and can invoke powerful or suppressed memories, more so than images. Also, and
most importantly, the bible says that “life and death is in the POWER” of the what?
TONGUE or the “spoken word”. Isn’t it strange that it didnt say in the power of
actions? Now think about this, before Lucifer, the head angel, became Satan, or the
devil, do you know what he was in charge of in heaven? Take a wild guess…
MUSIC…. Something to think about not so?
Look it up and form your own conclusions, but the evidence is there, so is the
Also, you don’t have to be a demon worshiper to become possessed.
There are school children (in Trinidad) who have become possessed by something
as seemingly insignificant as taking a pencil from another child or a child taking
something of theirs home, bringing it back and giving it to them- this is not even
funny or an exaggeration, I know cases where people who got violently ill, even
died, became demon possessed through these kinds of things, it was even in the
papers a few times (local news).
People can be possessed and not even know it until the demon manifests itself—
there are cases when people offer not their own souls, but the souls of OTHERS,
their enemies, “friends” even their own children, as a sacrifice to obtain wealth
or status- this happens right in the Caribbean, right in Trinidad where i live, those
don’t reach the news though.
Cases where some kind of payment is offered to a demon to “haunt” or terrorize a
person, family, city, because someone or the “obeah man/woman” believes that
some wrong has been committed against them or they want to maintain control
over the “village” (there are still villages in the Caribbean today).
People this is real- scary, maybe unbelievable, but real all the same. Don’t wait until
it happens to you or somebody you know to believe it- i always say it’s better to
believe something and find out it’s not true than NOT believe it and find out when
you’re under the fire. Don’t knock something because it seems hard to believe or
understand. Years ago brain surgery was unheard of, the idea of planes seemed
Page 77 of 508
Published by © 2009
completely ludicrous and blacks were still in slavery, let alone leading America.
Things change, become revealed, people become knowledgeable, technology
Hope yall take this seriously because this is soooo serious you wouldn’t even
believe. Things prophesied in the bible are coming to light, read it for yourself, don’t
take my word for it.
Anyway, my fingers are getting tired. I’ve said ALOT already, think about it, look it
up, believe …”
miss f April 29th, 2009 9:57 am :
I am so thankfull that somebody has come up with a good explaination to the video.
when i first saw the video….even heard it….i knew something wasn’t right….i did not
want to watch it….something was dodgy… i have experienced enough in my life to
know that these things are true and exist…its such a shame though how people in
this world can be so ignorant and naieve…..those are the people that will get put
under any spell and whose minds will be poisend and corrupted. why?…because
they are not being AWARE about the deeper things of life. people are not always
what they seem….people that ignore these facts of life….im sorry to say…but they
wont survive….by knowing these things it makes u prepared….thats my opinion
tricy April 29th, 2009 3:24 pm :
i am pleased with this analysis!!! i have myself heard and analysed various songs,
however it isn’t easy to get others to see where u r coming from, most people find it
hard to believe that their “so called stars” are capable of such “acts” to say, yet it is
very real. i like your work and i believe that you should continue in enlightening
soceity on these “behind the scenes”. until then do your thing…. God bless…
John May 7th, 2009 5:06 pm :
Anyone who believes in One God understands this stuff easily. And I’m not a
neriras May 9th, 2009 8:26 am :
I am a Trinbagonian (Citizen of Trinidad and Tobago) and I know that there is only
one way to the real, genuine truth and that is through JESUS CHRIST who has
been, still is and will always be our Lord and saviour…..I believe that we are all part
of one body, specifically the body of Christ. Each with our own unique and special
gifts! And when used with him in mind the overstanding that comes and what can
Page 78 of 508
Published by © 2009
be achieved is unmistakable, undeniable and totally believable. It’s just sooooo
awesome!!! He gave us the freedom of choice, make it. I know it’s hard but keep
praying and having faith in him…. If ur a good girl/ boy stay GOOD. If ur a good
girl/ boy gone bad, keep in mind, that there is always hope especially for change or
even maturity …..The rain falls and the sun shines on us all, good and bad…. Don’t
judge, just love, love, love
covered May 9th, 2009 9:00 pm :
this is very enlightening and more people need to pay attention to what they listen
to, watch and say (sing) it is really sad that these talented people could give up their
lives for things that are vanity i also think that we need to be aware of the signs that
God is sending to us. the world is almost over. long ago they used to say that Jesus
is coming soon but now we have to say he is coming he is already sitting in His
chariot just waiting for the trumpet to sound. this economic downturn is
DEFINITELY the last straw because God said that the systems of this world will fail
just before Jesus comes. after the economy fails the leaders of this world will come
together and turn to the pope who will offer a hand if a law is passed to make all
people worship on Sunday instead of the Sabbath (Saturday). it is after this that
Christ will come i am not being slanderous or trying to bring down any religious
bodies i am trying to make you aware lest you be deceived if you think that i am
crazy just google the word sabbath and you’ll see also the fourth commandment
says ‘remember the sabbath day to keep it holy’ we as christians need to keep not 8
or 9 of God’s commandments but ALL it is the only way that he will walk with us. i
just want ot say to vigilant thank you so much for doing what you are doing you will
not believe how much difference this has made the only thing i have to say is please
analyse some more songs and videos like those of lil wayne p.s i am not some crazy
white man who hates black people i am a young black female who has become
aware of what is going on around me and is putting my trust in God thank you so
much and GOD BLESS
believer May 12th, 2009 4:49 am :
You have done a great job here!!! I always thought that there was someting about
this girl, i couldnt put my finger o it but now i know. Did you notice that she never
smile, that she always looks sad and dark. I actually feel sorry for her. And J-Z, he is
another caracter. I personally think that Rihanna knows what the songs mean and
you know what the devil is a lier. He made sure of it that Rihanna is humiliated
before the whole world. People might think why “if she is possessed” in “Umbrella”
she would now with “Disturbia” wanna get out of the deal she made with Satan.
People might think that this is just an act but it isnt. It is part of Satans humilition.
He does not ‘LOVE” or care about anyone. She wanted wealth and now she got it
and after she agreed, she now realizes that its not so good a deal she made and want
out. NOW, she is forced to appear weak in the music video “Disturbia” before
Page 79 of 508
Published by © 2009
everyone. She would rather kill herself cause she cant get out of the web. To the
person who said that the Americans wanna distroy Rihanna’ career……I have news
for you. I am a South African and its not about destroying anybody, its just to reveal
the truth to the world and our kids. There are innocent people out there and this
eorld is sick! and we are living in the last days and Satan want to gather his children
before Jesus comes back to take us up into heaven with him. To “WAKEUP” you
better wake up and stop being so ignorant and start reading your bible and start
wondering why you breath or even get up in the morning. There is a God and there
is a Lucifer. I noticed that the number “6″ is mentioned alot in the music video
“Umbrella”……… Six girls, six men and the number of times she was splashed with
the liquid. Six is the number of the beast, go read it up in the bible. I pray that this
girl realises her mistake and that Licifer is a lier and that Jesus as Alive!!!!!! and
that she would turn to him. I really feel so sorry for her. Lets think of her in our
prayers, all is possible for God. To the analiser of these songs…..May Gods blessings
be with you and may he protect you and carry you whereever you go so that you can
do more of what you are doing now. MAY THE GUIDANCE OF THE LORD BE
Wise May 15th, 2009 4:32 pm :
Brilliant analysis! I listen to the songs just to keep abreast of what is going on in the
music world and actually find myself singing along sometimes. The rhythms and
lyrics of the music are so catchy. Without knowing it, much of what the songs are
saying is seeping into us more and more each time we listen to, sing the song or
watch the video. I believe this is a strategy used by those who are managing and in
charge of producing Rihanna, who are possessed themselves, to win other souls for
the Devil. Of course, because of her desire for popularity, she has given in to their
commands of doing the songs and videos, with her knowledge and approval. If she
wasn’t in accordance with it she would have declined from singing the songs and
doing the videos like that. She could be been like many other artistes like Tami
Chynn who, when disagreement comes, just leave the company.
I discovered something eerie about Rihanna lately but couldn’t put my finger on it.
She started off so good (even though I don’t think she has the greatest voice in the
world) but because she added a little Caribbean touch to the music, along with
catchy lyrics, she did jus sell off!!! When I look at where she is now (a soulless girl –
white eyes, queen of the damned with her gothic appearance) compared to her girly
music which involved clubbing, love and so on, there is a rift. Where did she go
Some persons, being star-blinded might just go along with the flow and just view it
as a more edgy and mature Rihanna. Music is the talk of the day at many middle
and high schools, so being able to speak about the latest music gets many people
with the “IN” crowd. Unfortunately, while they are getting IN to certain cliques,
some evil spirits are going INto them.
Page 80 of 508
Published by © 2009
It was after my dance instructor warned about the type of music we listen to as
Christians & sent out this article that many of us understood what was going on.
Some still did not believe and came up with several excuses:
1. That is foolishness as some of who commented thought – I’ve read every single
comment on this issue and just feel sorry for those who do not believe. To me, they
are like the wicked people of Noah’s time who did not believe when he told them
about the flood. They were laughing at him and thought he was foolish like how
some people are now sneering at your analysis such as lala27, maybe & critical
thinking. I believe that with the world in the state it is in, we should put nothing
past the evil one. Instead we need to draw close to God and ask for His direction. As
Christians we should not be listening to that music in the first place because it does
not edify us in any way. Those of us who have been filling ourselves with such music
need to repent (as I have) and ask God to give us the answers to whatever doubts we
have. He will guide us as to what we should and should not believe.
They just don’t understand her – In Disturbia, even Rihanna does not understand
why this is happening to her. She doesn’t realize that this is the consequence of
pursuing an evil path. God sets two ways and we should choose one, one that leads
to the Eternal Fire and the other, which leads to Everlasting life. Rihanna clearly
chose the wrong path and as a result, is facing the consequences: mental
disturbance, physical discomfort, inability to communicate effectively and be
understood by others who do not belong to her world. NOT TO MENTION DAT
They are only trying to tear down Rihanna’s career – No one is trying to do that.
The truth hurts and that’s all that matters.
Evil works in the dark, why would the devil expose his plan in a music video for
everyone to see? And
Why would the entity allow her to show the discomforts of serving him in a video?
The devil is trying to win souls for his kingdom since the world is drawing to an end.
Therefore, since music is one of the best media to attract people, especially the
young, he uses the catchy chorus as a mantra to invite him into their bodies and
take over their souls. God, being omniscient, knows of the devil’s plan and has
revealed it in the form of an analysis. God is gracious and merciful to humankind
and has sent forth a warning. God is actually giving us a chance, not banishing us
eternally. I hope we all take up God’s offer by believing and turning away from that
music which will cost us our soul.
Turn away from EVIL
Page 81 of 508
Published by © 2009
Malia May 20th, 2009 4:34 pm :
A most interesting breakdown. To add to this, Rihanna sings the line: ‘Took an
oath I’m a stick it out till the end.’ What is this oath? From what I found out
this oath that mega-famous people take in order to get the riches, fame and fortune
they must take what is known as the ‘Oath of Baphomet.’ Well worth looking into
this. Look into Tupac Shakur’s death in connection to this oath. He has said many
things about the sick people who flanked him and ultimately had him killed because
of certain things he said about this before Suge Knight had him and Biggie Smalls
Baphomet is another name for the devil.
Jade May 26th, 2009 12:32 am :
upon hearing this song i was disturbed and was positive that Satan has a major say
in the song. the first time i saw the video, it was muted and to this day i have not
been able to watch it in its entirety. the satanism and spiritism and demonic-ness is
no evident, it is unmistakable.
i, like many of your readers, am from the Caribbean, Jamaica to be specific and i
know what “obeah” can do and i have heard of persons being possessed. although i
have not, neither do i hope to witness any possession myself, i know that the powers
of darkness are real and can do great damage.
i am quite surprised at the ignorance and blindness of some of the readers though.
when we listen to music, it enters the mind. this is something that not even the most
controlled person can hinder. and this song…all of it, is like a chant at some seance
or something and she is possessed and not liking it. even though persons may say,
“oh, that song is so gross and she’s so dark and ominous” and whatever, the song
is entering the mind and it is slowly desensitizing us to cults and
satanism. so you get to see a more glorified side in “Umbrella” and you see the
painful part on “Disturbia.” and as we all know life has ups and downs, so these
songs are perhaps contrasted in the same light to allow persons to see possession as
“a part of life” having both high and low points.
and about Rihanna, again as i said while commenting on umbrella’s review, i
love(d) her and i’m struggling with this. but her performances never fail to confirm
the analyses of Vigilant Citizen. the pyramid and the priestess attire in umbrella
shows oh so clearly the hidden meaning. and the pyramid again accompanied by
zombies in disturbia’s live performance! come on people we need to open our eyes!
and did i mention that CHRIS BROWN wrote this song?!
another very important point i want to make. demon possession can happen to
any person. the only way to be sure that it will not happen to you is to have Jesus
in your heart. the devil does not NEED permission to enter your heart. Jesus says in
Revelation 3:20 “Behold i stand at the door and knock. If any man hears my voice
Page 82 of 508
Published by © 2009
and opens the door i will come in and sup with him and He with Me.” so once Jesus
is in your heart it is ’satan-proof’ but without Jesus, the devil will just take up
residency in your heart.
Guard vigilantly, the avenues of the soul.
K June 2nd, 2009 9:33 pm :
I found this website by accident about three weeks ago. I was on a gossip site and
someone mentioned about the subtleties in the song “Umbrella”. I decided to google
and this was the first site that popped up. I have been coming ever since.
May I suggest some reading material? He Came to Set the Captives Free by
Rebecca Brown. This book is about two women–one a Christian, the other an exbride of satan turned Christian. It’s a true story and it speaks of all that goes on in
the occult world, including music. The book gives an account from both women and
what they went through and how they met. It’s a real eye-opener. But this book is
NOT for the squeamish so I don’t recommend baby-Christians to read it unless they
are led by the Spirit to do so. And even for Christians, one has to be prayed up to
read it because it is extremely disturbing. This book makes this video “Disturbia”
look like something on Nickelodeon…okay…maybe not a great analogy.
The Spirit realm is indeed real. How else do you explain good and evil? And people
always say that God is the one who sends people to hell….is that so? When in fact
the person themselves chooses to deny God’s existence? No need to try to convince
anyone but that’s just something to really think about. It’s not complicated. And
even if there wasn’t a “god” (<—I love the quotations) and Christians have been
wrong all of these years, then we don’t lose anything. It’s a win-win situation.
To Vigilant and many others who have sites like this–or who are even facing
persecution amongst their associates–keep exposing satan’s lies. No matter if
you’re called crazy, stupid, dumb, etc. embrace it all. Matter of fact, be joyful for it!!
It’s a compliment. You know why? It’s because it means you’re doing something
right. If you weren’t being called those things, then you may need to rethink what
you’re conveying. Remember, Jesus was persecuted unlike any other. And because
we (Christians/Believers) are a part of the family, we will suffer the same fate.
In closing, I’d like to leave a little something, something:
Romans 1:18-25 NLT
“But God shows his anger from heaven against all sinful, wicked people who
surpress the truth by their wickedness. They know the truth about God because he
has made it obvious to them. For ever since the world was created, people have seen
the earth and sky. Through everything God made, they can clearly see his invisible
qualities–his eternal power and divine nature. So they have no excuse for not
knowing God. Yes they knew God, but they wouldn’t worship him as God or even
give him thanks. And they began to think up foolish ideas of what God was like. As a
result their minds became dark and confused. Claiming to be wise, they instead
became utter fools. And instead of worshipping the glorious, ever-living God, they
Page 83 of 508
Published by © 2009
worshiped idols made to look like mere people and birds and animals and reptiles.
HEARTS DESIRED. As a result, they did vile and degrading things with each other’s
bodies. They traded the truth about God for a lie. So they worshiped and served the
things God created instead of the Creator himself, who is worthy of eternal praise.
Matthew 10:26 NLT
“But don’t be afraid of those who threaten you. For the time is coming when
everything that is covered will be revealed, and all that is secret will be made known
to all.”
(And last but certainly not least)
Matthew 13:11-15 NLT
“He replied, “You are permitted to understand the secrets of the Kingdom of
Heaven, but others are not. To those who listen to my teaching, more
understanding will be given, and they will have an abundance of knowledge. But for
those who are not listening, even what little understanding they have will be taken
away from them. That is why I use these parables, ‘For they look, but they don’t
really see. They hear, but they don’t really listen or understand.’ This fulfills the
prophecy of Isaiah that says, ‘When you hear what I say, you will not understand.
When you see what I do, you will not comprehend. For the hearts of these people
are hardened, and their ears cannot hear, and they have closed their eyes–so their
eyes cannot see and their ears cannot hear, and their hearts cannot understand,
Now, watch the deceiver use MY post against me and use people to attack me. But a
word to the “wise” and “knowledgeable”: I don’t believe in arguing or attacking
others for their opinions–especially over the Internet. I don’t wrestle with flesh and
blood. Argue with me, and all you will hear is the Word thrown right back at you. If
you don’t want Word and exposure to the Word?! Then allow me to make a friendly
suggestion: simply don’t respond. Your arguments will be futile because you will not
be able to convince me or any other faithful Christian on this site otherwise.
Godspeed to my fellow Christian brothers and sisters across the globe.
Lawrence Luprypa June 19th, 2009 4:17 pm :
to all
“Resist the devil and he will flee from you”.
Says the Word of God ~ James wrote the first NT book, and knew Jesus personally.
James 4:4 You adulterers and adulteresses, know you not that the friendship of the
world is enmity with God? whosoever therefore will be a friend of the world is the
enemy of God.
Page 84 of 508
Published by © 2009
4:7 Submit yourselves therefore to God. Resist the devil, and he will flee from you.”
Peter also spent years with Jesus and wrote to believers: “Be sober, be vigilant;
because your adversary the devil, as a roaring lion, walks about, seeking whom he
may devour:
Whom resist stedfast in the faith” 1 Peter 5:8,9.
Farahi June 18th, 2009 8:47 pm :
Artist are a vehicle, for spreading a message be it good or bad, whether the song was
penned by the artist who sings it is not relevant, what is important however ,
is what spirit orchestrated the lyrics, as this will ultimately define the
content, I think as Christians if we are honest we can answer the question of which
spirit? often without even hearing the chorus of a song. I beleive The act of
singing Is to glorify/worship, so when we sing songs which do not glorify
god, there’s only one other entity we are glorifying. This is a hard truth that many
of us choose not to accept, but I suspect it will cause the downfall of many of us.
Hitler said if you want to corrupt a countries youth, do it through the
music … And I don’t think there is any doubt about what spirit he was conveying.
Anyhow case in point, first by listening, then by singing along to the music( act of
worship) is an invitation for spirits to enter into you and corrupt your thoughts.
Page 85 of 508
Published by © 2009
Reading #5
The Occult and Prophetic Messages
in Rihanna’s Umbrella
By Vigilant Citizen
“The social theory of rock was elaborated by musicologist Theodor
Adorno, who headed the Radio Research Project:
In an imaginary but psychologically emotion-laden domain, the
listener who remembers a hit song will turn into the
song's ideal subject, into the person for whom the song
ideally speaks. At the same time, as one of many who identify
with that fictitious subject, that musical I, he will feel his isolation
ease as he himself feels integrated into the community of
‘fans.’ In whistling such a song he bows to a ritual of
socialization, although beyond this unarticulated subjective
stirring of the moment his isolation continues unchanged. ... The
comparison with addiction is inescapable. Addicted conduct
generally has a social component: it is one possible reaction to the
atomization which, as sociologists have noticed, parallels the
compression of the social network. Addiction to music on the part of
a number of entertainment listeners would be a similar
In 1939, the Radio Project published some of their findings in the
Journal of Applied Psychology. Their conclusion was that Americans
had, over the previous twenty years, become ‘radio-minded,’ and that
their listening had become so fragmented that repetition of format
was the key to popularity. The play list determined the ‘hits,’ and
repetition could make any form of music, or any performer, a ‘star.’
As long as a familiar form or context was retained, almost any
content would become acceptable. ‘Not only are hit songs, stars, and
soap operas cyclically recurrent and rigidly invariable types,’ said
Adorno a few years later, ‘but the specific content of the
entertainment itself is derived from them and only appears to
change. The details are interchangeable.’” (David Livingstone,
Terrorism And The Illuminati: A Three Thousand Year History, p.
Page 86 of 508
Published by © 2009
The Occult and Prophetic Messages
in Rihanna’s Umbrella
Part 1
December 14th, 2008
By Vigilant
Warning: 1. The analysis of this song deals with very disturbing subject matters.
2. The images are missing in this presentation. To see them go to the following link:
3. Also in the original online version of this article, there are 115 blog comments,
mostly made by the young and immature. I have omitted these comments from this
section. To read them go to this link, and scroll to the end of the article:
What is Rihanna’s Umbrella song about? First times I’ve heard this song, I was
confused. Is it about a woman’s unconditional friendship for her man? Is it a “sexy
song”? At face value, it seems so. However, if you listen closely to Rihanna and JayZ’s words, you might notice that the lyrics do not make any sense. The vocabulary
used in this song is not about a relationship between two lovers. The fact is,
Umbrella is about a subject matter that is sinister, dark and disturbing: becoming
possessed by evil.
What does “under my umbrella” mean?
In a nutshell, the song talks about a storm that’s about to take place and Rihanna
offers her loved one protection under her umbrella. In this song, “You can stand
under my umbrella” can have a sexual connotation but it mostly means “You can be
under my protection”. When you are under something’s protection, this something
has more power than you regarding your own security. You depend on it. It has
control over you. IT possesses you. The song is not about love between woman and
man, it’s about being protected. It is not an equal relationship. The one that
protects basically owns the person that is protected.
Analyzing the song
The first thing that you need to know about the song’s lyrics is that Rihanna sings
the whole song but she actually takes on two roles. During the first half of the song,
she plays the role of an evil entity that is trying to seduce and possess Rihanna. For
the purpose of this analysis we’ll call this entity the Devil. The second role she plays
is herself. So the song is basically a dialog between the Devil and Rihanna. The
video of the song makes this very clear and we’ll explain how later.
What is possession?
Page 87 of 508
Published by © 2009
Possession, in relationship to non-human entities deals with the phenomena
wherein a non-human entity controls the human being through various methods. In
possession, the human being cannot think for themselves. Instead, their
thoughts are given to them by their possessor. We’ll see how the Devil tries
and succeeds at possessing Rihanna in this song. There is a reason why the album is
called “Good Girl Gone Bad”.
Jay-Z’s prophetic verse
So the song starts off with a verse of rapper Jay-Z. He plays the role of someone that
has already been possessed and already “under the umbrella” of the Devil. Here’s
his verse:
No clouds in my stones
Let it rain, I hydroplane in the bank
Coming down with the Dow Jones
When the clouds come we gone, we Rocafella
We fly higher than weather
And G5’s are better, You know me,
an anticipation, for precipitation. Stacked chips for the rainy day
Jay, Rain Man is back with little Ms. Sunshine
Rihanna where you at?
Page 88 of 508
Published by © 2009
“No clouds in my stones
Let it rain, I hydroplane in the bank
Coming down with the Dow Jones”
So the “storm” is in fact related to the economy and the financial world. “Coming
down with the Dow Jones” reflects this situation. The Dow Jones is the main
indicator of the health of the stock market. If it plummets, we can talk about a
market crash. This reference is pretty eerie as it effectively predicts the crash of the
stock markets that is taking place now, which is two years after the release of the
song. We all know that, since September of this year (2008), the Dow Jones has
experienced its biggest drops since the great depression. Here’s a random quote
from today’s news (December 11th):
Stocks on Wall Street fell sharply on Thursday afternoon, with the Dow
Jones industrials sliding 200 points, as investors weighed a lower sales
outlook and a widening trade gap that could spell trouble for
American businesses.
Page 89 of 508
Published by © 2009
The fact that this song was made in 2006, two full years before even having signs of
recession is strange. You’ll notice that the whole song has a pessimistic outlook
concerning the future. Jay-Z is saying “Let it rain”, he doesn’t care about the
financial crisis, he “hydroplanes in the bank”. In other words, while the bank is
being flooded by this storm and people are drowning in it, he’s above the water and
surviving the crisis.
When the clouds come we gone, we Rocafella
In other words, when the financial crisis will occur, we won’t be here to suffer
through it. “Rocafella” is the name of Jay-Z’s record label. It also refers to John D.
Rockefeller and his family, the biggest industrialists in American History and huge
actors in the formation of the social-economic world we’re currently living in. Many
historians claim the Rockerfellers have engineered the crash of 1929 to be able to
obtain a stronghold on America’s banking system. Congressman Charles A.
Lindberg Sr. accurately proclaimed in 1930:
“From now on depressions will be scientifically created.”
We fly higher than weather
And G5’s are better, You know me,
“We fly higher than the weather” means that Jay-Z cannot be affected by the
financial crisis because he is above the problem. He enjoys a protection that makes
him unvulnerable to the storm. The fact that he says “We fly higher than the
weather” implies that a select few can have the same kind of privileges he has. G5 is
a kind of private jet so he will live in luxury even when the crisis strikes the rest of
the world.
an anticipation, for precipitation. Stacked chips for the rainy day
Jay-Z says here that he was expecting this major crisis (the precipitation) and so he
has prepared financially to face it. Seems like he had prior knowledge of the events
that would occur in the future. Is he talking about the recession that is happening
Jay, Rain Man is back with little Ms. Sunshine
Rihanna where you at?
Jay aka “Rain Man”. He has been possessed by the Devil, contrarily to Rihanna,
who he calls “little Ms. Sunshine”. Rihanna is the good girl. Jay-Z is already bad and
he is asking Rihanna to join him.
So Jay-Z lyrics have NOTHING to do with love, friendship or any type of
relationship. His lyrics talk about an imminent economic disaster and the fact that
he is prepared to face it.
Page 90 of 508
Published by © 2009
Rihanna’s lyrics
You have my heart
And we’ll never be worlds apart
May be in magazines
But you’ll still be my star
Baby cause in the dark
You can’t see shiny cars
And that’s when you need me there
With you I’ll always share
Rihanna sings this part, but it is actually the Devil talking to Rihanna. He is “sweettalking” her so she can accept the idea of the Devil entering her body. Here’s how we
can translate the lyrics.
I love you
Even if I’m not from your world, I’ll never be far from you
You may be famous and in magazines
But you’ll always be MY star, nobody else’s
Because when you won’t be successful anymore
When you won’t be able to buy shiny cars and material things
That’s when you’ll need my protection
With you I’ll always share my riches
So the Devil is offering Rihanna a lifetime of riches and luxury, even when she’ll
lose her popularity and stop generating money from her singing carreer. Tempting
isn’t it?
When the sun shines, we’ll shine together
Told you I’ll be here forever
Said I’ll always be your friend
Took an oath I’ma stick it out till the end
Now it’s raining more than ever
But we’ll still have each other
You can stand under my umbrella
You can stand under my umbrella
(Ella ella eh eh eh eh)
Under my umbrella
(Ella ella eh eh eh)
Under my umbrella
(Ella ella eh eh eh)
Under my umbrella
(Ella ella eh eh eh eh eh eh)
Page 91 of 508
Published by © 2009
When you shine from your success, we both profit from it
I will always be part of you
I will always be on your side
I promised you I would protect you and I will do it as long as necessary
Now the financial crisis is afflicting the world
But I’m still here with you
You can be under my protection
You can be under my protection
What’s up with the Ella Ella eh’s? It sounds catchy doesn’t it? The repetitive and
hypnotic rhythm of this chant makes it very reminiscent of magical spells,
conjurations or summons. It invokes the god Ba’el (the Master) an important figure
in mythology. According to famous occultist Francis Barrett, Ba’el has the power to
make those who invoke him invisible and he can make people wise. Does “Ella”
backwards sound a little like Ba’el?
2nd Verse
These fancy things, will never come in between
You’re part of my entity, here for Infinity
When the war has took it’s part
When the world has dealt it’s cards
If the hand is hard, together we’ll mend your heart
All of your material possessions will never separate me and you
You’re part of my entity, I own you, until the end of times
When the crisis has ravaged the world
When we’ll know the final outcome of the world
If you’re in trouble, me and you will stop the pain
“You’re part of my entity” is very relevant here because “entity” is not a word in the
vocabulary used between loved ones. Nobody will say to his/her lover “You’re part
of my entity”. An entity is not human.
An entity is something that has a distinct, separate existence, though it
need not be a material existence.
“Here for Infinity” also gives a non-human feel to the lyrics, as if this power doesn’t
live or die, it is immortal.
“When the war has took it’s part/ When the world has dealt it’s cards” is a
particularly gloomy passage. It basically predicts a terrible event that will strike
severely the entire world and that will rearrange the way it will function afterwards.
Page 92 of 508
Published by © 2009
Once again, we refere to a huge crisis that is about to occur and the Devil is trying to
convince Rihanna to let her protect her.
You can run into my arms
It’s okay don’t be alarmed
Come into me
There’s no distance in between our love
So go on and let the rain pour
I’ll be all you need and more
This part is actually a dialogue between the Devil and Rihanna. It is difficult to
notice because there’s not difference in the tone of voice. The video however gives a
visual clue of the dialogue by reversing the image when Rihanna answers the Devil.
Page 93 of 508
Published by © 2009
So, the
Devil is telling Rihanna
“You can run into my arms
It’s okay don’t be alarmed”
“You can come and seek my protection
Don’t be scared of the crisis”
Rihanna answers
“Come into me” as in “come inside of my body and possess me”
Both Rihanna and Devil say
“There’s no distance between our love” . The Devil is effectively now INSIDE of her,
there’s no more distance between them.
And the Devil finishes by saying:
“So go on and let the rain pour
I’ll be all you need and more”
Let the world get what it deserves, I’ll take care of you.
So now that you probably gained another perspective on the song’s lyrics, we can
proceed to analyze the video, which carry HEAVY symbolism and confirms the
theory of the Devil trying to possess Rihanna. The video also adds a layer of
interpretation by depicting the process of possession as a rape.
Page 94 of 508
Published by © 2009
Analyzing the video
At the beginning we see Jay-Z with six black-clad women. As previously stated, JayZ is already possessed in the song. The six women represent Jay-Z’s thoughts being
Then we see Rihanna dressed in black and wearing a top-hat, a visual clue to
represent the evil entity, which is masculine. The long, claw-like fingernails give a
sense of a demonic, ungodly creature. When Rihanna starts singing, she moves in
sexually seductive way to reflect the Devil’s attempt to seduce Rihanna. He wants to
possess her not only mentally but physically also.
Page 95 of 508
Published by © 2009
The picture above is the explosion we see in the video right after the first verse. This
explosion of chrome-colored liquid represents something truly disturbing:
The rape of Rihanna by the Devil.
The picture above represents the rape of Rihanna. Dressed in white and thus
embodying “the good girl with values”, Rihanna dances while performing defensive
gestures. She is trying to protect herself from the chrome liquid, which represents
the seminal fluid of the Devil. The liquid hits her a total of 6 times.
Page 96 of 508
Published by © 2009
We then see Rihanna naked, covered in chrome-colored liquid. Rihanna has been
raped by the Devil and covered with his semen. She seems in pain and not herself.
On the picture above we see her inside a triangle. This is VERY symbolic. For
occultists, an upwards triangle represents the phallus, the penis, male energy.
Rihanna is inside the triangle. She is completely “owned” and under the spell of the
Devil’s sexuality.
Look closely at the frame above. It appears very briefly at around 2:46 in the video.
It is Rihanna on her knees, her head on the floor. It’s also something else: the FACE
OF THE DEVIL! It has been made to look like “Baphomet” (see right side image),
who is an intricate part of occult mysteries. You see the two eyes, snout and the long
horns. This frame has been digitally manipulated to look like this because it is
anatomically incorrect. No human can assume this position in real life. This image
has been placed on purpose and only for a fraction of second. Classic subliminal
So Rihanna has been raped and we saw the face of the Devil, so what’s next?
Page 97 of 508
Published by © 2009
Rihanna has now become the “Bad Girl” dressed in black. She is surrounded by 6
black clad men (like Jay-Z at the beginning), to represent her state of possession.
She dances suggestively with a closed umbrella, which represents a phallus. The
Devil has won, he has taken over Rihanna. And she is asking for more. At the end of
the song, Rihanna asks her rapists to come into her again. Sick.
It’s raining
Ooh baby it’s raining
Baby come into me
Come into me
It’s raining
Oh baby it’s raining
The “ooh baby” makes it clear that we’re not talking about raindrops falling from
the sky. It means she is wet and ready to welcome the Devil again inside her.
The analysis of Rihanna’s Umbrella was to prove the fact that the general public is
blind to the hidden messages omnipresent in mass media. Kids from all over the
world sing and dance to this song while registering unconsciously the hidden layers
of symbolism.
To finish off this great report on Rihanna’s masterpiece of deceit, here’s her
performance at the MTV Europe awards. Once again, HEAVY occult symbolism
here (and she sucks at signing too).
Rihanna is dressed in a priestess costume surrounded by pyramids with illuminated
capstones. There is no mistaking the occult significance of those symbols, who
confirm the fact that this song is way more than simple love song. Umbrella was the
first single of the album “Good Girl Gone Bad”. The second single was “Disturbia”
and represents Rihanna’s state of mind while she under the control of the Evil
Part 2 of this analysis is found in the previous section.
Page 98 of 508
Published by © 2009
Related posts:
1. Hidden Satanic Messages in Omarion’s Icebox Video
2. Beyonce to Sasha Fierce: Symolic Occult Rebirth
Page 99 of 508
Published by © 2009
Postscript November 2009: Teaching
Our Children to Play Russian Roulette
Rihanna’s latest album, Rated R (with the “R” being formed by silver swords and
daggers) is an even more dangerous and in-your-face production, and this time the
satanic sexual slave theme, while still dominant, takes a backseat to the theme of
suicide and monarch mind-control. Long-time analyst of satanic symbolism in the
music industry, VigilantCitizen, makes the following comments in reference to
Rihanna’s latest offering:
“One of the first articles I've written for this
website was an analysis Rihanna's 2007 hit
Umbrella. The symbolism in that video was
very subtle and cleverly hidden. Since
Umbrella however, there has been a great
increase of dark occultism and references to
mind control in pop videos. I'm constantly
surprised by the increasing obviousness of
the imagery and the boldness of the
messages. The incorporation of
occult/mind control-themed elements in
pop music (aimed the young) is being
accomplished in a seamless and gradual
matter, apparently to desensitize the
viewers. Those elements invoke however
Rihanna’s new single, “Russian Roulette.”
dark truths about the entertainment
industry and some of its sinister "behind the scenes" practices. Dark rituals,
initiations, pacts and mind control methods are all part of it.” 12
Thankfully, some musicians are starting to speak out against the satanic
degradation that pop music has become.
“Just days after its release, Rihanna’s new
single ‘Russian Roulette’ has caused
numerous online discussions involving the
song’s dark lyrics and obvious play on
Written by Ne-Yo, the track has many
wondering the direction of Rihanna’s
upcoming album Rated R, including
singer/songwriter Tiffany Evans, who feels
‘Russian Roulette’ could possibly lead
many Rihanna fans to commit suicide.
Tiffany Evans
Source: Rihanna's “Russian Roulette” or What's Wrong with the Entertainment
Industry. Available here:
Page 100 of 508
Published by © 2009
Evans (best known for her single ‘Promise Ring’ ft. Ciara and her stint on Star
Search) took to her Twitter page on Wednesday morning to discuss the topic. She
“Russian Roulette= Suicidal Rate gon sky rocket!
You gotta watch what u say. Because there are a lot of weak people in the
world. They are susceptible to anything so anything you say or do some
people actually do listen. So make sure its nothing bad. Its okay to be deep,
but not murder deep.
Man! I really wish I could tell you guys what the industry really is and what
stars are apart of destroying this world. The stars who worship satan, and
those who have killed to get the respect they have now. You’d be verrrry
surprised. Some of your favorite people pretend to worship God but they
only do that to save face. Or seem innocent.
Satan was head of music in heaven. He uses influential people … to help
influence the world. Think about that. Once u make a certain amount of
money. Just know that that’s when they ask u to join. To get in you have
accept the beast, worship. Once you join they assist u with ur career. make u
huge. only if u agree and obey to destroy Gods word. and his children.
Ppl listen and pay attention. Its a war going on right now between Good
and Evil. Evil will rule this world for a min. The people that have this power
are the people that RULE the whole world. I’m done I won’t say anymore
before I get in trouble.”
Evan’s tweets are centered around the ‘rumored corruption and brainwashing
that goes on behind the scenes of the entertainment industry, often referred
to as a group called the Illuminati.’” Source
According to VigilantCitizen, “R&B singer Omarion, who has been in the music
business since 2001 has provided the urban magazine Boombox a surprisingly
honest description of the industry. He entered the business as a pre-teen with the
group B2K and went through some strange controversies. He is thus well placed to
give a first hand account the business. Here’s what he had to say regarding
Rihanna’s ‘Russian Roulette’ to the magazine Boombox.
‘I don't personally know Rihanna's
beliefs but I think there's a very dark
and very sinister part of the
entertainment business and I think it's
very visible,’ he said. ‘This is something
that a lot of people don't look at [but for
example] Michael Jackson used to be a
Jehovah's Witness and I remember
hearing that he wanted to separate from
the religion - and this was during the
time that he was doing Thriller [which ended up being] his biggest album.’
Page 101 of 508
Published by © 2009
‘Fast forward to now,’ Omarion continued, ‘[and] it really made me think that there
is a [time as an artist] where there's going to be a choice. The [entertainment] world
[dictates] that you have to be with three or four women, or do this in order to get
that [and] I think it's really interesting. With God and the industry, it's really dark.
The dark side is having to get in, there's a certain submission you need to have.
Just like a gang [initiation], so to speak. You might have to do something against
your moral code. I'm not saying that it's always this way, but when you're someone
that is young and you're coming up in the industry and you really don't have a grip
on your morals it can be very dark. The game is just about over saturation.
‘I don't know if Rihanna [has fallen victim to those pressures]. I've never really
heard her speak about it,’ [Nazarene Remnant comment: Well, she’s certainly been
singing about it for a long time, my friend!] he said. ‘I hope that she doesn't believe
in that stuff and I don't think that she does, but I don't know. It's not just been a
Rihanna thing, [there's has been religious speculation] about a lot of artists.’”13
If you follow along with what is being
said and sung by many musicians,
you’ll notice that there is a heavy
emphasis placed on such concepts as:
 “submission” (this is the mindcontrol theme) to satan and his
sexual system, which actually
favours homosexuality and
lesbianism as against
 “gang initiation” (including both
heterosexual and homosexual gang
rape) into sexual slavery (what
used to be known as the sexual
perversion of Sado-Masochism
[SM] is now going out of vogue in
favour of outright open expression
of our essential inner self);
 there is a constant reference to
gang sex (Beyonce's latest
scandalous performance is an
example of this);
inflicting pain on yourself and others, with the ultimate pain being the
killing of another human being, or of self-murder (the suicide theme is
See our free The Catholic Church and “The Rite of Sodomy,” here:
Page 102 of 508
Published by © 2009
starting to become a trade mark of Rihanna), all tied together as part of the
satanic sacrificial system;
in this system it’s important to wear the right uniform: nazi-style caps,
clothing, and other insignia are definitely “in,” as are tattoos, bodypiercing, strange hair designs, and don’t let me forget, the heavy use of
black for everything from cars, to mascara, to even dinner plates!
You’ll also notice that
certain key insignia and
symbols are nearly always
present, and they indicate
that the wearer has made a
pact with the dark order of
satan. Musicians—these
satanic artists—are forced
to wear these symbols,
which of course shows
acceptance of this pact with
their satanic overlords:
Lady Gaga and 5 Great Circles or Rings attached to her waist
area. The 5 rings are also symbolic of the Olympic Games, as
well as the group known as “the Olympians,” who are the
infamous group known as “The Committee of 300.” For
explanation see our What the Study of History Should Have
The closing of the right eye (the right eye is the ancient symbol for
the Sun, so the closing of that eye has to be a direct reference to the
Black Sun, a decidedly satanic image for those in the know);
Many references to the Nazi Waffen SS symbol (actually this is a
lightning bolt or thunderbolt). While there are two meanings to the
Nazi SS anagram, its real meaning for initiates, the letters ‘SS’
referred to die Schwarze Sonne, the Black Sun.15 In fact the
thunderbolt, aka the Black Sun, is Lady Gaga’s trademark (she
seems to have copied the idea from the satanic David Bowie). The
thunderbolt is also direct reference symbol for satan being cast
down to Earth following his rebellion against God, as the following
Scripture proclaims: “And he said unto them, I beheld Satan as [a]
lightning [bolt] fall from heaven” (Luke 10: 18). The lightning bolt
is also going to be a powerful celestial signature for the return of
the Messiah (see Zechariah 9: 14; Matthew 24: 27; Matthew 28: 3;
Luke 17: 24).
The use of all sorts of tattoos, which is a direct violation of God’s
For explanation of the Black Sun see our The Beguiled and the Doctrine of the “Two Spirits,” Birthright,
Sceptre, Loaves and Fishes, and The Meaning of the Nazi Swastika.
Page 103 of 508
Published by © 2009
Daggers, swords, swastikas, the rings of Saturn (the rings of the
Olympians, the three Gorgons, plus the Tropic of Capricorn and the
Tropic of Cancer), and other jewellery.
All kinds of provocative and lewd dress, including the wearing of
female knickers as a face mask, seem to be common place now. The
symbol used to identify prostitutes in ancient Rome—the ankle
bracelet—is now a normal fashion statement!
Satanic hand signals are now a commonplace thing in society, and
a telltale of the money-power elite, who delight in using them.
The things I have just listed are those that
many young stars—and ordinary young naïve
teens going out on their first date—have to
go through in order to be “accepted” by the
The satanic concepts and beliefs are totally
reflected in the symbolism of these stars’
video clips and photo shoots. Again the
emphasis is on totally sexualising all aspects
of the personality to a degree that is best
called “slutting up,” since this is a sure cue of
the moral system, or should I say lack of it,
in the “slutted-up” man or woman, boy or
girl subject. All aspect of the personality get
Lady Gaga’s Trademark—the Lightning Bolt.
a make-over by these satanic fiends when
anyone—our children included—associate with them. What is being “taught” is not
just free sex, but a sinister and deadly form of sex that is best referred to as “satanic
sex,” and that is a bizarre world of drugs, alcoholic, sexual slavery, sodomy,
lesbianism, and an emphasis on the dark side, on the degraded and the profane, in
regard to the creative act of sexual intercourse.
An important part of
satanic mind-control, or
being possessed by satan's
evil spirit, is the important
fact that you cannot escape
this situation using your
own power. That's because
of the sheer force of satan.
In fact in Rihanna's
“Russian Roulette” video
Page 104 of 508
Death Embrace #1
Published by © 2009
clip, she is seen as being
tightly held in a death
embrace, whereby she is
incapable of escape. She is
just a passive witness of
her own death, which is
exactly what satan and his
followers expects of
anyone stupid enough to
have anything to do with
the occult.
Death Embrace #2
In the frame above (Death Embrace #2), “Rihanna is submerged under water, a
scene recalling the floating or weightlessness sensation felt by mind controlled
slaves during their ‘treatments.’ Bullets fly all around her but there's nothing she
can do about it: she is physically and mentally controlled and she must keep being a
passive witness of her own death. As she says in her lyrics, she must ‘pass this test’
and pull the trigger.
And you can see my heart beating
You can see it through my chest
And I'm terrified but I'm not leaving
Know that I must must pass this test
So just pull the trigger
At the end of the video, Rihanna's companion shoots himself.”16
All of this degradation is a reflection of the simple fact that we were too naïve and
stupid to understand the deep things of satan and his followers, and how they have
long ago infiltrated the “education” system, the altar of which we personally deliver
our beloved children daily, to be indoctrinated and sacrificed with an ever
increasing diatribe of immorality, lies, and deceit. Now it includes teaching
our young to murder themselves! Remember the “people” behind the music
industry are the same “people” behind the education system, and the aim of all
systems in fact, is to turn everyone on the planet into a dumbed down slave, to be
totally owned and totally controlled by their slave-owner, the money-power elite.
Just listen to this to fully appreciate the inner workings of the mind of these
“Every child in America entering school at the age of five is
insane because he comes to school with certain allegiances to our founding
fathers, toward our elected officials, toward his parents, toward a belief in a
supernatural being, and toward the sovereignty of this nation as a separate
entity. It's up to you as teachers to make all these sick children well—by
creating the international child of the future.” Dr. Chester M. Pierce,
Page 105 of 508
Published by © 2009
Psychiatrist, address to the Childhood International Education Seminar,
“We need a program of psychosurgery for political control of our society. The
purpose is physical control of the mind. Everyone who deviates
from the given norm can be surgically mutilated. The individual
may think that the most important reality is his own existence, but this is only
his personal point of view. . . Man does not have the right to develop his own
mind. . . . We must electronically control the brain. Someday armies and
generals will be controlled by electronic stimulation of the brain.” Dr. Jose
M.R. Delgado, Director of Neuropsychiatry at Yale University Medical School,
Congressional Record, No. 26, Vol. 118, Feb. 24, 1974. Delgado was reported
as part of the "MK-Ultra" CIA mind-control program.
Well ladies and gentleman, the “international child of the future” is not future
anymore! In fact he and she have been with us for decades now, since most of us
have given our children to the state to father, but it is only in the last few years that
we have been awoken from our long and deep slumber, to wake up to what we have
also been totally complicit in ourselves. What a world we have made!
But of course the would-be New World Order satanic dictators, who will be given
dominion over the planet for 42 months, have not been backward in telling us17
exactly what they plan to do:
“No one will enter the New World Order unless he or she will make a
pledge to worship Lucifer. No one will enter the New Age unless he will
take a Luciferian Initiation.” (David Spangler, Director of Planetary Initiative,
United Nations)
Here is Vigilant Citizen’s conclusion to his article Rihanna's “Russian Roulette” or
What's Wrong with the Entertainment Industry:
“If you've read other articles on this site, especially those on Beyonce and
Lady Gaga, you're probably starting to realize this that there is a powerful
thread uniting these pop artists. All of them (and others I haven't yet covered)
portray mind control in their videos, flash in one way or the other the "One
Eye" symbol, are shown as (or with) lifeless mannequins and I'm not even
discussing the satanism part. This simply cannot be a coincidence. These
articles are not about demonizing or even condemning the artists
[NazareneRemnant comment: VigilantCitizen should also be much more
vigilant about his own stance in all this. He tries sitting on the fence too
much, and the hottest place in hell, I’m told, is reserved for people who like to
sit on the fence.18]. They're about acquiring the tools needed to understand
For a full in-depth treatment of just what they have been telling the world, for at least 100 years now, see
our freely available What the Study of History Should Have Been, available here:
18 “Wherefore, my beloved, as ye have always obeyed, not as in my presence only, but now much more in my
absence, work out your own salvation with fear and trembling.” (Philippians 2: 12)
Page 106 of 508
Published by © 2009
the messages that bombard our conscious and subconscious minds on a daily
basis. In order to understand these messages, one must understand where
they're coming from. I'm pretty sure some people will claim that Tiffany
Evans and Omarion's testimonies were the result of their jealousy of
Rihanna's success. They're however not the only ones who have discussed
those taboo matters. Many rock stars (ie Bob Dylan) have tackled those issues
and have coded in their words the real nature of the industry. Read between
the lines and you might understand one of the reasons behind the mental
breakdowns, the drug abuse, the erratic behaviors and the mysterious deaths
the world's biggest stars.”19
Source: Rihanna's “Russian Roulette” or What's Wrong with the Entertainment
Industry. Available here:
Page 107 of 508
Published by © 2009
Reading #6
The God of Modern Youth—the
Fame of Becoming a Rock Star
By Vigilant Citizen
Lady Gaga’s Bad Romance – The Occult Meaning
Nov 15th, 2009
By Vigilant
Lady Gaga’s videos and performance
are extremely symbolic and filled with
hidden messages. Her latest video,
named “Bad Romance”, describes the
dark and ritualistic inner-workings of
the entertainment industry, by
symbolically depicting Gaga as a sex
slave. This article examines the occult
symbols present in the video and its
hidden meaning.
The video for the song Bad Romance is a
mix of deep symbolism with sheer
randomness, creative fashion with corporate product placements and modern day
decadence with religious imagery, all rolled up in a great big music industry
celebration. Gaga uses her odd-ball theatrical presence to its full extent, to shock,
creep-out and fascinate the viewers. If you’ve read my other articles on Lady Gaga
(see Lady Gaga, The Illuminati Puppet pt 1 and pt 2), you’ll already be aware of the
occult symbols permeating her imagery. I’ve mentioned the presence of mind
control elements, of the horned god Baphomet, of secret societies and so on. Far
from steering away from those themes, Gaga’s latest offering incorporates all of
them in this video, which is a great big metaphor for the music industry. Let’s look
at the song.
Page 108 of 508
Published by © 2009
Concept of the Song
Bad Romance is the first single out of Gaga’s Fame Monster album. If you look back
at her past works, the main message of her music is that she is willing to do
anything, even sacrifice herself, to obtain fame. The video continues in the same
vein by depicting Gaga as a willing victim in the music industry’s shady innerworkings. She wants to live a Bad Romance with the abusive, cruel and satanic
music industry. She’s aware of all of its flaws but she still desires to be part of it
more than anything else. She is a Fame Monster…she feeds from fame…she enjoys
being famous…if she is not famous, she’ll die or something…you get the picture. At
face value, the song lyrics seem to be about her wanting to get “banged” by a kind of
psychopath, but the video reveals that the psychopath is in fact the music industry.
The song starts with a weird chant that goes
Want your bad romance
This is the type senseless crap drunk people like to yell in those disco dance parties
you crazy kids go to. Is there a deeper meaning to it? Gaga enounces it in a weird,
gothic accent, in the manner of a ceremonial/incantation, a little like the “Bumbum-bedum” of Rihanna’s Disturbia (article here). Ra as the name the ancient
Egyptian sun god is still of a great importance in today’s occultism (see the “Eye of
Ra”, the All-Seeing Eye). Roma may be a reference to the roman catholic church,
but I’m not sure. This could be interpreted in many ways so I won’t linger on it.
I want your ugly
I want your disease
I want your everything
As long as it’s free
Page 109 of 508
Published by © 2009
I want your love
(Love-love-love I want your love)
I want your drama
The touch of your hand
I want your leather-studded kiss in the sand
I want your love
I want your love
(Love-love-love I want your love)
Right away, it is obvious that the love that Gaga is seeking is wrong and sick. She’s a
sex slave and, apparently she likes it. She knows that the industry is ugly but she
still wants in. There is an obvious sense of sadomasochism, as she seems to know
that this love (of success in the music industry) will hurt her and treat her badly, but
she’s up for it. As we will examine in the video, there is also a spiritual meaning to
the lyrics where fame equals submitting to the dark, satanic side of the music
industry. In other words, the song is also about submitting to evil and the imagery
of the video corroborates this fact.
I want your horror
I want your design
‘Cause you’re a criminal
As long as your mine
I want your love
(Love-love-love I want your love-uuhh)
I want your psycho
Your vertigo stick
Want you in my rear window
Baby you’re sick
I want your love
I want your love
(Love-love-love I want your love)
Here again, there is a mix of the “horror” of evil with hardcore sex references, which
convey the fact that she wants to be “penetrated” by this evil influence in order to
gain its favors. There are references to Hitchcock movies (Psycho, Vertigo) that are
cleverly turned into sexually explicit lyrics.
During the bridge, Gaga sings emotionally “I don’t wanna be friends“. She does not
want to be an outsider of the music industry, she wants to be part of it. Later she
says “I want your love and, All your lovers’ revenge”, which means that she wants all
of the attention of the music industry to the point that she also wants the “hate” of
the artists who are jealous of her.
Of course, the lyrics are open to interpretation but the visuals of the video really
give a particular meaning to the words. Gaga is not singing to person, but to a
group, an entity, an organization. She is signing to the Illuminati, to the music
industry, to Baphomet: to the ones that have the power to make her famous. She
Page 110 of 508
Published by © 2009
wants to be part of that sinister and corrupted system and write a Bad Romance
with it.
Analysis of the Video
The video is dense with symbols and odd images. Some are significant while others
seem to be random. It is however obvious that the whole concept is a huge allegory
for the reality of fame. She plays the role of a mind-controlled and drugged sex slave
who is prepared to get auctioned to members of the Russian mafia. Here’s the video.
Main Story Line
The video starts with Gaga emerging from what looks like a high-tech coffin or
maybe a sensory deprivation tank.
At the beginning of the video, she is deprived of her senses. Either her eyes, her ears
or her nose are covered. Sensory deprivation is a torture technique used on
prisoners or mind controlled slaves in order to “break” them and to facilitate their
re-education. She is a beginner, an amateur and she doesn’t really know what she’s
Gaga can’t see or hear anything
In one scene, she is wearing thick sunglasses and talking to herself through a
This is reminiscent of The Who’s Tommy movie, where a deaf, dumb and blind boy
only becomes responsive when staring at the mirror.
Page 111 of 508
Published by © 2009
The Who’s Tommy is a movie about a boy who becomes
deaf, dumb and blind after a traumatic event.
Gaga then bathes herself to “wash off her sins” as Gaga said in an interview about
the video. She is “wide-eyed” and innocent but we’ll see that she’ll gradually turn
into a “Fame Monster”.
Innocent Gaga taking an innocent bath with her big innocent eyes
She is then roughly handled by two women. She fights them but she finally accepts
her fate and even raises her hands in praise.
Page 112 of 508
Published by © 2009
Throughout the video, there is a back and forth between her being forced to go
through her duties as a slave and her willingness to go through them. She is then
forced to drink some vodka, which is in fact an MTV-friendly substitute for drugs.
Mind controlled sex slaves are heavily drugged to numb their thoughts and make
them easy to manipulate.
Gaga is then undressed and forced to perform in front of a bunch of men. Those
mafioso can represent the Illuminati, the dark force ruling the music industry. The
masks represent their hidden nature. Each individual represents a record
company, and they are bidding to see who will sign her.
Gaga seems to be well aware of what is happening and she chooses to charm a
particular guy, who seems to have what she wants. The masked man seems to enjoy
what is happening to him and bids to obtain her.
One second left to the auction for the services of Lady Gaga
Page 113 of 508
Published by © 2009
Gaga is then required to fulfill her duties as a sex slave by…you’ve guessed it…
having sex with the winning bidder. So she proceeds into a very symbolic room.
Her hands are strategically placed under the horned heads.
Immediately after, a fire ignites the room.
On each side of the bed are gazelle heads, who symbolically refer to Baphomet,
the horned idol of Western occultism.
[Nazarene Remnant comment:
Different names for the Adversary, who
doesn’t mind at all by what name he is
called: Anu-Lucifer / Set / Seth / Baal /
Satyr / Jahbulon / Loki / Yima / Freyr /
Goat of Mendes / Typhon / Nun / Titans
/ Titanic? / Baphomet / Siva (Shiva) / Enki
/ Enki-Ea / Satan. Notice that the goatheaded (sign of Capricorn, which is the
lowest sign in the Zodiac) Satan is portrayed
as an hermaphrodite, with the breasts of a
woman and the beard and penis of a man.
The staff that is protruding from the groin
area also doubles as the penis. The head of
his penis (the penis of Pindar) looks very
much like a pine cone! See Chapter 2—“The
Key To All the Sacred Mysteries Lies in
Ancient Egypt,” of Birthright, Sceptre,
Loaves and Fishes, for the connection
between pine cones, the penis of satan, and
the antics that are goings on in the latter day
Catholic Church. Notice also the double serpents coiled up this staff, which many
people call the Caduceus of Mercury. Also notice that satan here is pointing to the
first crescent New Moon with his right hand, and to the last crescent Moon, with his
left hand. This is very significant. The Moon on Baphomet’s right-hand is “the path
of righteousness,” and lasts from first-crescent New Moon to day 15 each month,
and this is the period of the monthly New Moon Festival. The Moon on Baphomet’s
left-hand is the path of evil, and lasts from day 16 to the dark of the Moon (also
called the Conjunction or Astronomical New Moon) each month.
Page 114 of 508
Published by © 2009
If you’ve read my other articles on the music industry, you already know of the
frequent use of the likeness of Baphomet in music videos and pictures. My past
articles on Gaga have shown her posing in the same way as the image above.
Strategically placed horned heads have appeared in her past videos and photo
shoots. Having said that, the presence of those horned heads in that room is not
merely decorative, it is very symbolic. End NR comment]
Gaga is “offering herself” at the altar of Baphomet in order to become initiated and
accepted into the Order. She does not want “to be friends” with the music industry,
she wants to be an insider (she’s not a “Fame Monster” for nothing). So this offering
gets consumed by fire, and not sex, because it is about Baphomet and not the
Russian guy. He was just a means for her to obtain what she wanted ... fame.
When the fire starts, another scene plays simultaneously showing Gaga and masked
dancers dressed in red, the color of sacrifice and initiation. The virginal white
garments she wore during most of the video are replaced by bloody red, a visual
confirmation of the fact that she is now initiated and accepted as an insider. In my
article on the 2009 VMA awards (article here), we see that Lady Gaga and Taylor
Swift start out the show wearing white garments and, after a symbolic performance,
they appear completely dressed in red. The codes of the music industry seem to be
used over and over again, in videos, award shows and photo shoots.
Page 115 of 508
Published by © 2009
Gaga then makes her trademark “Eye in the triangle” hand gesture after her
initiation to make it clear who owns her now…the Illuminati.
The final scene shows Gaga lying in bed with the burned skeleton of the Russian
Notice how everything is burnt except the two gazelle heads. The real “intercourse”
happened between Gaga and Baphomet. The guy was a tool, a middle-man who was
sacrificed in the process of Gaga’s initiation.
So Gaga basically went through the steps a mega-pop star has to go
through in order “make it big” in the music industry. She ultimately got
what she wanted and apparently played the game on her own terms. Let’s see how
that works out for her.
Other Symbols
Aside from the main storyline, the video is riddled with numerous symbols and
images which are occult in nature. Here are some of them:
Sun Symbolism
There are many symbols referring to the sun in the video. As said above, Ra is an
Egyptian sun god who is mentioned many times in the magic incantation-like “Rahrah” chant. Sun worship has always been at the center of occult
mysteries as it is considered to be the ultimate representation of God.
Page 116 of 508
Published by © 2009
Image of the sun in the razorblade shades. She is wearing a golden dress. Gold is
representative of the sun in occultism.
Golden sun light bringing her back to life
Gaga at the center of planetary orbits
Anti-Christian Symbolism
Christianity has always been at odds with occult secret societies. Persecutions and
accusations come from both sides and one often defines itself by the negating the
other. This is also represented in the video.
Page 117 of 508
Published by © 2009
The word “Monster” with a Christian cross underneath
it creates a not-so-subliminal unconscious association
The cross associated with the word “Monster” is also seen on her promotional
Notice the position of her hands
Page 118 of 508
Published by © 2009
A cross placed right on her “privates”. No matter what
religion you are, you know this is not a sign of respect
In this choreography, Gaga does what looks like the sign of the cross but her hand
gesture describes a triangle instead (classic phallic symbol). Enjoy my brilliantly
drawn triangle to help you visualize it.
Reptilian Monster Symbolism
In some scenes, Gaga gradually starts to look like reptilian monster, with a focus on
the spine.
[Nazarene Remnant comment: For the symbolic importance of the spine, see
Essay #1 “The Fall,” in our free book The Beguiled and the Doctrine of the “Two
Spirits,” which is on the DvD or online here:
Pay particular attention to the bent spine being a metaphor for the axis of the Earth
(which is also tilted), which is symbolic of human beings. Also notice the connection
between the Djed Pillar and becoming a Jedi Warrior (from the Star Wars series).
End NR comment]
Page 119 of 508
Published by © 2009
Emphasis on the spine
Why is her spine glowing?
Angry looking bat on her head
Page 120 of 508
Published by © 2009
Bulging spine… I’m not sure of what she is doing with her fingers either.
There is a great resemblance with the monster in this next painting.
I’m not sure of the origins of this painting but the monster looks like Gaga in some scenes.
In Conclusion
Lady Gaga’s Bad Romance is by far the densest and most symbolic video I’ve ever
analyzed. It is a metaphorical yet accurate description of the steps
which must be taken in order to become part of the “mega-pop-star
machine”. Submission, control, business negotiations, initiation, secrecy and the
embrace of dark forces are all represented in the video. Once decoded, the song
describes indeed the Bad Romance of the music industry. The machine uses artists,
it pimps them, it cheats on them with new, hotter artists and it finally dumps them
when the initial appeal is lost.
Gaga, the “Fame Monster” wants to be treated that way, knowing that there is not
other way to obtain world-wide fame. One might be extremely creative and talented,
Page 121 of 508
Published by © 2009
however fame can only be achieved through the exposure provided by the media
corporations. They are owned by a secretive elite, represented by the
masks on the faces of the bidders in the video. Bad Romance, more than
simply serving the required dose of subversive symbolism to the MTV generation,
offers a chilling description of a music industry ruled by the elite. And
now comes the hardest part: getting this damn song out of my head.
Page 122 of 508
Published by © 2009
Reading #7
The Satanic Roots of Rock
By Donald Phau
“Researchers of the Radio Research Project concluded that
radio had already so conditioned the minds of its listeners,
having already rendered them fragmented and
unthinking, that repetition of format was the key to
popularity. In a report prepared for the University of
Michigan's Institute for Social Research, Paul Hirsch
described the product of Adorno's Radio Research Project.
According to Hirsch, the establishment of postwar radio's
Hit Parade ‘transformed the mass medium into an agency of
sub-cultural programming. Radio networks were converted
into round-the-clock recycling machines that repeated the
top forty hits.’ Hirsch documented how all popular culture,
including movies, music, books, and fashion, is now run on
the same program of preselection.” (David Livingstone,
Terrorism And The Illuminati: A Three Thousand Year
History, pp. 205-206)
Page 123 of 508
Published by © 2009
The Satanic Roots of Rock
By Donald Phau
NOTE: Through out the article we (Dial-the-Truth Ministries) have added some
additions/comments. Our comments are in BLUE.
Today, at almost any "heavy-metal'' rock concert one can hear the audience being
exhorted to rape and murder in the name of Satan. Lyrics such as the following are
“We come bursting through your bodies
Rape your helpless soul
Transform you into a creature
Merciless and cold
We force you to kill your brother
Eat his blood and brain
Shredding flesh and sucking bone
Till everyone's insane
We are pestilent and contaminate
The world Demonic legions prevail” 20
Any loving parent today would be horrified and shocked to learn that their sons and
daughters are eagerly listening to such evil. Perhaps though, some may think
privately, "If only we could return to the 'good old days,' with the music of the
Beatles." Little do most people suspect that it was with those innocent-looking
Beatles, that most of the trouble started.
Modern electronic-rock music, inaugurated in the early 1960s, is, and always has
been, a joint enterprise of British military intelligence and Satanic cults. On the one
side, the Satanists control the major rock groups through drugs, sex, threats of
violence, and even murder. On the other side, publicity, tours, and recordings are
financed by record companies connected to British military intelligence circles.
Both sides are intimately entwined with the biggest business in the world, the
international drug trade.
The so-called "rock stars" are pathetic puppets caught in a much larger scheme.
From the moment they receive their first recording royalties, the groups are heavily
immersed in drugs. For example, much-admired "stars'' such as John Lennon of the
Beatles and Keith Richard of the Rolling Stones, were heroin addicts. Richard had
to obtain blood transfusions, replacing his entire heroin-laced blood supply, in
order to get a visa to enter the United States. (Tony Sanchez, Up and Down With
the Rolling Stones, p.319)
“Demons” by Rigor Mortis
Page 124 of 508
Published by © 2009
The "rock stars" are also totally artificial media creations. Their public image, as
well as their music, is fabricated from behind the scenes by controllers. For
example, when the Beatles first arrived in the United States in 1964, they were
mobbed at the airport by hundreds of screaming teenage girls. The national press
immediately announced that "Beatlemania" had besieged the U.S.A. But the girls
had all been transported from a girl's school in the Bronx, and paid for their
screaming performance by the Beatles' promoters.
The money of the 1960s rock groups, which in some cases mounted to hundreds of
millions of dollars, was also totally under the control of mob-connected promoters.
From 1963 to 1970, the Rolling Stones made over $200 million, yet the group's
members were all nearly bankrupt. None of them had any idea of where their
money went.
Between 1963 and 1964 the Beatles and the Rolling Stones laid siege to Western
European and American culture. This two-pronged invasion from England was
well-planned and well-timed. America had just suffered the shock of the
assassination of President John Kennedy, while in the streets the mass-based civil
rights movement had just held a Washington, D.C. rally, led by Martin Luther King,
of 500,000 people. The rock counterculture would be used as a weapon to destroy
such political movements.
Later in 1968 and 1969, years which saw a mass strike of students and workers in
the United States and Europe, huge, open-air rock concerts were used to head off
the growing discontent of the population. The rock concerts were devised as a
means for mass recruitment to the drug-saturated, free-sex counterculture. For the
millions who came to these concerts, thousands of tablets of the hallucinogenic
drug, LSD, were made freely available. These drugs were secretly placed in drinks
such as Coca-Cola, turning thousands of unsuspecting victims into raving
psychotics. Many committed suicide.
Less than a half century ago, our young children studied violin and piano, learning
about the great classical composers such as Bach, Mozart, and Beethoven. As will be
shown, the same record companies who today promote Satanic "heavy-metal" rock
have run covert operations to destroy the musical heritage of these great classical
For the past thirty years, Western society has been under the gun of a deliberate
plan of cultural warfare, with the purpose of eliminating Judeo-Christian
civilization as we know it. These plans must not succeed. So that the reader can
better combat this evil, we'll go back nearly thirty years, when those four innocent
lads from Liverpool, England, the Beatles, were just starting out.
Creating the Beatles in America/Rock-n-Roll/imagine.htmThe
Beatles first began
performing in the late 1950s in jazz clubs in England and West Germany. These
clubs, always located in the seediest part of the cities, served as a marketplace for
Page 125 of 508
Published by © 2009
prostitution and the circulation of drugs. Beatle biographer Philip Norman writes:
"Their only regular engagement was a strip club. The club owner paid them ten
shillings each to strum their guitars while a stripper named Janice grimly shed her
clothes before an audience of sailors, guilty businessmen and habitues with
raincoat-covered laps." (Philip Norman, Shout! The Beatles in Their Generation, p.
The Beatles got their first big break in Germany, in August 1960, when they
obtained a booking at a jazz club in Hamburg's notorious Reeperbahn district.
Describing the area Norman writes it had, "red-lit windows containing whores in
every type of fancy dress, all ages from nymphet to granny...Everything was free.
Everything was easy. The sex was easy... Here it came after you." (Philip Norman,
Shout! The Beatles in Their Generation, p. 91)
Far from the picture of innocence, the Beatles, even in their first performances,
were always high on a drug called Preludin, "John (Lennon), would be foaming at
the mouth, he'd have so many pills inside him...John, began to go berserk on stage,
prancing and groveling...The fact that the audience could not understand a word he
said, provoked John into cries of `Sieg Heil!' and `F____ing Nazis' to which the
audience invariably responded by laughing and clapping." (Philip Norman, Shout!
The Beatles in Their Generation, pp. 152,91)
Off the stage, the Beatles were just as evil. Norman continues, "while in Hamburg,
John, each Sunday would stand on the balcony, taunting the churchgoers as they
walked to St. Joseph's. He attached a water-filled contraceptive to an effigy of Jesus
and hung it out for the churchgoers to see. Once he urinated on the heads of three
nuns."(Philip Norman, Shout! The Beatles in Their Generation, p. 152)
While in Hamburg, in June of 1962 the Beatles received a telegram from their
manager, a homosexual named Brian Epstein, who was back in England.
"Congratulations," Epstein's message read. "EMI requests a recording session."
EMI was one of Europe's largest record producers, and their role in promoting the
Beatles would be key in the future.
Under the the strict guidance of EMI's recording director George Martin, and Brian
Epstein, the Beatles were scrubbed, washed, and their hair styled into the Beatles
cut. EMI's Martin created the Beatles in his recording studio.
Martin was a trained classical musician, and had studied the oboe and piano at the
London School of Music. The Beatles could neither read music nor play any
instrument other than guitar. For Martin, the Beatles musicianship was a bad joke.
On their first hit record, "Love Me Do," Martin replaced Ringo on the drums with a
studio musician. Martin said Ringo, "couldn't do a [drum] roll to save his life."
From then on, Martin would take the simple little tunes the Beatles would come to
him with, and turn them into hit records.
Page 126 of 508
Published by © 2009
Lockwood and EMI
EMI, led by aristocrat Sir Joseph Lockwood, stands for Electrical and Mechanical
Instruments, and is one of Britain's largest producers of military electronics. Martin
was director of EMI's subsidiary, Parlophone. By the mid-sixties EMI, now called
Thorn EMI, created a music divison which had grown to 74,321 employees and had
annual sales of $3.19 billion.
EMI was also a key member of Britain's military intelligence establishment.
After the war, in 1945, EMI's European production head Walter Legge virtually took
over control of classical music recordings, signing up dozens of starving German
classical musicians and singers to EMI contracts. Musicians who sought to preserve
the performance tradition of Beethoven and Brahms, were relegated to obscurity
while "ex-Nazi" Party members were promoted. Legge signed and recorded Nazi
member, the late Herbert Von Karajan, promoting him to superstar status, while
great conductors such as Wilhelm Furtwangler were ignored.
From the beginning, EMI created the myth of the Beatles' great popularity. In
August of 1963, at their first major television appearance at the London Palladium,
thousands of their fans supposedly rioted. The next day every mass-circulation
newspaper in Great Britain carried a front page picture and story stating, "Police
fought to hold back 1,000 squealing teenagers." Yet, the picture displayed in each
newspaper was cropped so closely that only three or four of the "squealing
teenagers" could be seen. The story was a fraud. According to a photographer on the
scene, "There were no riots. I was there. We saw eight girls, even less than eight."
(Philip Norman, Shout! The Beatles in Their Generation, p. 188)
In February 1964, the Beatles myth hit the United States, complete with the
orchestrated riots at Kennedy Airport, previously mentioned. To launch their first
tour, the media created one of the largest mass audiences in history. For an
unprecedented two Sundays in a row, on the Ed Sullivan Show, over 75 million
Americans watched the Beatles shake their heads and sway their bodies in a ritual
which was soon to be replicated by hundreds of future rock groups.
On returning to England, the Beatles were rewarded by the British aristocracy they
served so well . In October 1965, the four were inducted into the Order of Chivalry,
and were personally awarded the accolade of Member of the British Empire by
Queen Elizabeth at Buckingham palace.
Up from the Dregs: The Rolling Stones
The credit for the origination of today's blatantly Satanic "heavy metal rock," goes to
the English group, the Rolling Stones. Their rise to fame was closely connected with
that of the Beatles.
The Stones, as they were called, were widely characterized as the counterparts to
the Beatles. "The Stones" were "mean,'' "dirty" and "rebellious," whereas the Beatles
Page 127 of 508
Published by © 2009
were the well-groomed "Fab Four." Though seemingly competitors, they were
merely two sides of the same operation. The Stones' first hit record was actually
written by the Beatles, and it was Beatle member George Harrison who set up the
arrangements for their first recording contract.
Following the same game plan as the Beatles, in the spring of 1963 the Rolling
Stones appeared on one of England's most popular family television shows, Thank
Your Lucky Stars. Only this time, the reaction by the middle-aged viewers was quite
different from that to the Beatles. Hundreds of angry letters were sent, with a
typical letter stating "It is disgraceful that long-haired louts such as these should be
allowed to appear on television. Their appearance was absolutely disgusting."
The program, however, had exactly the planned effect. Rolling Stones' manager
Andrew Oldham was elated at the response. He told the group, "We're going to
make you exactly opposite to those nice, clean, tidy Beatles. And the more the
parents hate you, the more the kids will love you. Just wait and see." (Tony Sanchez,
Up and Down With the Rolling Stones, p.17)
In 1964, the Rolling Stones appeared on the Ed Sullivan Show, as the Beatles had
done earlier. This time though, the coast-to-coast audience beheld the spectacle of
the television studio being ripped to shreds by Stones fans. Sullivan said on the air
afterward, "I promise you, they will never be back on our show." The publicity,
however, was exactly what was wanted. Within a few months, the group's records
were selling millions of copies.
The plan was now to use both the Beatles and the Rolling Stones as the
means to transform an entire generation into heathen followers of the
New Age, followers which could mold into the future cadre of a Satanic
movement and then deploy into our schools, law enforcement agencies
and political leadership.
Enter Satan in America/Rock-n-Roll/led_zeppelin.htmIn
his book, The
Ultimate Evil, investigator-author Maury Terry writes that between 1966 and 1967,
the Satanic cult, the Process Church, "sought to recruit the Rolling Stones and the
Beatles." During this period, Terry reports that a photo of Rolling Stones leader
Mick Jagger's longtime girlfriend, Marianne Faithfull, appeared in an issue of The
Process Magazine. The picture shows her supine, as if dead, clutching a rose.
Terry's book goes on to implicate the Process Church cult in the Charles Manson
and Son of Sam multiple murders. It was the former lawyer for the Process Church,
John Markham, who recently ran the frameup trial against Lyndon LaRouche.
A key link between the Rolling Stones and the Process Church is Kenneth Anger, a
follower of the "founding father" of modern Satanism, Aleister Crowley. Anger, born
in 1930, and a child Hollywood movie star, became a devoted disciple of Crowley.
Page 128 of 508
Published by © 2009
Crowley was born in 1875 and was called the "Great Beast." He was
known to practice ritual child sacrifice regularly, in his role as Satan's high priest or
"Magus." Crowley died in 1947 due to complications of his huge heroin addiction.
Before dying, he succeeded in establishing Satanic covens in many U.S. cities
including Hollywood. Anger, like Crowley, is a Magus, and appears to be the heir to
Anger was seventeen years old when Crowley died. In that same year, 1947, Anger
was already producing and directing films which, even by today's standards, reek of
pure evil.
During 1966-1967, when the Process Church is reported to be recruiting in London,
Anger was also on the scene. Author Tony Sanchez describes that Rolling Stones'
Mick Jagger and Keith Richard, and their girlfriends Marianne Faithfull and Anita
Pallenburg, "listened spellbound as Anger turned them on to Crowley's powers and
ideas." (Tony Sanchez, Up and Down With the Rolling Stones, p.155)
While in England, Anger worked on a film dedicated to Aleister Crowley, called
Lucifer Rising. The film brought together the Process Church, the Manson
Family cult, and the Rolling Stones. The music for the film was composed by Mick
Jagger. Process Church follower Marianne Faithfull went all the way to Egypt to
participate in the film's depiction of a Black Mass. The part of Lucifer was played by
a guitarist of a California rock group, Bobby Beausoleil. Beausoleil was a member of
the Manson Family, and Anger's homosexual lover.
A few months after filming under Anger's direction in England, Beausoleil returned
to California to commit the first of the Manson family's series of gruesome murders.
Beausoleil was later arrested and is now serving a life sentence in prison along with
Manson. Having lost his star performer, Anger then asked Mick Jagger to
play Lucifer. He finally settled upon Anton La Vey, author of The Satanic Bible
and head of the First Church of Satan, to play the part. The film was released in
1969 with the title Invocation To My Demon Brother.
In London, Anger had succeeded in recruiting to Satanism the girlfriend of one of
the Rolling Stones, Anita Pallenberg. Pallenberg had met the Rolling Stones in 1965.
She immediately began sexual relations with three out of the five members of the
Anger, commenting on Anita, said, "I believe that Anita is, for want of a better word,
a witch...The occult unit within the Stones was Keith and Anita...and Brian. You see,
Brian was a witch too."
One of the group's friends, Tony Sanchez, writes of Pallenberg in his book, Up and
Down with the Rolling Stones, "She was obsessed with black magic and began to
carry a string of garlic with her everywhere--even to bed--to ward off vampires. She
also had a strange mysterious old shaker for holy water which she used for some of
her rituals. Her ceremonies became increasingly secret, and she warned me never to
Page 129 of 508
Published by © 2009
interrupt her when she was working on a spell."(Tony Sanchez, Up and Down With
the Rolling Stones, p.159)
He continues, "In her bedroom she kept a huge, ornate carved chest, which she
guarded so jealously that I assumed it was her drug stash. The house was empty one
day, and I decided to take a peep inside. The drawers were filled with scraps of
bone, wrinkled skin and fur from some strange animals." (Tony Sanchez, Up and
Down With the Rolling Stones, p.159)
In 1980, the seventeen-year-old caretaker of Keith Richard's New England estate
was found shot to death in Anita Pallenberg's bed. The death, ruled a suicide, was
with Pallenberg's gun. Richard's house was located near the East Coast
headquarters of the Process Church. According to an article in the English
newspaper Midnite, a Connecticut police officer, Michael Passaro, who had
responded to the "suicide'' reported "strange singing" from the woods a quarter mile
from the Richard's mansion.
The newspaper continues, "There have been several bizarre satanic rituals in the
area over the past five years. A local reporter attributed the outbreak of occultism to
'rich people taking Acid.'"
In 1967, reflecting their ongoing association with Anger and the Process Church, the
Rolling Stones released their first rock album openly celebrating the Devil, titled,
Their Satanic Majesties Request. A few months earlier, the Beatles had released
their first album dedicated to the promotion of psychedelic drugs, Sargeant
Pepper's Lonely Hearts Club Band. The album contained a fantasized version of an
LSD trip, called "Lucy in the Sky with Diamonds", or L.S.D. for short. It became a
top seller.
Clearly, the Beatles' album was dedicated to
Satanist Aleister Crowley (pictured to left).
It was released 20 years, nearly to the day, after
Crowley's death in 1947, and its title song began
with the lyrics, "It was twenty years ago today..."
The album's cover featured a picture of Crowley.
One month after the album's release, the Beatles
shocked the world by announcing, publicly, that
they were regularly taking LSD. Beatle member
Paul McCartney, in an interview with Life
magazine said, "LSD opened my eyes. We only
use one-tenth of our brain." They also publicly
called for the legalization of marijuana.
The cat was now out of the bag, but the protests were few and minor. In England,
the BBC banned "A Day in the Life," and in the U.S.A., Maryland Governor Spiro T.
Agnew, who would later be watergated, launched a campaign to ban "Lucy in the
Sky With Diamonds."
Page 130 of 508
Published by © 2009
Aleister Crowley is without a doubt, the main spiritual "teacher" of rock music.
Crowley's mission in life was to destroy Jesus Christ and Christianity, while exalting sex
perversion, drugs, magick and Satan.
Aleister Crowley spews his hatred of Jesus Christ in The World's Tragedy:
"I do not wish to argue that the doctrines of Jesus, they and they alone, have
degraded the world to it's present condition. I take it that Christianity is not only the
cause but the symptom of slavery." (Aleister Crowley, The World's Tragedy, p. XXXIX)
"That religion they call Christianity; the devil they honor they call God. I accept these
definitions, as a poet must do, if he is to be at all intelligible to his age, and it is their God
and their religion that I HATE and will DESTROY." (Aleister Crowley, The World's
Tragedy, p. XXXI)
In the introduction of The World's Tragedy, Israel Regardie says:
"This long, almost epic poem is one of the most bitter and vicious diatribes against
Christianity that I have ever read."
Crowley's most famous teaching, "Do what thou wilt shalt be the whole of the law"
became the "mantra" of the 60's revolution of drugs, sexual perversion and antiChristianity. "Do your own thing" — "If it feels good do it".
According to The All Music Guide, The Beatle's Sgt. Pepper album, "will forever be
known as the recording that changed rock and roll". Time magazine said, Sgt Pepper's
was "drenched in drugs." (Time, Sept. 26, 1967, p.62)
The cover of Sgt. Pepper's showed the Beatles with a background of, according to Ringo
Starr, people "we like and admire" (Hit Parade, Oct. 1976, p.14). Paul McCartney said of
Sgt. Pepper's cover, ". . . we were going to have photos on the wall of all our HEROES …"
(Musician, Special Collectors Edition, - Beatles and Rolling Stones, 1988, p.12)
One of the Beatle's heroes included on the cover of Sgt. Pepper's was — the
infamous Aleister Crowley! Most people, especially in 1967, did not even know who
Crowley was — but the Beatles certainly did.
Page 131 of 508
Published by © 2009
Sgt. Pepper
". . . we were going to have
mphotos on the wall of all our
mHEROES . . ."
"Hero" Aleister Crowley is
msecond from left on the top row:
The Beatles apparently took Crowley's teaching very serious — Beatle John
Lennon, in an interview, says the "whole idea of the Beatles" was — Crowley's
infamous "do what thou wilt":
"The whole Beatle idea was to do what you want, right? To take your own
responsibility, do what you want and try not to harm other people, right? DO WHAT THOU
WILST, as long as it doesn't hurt somebody. . ." ("The Playboy Interviews with John
Lennon and Yoko Ono", by David Sheff and G. Barry Golson, p. 61)
"They're COMPLETELY ANTI-CHRIST. I mean, I am anti-Christ as well, but they're so
anti-Christ they shock me which isn't an easy thing." Derek Taylor, Press Officer for the
Beatles (Saturday Evening Post, Aug. 8, 1964).
"Jesus El Pifico, a garlic-eating, stinking little yellow, greasy fascist bastard Catholic
Spaniard." (John Lennon, A Spaniard in the Works, p.14)
"Christianity will go, it will vanish and shrink. I needn't argue about that. I'm right and will be
proved right. . . .We're more popular than Jesus now." John Lennon (San Francisco
Chronicle, April 13, 1966, p.26)
One of Crowley's most devout disciples is Led Zeppelin guitarist, Jimmy Page. Page, even
bought Crowley's "house of horrors" — Boleskine, located on Lock Ness. Boleskine was
the home Crowley performed his "satanic-magick", including blood sacrifices. Crowley was
buried inside a dark chamber in Boleskine. Crowley's most famous teaching was "Do what
thou wilt shalt be the whole of the law". Page had inscribed in the vinyl on Zeppelin's Third
album, Led Zeppelin III, "Do what thou wilt. So mete it Be." Unbeknown to concert goers,
Page would actually perform Crowley rituals during some of Zeppelin's concerts.
Page 132 of 508
Published by © 2009
Ozzy Osbourne called Crowley a
"phenomenon of his time" (Circus,
August, 26, 1980) Ozzy even recorded a
song of tribute to Crowley — Mr. Crowley:
. . . You fooled all the people with magic
You waited on Satan's call . . .
Mr. Crowley, won't you ride my white horse
Mr. Crowley - Ozzy Osbourne
Ozzy, known for uncontrollable and violent acts, confessed in an interview:
"I really wish I knew why I've done some of the things I've done over the years. I don't
know if I'm a medium for some outside source. Whatever it is, frankly, I hope it's not
what I think it is - Satan". Ozzy Osbourne (Hit Parader, Feb., 1978, p.24)
Jim Morrison, superstar of the Doors, who died "mysteriously" on July 3, 1971 was deeply
involved in the occult . Morrison married his wife at a Wicca wedding standing in a
pentagram and drinking each others blood.
The backcover of the Doors album "13", shows the
group gathered around a bust of Aleister Crowley.
Morrison admitted that Satan was the source of his music:
"I met the Spirit of Music. . . . An appearance of the devil in a Venice canal. Running, I
saw a Satan or Satyr, moving beside me, a fleshly shadow of my secret mind, . . ." (The
Lost Writings of Jim Morrison, p. 36-38)
Ray Manaxrek of the Doors, says of Morrison:
Page 133 of 508
Published by © 2009
"He was not a performer. He was not an entertainer. He was not a showman. He was a
shaman. He was possessed."
"While [Jim Morrison] he was staying at the Chateau Marmont, he spent a few wild nights
with a buxom neighbor . . . once waking up in a tangle of bloody sheets after they shared
champagne glasses of each other's blood." (Pamela Des Barres, Rock Bottom, p. 208)
Many other rock artists "studied" Crowley such as: Marc Bolan, David Bowie,
Graham Bond, Sting, Daryl Hall, King Daimond, Bruce Dickinson, Stiv Bators, et al.
Creating the Counterculture
The year 1967 marked a significant escalation in open cultural warfare against the
youth of the United States. The year saw the beginning of mass, open-air rock
concerts. In the two years which followed, over 4 million young people attended a
series of nearly a dozen of these "festivals," becoming the victims of planned, widescale drug experimentation. Mind destroying hallucinogenic drugs such as PCP,
STP, and the Beatles-promoted LSD, were freely distributed at these concerts.
These millions of attendees would afterward return to their homes to become the
messengers and promoters of the new drug culture, or what came to be called the
"New Age."
The first rock festival, "The First Annual Monterey International Pop Festival," was
attended by over 100,000 youngsters. The real purpose of Monterey Pop was the
widespread distrubution of a new type of drugs, classified as psychedelics or
hallucinogens, such as LSD. At Monterey, thousands of younger teen-agers were
introduced to the new hallucinogenic drugs.
The first experimentation with LSD was begun in the early sixties, in the HaightAshbury section of San Francisco. The project was run by a joint CIA-British
intelligence task force under the code-name MK-Ultra. Part of the project called for
the free distribution of 5,000 tablets of LSD through a commune known as Ken
Kesey's Merry Pranksters. LSD's after-effects were then closely studied.
"We must always remember to thank the CIA and the army for LSD, by the way.
That's what people forget. . ." (The Playboy Interviews with John Lennon and Yoko Ono,
by David Sheff and G. Barry Golson, p. 123) Dial-the-Truth Ministries - ADDENDUM
Kesey, a so-called "poet" and convicted drug felon, became famous for driving
around California in a painted-up bus with his commune, the Merry Pranksters,
distributing LSD-laced Kool Aid to the unsuspecting.
The effect of LSD is to make the victim psychotic, along with the inability to discern
reality from drug-induced hallucinations. For many, this psychosis (also called a
Page 134 of 508
Published by © 2009
"bad trip") could and did lead to suicide. When an individual is given LSD without
his knowledge, the psychosis-producing capabilities of the drug are amplified, and
usually leave the victim with permanent brain damage.
Dial-the-Truth Ministries - ADDENDUM
Timothy Leary, an Harvard psychologist, who was the LSD "guru" of the
60's. Leary preached spiritual "enlightenment" could be obtained by
LSD. Many rockers, like the Beatles, were deeply influenced by Leary.
The Beatle's song "Come Together" was dedicated to Leary, and Leary
even sang background on Lennon's "Give Peace A Chance".
Leary was also a very serious follower of Crowley. On PBS Late Night
America, Leary admitted to being an "admirer" of Crowley and Leary
believed he was carrying on Crowley's work:
"Well I've been an admirer of Aleister Crowley. I think that I'm
carrying on much of the work that he started over a hundred years
ago, and I think the 60's themselves. . . He was in favor of finding
yourself, and 'Do what thou wilt shall be the whole of the law' under
love. It was a very powerful statement. I'm sorry he isn't around now to
appreciate the glories he started." (PBS Late Night America, from "Hells
Bells video, Reel to Real Ministries) Listen to it in RealAudio.
The organizer of the Monterey festival was John Phillips, a member of the rock
group the Mommas and the Papas. Phillips, as we shall see, was a drug pusher and
closely tied in with the network of Satanists around Charles Manson and director
Roman Polanski.
Phillips appointed a board of directors to promote and finance the concert. The
members of the board brought together a network of British intelligence operatives
and Satanists. The board of directors included Andrew Oldham (the Rolling Stones
manager), the Stones leader Mick Jagger, Beatle Paul McCartney and Phillips'
friend, record producer Terry Melcher, the son of Doris Day.
The concert, including the staging and the huge innovative outdoor amplification,
was run by Phillips. It was the first time that an American audience was exposed to
such openly demonic British groups as The Who, and Jimi Hendrix. At the
conclusion of their act, The Who, in a drug-crazed frenzy, destroyed all their guitars,
amplifiers, and drums. Hendrix simulated masturbation with his guitar, on stage,
while performing at ear-splitting volume levels.
There was massive, open use of drugs. Author Robert Santelli, in his book, Aquarius
Rising, writes "LSD was in abundance at Monterey. Tabs of `Monterey Purple' were
literally given to anyone wishing to experiment a little." The police made no arrests,
setting another precedent for future outdoor concerts.
Page 135 of 508
Published by © 2009
There was a larger scheme in operation. The scheme was tied into MK-Ultra and it
involved using Satanists around Phillips, along with agents such as Ken Kesey and
Timothy Leary. The plan was to turn nearby San Francisco into a Satanist gaming
preserve, mass recruiting and perverting young run-away teenagers.
Phillips had earlier written the music to a song called "San Francisco" which sold
over 5 million copies. The song called for youth throughout the country to come to
San Francisco "with flowers in their hair." The song was a rallying cry to tens of
thousands who came flooding into San Francisco in the summer of 1968 to join the
new "hippie" movement, misnamed the Summer of Love. Some who came became
the prey for the likes of Charles Manson, who recruited his cult-"family" exclusively
from runaway youth.
Manson and the Rock Stars
Charles Manson has been portrayed as a lone psychotic who had hypnotic power
over his "Family". In reality, Manson was well-known to a whole network of
Hollywood actors, actresses, promoters, partners and rock stars, and was providing
sex and drugs to many of them.
In his autobiography, Papa John, Phillips tells of an invitation he received to join
Terry Melcher and Beach Boy member Dennis Wilson, at Wilson's mansion. Wilson
said, "This guy Charlie's here with all these great-looking chicks. He plays guitar
and he's a real wild guy. He has all these chicks hanging out like servants. You can
come over and just screw any of them you want. It's a great party."
Manson's entire "Family" moved into the Beach Boys' mansion for nearly a year.
The Beach Boys, who have performed at the White House, are the top recording
group of EMI's subsidiary, Capitol Records.
On Sunday, August 10, 1969, Manson sent four members of his cult for their last
visit to Melcher's house. This time Melcher wasn't there, but the actress Sharon
Tate, wife of movie director Roman Polanski, and three others, were. When the
group left, Tate and the others had been savagely mutilated and murdered. As for
Phillips, in June 1980, he was arrested for running a large-scale drug wholesaling
The Age of Aquarius
The largest concert after Monterey Pop, the "Woodstock Music and Art Fair," would
be what Time magazine celebrated as an "Aquarian Festival"' and "history's largest
happening." The term "Aquarian" was carefully chosen. The Aquarian age signified
that the "Age of Pisces," which is the age of Christ, had come to an end.
At Woodstock, a small town in upstate New York, nearly half a million youth
gathered to be drugged and brainwashed on a farm. The victims were isolated,
immersed in filth, pumped with psychedelic drugs, and kept awake continuously for
three straight days, and all with the full complicity of the FBI and government
Page 136 of 508
Published by © 2009
officials. Security for the concert was provided by a hippie commune trained in the
mass distribution of LSD.
Once again, it would be the networks of British military intelligence which would be
the initiators. Woodstock was the brain child of Artie Kornfeld, the director of EMI's
Capitol Record's, Contemporary Projects Division. The original funding was
provided by the heir of a large Pennsylvania-based pharmaceutical company, John
Roberts, and two other partners. It was another pharmaceutical company, the
Swiss-based Sandoz Laboratories, which had first synthesized LSD. Roberts would
later be accused of using his company for the mass drugging of the attendees.
Little adequate preparations were made for the nearly half a million people who
came. Joel Rosenman, one of the three partners, writes, as the concert neared,
"Food and water were clearly going to be in short supply, sanitary facilities
overtaxed, tempers short, drugs overabundant. Worst of all, there was no way for
anyone who wanted to, to leave." Sitting in your own excrement was actually part of
the plan, as John Roberts jokingly wrote, "We're going to hand out bananas at the
gate to bind our patrons."
A hippie commune called the Hog Farm, had a special role at Woodstock. The Hog
Farm was led by a man nicknamed Wavy Graver, who was a former member of Ken
Kesey's MK-Ultra operation, the Merry Pranksters. Communes like the Hog Farm
were commonly found in the remote parts of California and served as the breeding
grounds for Satanic cults, as well as terrorist groups. Members of these communes
continually interchanged with other communes and were the recruiting grounds for
the Process Church and Manson. Hog Farm member Diane Lake was a member of
Charles Manson's Family, at the time of the massacre of Sharon Tate and her
On August 14, one day before the scheduled opening, the entire festival security
force, comprised of 350 off-duty New York City cops, pulled out. A spokesman for
the New York police claimed that no official arrangement was ever made with the
city, a claim the promoters vehemently denied. In an August 15, 1969 New York
Times article, the head of Woodstock's security said, "Now I don't have any security
at all. I've been struck. We're having the biggest collection of kids there's ever been
in this country without any police protection." Not surprisingly, the Hog Farm was
put in charge of security.
Woodstock funder and director John Roberts, openly admitted that he was well
aware of the Hog Farm's connection to drug distribution. He writes, "their fee was
simply transportation to and from the festival... a peace-keeping force that looked,
talked, and smelled like the crowd would be both highly credible and highly
effective... and the most important, they were wise in the ways of drugs, knowing
good acid from bad, good trips from bummers, good medicine from poison, etc."
The Hog Farm at the time was living in New Mexico's mountains. Roberts chartered
a Boeing 727, at a cost of $17,000, and flew 100 of them to New York.
Page 137 of 508
Published by © 2009
To clear the final path for the planned drugging of half a million youngsters, the
district attorney for the area agreed privately that there would be no arrests or
prosecutions for violations of drug laws. John Roberts writes, "The District
Attorney...recognized early on that many of our customers would be using illegal
drugs, but also recognized that such use would be the least of our problems over the
course of the weekend. He acted, therefore, with compassion and good grace
throughout." Roberts also writes that he was meeting continuously with the FBI up
to and including one day before the start of the concert, and had their full
The Experiment Begins
Two days before the scheduled start of the concert, 50,000 kids had already arrived
in Woodstock. Drugs immediately began to circulate. Many people brought their
babies and, as Roberts says, even they were drugged. Roberts writes that at a nearby
lake, "the tots swam naked, smoked grass, and got into the music."
A poll conducted at the festival by the New York Times showed that 99 percent of
those attending were using marijuana. Local sheriff deputies, totally overwhelmed,
reported that no arrests were being made for drug use. The New York Times of
August 17 quoted one deputy," If we did (make arrests), there isn't enough space in
Sullivan or the next three counties to put them in."
The use of marijuana was not the worst. Following the design of the original MKUltra project, the mass distribution of LSD came next, much of it in LSD-laced Coca
Cola, as Kesey's Pranksters had done five years earlier. Roberts jokingly relates the
following, "a particularly abrasive cop ....had been handed an LSD-spiked Coke
while directing traffic. Long after all automobiles in the area had congealed to a
standstill, the hardhat was still out on the road waving them on. Finally they led
him away."
For the next three days, the nearly half a million young people that arrived were
subjected to continual drugs and rock music. Because of torrential rains, they were
forced to wallow in knee-deep mud. There were no shelters, and no way to get out.
Cars were parked over eight miles away. Rosenman writes that the key to the
"Woodstock experiment" was "keeping our performers performing around the keep the kids transfixed..."
Within the first 24 hours, over 300 kids reported to medical authorities, violently
ill. The diagnosis: they were having "bad" LSD trips. Thousands more would follow.
On August 17, the New York Times reported: "Tonight, a festival announcer warned
from the stage, that 'badly manufactured acid' (a term for LSD) was being
circulated. He said: 'You aren't taking poison acid. The acid's not poison. It's just
badly manufactured acid. You are not going to die.... So if you think you've taken
poison, you haven't. But if you're worried, just take half a tablet.'"
The advice, to nearly 500,000 people, "just take half a tablet" was given by none
other than MK-Ultra agent Wavy Gravy.
Page 138 of 508
Published by © 2009
With a growing medical emergency on hand, a call went out to New York City for
emergency medical personnel. Over 50 doctors and nurses were flown in. By the
end of Woodstock, a total of 5,000 medical cases were reported.
Altamont: the Making Of a Snuff Film
The last major rock "festival" of the 1960s was held at Altamont racetrack, outside
San Francisco. The featured performers were the Rolling Stones, who now reigned
supreme in the rock world, since the Beatles had broken up. The suggestion for the
concert came from MK-Ultra agent Ken Kesey.
This time, the audience was whipped into a frenzy, in open praise of
the Devil. The result was a literal Satanic orgy. At its conclusion, four people were
dead and dozens beaten and injured. Mick Jagger, the lead singer of the Rolling
Stones, played the part of Lucifer. The performance marked the beginning of
the "heavy-metal" concerts of today.
Over 400,000 people attended the Altamont concert with far less preparation than
even Woodstock. Food, and even water, were nearly unavailable. But plenty of
drugs were to be found. Like Woodstock, the concert would become the vehicle for
the mass experimentation of drugs, especially LSD. Author Tony Sanchez describes
the scene as people gathered at Altamont:
"By midmorning there were more than a quarter of a million people milling
around, and things were becoming chaotic. There was a lot of bad acid (LSDDP) around, and people were freaking out all over the place. Everybody was
getting stoned out of his skull to pass the long hours before the music was to
start--Mexican grass, cheap California wine, amphetamines ..." (Tony
Sanchez, Up and Down With the Rolling Stones, p.195)
"By midday virtually everyone was tripping...A man was almost killed as he
tried to fly from a speedway bridge--another acid case. On the other side of
the site a young guy screamed for help as he fell into the deep waters of a
drainage canal. The stoned-out freaks looked on bemused as he sank beneath
the surface. No one seemed sure if he had been real or an hallucination. It
didn't matter anymore anyway, he was dead. Elsewhere doctors were kept
busy delivering babies to girls giving hysterical premature birth." (Tony
Sanchez, Up and Down With the Rolling Stones, p.195)
The descent into Hell would continue. The Rolling Stones had hired, for a reported
$500 worth of free beer, the motorcycle gang Hell's Angels to act as security guards
for the concert. Their real payment, however, was in drug sales. The Hell's Angels,
an outlaw gang made up of robbers, rapists and murderers, were the known
controllers and sellers of drugs on the entire West Coast.
When the festival did open, the crowd of nearly half a million people waited for
more than one and a half hours for the Stones to appear. It was only when nightfall
arrived, allowing for the use of special lighting effects, that the group finally came
Page 139 of 508
Published by © 2009
on stage. Mick Jagger, the lead singer, was dressed in a satin cape, which glowed
red under the lights. Jagger was imitating Lucifer.
Author Sanchez next describes what he calls a preplanned "Satanic
ritual." As the group began playing, "strangely several of the kids were stripping
off their clothes and crawling to the stage as if it were a high altar, there to offer
themselves as victims for the boots and cues of the Angels. The more they were
beaten and bloodied, the more they were impelled, as if by some supernatural force,
to offer themselves as human sacrifices to these agents of Satan." (Tony Sanchez,
Up and Down With the Rolling Stones, p.199)
Standing in the crowd in front of the stage, with his girlfriend, was a black man by
the name of Meredith Hunter. Hunter would soon be singled out for human
The Stones had just released a new song entitled, "Sympathy for the Devil." It had
quickly become the number one record in the country. The song begins with
Mick Jagger introducing himself as Lucifer. As soon as he began to sing it at
Altamont, the entire audience rose up and began dancing in a wild frenzy.
Sanchez describes what happened next, "A great six foot four grizzly bear of a Hell's
Angel had stalked across to Meredith (Hunter) to pull his hair hard in an effort to
provoke a fight ...A fight broke out, five more Angels came crashing to the aid of
their buddy, while Meredith tried to run off through the packed crowd. An Angel
caught him by the arm and brought down a sheath knife hard in the black man's
back. The knife failed to penetrate deeply, but Meredith knew then that he was
fighting for his life. He ripped a gun out of his pocket and pointed it straight at the
Angel's chest... And then the Angels were upon him like a pack of wolves. One tore
the gun from his hand, another stabbed him in the face and still another stabbed
him repeatedly, insanely, in the back until his knees buckled."
"When the Angels finished with Hunter, several people tried to come to his aid, but
an Angel stood guard over the motionless body. `Don't touch him,' he said
menacingly. `He's going to die anyway, so just let him die.'"(Tony Sanchez, Up and
Down With the Rolling Stones, pp. 201,202)
It was never proven that Meredith actually had a gun. Later, arrests were made. No
one was ever indicted because no one person would step forward as a witness out of
fear of retaliation by the Angels.
Throughout the bloody killing the Rolling Stones continued to play "Sympathy for
the Devil." The entire group watched from the stage as Meredith Hunter
was killed right before them. In addition, incredibly, the entire murder was
professionally filmed by a film crew hired to film the concert. Shortly thereafter the
film was released throughout the country with the title of a Rolling Stone's song,
"Gimme Shelter."
Page 140 of 508
Published by © 2009
Was the murder preplanned by Satanists? In his book, The Ultimate Evil, author
Maury Terry tells how Satanic cults circulate among themselves films of their
human sacrifices. These films are called "snuff films." Terry relates that one
of the seven Son of Sam murders in New York City was actually filmed from a
nearby parked van. The film was then purchased by a rich Satanist. "Gimme
Shelter," which was a box-office hit, can still be purchased or rented today for only a
few dollars, at your local video store.
Behind "Heavy-Metal" Rock
The same year as Altamont, 1969, marked the
beginning of the evil career of Ozzy Osbourne.
Osbourne formed the band Black Sabbath. The group
modeled itself on the Rolling Stones. The next fifteen
years would witness a procession of young druggedout rock performers, like Osbourne, each competing
for the "big money" and the recording contracts that
came with it. The key criteria of those who would
"make it" was their ability to portray decadence and
evil. These were the "heavy-metal" groups.
In 1985, New Solidarity newspaper, which has since
been forcibly shut down by the federal government,
conducted an interview with Hezekiah Ben Aaron,
then the third-ranking member of the Church of
Satan. Ben Aaron is now a devout Christian. In the interview, Aaron revealed that it
was his Church that started such "heavy-metal" rock groups as Black Sabbath, The
Blue Oyster Cult, The Who, Ozzy Osbourne, and many others. The Church of Satan
was then led by its high priest, Anton LaVey. Many report, however, that LaVey, a
former circus lion tamer, was just a front man for the real high priest, Kenneth
Anger, the man who earlier recruited the Rolling Stones to the occult.
The following is an excerpt from that interview: "I was working for the Church...the
Church had other people who were middlemen for other companies. There were
middlemen for Apple [set up by the Beatles], Warner Brothers, and other record
companies. Someone would come to me and say, `I have a tape recording, and I'd
like for you to check it out. I'd like to see if you would be interested in sponsoring a
Rock group.' I'd say `All right, I'll check it out.' A few days later Ben Aaron would
call back and set up another meeting. He continues, `I'd hand you $100,000, and
you wouldn't sign anything. What you wouldn't know is that a mirror on the back of
the wall is a one-way mirror and we're tape recording and photographing, or video
taping everything that goes on. The payback, if you fail to make the group work, is
really bad. Sometimes it's up to 60% on the dollar."
Aaron's interview continued: "we send you to a store, we provide you with uniforms
and we provide you with amplifiers. It's all paid through the money we gave you.
We set you up with a road tour. We set you up with engagements. We book you."
Page 141 of 508
Published by © 2009
Aaron then explained that if the group did not make it he was given orders to collect
the money or make other "arrangements." These "other arrangements," perhaps,
are the key to the dozens of reported rock star "suicides." The underworld drug
mafia has ample means to eliminate non-payers. Some readers may remember the
following statement Beatle John Lennon made to the international press back in
"Christianity will go. It will go. It will vanish and shrink. I needn't argue about that.
I'm right and I will be proved right. We are more popular than Jesus now."
Hopefully, he will be proven to be wrong.
Page 142 of 508
Published by © 2009
Reading #8
“Imagine a World Without Religion,
It’s Easy if You Try …”
By Nazarene Remnant
“It turns out that little to our knowledge the Beatles, Rolling Stones and others
didn't write those songs. A German of the Frankfurt School born September 11th
1903 named Theodor Ludwig Adorno did. Americans never knew this and still
don't. Adorno said in a German interview (w/subtitles) years ago that the
combining of political protest against the Viet Nam war with pop rock music
trivialized the protest because that context makes war and atrocities
just another consumer item. War, serial killers, economic crashes become
processed in the minds of the media consumer with cartoons, sitcoms, beer and
McDonalds. This is shown in a montage at the close of the '76 movie Network too.”
Dan, a reader of Henry Makow's blog article, “Lou Dobbs Quits Cabala News Network,” November 19,
2009. Source:
Page 143 of 508
Published by © 2009
The NWO have been overtly destroying the true religion, while secretly
building up theirs. Lennon would have had to know about this, otherwise
the line in his song Imagine puts him out of touch with the reality of the
world. Perhaps that was his aim anyway!
“Our society is run by insane people for insane objectives. I
think we are being run by maniacs for maniacal ends and I think I am
liable to be put away as insane for expressing that. That's what's insane
about it.” (John Lennon)
These kids have been made into Luciferians and don't even know
it. They will find themselves right at home in the New Satanic
Order, for a little while anyway. But when the honeymoon is over,
they will find that the future is all about murder, possibly their
own, which is something they simply weren’t told about by their
“teachers” and “mentors.”
Imagine John Lennon been played for such a fool for such a long
time. But he was duped right up to the eyeballs by a fiendish,
unaware that he was being used to “teach” a whole generation of
young people to …
You can't talk to the young because all they know are the current
trends and their knowledge of historical fact is appalling.
Imagine, John Lennon asks, what a world without religion would
be like, making the assumption that it would be paradise on Earth.
But what we have now, in 2009, is such a world! And just have a
look at the state of such a world, as Reading #6 seeks to show you.
IN other words, John Lennon was a deceived dup of the New
World Order demonic forces who will turn this Earth into a savage
And make no mistake, the NWO is not going to be a world without
religion, as you may have been deceived into believing. No, we are
about to see a One World Religion that will shock you way beyong
beyond comprehension!
Page 144 of 508
Published by © 2009
The Beatles—Illuminati Mind Controllers
August 5, 2012
The Beatles were an Illuminati
Their songs were written for them
handlers scripted their actions and
They demonstrate that popular
culture is really mind control.
By David Richards
The original cover of the 1966 "Yesterday and
Today" album: Beatles got a good laugh from
In his book, The Committee of 300,
former MI6 officer John Coleman reveals the Beatles were a psychological
operation run by the Tavistock Institute for Human Relations.
The Beatles were created to advance the formation of a corrupted Brave New
World-style slave populace. This agenda kicked in big time during the 60s, with
rock groups acting as social agitators.
Free love, drugs and rock music were promoted. To replace Christianity, the
Illuminati introduced the New Age Movement: spiritual doctrines that do
not require the individual to follow the Moral Law. (See this interview with John
The Beatles were presented as anti-establishment but received endless mainstream
media attention. In 1965, they received MBEs (Members of the Most Excellent
Order of the British Empire) from the Queen.
Page 145 of 508
Published by © 2009
The occult references in the
Beatles work prove they were
Illuminati puppets.
A promotional photograph for the
Yellow Submarine album shows
John Lennon flashing the devil
horns. Paul McCartney makes a
'666'/EYE OF HORUS hand sign.
The front cover of the With The
Beatles album shows their faces
half in shadow. This is the 'One Eye of Horus' that is epidemic in the music industry
today. The black/ white duality is the Masonic doctrine to balance good
and evil.
A Beatles compilation was released in 1988 titled 'Past Masters'. Past Master is a
Masonic term used to describe the former Worshipful Master of a Masonic Lodge.
The album contains exactly 33 songs!
In the film, 'The Magical Mystery Tour,' the Beatles use a magic wand to cast spells
on unsuspecting members of the public. Magic wands are made from holly trees
(hence Holly-wood) and are the instrument of the occult magician who has his
audience (the populace) in a trance. The film features several Masonic handshakes.
The songs also feature occult lyrics. The song 'Lucy in the Sky with Diamonds' refers
to Lucifer in the sky with "diamonds" (aka "stars", the Dogstar Sirius representing
Page 146 of 508
Published by © 2009
The track 'Across The Universe' is
about demon possession. John
Lennon sings 'gai guru deva' (all
hail to the devas). In Theosophy, a
deva is a spiritual entity, i.e.
demon, which exists behind the
scenes manipulating and directing
human behavior. Luciferians
believe they are possessed by these
entities when they rape, torture
and kill innocent victims.
Four working class young
men could not have written
these songs!
Rare photo of John, Yoko and Andy Warhol having a gay
[Nazarene Remnant
comment: “It turns out that little
to our knowledge the Beatles,
Rolling Stones and others didn't
write those songs. A German of the
Frankfurt School born September 11th 1903 named Theodor Ludwig Adorno
did. Americans never knew this and still don't. Adorno said in a German interview
(w/subtitles) years ago that the combining of political protest against the Viet Nam
war with pop rock music trivialized the protest because that context makes
war and atrocities just another consumer item. War, serial killers,
economic crashes become processed in the minds of the media consumer with
cartoons, sitcoms, beer and McDonalds. This is shown in a montage at the close of
the '76 movie Network too.” 22
Lucy in the Sky with Diamonds
Comment by Hendrik said (May 10, 2005) for Henry Makow's article "Bankers Are
Behind The 'Counter' Culture," May 7, 2005, here:
Remember lucy being the masonic code for lucifer? w.r.t. sky and diamonds heaveans and souls - the line makes perfect satanic sense: lucifer in heavens
gathering his currupted souls. the same line pointing to LSD as way to corrupt
seems too much of a coincidence to me and i wonder if any beatle song text has not
been written by tavistoc. (hint: some aural seers discribe the human energetic field
as two opposite interlocked pyramids, looking like a six star in profile and
resembling a diamond..)
Dan, a reader of Henry Makow's blog article, “Lou Dobbs Quits Cabala News Network,” November 19,
2009. Source:
Page 147 of 508
Published by © 2009
Dan said (May 10, 2005):
The days of counter culture are done. They don't need it any more. Now they are
moving into a period of more direct means. The job of 50's commuinism, beatnikism, 60's 'anti establishmentism', sex drugs and rock n' roll has been accomplished.
Our original humanity has been co-opted as a human culture, replaced by
addictions to credit cards, and anti-depressants. The people are now soft, scatter
brained, and demoralized.
There is an internet company in Austin Texas, called 'Illuminati Onine' (IO). They
sell T-shirts, with their eye in the pyramid logo, that say, 'Everything is under
Phil said (May 9, 2005):
I think you are absolutely right about the '60s counter culture movement and its
effect on the most selfish generation in history: the baby boomers. What fascinates
me about the '60s movement is that it was truly an ode to hedonism and selfaggrandizement at the cost of the nuclear family.
Of course, the baby boomers don't see it that way. To them, it was bucking the
system. But really, when given their vast numbers and the chance to change things,
did they improve the world? No, they created a generation of spoiled children
(which several authors have referred to as a trophy generation), a worship of
material culture (every baby boomer needs an SUV and a second home with 4
bedrooms, 2 baths, and granite throughout), they polluted the planet at a faster rate
than any other group in history, and they continue to foist the cost of their lives on
the young people in the countries in which they live. But hey, there will always be
the summer of '69. End NR comment]
The Beatles were originally a hack rock 'n' roll cover band playing in the red light
district in Berlin. We are supposed to believe that only a few years later they
composed songs with deep occult meanings!
The Beatles behavior was scripted by handlers who knew the agenda behind the
The drug agenda was pushed in the infamous interview Paul McCartney gave with
the BBC in 1966, when he 'admitted' to taking acid four times.
The interview was intended to cause controversy, which it did, and encourage young
people to try LSD. If the BBC were really against drug use, they wouldn't have
broadcast the interview to millions of people.
Once we realize that the Beatles were supposed to turn young people against
Christianity, their anti-Christian sound bites look scripted.
Page 148 of 508
Published by © 2009
In 1963 Paul said, "Christianity doesn't fit in with my life." In 1966 John was more
forthcoming, telling Newsweek, "Christianity will go, it will vanish and shrink. I
needn't argue about that. I'm right and will be proved right."
In the 60s, the big record labels had total control over artists. Do we
believe the Beatles could have spouted anti-Christian sentiment in opposition to
their label EMI?
Their photo shoots were also clearly designed by Illuminati handlers.
A shocking example is the alternate cover to the 'Yesterday/ Today' album that
pictures the Beatles covered in the body parts of dead babies. This was a sick
laugh at abortion, the inevitable result of the free love agenda the
Beatles were promoting.
The front cover of the Sgt. Pepper album
features the Beatles 'heroes.' They
include a whole host of Illuminati
stooges: Aldous Huxley, Karl Marx,
Aleister Crowley, Mahatma Ghandi, HG
Wells and George Bernard Shaw among
others. Tellingly, it includes cutouts of
the Beatles from their early days. Is this
an admission that they also
served the Illuminati?
I bought all the Beatles albums when I
was a teenager. I loved the music but felt
something was wrong. The songs were
melodically perfect but lacked emotional resonance. Now I know why: the group
was an Illuminati creation.
After learning this information about the band, I listened to the music again. Now
that I can hear the malevolent agenda behind the songs; they're ruined for me.
The Beatles made the West more degraded, divided and weak.
Journalist David Noebel summarized it well in 1982, when he judged the impact
John Lennon had on music.
"The present rock 'n' roll scene is one giant, multi-media portrait of
degradation-a sleazy world of immorality, venereal disease, anarchy,
nihilism, cocaine, heroin, marijuana, death, Satanism, perversion and
In the style of true Satanists, the Beatles sold this sickness as "Love," a
Page 149 of 508
Published by © 2009
reminder that the world is controlled by a satanic cult, the Illuminati, that hates
God, and hates you and I.
David Richards is a 24-year-old British citizen who teaches English in Mongolia.
MAKOW COMMENT: We are unconscious of how popular music is used to
control our feelings and actions. Most songs make a religion out of "love" and make
us seek a non-existent ideal mate instead of God, obedience to whom is the
principle of our self-development, i.e. religion.
Bankers Behind the Counter Culture
Tavistock Institute - Best kept Secret in America
First Comment by Al Thompson:
One of the most destructive forces that was unleashed upon western civilization by
the Beatles was the promotion the pagan Hindu religion. This was primarily
done by the introducing of Transendental Meditation and the practice of yoga into
the mainstream public. Of course, this is actually called for in the Protocols
of Zion by the open worship of Vishnu.
"12. All our newspapers will be of all possible complexions - aristocratic,
republican, revolutionary, even anarchical - for so long, of course, as the
constitution exists .... Like the Indian idol "Vishnu" they will have a hundred
hands, and every one of them will have a finger on any one of the public opinions
as required. When a pulse quickens these hands will lead opinion in the direction
of our aims, for an excited patient loses all power of judgment and easily
yields to suggestion. Those fools who will think they are repeating the opinion
of a newspaper of their own camp will be repeating our opinion or any opinion
that seems desirable for us. In the vain belief that they are following the organ of
their party they will, in fact, follow the flag which we hang out for them."
(Protocols of Zion)
7. Our kingdom will be an apologia of the divinity Vishnu, in whom is
found its personification - in our hundred hands will be, one in each, the springs of
the machinery of social life. We shall see everything without the aid of official
police which, in that scope of its rights which we elaborated for the use of the
GOYIM, hinders governments from seeing. In our programs ONE-THIRD OF
sense of duty, on the principle of volunteer service to the State. It will
then be no disgrace to be a spy and informer, but a merit: unfounded
denunciations, however, will be cruelly punished that there may be development of
abuses of this right." (Protocols of Zion)
Page 150 of 508
Published by © 2009
So it is obvious to me that the so-called "Jews" have promoted the pagan beliefs of
Hinduism. One might ask: What does a Jew have to do with a Hindu? I'm not
really sure, but it seems to me that if one is a pagan, they will use anything evil to
promote their agenda. The definition of a Jew can mean almost anything just as the
definition of a Christian. Here, the so-called Protocols of Zion are intrinsically
Hindu in nature and of course evil is at the core of the writing.
"Later the Beatles lead the way for many Americans into pagan religion with visits
to Guru Maharishi Mahesh Yogi." The Beatles did indeed lead the way to
promoting the gurus and the Hindu religion was thrust upon western civilization
through the music of the Beatles and other various groups. And of course, every
time I point this out I get slammed for it. So much for religious tolerance. Today,
the practice of yoga is pervasive throughout society and everyone that I know
who practices it becomes completely unglued and unreasonable if I
criticize it. The problem is that the practice unites a person with some kind of
"divine being" which is not God the creator, but some kind of "consciousness" by
which the mind is emptied. There's even so-called "Christian" churches
that have yoga classes.
Music has an extraordinary way of twisting the mind. I used to listen to
George Harrison's Hare Krishna song over and over again. I like the song but
wondered about its meaning and intent. I now realize that it was most certainly a
plan to turn the young people over to paganism. People who are critical of Zionists
should be asking the question as to why Hinduism was promoted in the
writing of the Protocols of Zion. What do Jews have in common with
Hindus? Maybe the made up the story about Christ too. Or, the Christ represented
by mainstream "Christians" is really Vishnu. There are all kinds of possibilities. If
it wasn't for some early Christian writings that I read over the last
years, I would have completely given up on Christianity. This is why I
try to stay away from governments and religions as they are too inconsistent in their
doctrines to be of any value.
As a former musician, I have observed that music has the frightening power to get
people to do things they wouldn't normally do. It is almost like a drug. What is
interesting is that there is no warning in any of the scriptures about any kind of
music. It's probably like anything else: it's not offensive in and of itself, but it will
be the content that will determine whether it is good or bad. In the case of the
Beatles, it was all crap.
Page 151 of 508
Published by © 2009
Comments for "The Beatles -- Illuminati Mind Controllers "
Joe said (August 5, 2012):
Reply to Al Thompson: The Protocols of Zion were written to divide and conquer
different people following different religions. They simply had to involve Hinduism
to deflect the true enemies. Conversion is not allowed in Hinduism and the practice
of Yoga has many health benefits. If you want, you can change the chantings to say
Jesus. I wanted to know what you have to say about Jesus actually being a Hindu
yogi There is also a film about
this called the Man from Earth
Brian said (August 5, 2012):
OK, yeah, the Beatles and the Illuminati connection are apparent. But the author,
all of 24 years old makes it sound as though they were complete mind-controlled
automatons who were virtual robots.
In spite of all the negative aspects of this Tavistock creation it's not like their basic
humanity didn't come through in some of their songs. Even though "gai guru deva"
has its demon-related overtones, "Across the Universe" is not some heavy metal
crap whose demonic content is ever-so obvious. It's really quite a sweet song if you
simply listen to it and don't put all the emphasis on some Theosophical affiliation.
Both Lennon and Harrison in particular wrote some lovely music whose content
shouldn't be simply dismissed out of hand. And Lennon himself came to denounce
"The Beatles". Kind of like JFK, with both of them starting to see the light on a lot of
the Illuminati m.o.
Justin said (August 5, 2012):
David Richards, and the discredited John Coleman, don't know what they are
talking about. Richards has one source. And his own, uninformed opinion. That
might fly in Elementary School, but it stinks, and sinks like a stone, in the real
"Four working class young men could not have written these songs": They didn't;
two did, and frequently one.
And the only working class member was Ringo, who wrote very, very little. The
other three members were regular Suburbanites. Any cursory research, at all, would
have revealed same. They were Intelligent, and Educated.
Page 152 of 508
Published by © 2009
Early British Invasion bands were only "rock groups acting as social agitators"?
The Stones, The Dave Clark Five, The Animals, Tom Jones, Petula Clark, Cilla
Black, Dusty Springfield, The Kinks, Freddy and The Dreamers, The Searchers,
Wayne Fontana and The 'Mindbenders', The Honeycombs, Peter and Gordon,
Status Quo, Herman's Hermits and Gerry and The Pacemakers were surely ‘Agents
Of Destruction’, yes?
We have all the misinformed goofballs on the Internet that we can use at this time.
Applications are now closed. Thanks.
Since the mass, general social rejection of "organized" religion had already
occurred, The Beatles led a continuing search for the truth, and stumbled
frequently, as they candidly admitted, at that time. The Beatles were very Human,
and the last horse-to-escape-the-barn before "the hammer came down", in fact.
They snuck- through as an oddity, but grew rapidly to try to fulfill the Leadership
Role to which WE had elected them. They still stand, Today, as the Ultimate Art
Every few years we are subjected to some self-appointed "Genius", like these
"scribes", who wants to advance himself/themselves, by trying to “expose” The
Beatles. The Beatles were Real. They stand alone. Amazingly.
How has Coleman been discredited? He revealed the truth.
Matt said (August 5, 2012):
The Beatles may have been the biggest experiment ever thrust-ed upon us, by the
Tavistock Institute in the means of social deception. Apparently Paul McCartney
died in a car accident in 1966, after leaving the studio and picking up a woman
(possible agent?) in the rain on his way home. That night the Beatles were told of
this news by an MI5 agent and future handler MAXWELL.
From this point on the Illuminati/Travistock Institute owned the Beatles. They held
an obscure Paul McCartney look a like contest in England but never aired the
winner. The winner went on to undergo plastic surgery and become Paul
John Lennon agreed to finish the huge backlog of songs he and Paul had written. He
left the band when all the original material ran out, then was shot for threatening to
Page 153 of 508
Published by © 2009
"go public". The Illuminati wants to physically shape reality, and make
lies/deception seem real and true.
modus operandi of the illuminati … public figures (& doubles) used as puppets to
manipulate the masses;(i.e.- Pope Paul VI -imposter pope and destruction of the
catholic church from within) elimination of opposition to this elite by
horizontalization (the likely assassination of James Paul McCartney with impunity);
deception of the public by a cartel of media groups controlled by a governing
Luciferian elite (Illuminati); social control through Psychological Operations
Paul McCartney Really is Dead- a documentary on the audio tapes made by
George Harrison on his death bed.-worth watching
Robbie said (August 5, 2012):
The Beatles were AntiChrist, according to their own Press officer:
“They're COMPLETELY ANTI CHRIST. I mean, I am anti Christ as well, but
they're so anti-Christ they shock me which isn't an easy thing.”
Source: Derek Taylor – Beatles press officer.
Saturday Evening Post, 8th August 1964.
John Lennon.
“I've sold my soul to the DEVIL.”
Source: Coleman Ray, Lennon. Page 256.
John Lennon.
John Lennon said, “Jesus, a garlic-eating, stinking little yellow, greasy fascist
bastard catholic spaniard”
Source: John Lennon, A Spaniard in the Works. Page 14.
John Lennon.
Page 154 of 508
Published by © 2009
“It’s like being possessed: like a psychic or a medium.”
Source: The Playboy Interviews, Page 203.
John Lennon.
“When the real music comes to me it has nothing to do with me, `cause I`m just a
It`s given to me and I transcribe it like a channel.”
Source: Video - Hell`s Bells 2.
John Lennon.
“But my joy is when you’re like possessed, like a medium, you know.
I’ll be sitting around and it will come in the middle of night or at a time when you
don’t want to do it, that’s the exciting part, I don’t know who the (Expletive) wrote
it, I’m just sitting here and the whole (Expletive) song comes out.
So it, you’re like driven and you find yourself over on a piano or a guitar, because
it’s been given to you or whatever it is you tune into.”
Source: John Lennon, Yoko Ono and Andy Peebles, The Last Lennon Tape, 1981,
page 113.
Paul McCartney.
“The music to “Yesterday” came in a dream. The tune just came complete.
You have to believe in magick. I can’t read or write music.”
Source: Interview on Larry King Live, CNN, 12th June 2001.
I have similar quotes from other Artists, people may contact me for them:
[email protected]
Youtube Videos on the Beatles:
The Beatles Created By The Tavistock Institute
The Beatles and the Occult, Part 1
Page 155 of 508
Published by © 2009
The Beatles and the Occult, Part 2
Paul McCartney on Acid
Satanic Beatles: Hidden Messages
The Tavistock Agenda
Page 156 of 508
Published by © 2009
The Beatles and the Aquarian Conspiracy
[Editor's Note: People who are sentimental about the Beatles will find it hard to
believe that they were pumped up and used by the Illuminati to introduce soft drugs
among middle class American youth. They were also a vehicle for the introduction
of mind control "trigger words" into everyday jargon. I recall very well when the
Beatles made their debut on the American rock scene. Their sudden and explosive
"popularity" in America made no sense to me at the time. I couldn't understand
what was so great about the Beatles and why they were portrayed as 'threatening' to
the crown of the then King of Rock & Roll, Elvis Presley.
America, after all, was the birthplace of Rock & Roll, Allen Freed, and "do wop, do
wop". America alone could boast of the greatest names and groups in Rock & Rollnot Europe or Asia, and certainly not England. American Rock & Roll performers
were the envy of world and were emulated and copied down to the smallest
mannerism and detail by European and Asian youth. How is it that a bar band from
Liverpool doing almost all American rock cover tunes like Chuck Berry songs would
suddenly be blitzed across American media as the "greatest sensation to ever hit the
shores of America"? Huh? Musically speaking, there was nothing "fabulous" about
the "Fab Four". They were a cover band; but that's it! Yes, they had some decent hits
after they took American "by storm" but NOT before. So how is it that they got to
the top of Rock & Roll Mountain here in America without really climbing it? Simple,
they were helicoptered up there by the Committee of 300 and the Tavistock
Institute of Human Relations and no one is in a better position to tell you how it
was done than the author of this article, Dr John Coleman...Ken Adachi]
By Dr. John Coleman
March 1, 2007
The Beatles and the Aquarian Conspiracy by Dr. John Coleman (Mar. 1, 2007)
An outstanding example of social conditioning to accept change, even when it is
recognized as unwelcome change by the large population group in the sights of
Stanford Research Institute, was the "advent" of the BEATLES. The Beatles were
brought to the United States as part of a social experiment which would subject
large population groups to brainwashing of which they were not even aware.
When Tavistock brought the Beatles to the United States nobody could have
imagined the cultural disaster that was to follow in their wake. The Beatles were an
integral part of "THE AQUARIAN CONSPIRACY," a living organism which sprang
From "THE CHANGING IMAGES OF MAN," URH (489)-2150-Policy Research
Report No. 4/4/74. Policy Report pre-pared by SRI Center for the study of Social
Policy, Director, Professor Willis Harmon.
Page 157 of 508
Published by © 2009
The phenomenon of the Beatles was not a spontaneous rebellion by youth against
the old social system. Instead it was a carefully crafted plot to introduce by a
conspiratorial body which could not be identified, a highly destructive and divisive
element into a large population group targeted for change against its will. New
words and new phrases--prepared by Tavistock(1)-- were introduced to America
along with the Beatles. Words such as "rock" in relation to music sounds,
"teenager," "cool," "discovered" and "pop music" were a lexicon of disguised code
words signifying the acceptance of drugs and arrived with and accompanied the
Beatles wherever they went, to be "discovered" by "teenagers." Incidentally, the
word "teenagers" was never used until just before the Beatles arrived on the scene,
courtesy of the Tavistock Institute for Human Relations.
As in the case of gang wars, nothing could or would have been accomplished
without the cooperation of the media, especially the electronic media and, in
particular, the scurrilous Ed Sullivan who had been coached by the conspirators as
to the role he was to play. Nobody would have paid much attention to the motley
crew from Liverpool and the 12-atonal system of "music" that was to follow had it
not been for an overabundance of press exposure. The 12-atonal system consisted of
heavy, repetitive sounds, taken from the music of the cult of Dionysus and the Baal
priesthood by Theo Adorno and given a "modern" flavor by this special friend of
the Queen of England and hence the Committee of 300.
Tavistock and its Stanford Research Center created trigger words which then came
into general usage around "rock music" and its fans. Trigger words created a
distinct new break-away largely young population group which was persuaded by
social engineering and conditioning to believe that the Beatles really were their
favorite group. All trigger words devised in the context of "rock music" were
designed for mass control of the new targeted group, the youth of America.
The Beatles did a perfect job, or perhaps it would be more correct to say that
Tavistock and Stanford did a perfect job, the Beatles merely reacting like trained
robots "with a little help from their friends"--code words for using drugs and
making it "cool." The Beatles became a highly visible "new type"-- more Tavistock
jargon--and as such it was not long before the group made new styles (fads in
clothing, hairstyles and language usage) which upset the older generation, as was
intended. This was part of the"fragmentation-maladaptation" process worked
out by Willis Harmon and his team of social scientists and genetic engineering
tinkerers and put into action.
The role of the print and electronic media in our society is crucial to the success of
brainwashing large population groups. Gang wars ended in Los Angeles in 1966 as
the media withdrew its coverage. The same thing will happen with the current wave
of gang wars in Los Angeles. Street gangs will wither on the vine once media
saturation coverage is toned down and then completely withdrawn. As in 1966, the
issue would become "burned out." Street gangs will have served their purpose of
creating turbulence and insecurity. Exactly the same pattern will be followed in the
case of "rock" music. Deprived of media attention, it will eventually take its place in
Page 158 of 508
Published by © 2009
Following the Beatles, who incidentally were put together by the Tavistock Institute,
came other "Made in England" rock groups, who, like the Beatles, had Theo Adorno
write their cult lyrics and compose all the "music." I hate to use these beautiful
words in the context of "Beatlemania"; it reminds me of how wrongly the word
"lover" is used when referring to the filthy interaction between two homosexuals
writhing in pigswill. To call "rock" music, is an insult, likewise the language used in
"rock lyrics."
Tavistock and Stanford Research then embarked on the second phase of the work
commissioned by the Committee of 300. This new phase turned up the heat for
social change in America. As quickly as the Beatles had appeared on the American
scene, so too did the "beat generation," trigger words designed to separate and
fragment society. The media now focused its attention on the"beat generation."
Other Tavistock-coined words came seemingly out of nowhere: "beatniks,"
"hippies," "flower children" became part of the vocabulary of America. It became
popular to "drop out" and wear dirty jeans, go about with long unwashed hair. The
"beat generation" cut itself off from main-stream America. They became just as
infamous as the cleaner Beatles before them.
The newly-created group and its "lifestyle" swept millions of young Americans into
the cult. American youth underwent a radical revolution without ever being aware
of it, while the older generation stood by helplessly, unable to identify the source of
the crisis, and thus reacting in a maladaptive manner against its manifestation,
which were drugs of all types, marijuana, and later Lysergic acid, "LSD," so
conveniently provided for them by the Swiss pharmaceutical company, SANDOZ,
following the discovery by one of its chemists, Albert Hoffman, how to make
synthetic ergotamine, a powerful mind-altering drug. The Committee of 300
financed the project through one of their banks, S. C. Warburg, and the drug was
to America by the philosopher, Aldous Huxley.
The new "wonder drug" was promptly distributed in "sample" size packages,
handed out free of charge on college campuses across the United States and at
"rock" concerts, which became the leading vehicle for proliferating the use of drugs.
The question that cries out for an answer is, what was the Drug Enforcement
Agency (DEA) doing at the time? There is compelling circumstantial evidence that
would appear to indicate that the DEA knew what was going on but was ordered not
to take any action.
With very substantial numbers of new British "rock" bands arriving in the U.S., rock
concerts began to become a fixture on the social calendar of American youth. In
tandem with these "concerts," the use of drugs among the youth rose in proportion.
The devilish bedlam of discordant heavy beat sounds numbed the minds of listeners
so that they were easily persuaded to try the new drug on the basis that "everybody
is doing it." Peer pressure is a very strong weapon. The "new culture" received
maximum coverage from the jackal media, which cost the conspirators not one
single thin dime.
Page 159 of 508
Published by © 2009
Great anger was felt by a number of civic leaders and churchmen over the new cult
but their energies were misdirected against the RESULT of what was going on and
not against the CAUSE. Critics of the rock cult made the same mistakes that had
been made in the prohibition era, they criticized law enforcement agencies,
teachers, parents anybody but the conspirators.
Alan Ginsberg
Because of the anger and resentment I feel toward the great drug plague, I make no
apology for using language which is not customary for me to use. One of the worst
drug slobs ever to walk the streets of America was Alan Ginsberg. This Ginsberg
pushed the use of LSD through advertising which cost him nothing, although under
normal circumstances it would have cost millions of dollars in TV advertising
revenues. This free advertising for drugs, and LSD in particular, reached a new high
in the late 1960's, thanks to the ever-willing cooperation of the media. The effect of
Ginsberg's mass advertising campaign was devastating; the American public was
subjected to one cultural future shock after another in rapid succession.
We became over-exposed and over stimulated and, again, may I remind you that
this is Tavistock jargon, lifted from the Tavistock training manual, overwhelmed by
its new development and, when we reached that point, our minds began to lapse
into apathy; it was just too much to cope with, that is to say, "long range penetration
had taken hold of us." Ginsberg claimed to be a poet but no greater rubbish was
ever written by anyone who ever aspired to becoming a poet. Ginsberg's designated
task had little to do with poetry; his main function was to push the new subculture
and force acceptance of it upon the large targeted population group.
To assist him in his task, Ginsberg cooped the services of Norman Mailer, a
writer of sorts who had spent some time in a mental institution. Mailer was a
favorite of the left wing Hollywood crowd and so had no problem with getting
maximum television time for Ginsberg. Naturally Mailer had to have a pretext-- not
even he could blatantly come out with the true nature of Ginsberg's television
appearances. So a charade was adopted: Mailer would talk "seriously" on camera
with Ginsberg about poetry and literature.
This method of getting wide television coverage at no cost to themselves was
followed by every rock group and concert promoter who followed the example set by
Ginsberg. The electronic media moguls had big hearts when it came to giving free
time to these dirty venomous creatures and their even dirtier products and filthy
ideas. Their promotion of horrible garbage spoke volumes and, without abundant
help from the print and electronic media, the drug trade could not have spread as
rapidly as it did in the late 1960's-early 197O's, and probably would have been
confined to a few small local areas.
Ginsberg was able to give several nationally televised performances extolling the
virtues of LSD and marijuana, under the guise of "new ideas" and "new cultures"
developing in the art and music world. Not to be outdone by the electronic media,
Ginsberg's admirers wrote glowing articles about"this colorful man" in the art and
Page 160 of 508
Published by © 2009
social columns of all of America's largest newspapers and magazines. There had
never been such an across-the-media-board free advertising campaign in the
history of newspaper, radio and television and it cost the promoters of the Aquarian
conspiracy, NATO and the Club of Rome not one red cent. It was all absolutely free
advertising for LSD, only thinly disguised as "art" and "culture."
One of Ginsberg's closest friends, Kenny Love, published a Five-page report in
the New York Times. This is in accordance with the methodology used by Tavistock
and Stanford Research: If something is to be promoted which the public has not yet
been fully brainwashed to accept, then have someone write an article,
covering all sides of the subject matter. The other method is to have live
television talk shows in which a panel of experts promotes the product
and or idea under the pretext of "discussing", it. There are point and counterpoint, both pro and con participants airing their support or opposition. When it is
all over, the subject to be promoted has been dinned into the public mind. While
this was new in the early 1970's, today it is standard practice on which talk shows
Love's Five-page pro LSD pro Ginsberg article was duly printed by the New York
Times. Had Ginsberg tried to buy the same amount of space in an advertisement, it
would have cost him at least $50,000. But Ginsberg didn't have to worry; thanks to
his Friend Kenny Love, Ginsberg got the massive advertising all for free. With
newspapers like the New York Times and the Washington Post under the control of
the Committee of 300, this kind of free advertising is given to any subject matter,
and more especially to those promoting decadent life styles--drugs-hedonism-anything that will confuse the American people. After the trial run with Ginsberg
and LSD, it became standard Club of Rome practice to call upon major newspapers
in America to give free advertising on demand to people and ideas they were
Worse yet--or better yet, depending upon the viewpoint-- United Press (UP) picked
up Kenny Love's free advertising for Ginsberg and LSD and telexed it to
HUNDREDS of newspapers- and magazines around the country under the guise of
a "news" story. Even such highly respectable establishment magazines as "Harpers
Bazaar" and "TIME" made Mr. Ginsberg respectable. If a nation-wide campaign of
this magnitude were presented to Ginsberg and the promoters of LSD by an
advertising agency, the price tag would have run into at least $1 million in terms of
1970 dollars. Today the price tag would be nothing less than $15-$16 million
dollars. It is no wonder that I refer to the news media as "jackals."
I suggest that we try to find any media outlet to do an expose on the Federal
Reserve Board, which is what I did. I took my article, which was a good expose of
the greatest swindle on earth, to every major newspaper, radio and television
station, magazine house and several talk-show hosts. A few made promises that
sounded good--they would definitely air the article and have me discuss it--give
them about a week and they would get back to me. Not one of them ever did, nor
did my article ever appear in the pages of their newspapers and journals. It was as if
Page 161 of 508
Published by © 2009
a blanket of silence had been thrown over me and the subject I was endeavoring to
promote, and indeed that was precisely what had happened.
Without massive media hype, and without almost around the clock coverage, the
hippie-beatnik rock, drug cult would never have gotten off the ground; it would
have remained a localized oddity. The Beatles, with their twanging guitars, silly
expressions, drug language and weird clothes, would not have amounted to a hill of
beans. Instead, because the Beatles were given saturation coverage by the
media, the United States has suffered one cultural shock after another.
The men buried in the think tanks and research institutions, whose names and faces
are still not known to but a few people, made sure that the press played its part.
Conversely, the media's important role in not exposing the power behind the future
cultural shocks made certain that the source of the crisis was never identified. Thus
was our society driven mad through psychological shocks and stress. "Driven mad"
is taken from Tavistock's training manual. From its modest beginnings in 1921,
Tavistock was ready in 1966 to launch a major irreversible cultural revolution in
America, which has not yet ended. The Aquarian Conspiracy is part of it.
Thus softened up, our nation was now deemed ripe for the introduction of drugs
which was to rival the prohibition era in scope and the huge amounts of money to
be made. This too was an integral part of the Aquarian Conspiracy. The
proliferation of drug usage was one of the subjects under study at the Science Policy
Research Unit (SPRU) at Tavistock's Sussex University facility. It was known as the
"future shocks" center, a title given to so-called future oriented psychology designed
to manipulate whole population groups to induce "future shocks." It was the first of
several such institutions set up by Tavistock.
"Future shocks" is described as a series of events which come so fast that the human
brain cannot absorb the information. As I said earlier, science has shown that there
are clearly marked limits to the amount of changes and the nature of them that the
mind can deal with. After continuous shocks, the large targeted population group
discovers that it does not want to make choices any more. Apathy takes over, often
preceded by mindless violence such as is characteristic of the Los Angeles street
gangs, serial killers, rapists and child kidnapers.
Such a group becomes easy to control and will docilely follow orders without
rebelling, which is the object of the exercise. "Future shocks," says SPRU,"is defined
as physical and psychological distress arising from the excess load on the decisionmaking mechanism of the human mind." That is Tavistock jargon lifted straight
from Tavistock manuals--which they don't know I have.
Just as an overloaded electrical circuit will activate a trip switch, so do humans "trip
out," which is a syndrome that medical science is only now beginning to
understand, although John Rawlings Reese conducted experiments in this field
as far back as the 1920's. As can be appreciated, such a targeted group is ready to
"trip out" and take to drugs as a means of escape from the pressures of so many
choices having to be made. This is how Drug usage was spread so rapidly through
Page 162 of 508
Published by © 2009
America's "beat generation." What started with the Beatles and sample packages of
LSD has grown into a flood-tide of drug usage which is swamping America.
The drug trade is controlled by the Committee of 300 from the Top down. The drug
trade started with the British East India Company and was closely followed by the
Dutch East India Company. Both were controlled by a "Council of 300." The list of
names of members and stockholders of the BEIC read like something out of
Debretts Peerage. BEIC established the "China Inland Mission," whose job it was to
get The Chinese peasants, or coolies, as they were called, addicted to opium. This
created the market for opium which the BEIC then filled.
In much the same way the Committee of 300 used "The "Beatles" to
popularize"social drugs" with the youth of America and The Hollywood "in-crowd."
Ed Sullivan was sent to England To become acquainted with The first Tavistock
Institute "rock group" to hit the shores of the United States. Sullivan then returned
to the United States to draft the strategy for the electronic media on how to package
and sell the group. Without the full cooperation of the electronic media and Ed
Sullivan, in particular, "The Beatles" and their"music" would have died on the vine.
Instead, our national life and the character of the United States was forever
Now that we know, it is all too clear how successful the "Beatles" campaign to
proliferate the use of drugs became. The fact that "The Beatles" had their
music and lyrics written for them by Theo Adorno was concealed from
public view. The prime function to "The Beatles" was to be discovered by
teenagers, who where then subjected to a non-stop barrage of "Beatle music," until
they became convinced that they liked the sound and adopted it, along with all that
accompanied it. The Liverpool group performed up to expectations, and with "a
little help from their friends," i.e., illegal substances we call drugs created a whole
new class to young Americans in the precise mold ordained by the Tavistock
Dr. John Coleman.
(1) An Institute in UK where they research in mind control, run by highly trained
psychiatrists who answer to the Illuminati. From here Ayatollah Khomeini,
Radovan Karadzic and Milosevic among others were all trained for their
It's not mentioned here, but the Rolling Stones were created from the same source
and with the same purpose. Beatles were supposed to be the "good guys" while the
Rolling Stones were the "bad guys". Also, Rolling Stones were experts in creating
repeating "riffs", meaning a musical phrase that's looping over and over again (like
in "Satisfaction", "Jumping Jack Flash" etc.). These repeating riffs trigger the
mind and make one receptive to whatever sub-message you want to transfer into
the minds of the listener. In the case of the Rolling Stones we have satanic messages
Page 163 of 508
Published by © 2009
in their lyrics, and they have repeated that over and over through the years (a more
recent example is the"Bridge To Babylon" album).
Another interesting thing is that The Beatles were knighted by Queen Elisabeth in
the 60's for their "good work". Ringo told the press he'd been so nervous he had to
smoke pot in the bathroom before he met the Queen. Recently Paul McCartney was
knighted again. The question is: is it the same Paul McCartney?
Forward courtesy of Kanya Vashon McGhee <[email protected]>
© Copyright 2007 All Rights Reserved.
Page 164 of 508
Published by © 2009
The Unholy Legacy of The Beatles
Pastor David L. Brown, Ph.D.
"Prove all things; hold fast that which is good." 1 Thessalonians 5:21
"Abhor that which is evil; cleave to that which is good." Romans 12:9b
Recently when I turned on the news I heard that Beatle
George Harrison had died on November 30 at age 58 of
cancer. The report went on to say that Harrison was
surrounded by old friends from the Hare Krishna
movement. In fact, Guada Chandra Das of the
International Society for Krishna Consciousness stated
that Harrison died to the sound of Hindu "chanting and
praying." His body was then cremated, his widow and
23-year-old son carried the ashes to India and sprinkled
them in the Ganges river in Varnasi and Allahabad,
India. They were accompanied by two Hare Krishna devotees who performed Hindu
rites as the ashes were scattered on Tuesday, December 4th. Harrison left millions
of dollars to the Hindu, Hare Krishna Foundation and was responsible for
popularizing the false religion of Hinduism to multitudes of people in
the West.
For the next 48 hours radio and television news special reports and newspapers
lauded the wonderful contributions George and the Beatles had made to the music
world and society. While I certainly agree that the Beatles have left a legacy, I
disagree concerning the nature of that legacy. It is an unholy and detrimental
legacy, as I will demonstrate shortly.
However, before we look into that matter, I want to share with you my personal
observations about what I perceive to be the three major contributing factors that
have brought about the degeneration of the foundational biblical norms and values
of our society within my lifetime.
First, there is Hugh Hefner, his magazine and immoral
There are several verses that should frame our thinking before we consider our first
point Matthew 5:28 "But I say unto you, That whosoever looketh on a woman to
lust after her hath committed adultery with her already in his heart." Job 31:1 "I
made a covenant with mine eyes; why then should I think upon a maid?" 1
Corinthians 6:18 "Flee fornication. Every sin that a man doeth is without the
body; but he that committeth fornication sinneth against his own body."
Page 165 of 508
Published by © 2009
Hugh Hefner was born in 1926 and has a genius IQ of 152. The problem is
that he "used his smarts" for evil and not for good. On December of 1953 the first
issue of Playboy hit the street featuring the now-famous calendar photo of Marilyn
Monroe. He brought pornography "out of the closet" so to speak, and made it more
readily available. His magazine and the "Playboy Philosophy," is nothing more than
barnyard morality. This purveyor of smut, more than any other man in my lifetime,
paved way for the introduction of hardcore pornography in our culture, and has had
a major role in the undermining the sexual morals of American men and women. I
believe Isaiah 3:9 applies - "The show of their countenance doth witness against
them; and they declare their sin as Sodom, they hide it not. Woe unto their soul! for
they have rewarded evil unto themselves."
The Womans Liberation Movement
There are several verses that should frame our thinking before we consider this
second point Titus 2:4-5 "That they may teach the young women to be sober, to
love their husbands, to love their children, 5 To be discreet, chaste, keepers at
home, good, obedient to their own husbands, that the word of God be not
blasphemed." Ephesians 5:23-24 "For the husband is the head of the wife, even
as Christ is the head of the church: and he is the saviour of the body. 24
Therefore as the church is subject unto Christ, so let the wives be to their own
husbands in every thing."
The second major contributing factor that have brought about the degeneration of
the foundational biblical norms and values of our society within my lifetime is the
womans liberation movement. The modern American movement was founded
when in 1953 by a book called The Second Sex by French feminist writer Simone De
Beauvoir, was published in the United States. The more radical wing of the feminist
movement adopted the phrase "women's liberation" which was first used in this
book. The philosophies and practices of the womans liberation movement are
undermining and destroying our homes and families.
That brings me to the focal point of todays message
Thirdly, the Beatles and Their Music
Some may wonder why I would even bother to address the issue of the Beatles. My
friend David Cloud said, " The Beatles are the most popular and influential rock
band of all times." And he’s right. There are others who are not Fundamentalists
that concur with this. Sid Bernstein said, "only Hitler ever duplicated [the
Beatles'] power over crowds when the Beatles talk-about drugs, the war in
Vietnam, religion-millions listen, and this is the new situation in the pop music
world" (Time, Sid Bernstein, Sept. 22, 1967, p. 60).
John Lennon created a furor in 1966 when he claimed, "We're more popular
than Jesus now." He went on to say, "Christianity will go, it will vanish and
shrink. I needn't argue about that. I'm right and will be proved right."
(Newsweek, March 21, 1966).
Page 166 of 508
Published by © 2009
When I read the above quotes, Ephesians 5:8-11 comes to mind; "For ye were
sometimes darkness, but now are ye light in the Lord: walk as children of light: 9
(For the fruit of the Spirit is in all goodness and righteousness and truth;) 10
Proving what is acceptable unto the Lord. 11 And have no fellowship with the
unfruitful works of darkness, but rather reprove them."
Christians should neither support, nor pattern themselves after people or groups
who heralded the demise of Christianity and claimed to be "more popular than
Jesus" and as we will see, those described as "missionaries of the acid (drug)
society," the "super drug culture prophets." It would be reasonable to think that
professing Christians would take that stand, wouldn’t it? However, sadly, that is not
the case! Worldly Christians look at the Beatles as their heroes. These
perverse men (John Lennon, Paul McCartney, George Harrison and Richard
Starkey a.k.a. Ringo Star) and their music are the role models for many musicians,
even so called "Christian" musician are Beatles fans. The group called Jars of Clay
names the Beatles and Jimmy Hendrix as their inspiration and the lead guitarist is
described as a "Beatles fanatic." DC Talk opens its "Jesus Freak" concerts with the
Beatles song Help. Phil Keaggy plays "homage to the Beatles" on one of his albums
and Caemdons Call often performs Beatles songs.
I remind you of Colossians 2:8 "Beware lest any man spoil you through
philosophy and vain deceit, after the tradition of men, after the rudiments of the
world, and not after Christ." Perhaps that’s why my mother was not at all impressed
with the Beatles. She sat right there with me, as I watched the Ed Sullivan Show
in 1964 when the Beatles sang "I want to Hold Your Hand." Right from the word
"go", she did not like the Beatles. She did not like their floppy mop hair or their
music. She was of the opinion that the Beatles and their music taught the kids
rebellion and she was right! By April of that same year "Beatlemania" was attacking
Rebellion Against God
The Beatles rebellion against the God of the Bible goes way back for most of them!
One example is the fact that John Lennon was taken to Sunday School by his Aunt
Mimi. He even sang in the choir. But, by age 11, John was permanently barred from
Sunday services in his aunt's Anglican church because he "repeatedly
improvised obscene and impious lyrics to the hymns." (Rock Lives; p.
114). He did things even cruder and viler than that, such as urinate on members of
the "clergy" from second floor windows and display homemade dummies of Christ
in lewd poses. In his 1965 book published by Simon & Schuster, John Lennon
blasphemed the Father, Son and Holy Spirit by calling them "Fahter, Sock and
Micky Most." In 1964 Paul McCartney stated, "We probably seem to be antireligious none of us believes in God."
Does the Bible say anything about those who do not believe in God?
YES! It says they are fools. Psalms 14:1 "The fool hath said in his heart, There
is no God. They are corrupt, they have done abominable works, there is none that
doeth good." That description pretty well describes the character and
Page 167 of 508
Published by © 2009
accomplishments of the Beatles "corrupt" and having "done abominable works."
The words of their own press officer Derek Taylor, affirm the application of Psalms
14 to the Beatles: "They're [the Beatles] completely anti-Christ. I mean, I am antiChrist as well, but they're so anti-Christ they shock me which isn't an easy thing"
(Saturday Evening Post, August 8-15, 1964, p. 25).
One last illustration to prove the point. George Harrison financed Monty Python's
vile and blasphemous mockery of Christ in the movie "Life of Brian." Even
Newsweek magazine described the movie as "irreverent." Time magazine called it
an "intense assault on religion" (Time, Sept. 17, 1979, p. 101).
Later the Beatles lead the way for many Americans into pagan religion with visits to
Guru Maharishi Mahesh Yogi. The Beatles soon split with the Maharishi. One
reason was his suggestion that they turn over 25 percent of their income to his
work. Another reason was they caught the Guru eating meat, which was not allowed
to his disciples, and engaging in acts of immorality with female disciples. Lennon
later composed a song about the Maharishi titled "Sexy Sadie." George Harrison
alone remains a follower of Hinduism. In 1971 George Harrison released his
pagan hymn "My Sweet Lord" praising the Hindu god Krishna which ends with the
Hare Krishna chant.
Our culture is reprobate when it lauds groups like the Beatles. And what of
Christians who look to them and their music for inspiration? Are they not
reprobate? They are building on the wrong foundation!
Drug Culture Prophets
Testifying before the House Select Committee on Crime, popular family enter-tainer
Art Linkletter, who lost a child to drug abuse, referred to the Beatles as the
"leading missionaries of the acid society" (Crime in America- Illicit and
Dangerous Drugs, October 1969).
Media researcher Brian Key observed: "The Beatles became the super drug
culture prophets of all time" (Key, Media Sexploitation, 1976, p. 136).
The student newspaper for the University of Wisconsin noted that the Beatles have
"proselytized the use of drugs so subtly that words and conceptions once only
common to drug users are found in sentences of teeny-boppers and statesmen
alike" (Daily Cardinal, Dec. 3, 1968, p. 5, cited by David Noebel, The Legacy of
John Lennon, p. 63). The Beatles were heavily into the drug scene. They began
taking drugs during their earliest band days before they became popular. In fact,
many of the Beatles songs were about drugs. These include "Strawberry Fields
Forever," "Day Tripper," "Yellow Submarine," "Help," "Rubber Soul," "Cold
Turkey," "Glass Onion," "I Am the Walrus," and "Penny Lane." (All of these were
admitted to be drug songs by the Beatles.)
John Lennon admitted that he began taking LSD in 1964 and that "it went on for
years. I must have had a thousand trips. I used to just eat it all the time" (Rolling
Page 168 of 508
Published by © 2009
Stone, Jan. 7, 1971, p. 39; cited by Jann Wenner, Lennon Remembers, p. 76). John
Lennon read Timothy Leary's book The Psychedelic Experience in 1966, after Paul
McCartney took him to the Indica, a hip New Age bookshop in London. Lennon
wrote "Tomorrow Never Knows" after taking LSD, and he wrote the songs "Come
Together" and "Give Peace a Chance" for Leary.
Their 1967 Sgt. Pepper's album heralded the
drug revolution in America ("Approbation on
Drug Usage in Rock and Roll Music," U.N.
Bulletin on Narcotics, Oct.-Dec. 1969, p. 35;
David Noebel, The Legacy of John Lennon, pp.
56,58). Time magazine reported that Sgt. Pepper's
was "drenched in drugs" (Time, Sept. 22, 1967, p.
62). The album "galvanized the acid subculture
and gave LSD an international platform" (Waiting
for the Man, p. 145). BBC removed the Beatles'
song "A Day in the Life" from the air because of its
drug implications. On the Sgt. Pepper album
Ringo Starr sang, "I get high with a little help from my friends." The
members of the Beatles later openly admitted that the album was "a drug album"
(Flowers in the Dustbin, p.253). Sgt. Pepper's was hugely influential, one of the
best-selling albums of rock history. The London Times' theater critic Kenneth
Tynan observed that the Beatles' Sgt. Pepper album was "a decisive moment in the
history of Western civilization."
Lennon admitted to the Rolling Stone interviewer that there were "a lot of obvious
LSD things in the music." Lennon said, "God isn't in a pill, but LSD explained the
mystery of life. It was a religious experience." In an interview with Playboy in 1981,
Lennon said the Beatles smoked marijuana at breakfast and were so stoned that
they were "just all glazed eyes." In 1969, Lennon said: "If people can't face up to the
fact of other people being naked or smoking pot, then we're never going to get
anywhere" (Penthouse, Oct. 1969, p. 29, cited in The Legacy of John Lennon, p. 66).
Paul McCartney told Life magazine that he was "deeply committed to the
possibilities of LSD as a universal cure-all." He went on to say, "After I took it, it
opened my eyes. We only use one-tenth of our brain. Just think what all we could
accomplish if we could only tap that hidden part. It would mean a whole new world.
If politicians could use LSD, there would be no more war, poverty or famine" (Life,
June 6, 1967, p. 105).
Just as Hugh Hefner brought pornography out of the closet and popularized it, so
the Beatles brought illegal drugs out of the closet and popularized them! That is
their legacy! And their end? Revelation 21:8 "But the fearful, and unbelieving,
and the abominable, and murderers, and whoremongers, and sorcerers, and
idolaters, and all liars, shall have their part in the lake which burneth with fire and
brimstone: which is the second death." The Beatles are sorcerers in the truest
sense of the word. The word sorcerers is a translation of the Greek word
pharmakeus, (far-mak-yoos'; 5332) and refers to anyone who uses and or deals in
illicit drugs. The Beatles definitely fit that mold.
Page 169 of 508
Published by © 2009
Miscellaneous Perversions, Debauchery, Occult Involvement and
Time will just not allow me to address the many other problems with the Beatles, so
I will just mention a few other things in passing. Lennon's 21st birthday party was
"a huge drunken noisy orgy" (The Beatles, p. 177). Lennon and Yoko Ono lived
together for a year while he was still married to Cynthia and Ono was still married
to an American filmmaker. When Cynthia returned from a vacation in Greece, she
found Ono living with her husband in her own home. Ono was still married to
another man when she announced that she was expecting a baby by Lennon. The
mocking Two Virgins album cover featured the nude photos of Lennon and Ono on
the front and back. John Lennon and Yoko Ono were heavily involved in the occult.
John purchased entire sections of occult literature in bookstores (Hellhounds on
Their Trail; p. 181). The Beatles advocated Communism and the overthrow of
authority in songs such as "Revolution No. 9," "Working Class Hero," Back in the
USSR," "Power to the People," "Sometime in New York City," "Give Peace a
Chance," "Bloody Sunday" (which called British police "Anglo pigs"), "Attica State"
("now's the time for revolution"), "Angela" (which glorified communist Angela
Davis), and "Piggies." Lennon performed at anti-America rallies and called upon
America to leave Vietnam to the communists. He said: "I really thought that love
would save us. But now I'm wearing a Chairman Mao badge, that's where it's at.
I'm just beginning to think he's doing a good job" (Lennon, cited by Wenner,
Lennon Remembers, p. 86). All of them were heavily into immorality. Perhaps
Ringo Star put it best: "We got drunk a lot. You couldn't help it. We had a lot of
girls. We soon realized that they were easy to get" (TV Guide, July 29, 1978, p. 21).
McCartney said: "We didn't all get into music for a job! We got into it to
avoid a job, in truth-and get lots of girls."
I think that David Noebel summarized the influence of the Beatles the best. While
he was specifically talking about John Lennon, it does apply to the entire group the
way I see it. He said on "the present rock 'n' roll scene, Lennon's legacy, is one giant,
multi-media portrait of degradation-a sleazy world of immorality, venereal disease,
anarchy, nihilism, cocaine, heroin, marijuana, death, Satanism, perversion, and
orgies" (The Legacy of John Lennon, by David Noebel, 1982, p. 15).
The Beatles are NOT great hero, role models that should be emulated, but rather
shunned as I inciters of rebellion and corrupters of our culture.
I proffer Psalm 1 in conclusion
"Blessed is the man that walketh not in the counsel of the ungodly, nor standeth in
the way of sinners, nor sitteth in the seat of the scornful. 2 But his delight is in the
law of the LORD; and in his law doth he meditate day and night. 3 And he shall be
like a tree planted by the rivers of water, that bringeth forth his fruit in his season;
his leaf also shall not wither; and whatsoever he doeth shall prosper. 4 The ungodly
are not so: but are like the chaff which the wind driveth away. 5 Therefore the
ungodly shall not stand in the judgment, nor sinners in the congregation of the
Page 170 of 508
Published by © 2009
righteous. 6 For the LORD knoweth the way of the righteous: but the way of the
ungodly shall perish."
Page 171 of 508
Published by © 2009
“Tavistock” The Best Kept Secret in America
From Dr. Byron T. Weeks, MD
July 31, 2001
[Editor's Note: No one deserves more credit than Dr. John Coleman for bringing
to light the history and true purpose of the City of London's Tavistock Institute and
its many subdivisional institutions and organizations which was exposed in
stunning detail in his 1992 book, Conspirators' Hierachy: The Story of The
Cimmittee of 300. Dr Coleman has rightly complained that many NWO expose
writers who have followed in his wake, have used his original research without
crediting him as the originating source and in fairness to him, it should be observed
that the information presented below is a reflection of his pioneering investigations
into Tavistock.
The article below was sent to John Quinn by Dr. Byron Weeks. The insidious
propaganda and public opinion manipulations (including mind control agendas)
orchestrated by London's Tavistock Institute is covered at length in the books of
David Icke and Dr John Coleman, but this recent article adds fresh insights and
historical perspective. Our thanks to Brice Taylor <[email protected]> for
forwarding...Ken Adachi]
Preface from John Quinn (NewsHawk)
This forwarded article was received from Byron Weeks; who in our opinion really
has a good firm handle on exactly WHAT is up on many levels with the
extraordinarily extensive "control trips" currently being directed against the peoples
of the world by elements of the global shadow government.
Weeks, whom I quoted at length in the book PHOENIX UNDEAD, has sent us this
compelling look at a globally-active British institute which has had it's hands in just
about every social and political/governmental movement of note throughout much
of the world for the past 50 years.
For example, ever wonder who and what is "behind", let's say, the CIA? Well, they
don't swear allegiance to America, that's for certain. Try the British royal family.
This report is the real stuff--solidly researched and meticulously documented; so for
lots more truly concept-bending data, read on.
NewsHawk Inc.
------------To John Quinn
I believe Tavistock has always had secret ties to British Freemasonry.
Page 172 of 508
Published by © 2009
Byron T. Weeks, MD
Col. AFUS, MC, Ret.
TAVISTOCK INSTITUTE . . . . . . . . .
30 Tabernacle Street, London EC2A 4DD.-Formed in 1947, the Tavistock Institute is an independent not-for-profit
organization which seeks to combine research in the social sciences with
professional practice. Problems of institution-building and organizational design
and change are being tackled in all sectors - government, industry and commerce,
health and welfare, education, etc. - nationally and internationally, and clients
range from multinationals to small community groups. A growth area has been the
use of a developmental approach to evaluation of new and experimental programs,
particularly in health, education and community development. This has also
produced new training events alongside the regular program of group relations
conferences. The Institute owns and edits the monthly journal Human Relations
(published by Plenum Press) which is now in its 48th year, and has recently
launched (in conjunction with Sage Publications) a new journal Evaluation.
Three elements combine to make the Institute unusual, if not unique: it has the
independence of being entirely self-financing, with no subsidies from the
government or other sources; the action research orientation places it between, but
not in, the worlds of academia and consultancy; and its range of disciplines include
anthropology, economics, organizational behavior, political science, psychoanalysis,
psychology and sociology.
The ideology of American foundations was created by the Tavistock Institute of
Human Relations in London. In 1921, the Duke of Bedford, Marquess of Tavistock,
the 11th Duke, gave a building to the Institute to study the effect of shellshock on
British soldiers who survived World War I. Its purpose was to establish the
"breaking point" of men under stress, under the direction of the British Army
Bureau of Psychological Warfare, commanded by Sir John Rawlings-Reese.
Tavistock Institute is headquartered in London. Its prophet, Sigmond Freud,
settled in Maresfield Gardens when he moved to England. He was given a mansion
by Princess Bonaparte. Tavistock's pioneer work in behavioral science along
Freudian lines of "controlling" humans established it as the world center of
foundation ideology. Its network now extends from the University of Sussex to the
U.S. through the Stanford Research Institute, Esalen, MIT,
<>Hudson Institute,
<>Heritage Foundation, Center of Strategic
and International Studies at Georgetown, where State Dept. personal are trained,
US Air Force Intelligence, and the Rand and Mitre corporations. The personnel of
the corporations are required to undergo indoctrination at one or more of these
Tavistock controlled institutions. A network of secret groups, the Mont Pelerin
Page 173 of 508
Published by © 2009
Society, Trilateral Commission, Ditchley Foundation, and the Club of
Rome is conduit for instructions to the Tavistock network.
[Editor, Tim Aho's note: See Watch Unto Prayer report on The Heritage
Foundation founded by Paul Weyrich with funding from Joseph Coors, who
also founded and financed respectively the Moral Majority and Council for National
Tavistock Institute developed the mass brain-washing techniques which were first
used experimentally on American prisoners of war in Korea. Its experiments in
crowd control methods have been widely used on the American public, a
surreptitious but nevertheless outrageous assault on human freedom by modifying
individual behavior through topical psychology. A German refugee, Kurt Lewin,
became director of Tavistock in 1932. He came to the U.S. in 1933 as a "refugee", the
first of many infiltrators, and set up the Harvard Psychology Clinic, which
originated the propaganda campaign to turn the American public against Germany
and involve us in World War II.
In 1938, Roosevelt executed a secret agreement with Churchill which in effect ceded
U.S. sovereignty to England, because it agreed to let Special Operations Executive
control U.S. policies. To implement this agreement, Roosevelt sent General
Donovan to London for indoctrination before setting up OSS (now the CIA) under
the aegis of SOE-SIS. The entire OSS program, as well as the CIA has always worked
on guidelines set up by the Tavistock Institute.
[Editor, Tim Aho: See Watch Unto Prayer report on <>The John Birch Society & Council for National Policy for information
regarding CIA operations on the Christian Right.]
Tavistock Institute originated the mass civilian bombing raids carried out by
Roosevelt and Churchill purely as a clinical experiment in mass terror, keeping
records of the results as they watched the "guinea pigs" reacting under "controlled
laboratory conditions". All Tavistock and American foundation techniques have a
single goal---to break down the psychological strength of the individual and
render him helpless to oppose the dictators of the World Order. Any technique
which helps to break down the family unit, and family inculcated principles of
religion, honor, patriotism and sexual behavior, is used by the Tavistock scientists
as weapons of crowd control.
The methods of Freudian psychotherapy induce permanent mental illness in those
who undergo this treatment by destabilizing their character. The victim is then
advised to "establish new rituals of personal interaction", that is, to indulge in brief
sexual encounters which actually set the participants adrift with no stable personal
relationships in their lives, destroying their ability to establish or maintain a family.
Tavistock Institute has developed such power in the U.S. that no one achieves
prominence in any field unless he has been trained in behavioral science at
Tavistock or one of its subsidiaries.
Page 174 of 508
Published by © 2009
Henry Kissinger, whose meteoric rise to power is otherwise inexplicable, was a
German refugee and student of Sir John Rawlings-Reese at SHAEF. Dr. Peter
Bourne, a Tavistock Institute psychologist, picked Jimmy Carter for President of the
U.S. solely because Carter had undergone an intensive brainwashing program
administered by Admiral Hyman Rickover at Annapolis. The "experiment" in
compulsory racial integration in the U.S. was organized by Ronald Lippert, of the
OSS and the American Jewish Congress, and director of child training at the
Commission on Community Relations. The program was designed to break down
the individual's sense of personal knowledge in his identity, his racial heritage.
Through the Stanford Research Institute, Tavistock controls the National
Education Association. The Institute of Social Research at the National
Training Lab brain washes the leading executives of business and government.
Such is the power of Tavistock that our entire space program was scrapped for
nine years so that the Soviets could catch up. The hiatus was demanded in an
article written by Dr. Anatol Rapport, and was promptly granted by the
government, to the complete mystification of everyone connected with NASA.
Another prominent Tavistock operation is the Wharton School of Finance, at
the University of Pennsylvania. A single common denominator identifies the
common Tavistock strategy---the use of drugs. The infamous MK Ultra program of
the CIA, in which unsuspecting CIA officials were given LSD, and their reaction
studied like "guinea pigs", resulted in several deaths.
The U.S. Government had to pay millions in damages to the families of the victims,
but the culprits were never indicted. The program originated when Sandoz AG, a
Swiss drug firm, owned by S.G. Warburg Co. of London, developed Lysergic Acid
[LSD]. Roosevelt's advisor, James Paul Warburg, son of Paul Warburg who
wrote the Federal Reserve Act, and nephew of Max Warburg who had financed
Hitler, set up the <>Institute for
Policy Studies to promote the drug. The result was the LSD "counter-culture" of the
1960s, the "student revolution", which was financed by $25 million from the CIA.
One part of MK Ultra was the Human Ecology Fund; the CIA also paid Dr.
Herbert Kelman of Harvard to carry out further experiments on mind control. In
the 1950s, the CIA financed extensive LSD experiments in Canada. Dr. D. Ewen
Cameron, president of the Canadian Psychological Association, and director of
Royal Victorian Hospital, Montreal, received large payments from the CIA to give
53 patients large doses of LSD and record their reactions; the patients were drugged
into weeks of sleep and then given electric shock treatments.
One victim, the wife of a member of the Canadian Parliament, is now suing the U.S.
companies who provided the drug for the CIA. All the records of the CIA's drug
testing program were ordered destroyed by the head of MK Ultra. Because all efforts
of the Tavistock Institute are directed toward producing cyclical collapse, the effect
of the CIA programs are tragically apparent. R. Emmett Tyrell Jr., writing in the
Washington Post August 20, 1984, cites the "squalid consequences of the 60s
radicals in SDS" as resulting in "the growing rate of illegitimacy, petty lawlessness,
drug addiction, welfare, VD, and mental illness".
Page 175 of 508
Published by © 2009
This is the legacy of the Warburgs and the CIA. Their principal agency, the
Institute for Policy Studies, was funded by James Paul Warburg; its co-founder
was Marcus Raskin, protege of McGeorge Bundy, president of the Ford Foundation.
Bundy had Raskin appointed to the post of President Kennedy's personal
representative on the National Security Council, and in 1963 funded Students for
Democratic Society, through which the CIA operated the drug culture.
Today the Tavistock Institute operates a $6 Billion a year network of Foundations in
the U.S., all of it funded by U.S. taxpayers' money. Ten major institutions are under
its direct control, with 400 subsidiaries, and 3000 other study groups and think
tanks which originate many types of programs to increase the control of the World
Order over the American people. The Stanford Research Institute, adjoining the
Hoover Institution, is a $150 million a year operation with 3300 employees. It
carries on program surveillance for Bechtel, Kaiser, and 400 other companies, and
extensive intelligence operations for the CIA. It is the largest institution on the West
Coast promoting mind control and the behavioral sciences.
One of the key agencies as a conduit for secret instructions from Tavistock is the
Ditchley Foundation, founded in 1957. The American branch of the Ditchley
Foundation is run by Cyrus Vance, former Secretary of State, and director of the
Rockefeller Foundation, and Winston Lord, president of the Council on Foreign
[Editor, Tim Aho's note: The wife of Winston Lord (CFR, Bilderberg, Skull &
Bones), Bette Bao Lord (CFR, Bilderberg), is Chairman of the Board of Freedom
House whose manipulation of the Christian Right via the Religious Persecution
issue is documented in our report
<>Freedom House: A CFR Front.]
One of the principal but little known operations of the Rockefeller Foundation has
been its techniques for controlling world agriculture. Its director, Kenneth
Wernimont, set up Rockefeller controlled agricultural programs throughout
Mexico and Latin America. The independent farmer is a great threat to the World
Order, because he produces for himself, and because his produce can be converted
into capital, which gives him independence. In Soviet Russia, the Bolsheviks
believed they had attained total control over the people; they were dismayed to find
their plans threatened by the stubborn independence of the small farmers, the
Stalin ordered the OGPU to seize all food and animals of the Kulaks, and to starve
them out. The Chicago American, February 25, 1935 carried a front page headline,
SIX MILLION PERISH IN SOVIET FAMINE; Peasants' Crops Seized, They and
their Animals Starve. To draw attention from this atrocity, it was later alleged that
the Germans, not the Soviets, had killed six million people, the number taken from
the Chicago American headline by a Chicago publicist.
The Communist Party, the Party of the Peasants and Workers, exterminated the
peasants and enslaved the workers. Many totalitarian regimes have found the
Page 176 of 508
Published by © 2009
small farmer to be their biggest stumbling block. The French Reign of Terror was
directed, not against the aristocrats, many of whom were sympathetic to it, but
against the small farmers who refused to turn over their grain to the revolutionary
tribunals in exchange for the worthless assignats. In the United States, the
foundations are presently engaged in the same type of war of extermination against
the American farmer.
The traditional formula of land plus labor for the farmer has been altered due to the
farmer's need for purchasing power, to buy industrial goods needed in his farming
operations. Because of this need for capital, the farmer is especially vulnerable to
the World Order's manipulation of interest rates, which is bankrupting him. Just as
in the Soviet Union, in the early 1930s, when Stalin ordered the Kulaks to give up
their small plots of land to live and work on the collective farms, the American small
farmer faces the same type of extermination, being forced to give up his small plot
of land to become a hired hand for the big agricultural trusts. The Brookings
Institution and other foundations originated the monetary programs
implemented by the Federal Reserve System to destroy the American farmer, a
replay of the Soviet tragedy in Russia, with one proviso that the farmer will be
allowed to survive if he becomes a slave worker of the giant trusts.
Once the citizen becomes aware of the true role of the foundations, he can
understand the high interest rates, high taxes, the destruction of the family, the
degradation of the churches into forums for revolution, the subversion of the
universities into CIA cesspools of drug addiction, and the halls of government into
sewers of international espionage and intrigue. The American citizen can now
understand why every agent of the federal government is against him; the alphabet
agencies, the FBI, IRS, CIA and BATF must make war on the citizen in order to
carry out the programs of the foundations.
The foundations are in direct violation of their charters, which commit them to do
"charitable" work, because they make no grants which are not part of a political
goal. The charge has been made, and never denied, that the Heritage-AEI network
has at least two KGB moles on its staff. The employment of professional intelligence
operatives as "charitable" workers, as was done in the Red Cross Mission to Russia
in 1917, exposes the sinister political economic and social goals which the World
Order requires the foundations to achieve through their " bequests ".
Not only is this tax fraud, because the foundations are granted tax exemption solely
to do charitable work, but it is criminal syndicalism, conspiracy to commit offenses
against the United States of America, Constitutional Law 213, Corpus Juris
Secundum 16. For the first time, the close interlocking of the foundation "syndicate"
has been revealed by the names of its principle incorporators---Daniel Coit Gilman,
who incorporated the Peabody Fund and the John Slater Fund, and became an
incorporator of the General Education Board (now the Rockefeller Foundation);
Gilman, who also incorporated the Russell Trust in 1856, later became an
incorporator of the Carnegie Institution with Andrew Dickson White (Russell Trust)
and Frederic A. Delano. Delano also was an original incorporator of the Brookings
Institution and the Carnegie Endowment for International Peace.
Page 177 of 508
Published by © 2009
Daniel Coit Gilman incorporated the Russell Sage Foundation with Cleveland H.
Dodge of the National City Bank. These foundations incorporators have been closely
linked with the Federal Reserve System, the War Industries Board of World War I,
the OSS of World War II and the CIA. They have also been closely linked with the
American International Corporation, which was formed to instigate the Bolshevik
Revolution in Russia. Delano, an uncle of Franklin Delano Roosevelt, was on the
original Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System in 1914. His brother-inlaw founded the influential Washington law firm of Covington and Burling. The
Delanos and other ruling families of the World Order trace their lineage directly
back to William of Orange and the regime which granted the charter of the Bank of
Tavistock Institutions In The United States
Flow Laboratories Gets contracts from the National Institutes of Health.
Merle Thomas Corporation Gets contracts from the U.S. Navy, analyzes data
from satellites.
Walden Research Does work in the field of pollution control.
Planning Research Corporation, Arthur D. Little, G.E. "TEMPO", Operations
Research Inc. Part of approximately 350 firms who conduct research and conduct
surveys, make recommendations to government. They are part of what President
Eisenhower called "a possible danger to public policy that could itself become
captive of a scientific-technological elite."
Brookings Institution Dedicates its work to what it calls a "national agenda."
Wrote President Hoover's program, President Roosevelt's "New Deal", the Kennedy
Administration's "New Frontiers" program (deviation from it may have cost John F.
Kennedy his life), and President Johnson's "Great Society." Brookings has been
telling the United States Government how to conduct its affairs for the past 70 years
and is still doing so.
Hudson Institute This institution has done more to shape the way Americans
react to political and social events, think, vote and generally conduct themselves
than perhaps any except the BIG FIVE. Hudson specializes in defense policy
research and relations with the USSR. Most of its military work is classified as
SECRET. (One idea during the Vietnam War was to build a moat around Saigon.)
Hudson may be properly classified as one of the Committee of 300's
BRAINWASHING establishments. One of its largest clients is the U.S. Department
of Defense which includes matters of civil defense, national security, military policy
and arms control.
[Editor, Tim Aho: This is the same <>Hudson
Institute which gave us GOALS 2000 and authored the Freedom From Religious
Persecution Act, which became the International Religious Freedom Act of 1998.
This law required the creation of a federal commission to monitor religion chaired
Page 178 of 508
Published by © 2009
by a presidentially-appointed Ambassador-at-Large on International Religious
Freedom under the mandates of the United Nations' covenants and authority of the
International Criminal Court.]
National Training Laboratories One of the key institutions established for this
purpose in the United States was the National Training Laboratories (NTL).
Founded in 1947 by members of the Tavistock network in the United States and
located originally on an estate in Bethel, Maine, NTL had as its explicit purpose the
brainwashing of leaders of the government, educational institutions, and corporate
bureaucracies in the Tavistock method, and then using these "leaders" to either
themselves run Tavistock group sessions in their organizations or to hire other
similarly trained group leaders to do the job. The "nuts and bolts" of the NTL
operation revolves around the particular form of Tavistock degenerate psychology
known as "group dynamics," developed by German Tavistock operative Kurt Lewin,
who emigrated to the United States in the 1930s and whose students founded NTL.
In a Lewinite brainwashing group, a number of individuals from varying
backgrounds and personalities, are manipulated by a "group leader" to form a
"consensus" of opinion, achieving a new "group identity." The key to the process is
the creation of a controlled environment, in which stress is introduced (sometimes
called dissonance) to crack an individual's belief structure. Using the peer pressure
of other group members, the individual is "cracked," and a new personality emerges
with new values. The degrading experience causes the person to deny that any
change has taken place. In that way, an individual is brainwashed without the
victim knowing what has taken place.
This method is the same, with some minor modification, used in all so-called
"sensitivity groups" or "T-groups," or in the more extreme rock-drug-sex
counterculture form, "touchy-feely groups," such as the kind popularized from the
1960s onward by the Esalen Institute, which was set up with the help of NTL.
From the mid-1950s onward, NTL put the majority of the nation's corporate
leaderships through such brainwashing programs, while running similar programs
for the State Department, the Navy, the Department of Education, and other
sections of the federal bureaucracy. There is no firm estimate of the number of
Americans who have been put through this process in last 40 years at either NTL, or
as it is now known the NTL Institute for Applied Behavioral Sciences, which
is based in Rosslyn, Virginia, or its West Coast base of operations, the Western
Training Laboratories in Group Development, or in various satellite
institutions. The most reliable estimate is in the several millions.
One of the groups that went through the NTL mill in the 1950s was the leadership of
the National Education Association, the largest organization of teachers in the
United States. Thus, the NEA's outlook has been "shaped" by Tavistock, through the
NTL. In 1964, the NTL Institute became a direct part of the NEA, with the NTL
setting up "group sessions" for all its affiliates. With funding from the Department
of Education, the NTL Institute drafted the programs for the training of the nation's
Page 179 of 508
Published by © 2009
primary and secondary school teachers, and has a hand as well in developing the
content of educational "reforms," including OBE.
Also known as the International Institute for Applied Behavioral Sciences.
This institute is a brainwashing center in artificial stress training whereby
participants suddenly find themselves immersed in defending themselves against
vicious accusations. NTL takes in the National Education Association, the largest
teacher group in the United States. While officially decrying "racism", it is
interesting to note that NTL, working with NEA, produced a paper proposing
education vouchers which would separate the hard-to-teach children from the
brighter ones, and funding would be allocated according to the number of difficult
children who would be separated from those who progressed at a normal rate. The
proposal was not taken up.
University of Pennsylvania, Wharton School of Finance & Commerce
Founded by Eric Trist One of the "brain trusts" of Tavistock, Wharton has become
one of the more important Tavistock in so far as "Behavioral Research" is
concerned. Wharton attracts clients such as the U.S. Department of Labor---which
teaches how to produce "cooked" statistics at the Wharton Econometric Forecasting
Associates Incorporated. This method was very much in demand as we came to the
close of 1991 with millions more out of work than was reflected in USDL statistics.
Wharton's ECONOMETRIC MODELING is used by every major Committee of 300
company in the United States, Western Europe, the International Monetary Fund,
the United Nations, and the World Bank. Institute for Social Research Among its
clients are The Ford Foundation, U.S.Department of Defense, U.S.Postal Service
and the U.S. Department of Justice. Among its studies are "The Human Meaning Of
Social Change", "Youth in Transition" and "How Americans View Their Mental
Institute For The Future This is not a typical Tavistock institution in that it is
funded by the Ford Foundation, yet it draws its long-range forecasting from the
mother of all think tanks. Institute for the Future projects what it believes to be
changes that will be taking place in time frames of fifty years. So called "DELPHI
PANELS" decide what is normal and what is not, and prepare position papers to
"steer" government in the right direction to head off such groups as "people creating
civil disorder." (This could be patriotic groups demanding abolition of graduated
taxes, or demanding that their right to bear arms is not infringed.) This institute
recommends action such as liberalizing abortion laws, drug usage and that cars
entering an urban area pay tolls, teaching birth control in public schools, requiring
registration of firearms, making use of drugs a non-criminal offense, legalizing
homosexuality, paying students for scholastic achievements, making zoning
controls a preserve of the state, offering bonuses for family planning and last, but
most frightening, a Pol Pot Cambodia-style proposal that new communities be
established in rural areas, (concentration camp compounds). As can be observed,
many of their goals have already been more than fully realized.
Page 180 of 508
Published by © 2009
One of the "Big Three", IPS has shaped and reshaped United States policies, foreign
and domestic, since it was founded by James P. Warburg and the Rothschild
entities in the United States. Its networks in America include the League for
Industrial Democracy. Lead players in the League for Industrial Democracy have
included Jeane Kirkpatrick, former U.S. Ambassador to the United Nations, Irwin
Suall of the ADL, Eugene Rostow, Arms control negotiator, Lane Kirkland, Labor
Leader, and Albert Shanker. IPS was incorporated in 1963 by Marcus Raskin and
Richard Barnett, both highly trained Tavistock Institute graduates. The objectives of
IPS came from an agenda laid down for it by the Tavistock Institute, one of the most
notable being to create the "New Left" as a grass roots movement in the U.S. Its
been said that Barnett and Raskin controlled such diverse elements as the Black
Panthers, Daniel Ellsberg, National Security Council staff member Halprin, The
Weathermen Underground, the Venceramos and the campaign staff of candidate
George McGovern. No scheme was too big for IFS and its controllers to take on and
Through its many powerful lobbing groups on Capitol Hill, IPS relentlessly used its
"Big Stick" to beat Congress. IPS has a network of lobbyists, all supposedly
operating independently but in actual fact acting cohesively, so that Congressmen
are pummeled from all sides by seemingly different and varied lobbyists, In this
way, IPS was, and is still, able to successfully sway individual Representatives and
Senators to vote for "the trend, the way things are going." By using key pointmen on
Capitol Hill, IPS was able to break into the very infrastructure of our legislative
system and the way it works.
IPS became, and remains to this day, one of the most prestigious "think tanks"
controlling foreign policy decisions, which we, the people, foolishly believe are those
of our law makers. By sponsoring militant activism at home and with links to
revolutionaries abroad, by engineering such victories as "The Pentagon Papers,"
besieging the corporate structure, bridging the credibility gap between underground
movements and acceptable political activism, by penetrating religious organizations
and using them to sow discord in America, such as radical racial policies under the
guise of religion, using establishment media to spread IPS ideas, and then
supporting them, IPS has lived up to the role which it was founded to play.
[Editor, Tim Aho: See Watch Unto Prayer report on
<>Freedom House: "Grants (for the
IPS) came from the Samuel Rubin Foundation and the Stern Family Fund. Samuel
Rubin was himself a member of the elite Comintern of the Communist Party,
founded by none other than Lenin himself. Billionaire Armand Hammer assisted
Rubin in making the fortunes which helped launch IPS. Philip Stern, an IPS
trustee, was the president of Stern Fund. The executive director of the Stern Fund,
David R. Hunter, was previously an official of The National Council and the
World Council Of Churches. (Dr. James W. Wardner, Unholy Alliances, p.125)]
Page 181 of 508
Published by © 2009
Jesse Hobson, the first president of Stanford Research Institute, in a 1952 speech
made it clear what lines the institute was to follow. Stanford can be described as one
of the "jewels" in Tavistock's Crown in its rule over the United States. Founded in
1946 immediately after the close of WWII, it was presided over by Charles A.
Anderson, with emphasis on mind control research and "future sciences."
Included under the Stanford umbrella was Charles F. Kettering Foundation
which developed the "Changing Images of Man" upon which the Aquarian
Conspiracy rests.
Some of Stanford's major clients and contracts were at first centered around the
defense establishment but, as Stanford grew, so, did the diversity of its services:
Applications of Behavioral Sciences to Research Management Office of Science and
SRI Business Intelligence Program
U.S. Department of Defense Directorate of Defense Research and Engineering
U.S. Department of Defense Office of Aerospace Research
Among corporations seeking Stanford's services were Wells Fargo Bank, Bechtel
Corporation, Hewlett Packard, Bank of America, McDonnell Douglas Corporation,
Blyth, Eastman Dillon and TRW Company. One of Stanford's more secret projects
was extensive work on chemical and bacteriological warfare (CAB) weapons.
Stanford Research is plugged into at least 200 smaller "think tanks" doing research
into every facet of life in America. This is ARPA networking and represents the
emergence of probably the most far reaching effort to control the environment of
every individual in the country. At present Stanford's computers are linked with
2500 "sister" research consoles which include the CIA, Bell Telephone Laboratories,
U.S. Army Intelligence, The Office of Naval Intelligence (ONI), Rand, MIT, Harvard
and UCLA. Stanford plays a key role in that it is the "library", cataloging all ARPA
"Other agencies" can use one's imagination here, are allowed to search
through SRI's "library" for key words, phrases, look through sources and update
their own master files with those of Stanford Research Center. The Pentagon uses
SRI's master files extensively, and there is little doubt that other U.S. Government
agencies do the same. Pentagon "command and control" problems are worked out
by Stanford.
While ostensibly these apply only to weapons and soldiers, there is absolutely no
guarantee that the same research could not , and will not be turned to civilian
applications. Stanford is known to be willing to do anything for anyone.
Page 182 of 508
Published by © 2009
[Editor, Tim Aho: See Watch Unto Prayer report
<>Lambert Dolphin & the Great Sphinx, which
documents the connections of SRI's Lambert Dolphin with the Edgar Cayce
Foundation and The Discernment Ministries.]
This major institute is not generally recognized as being a part of Tavistock U.S.A.
Most people look upon it as being a purely American institution, but that is far from
the truth. MIT- Alfred Sloan can be roughly divided into the following groups:
Contemporary Technology Industrial Relations NASA-ERC Computer Research
Laboratories Office of Naval Research Group, Psychology Systems Dynamics
Some of MIT's clients are:
American Management Association
Committee for Economic Development
Institute for Defense Analysis (IDA)
National Academy of Sciences
National Council of Churches
U.S. Army
U.S. Department of State
U.S. Navy
U.S. Treasury
Volkswagen Company
Without a doubt, RAND is THE think tank most beholden to Tavistock Institute and
certainly the RIIA's most prestigious vehicle for control of United States policies at
every level. Specific RAND policies that became operative include our ICBM
program, prime analyses for U.S. foreign policy making, instigator of space
programs, U.S. nuclear policies, corporate analyses, hundreds of projects for the
military, the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) in relation to the use of mind
altering drugs like peyote, LSD (the covert MK-ULTRA operation which lasted for
20 years).
[Editor, Tim Aho's note: The founder of the Rand Corporation, Herman Kahn,
also founded the Hudson Institute in 1961. In Educating for the New World Order,
B.K. Eakman tells of a training manual for "change agents" developed for the U.S.
government by Rand Corporation: ". . . a how-to manual with a 1971 U.S. Office of
Education contract number on it entitled 'Training for Change Agents'; seven
Page 183 of 508
Published by © 2009
volumes of 'change agent studies' commissioned by the U.S. Office of Education to
the Rand Corporation in 1973-74; scores of other papers submitted by behaviorist
researchers who had obtained grants from the U.S. Office of Education for the
purpose of exploring ways to 'freeze' and 'unfreeze' values, 'to implement change,'
and to turn potentially hostile groups and committees into acquiescent, rubberstamp bodies by means of such strategies as the 'Delphi Technique.'" (p. 118)]
Some of RAND's clients include:
American Telephone and Telegraph Company (AT&T)
Chase Manhattan Bank
International Business Machines (IBM)
National Science Foundation
Republican Party
U.S. Air Force
U.S. Department of Health
U.S. Department of Energy
There are literally THOUSANDS of highly important companies, government
institutions and organizations that make use of RANDS's services. To list them all
would be impossible. Among RAND's specialities is a study group that predicts the
timing and the direction of a thermonuclear war, plus working out the many
scenarios based upon its findings. RAND was once accused of being commissioned
by the USSR to work out terms of surrender of the United States Government, an
accusation that went all the way to the United States Senate, where it was taken up
by Senator Symington and subsequently fell victim to scorn poured out by the
establishment press. BRAINWASHING remains the primary function of RAND.
These institutions are among those that fund The UNIFORM LAW FOUNDATION,
whose function is to ensure that the Uniform Commercial Code remains the
instrument for conducting business in the United States.
Page 184 of 508
Published by © 2009
Tavistock Institute Of Human Relations
(layer of The Committee of 300)
This group was formed at Oxford University, London, by the Royal Institute of Of
International Affairs in 1922. Major John Rawlings Reese, a British Army
technician, was instructed to set up the largest brainwashing facility in the world at
the Tavistock Institute for Human Relations as a part of Sussex University.
This became the core of Britain's Psychological Warfare Bureau. It was Tavistockdesigned methods that got the United States into the Second World War and which,
under the guidance of Dr. Kurt Lewin, established the OSS, the forerunner of the
CIA. Lewin became the director of the Strategic Bombing Survey, which was a plan
for the Royal Air Force to concentrate on bombing German worker housing while
leaving military targets, such as munition plants, alone. The munition plants on
both sides belonged to the international bankers who had no wish to see their assets
destroyed. The idea behind saturation bombing of civilian worker housing was to
break the morale of the German worker.
It was not designed to affect the war effort against the German military machine.
Lewin and his team of actuaries reached a target figure, that if 65% of German
worker housing was destroyed by nightly RAF bombing, the morale of the civilian
population would collapse. The actual document was prepared by the Pru-dential
Assurance Company. The RAF, under the command of "Bomber" Harris, carried out
Lewin's plans, culminating in the terror firestorm bombing of Dresden, in which
over 125,000, mainly old men, women and children, were killed.
The truth of "Bomber" Harris's horror raids on German civilians was a well kept
secret until long after the end of WW II. Today its primary mission is to establish a
global brainwashing and opinion forming network. This institute is the originator of
the Aquarian Conspiracy, designed to weaken the nations of the world by
encouraging drug use, free sex, homosexuality and lesbianism. It has been very
successful in the United States. It works through many research institutes and think
tanks. The principal ones in the United States are the Stanford Research Institute,
Rand Research and Development Corporation, the Institute For Policy Studies, the
Aspen Institute, the Hudson Institute, and the Brookings Institute. Tavistock runs
over 30 research institutions in the United States.
These Tavistock-U.S. institutions have in many cases grown into gargantuan
monsters, penetrating every aspect of our government agencies and taking
command of all policy making. One of Tavistock's chief wreckers of our way of life
was Dr. Alexander King, a founder member of NATO and a favorite with the
Committee of 300, as well as an outstanding member of the Club of Rome.
Page 185 of 508
Published by © 2009
When it was decided that a super-body would control European affairs, the RIIA
founded the Tavistock Institute, which in turn created NATO. For Five years NATO
was financed by the German Marshall Fund. Dr. King was assigned by the Club of
Rome to destroy America's education by taking control of the National Teachers
Association and working in close conjunction with certain law makers and judges.
Scientists engaged in the process of conditioning are called "social engineers" or
"new-science social scientists" and they play an integral part in what we see, hear
and read. The "old school" social engineers were Kurt K. Lewin, Professor Hadley
Cantril, Margaret Meade, Professor Derwin Cartwright and Professor Lipssitt who,
together with John Rawlings Reese, made up the backbone of new-science scientists
at Tavistock Institute.
Page 186 of 508
Published by © 2009
The Beatles and the Aquarian Conspiracy
[Editor's Note: People who are sentimental about the Beatles will find it hard to
believe that they were pumped up and used by the Illuminati to introduce soft drugs
among middle class American youth. They were also a vehicle for the introduction
of mind control "trigger words" into everyday jargon. I recall very well when the
Beatles made their debut on the American rock scene. Their sudden and explosive
"popularity" in America made no sense to me at the time. I couldn't understand
what was so great about the Beatles and why they were portrayed as 'threatening' to
the crown of the then King of Rock & Roll, Elvis Presley.
America, after all, was the birthplace of Rock & Roll, Allen Freed, and "do wop, do
wop". America alone could boast of the greatest names and groups in Rock & Rollnot Europe or Asia, and certainly not England. American Rock & Roll performers
were the envy of world and were emulated and copied down to the smallest
mannerism and detail by European and Asian youth. How is it that a bar band from
Liverpool doing almost all American rock cover tunes like Chuck Berry songs would
suddenly be blitzed across American media as the "greatest sensation to ever hit the
shores of America"? Huh? Musically speaking, there was nothing "fabulous" about
the "Fab Four". They were a cover band; but that's it! Yes, they had some decent hits
after they took American "by storm" but NOT before. So how is it that they got to
the top of Rock & Roll Mountain here in America without really climbing it? Simple,
they were helicoptered up there by the Committee of 300 and the Tavistock
Institute of Human Relations and no one is in a better position to tell you how it
was done than the author of this article, Dr John Coleman...Ken Adachi]
By Dr. John Coleman
March 1, 2007
The Beatles and the Aquarian Conspiracy by Dr. John Coleman (Mar. 1, 2007)
An outstanding example of social conditioning to accept change, even when it is
recognized as unwelcome change by the large population group in the sights of
Stanford Research Institute, was the "advent" of the BEATLES. The Beatles were
brought to the United States as part of a social experiment which would subject
large population groups to brainwashing of which they were not even aware.
When Tavistock brought the Beatles to the United States nobody could have
imagined the cultural disaster that was to follow in their wake. The Beatles were an
integral part of "THE AQUARIAN CONSPIRACY," a living organism which sprang
From "THE CHANGING IMAGES OF MAN," URH (489)-2150-Policy Research
Report No. 4/4/74. Policy Report pre-pared by SRI Center for the study of Social
Policy, Director, Professor Willis Harmon.
Page 187 of 508
Published by © 2009
The phenomenon of the Beatles was not a spontaneous rebellion by youth against
the old social system. Instead it was a carefully crafted plot to introduce by a
conspiratorial body which could not be identified, a highly destructive and divisive
element into a large population group targeted for change against its will. New
words and new phrases--prepared by Tavistock(1)-- were introduced to America
along with the Beatles. Words such as "rock" in relation to music sounds,
"teenager," "cool," "discovered" and "pop music" were a lexicon of disguised code
words signifying the acceptance of drugs and arrived with and accompanied the
Beatles wherever they went, to be "discovered" by "teenagers." Incidentally, the
word "teenagers" was never used until just before the Beatles arrived on the scene,
courtesy of the Tavistock Institute for Human Relations.
As in the case of gang wars, nothing could or would have been accomplished
without the cooperation of the media, especially the electronic media and, in
particular, the scurrilous Ed Sullivan who had been coached by the conspirators as
to the role he was to play. Nobody would have paid much attention to the motley
crew from Liverpool and the 12-atonal system of "music" that was to follow had it
not been for an overabundance of press exposure. The 12-atonal system consisted of
heavy, repetitive sounds, taken from the music of the cult of Dionysus and the Baal
priesthood by Theo Adorno and given a "modern" flavor by this special friend of
the Queen of England and hence the Committee of 300.
Tavistock and its Stanford Research Center created trigger words which then came
into general usage around "rock music" and its fans. Trigger words created a
distinct new break-away largely young population group which was persuaded by
social engineering and conditioning to believe that the Beatles really were their
favorite group. All trigger words devised in the context of "rock music" were
designed for mass control of the new targeted group, the youth of America.
The Beatles did a perfect job, or perhaps it would be more correct to say that
Tavistock and Stanford did a perfect job, the Beatles merely reacting like trained
robots "with a little help from their friends"--code words for using drugs and
making it "cool." The Beatles became a highly visible "new type"-- more Tavistock
jargon--and as such it was not long before the group made new styles (fads in
clothing, hairstyles and language usage) which upset the older generation, as was
intended. This was part of the"fragmentation-maladaptation" process worked
out by Willis Harmon and his team of social scientists and genetic engineering
tinkerers and put into action.
The role of the print and electronic media in our society is crucial to the success of
brainwashing large population groups. Gang wars ended in Los Angeles in 1966 as
the media withdrew its coverage. The same thing will happen with the current wave
of gang wars in Los Angeles. Street gangs will wither on the vine once media
saturation coverage is toned down and then completely withdrawn. As in 1966, the
issue would become "burned out." Street gangs will have served their purpose of
creating turbulence and insecurity. Exactly the same pattern will be followed in the
case of "rock" music. Deprived of media attention, it will eventually take its place in
Page 188 of 508
Published by © 2009
Following the Beatles, who incidentally were put together by the Tavistock Institute,
came other "Made in England" rock groups, who, like the Beatles, had Theo Adorno
write their cult lyrics and compose all the "music." I hate to use these beautiful
words in the context of "Beatlemania"; it reminds me of how wrongly the word
"lover" is used when referring to the filthy interaction between two homosexuals
writhing in pigswill. To call "rock" music, is an insult, likewise the language used in
"rock lyrics."
Tavistock and Stanford Research then embarked on the second phase of the work
commissioned by the Committee of 300. This new phase turned up the heat for
social change in America. As quickly as the Beatles had appeared on the American
scene, so too did the "beat generation," trigger words designed to separate and
fragment society. The media now focused its attention on the"beat generation."
Other Tavistock-coined words came seemingly out of nowhere: "beatniks,"
"hippies," "flower children" became part of the vocabulary of America. It became
popular to "drop out" and wear dirty jeans, go about with long unwashed hair. The
"beat generation" cut itself off from main-stream America. They became just as
infamous as the cleaner Beatles before them.
The newly-created group and its "lifestyle" swept millions of young Americans into
the cult. American youth underwent a radical revolution without ever being aware
of it, while the older generation stood by helplessly, unable to identify the source of
the crisis, and thus reacting in a maladaptive manner against its manifestation,
which were drugs of all types, marijuana, and later Lysergic acid, "LSD," so
conveniently provided for them by the Swiss pharmaceutical company, SANDOZ,
following the discovery by one of its chemists, Albert Hoffman, how to make
synthetic ergotamine, a powerful mind-altering drug. The Committee of 300
financed the project through one of their banks, S. C. Warburg, and the drug was
to America by the philosopher, Aldous Huxley.
The new "wonder drug" was promptly distributed in "sample" size packages,
handed out free of charge on college campuses across the United States and at
"rock" concerts, which became the leading vehicle for proliferating the use of drugs.
The question that cries out for an answer is, what was the Drug Enforcement
Agency (DEA) doing at the time? There is compelling circumstantial evidence that
would appear to indicate that the DEA knew what was going on but was ordered not
to take any action.
With very substantial numbers of new British "rock" bands arriving in the U.S., rock
concerts began to become a fixture on the social calendar of American youth. In
tandem with these "concerts," the use of drugs among the youth rose in proportion.
The devilish bedlam of discordant heavy beat sounds numbed the minds of listeners
so that they were easily persuaded to try the new drug on the basis that "everybody
is doing it." Peer pressure is a very strong weapon. The "new culture" received
maximum coverage from the jackal media, which cost the conspirators not one
single thin dime.
Page 189 of 508
Published by © 2009
Great anger was felt by a number of civic leaders and churchmen over the new cult
but their energies were misdirected against the RESULT of what was going on and
not against the CAUSE. Critics of the rock cult made the same mistakes that had
been made in the prohibition era, they criticized law enforcement agencies,
teachers, parents anybody but the conspirators.
Alan Ginsberg
Because of the anger and resentment I feel toward the great drug plague, I make no
apology for using language which is not customary for me to use. One of the worst
drug slobs ever to walk the streets of America was Alan Ginsberg. This Ginsberg
pushed the use of LSD through advertising which cost him nothing, although under
normal circumstances it would have cost millions of dollars in TV advertising
revenues. This free advertising for drugs, and LSD in particular, reached a new high
in the late 1960's, thanks to the ever-willing cooperation of the media. The effect of
Ginsberg's mass advertising campaign was devastating; the American public was
subjected to one cultural future shock after another in rapid succession.
We became over-exposed and over stimulated and, again, may I remind you that
this is Tavistock jargon, lifted from the Tavistock training manual, overwhelmed by
its new development and, when we reached that point, our minds began to lapse
into apathy; it was just too much to cope with, that is to say, "long range penetration
had taken hold of us." Ginsberg claimed to be a poet but no greater rubbish was
ever written by anyone who ever aspired to becoming a poet. Ginsberg's designated
task had little to do with poetry; his main function was to push the new subculture
and force acceptance of it upon the large targeted population group.
To assist him in his task, Ginsberg cooped the services of Norman Mailer, a
writer of sorts who had spent some time in a mental institution. Mailer was a
favorite of the left wing Hollywood crowd and so had no problem with getting
maximum television time for Ginsberg. Naturally Mailer had to have a pretext-- not
even he could blatantly come out with the true nature of Ginsberg's television
appearances. So a charade was adopted: Mailer would talk "seriously" on camera
with Ginsberg about poetry and literature.
This method of getting wide television coverage at no cost to themselves was
followed by every rock group and concert promoter who followed the example set by
Ginsberg. The electronic media moguls had big hearts when it came to giving free
time to these dirty venomous creatures and their even dirtier products and filthy
ideas. Their promotion of horrible garbage spoke volumes and, without abundant
help from the print and electronic media, the drug trade could not have spread as
rapidly as it did in the late 1960's-early 197O's, and probably would have been
confined to a few small local areas.
Ginsberg was able to give several nationally televised performances extolling the
virtues of LSD and marijuana, under the guise of "new ideas" and "new cultures"
developing in the art and music world. Not to be outdone by the electronic media,
Ginsberg's admirers wrote glowing articles about"this colorful man" in the art and
Page 190 of 508
Published by © 2009
social columns of all of America's largest newspapers and magazines. There had
never been such an across-the-media-board free advertising campaign in the
history of newspaper, radio and television and it cost the promoters of the Aquarian
conspiracy, NATO and the Club of Rome not one red cent. It was all absolutely free
advertising for LSD, only thinly disguised as "art" and "culture."
One of Ginsberg's closest friends, Kenny Love, published a Five-page report in
the New York Times. This is in accordance with the methodology used by Tavistock
and Stanford Research: If something is to be promoted which the public has not yet
been fully brainwashed to accept, then have someone write an article,
covering all sides of the subject matter. The other method is to have live
television talk shows in which a panel of experts promotes the product
and or idea under the pretext of "discussing", it. There are point and counterpoint, both pro and con participants airing their support or opposition. When it is
all over, the subject to be promoted has been dinned into the public mind. While
this was new in the early 1970's, today it is standard practice on which talk shows
Love's Five-page pro LSD pro Ginsberg article was duly printed by the New York
Times. Had Ginsberg tried to buy the same amount of space in an advertisement, it
would have cost him at least $50,000. But Ginsberg didn't have to worry; thanks to
his Friend Kenny Love, Ginsberg got the massive advertising all for free. With
newspapers like the New York Times and the Washington Post under the control of
the Committee of 300, this kind of free advertising is given to any subject matter,
and more especially to those promoting decadent life styles--drugs-hedonism-anything that will confuse the American people. After the trial run with Ginsberg
and LSD, it became standard Club of Rome practice to call upon major newspapers
in America to give free advertising on demand to people and ideas they were
Worse yet--or better yet, depending upon the viewpoint-- United Press (UP) picked
up Kenny Love's free advertising for Ginsberg and LSD and telexed it to
HUNDREDS of newspapers- and magazines around the country under the guise of
a "news" story. Even such highly respectable establishment magazines as "Harpers
Bazaar" and "TIME" made Mr. Ginsberg respectable. If a nation-wide campaign of
this magnitude were presented to Ginsberg and the promoters of LSD by an
advertising agency, the price tag would have run into at least $1 million in terms of
1970 dollars. Today the price tag would be nothing less than $15-$16 million
dollars. It is no wonder that I refer to the news media as "jackals."
I suggest that we try to find any media outlet to do an expose on the Federal
Reserve Board, which is what I did. I took my article, which was a good expose of
the greatest swindle on earth, to every major newspaper, radio and television
station, magazine house and several talk-show hosts. A few made promises that
sounded good--they would definitely air the article and have me discuss it--give
them about a week and they would get back to me. Not one of them ever did, nor
did my article ever appear in the pages of their newspapers and journals. It was as if
Page 191 of 508
Published by © 2009
a blanket of silence had been thrown over me and the subject I was endeavoring to
promote, and indeed that was precisely what had happened.
Without massive media hype, and without almost around the clock coverage, the
hippie-beatnik rock, drug cult would never have gotten off the ground; it would
have remained a localized oddity. The Beatles, with their twanging guitars, silly
expressions, drug language and weird clothes, would not have amounted to a hill of
beans. Instead, because the Beatles were given saturation coverage by the
media, the United States has suffered one cultural shock after another.
The men buried in the think tanks and research institutions, whose names and faces
are still not known to but a few people, made sure that the press played its part.
Conversely, the media's important role in not exposing the power behind the future
cultural shocks made certain that the source of the crisis was never identified. Thus
was our society driven mad through psychological shocks and stress. "Driven mad"
is taken from Tavistock's training manual. From its modest beginnings in 1921,
Tavistock was ready in 1966 to launch a major irreversible cultural revolution in
America, which has not yet ended. The Aquarian Conspiracy is part of it.
Thus softened up, our nation was now deemed ripe for the introduction of drugs
which was to rival the prohibition era in scope and the huge amounts of money to
be made. This too was an integral part of the Aquarian Conspiracy. The
proliferation of drug usage was one of the subjects under study at the Science Policy
Research Unit (SPRU) at Tavistock's Sussex University facility. It was known as the
"future shocks" center, a title given to so-called future oriented psychology designed
to manipulate whole population groups to induce "future shocks." It was the first of
several such institutions set up by Tavistock.
"Future shocks" is described as a series of events which come so fast that the human
brain cannot absorb the information. As I said earlier, science has shown that there
are clearly marked limits to the amount of changes and the nature of them that the
mind can deal with. After continuous shocks, the large targeted population group
discovers that it does not want to make choices any more. Apathy takes over, often
preceded by mindless violence such as is characteristic of the Los Angeles street
gangs, serial killers, rapists and child kidnapers.
Such a group becomes easy to control and will docilely follow orders without
rebelling, which is the object of the exercise. "Future shocks," says SPRU,"is defined
as physical and psychological distress arising from the excess load on the decisionmaking mechanism of the human mind." That is Tavistock jargon lifted straight
from Tavistock manuals--which they don't know I have.
Just as an overloaded electrical circuit will activate a trip switch, so do humans "trip
out," which is a syndrome that medical science is only now beginning to
understand, although John Rawlings Reese conducted experiments in this field
as far back as the 1920's. As can be appreciated, such a targeted group is ready to
"trip out" and take to drugs as a means of escape from the pressures of so many
choices having to be made. This is how Drug usage was spread so rapidly through
Page 192 of 508
Published by © 2009
America's "beat generation." What started with the Beatles and sample packages of
LSD has grown into a flood-tide of drug usage which is swamping America.
The drug trade is controlled by the Committee of 300 from the Top down. The drug
trade started with the British East India Company and was closely followed by the
Dutch East India Company. Both were controlled by a "Council of 300." The list of
names of members and stockholders of the BEIC read like something out of
Debretts Peerage. BEIC established the "China Inland Mission," whose job it was to
get The Chinese peasants, or coolies, as they were called, addicted to opium. This
created the market for opium which the BEIC then filled.
In much the same way the Committee of 300 used "The "Beatles" to
popularize"social drugs" with the youth of America and The Hollywood "in-crowd."
Ed Sullivan was sent to England To become acquainted with The first Tavistock
Institute "rock group" to hit the shores of the United States. Sullivan then returned
to the United States to draft the strategy for the electronic media on how to package
and sell the group. Without the full cooperation of the electronic media and Ed
Sullivan, in particular, "The Beatles" and their"music" would have died on the vine.
Instead, our national life and the character of the United States was forever
Now that we know, it is all too clear how successful the "Beatles" campaign to
proliferate the use of drugs became. The fact that "The Beatles" had their
music and lyrics written for them by Theo Adorno was concealed from
public view. The prime function to "The Beatles" was to be discovered by
teenagers, who where then subjected to a non-stop barrage of "Beatle music," until
they became convinced that they liked the sound and adopted it, along with all that
accompanied it. The Liverpool group performed up to expectations, and with "a
little help from their friends," i.e., illegal substances we call drugs created a whole
new class to young Americans in the precise mold ordained by the Tavistock
Dr. John Coleman.
(1) An Institute in UK where they research in mind control, run by highly trained
psychiatrists who answer to the Illuminati. From here Ayatollah Khomeini,
Radovan Karadzic and Milosevic among others were all trained for their
It's not mentioned here, but the Rolling Stones were created from the same source
and with the same purpose. Beatles were supposed to be the "good guys" while the
Rolling Stones were the "bad guys". Also, Rolling Stones were experts in creating
repeating "riffs", meaning a musical phrase that's looping over and over again (like
in "Satisfaction", "Jumping Jack Flash" etc.). These repeating riffs trigger the
mind and make one receptive to whatever sub-message you want to transfer into
the minds of the listener. In the case of the Rolling Stones we have satanic messages
Page 193 of 508
Published by © 2009
in their lyrics, and they have repeated that over and over through the years (a more
recent example is the"Bridge To Babylon" album).
Another interesting thing is that The Beatles were knighted by Queen Elisabeth in
the 60's for their "good work". Ringo told the press he'd been so nervous he had to
smoke pot in the bathroom before he met the Queen. Recently Paul McCartney was
knighted again. The question is: is it the same Paul McCartney?
Forward courtesy of Kanya Vashon McGhee <[email protected]>
© Copyright 2007 All Rights Reserved.
Page 194 of 508
Published by © 2009
Phillip Jones needed to educate John Lennon about obvious distortions and halftruths ….
“Christianity holds at its core a symbol which has for its content the individual
way of life of a man, the Son of Man, and it even regards this individuation
process as the incarnation and revelation of God himself.” -- C.G. Jung.
The faith of the West was de-constructed in part by the Illuminati `Money Power`
providing massive financial support for aberrant trends which have the effect of
secularizing and politicising religion. There can be no doubt that the greatest
possible source of resistance to illegitimate power is to be found in a people's
religion, whose central purpose it is to give the individual a spiritual and
intellectual form base from which to make relative all the pressures and influences
he encounters, and secure a deep-rooted sense of purpose and direction. Thus,
religion, by whatever name it is called, must always be at the core of a people's
culture, nourished by and giving nourishment to all the arts. From which it
follows that religious error must have the most destructive
consequences when exploited by powers whose purposes are anything but
It is all the more so when the error is of a kind which, like today's social gospel
heresy, defeats religion's central purpose, and substitutes for inner illumination a
set of spurious brain-spun ‘ideals’ indistinguishable from those which activate
Marxist trade union leaders and unscrupulous politicians. The result has been a
secularization and politicization of Christianity in the West, with the setting-up, at
very great cost, of a worldwide organization centred on the World Council of
To borrow an expression from the American poet Ezra Pound, "there is no
mediaeval description of hell which exceeds the inner filth of the mentalities of
some of the ministers and prelates for whom every species of cruelty and villainy
is condoned, even incited, if perpetrated under the banner of universalist political
objectives prescribed by the money power. Not surprisingly, these same
churchmen can be relied on to block "by diseased will or sodden inertia: (Ezra
Pound's words) any cleansing of a monetary system that gives to them so much
power and importance; they will quote you the Bible on every sin in the calendar
but never against the fountain-head of every species of sin - the practice of usury.”
Two world religions, Christianity and Islam stand between Lucifer and his goal of
world rule. Christianity has been under sustained attack for two centuries at least
and is badly mauled and debilitated. Now the flow of evil emanating from the
‘Centre’ is being aimed at Islam.
Freemason Albert Pike revealed how this was to be done in the letter he wrote
Giuseppe Mazzini August 15th 1871, the text of which can and should be read in Part
Three of this series.
Page 195 of 508
Published by © 2009
Here is Pike’s letter to Mazzini …
“Pike then told Mazzini that, after World War Three had ended, a global
social cataclysm will be provoked that will be greater than the world has ever
‘We shall unleash the Nihilists [meaning terrorists] and the atheists, and we
shall provoke a formidable social cataclysm which in all its horror will show
clearly to the nations the effect of absolute atheism, the origin of savagery
and of the most bloody turmoil. Then everywhere, the citizens, obliged to
defend themselves against the world minority of revolutionaries, will
exterminate those destroyers of civilization, and the multitude, disillusioned
with Christianity, whose deistic spirits will from that moment be without
compass or direction, anxious for an ideal, but without knowing where to
render its adoration, will receive the true light through the universal
manifestation of the pure doctrine of Lucifer, brought finally out in the
public view. This manifestation will result from the general reactionary
movement which will follow the destruction of Christianity and atheism,
both conquered and exterminated at the same time.’”
I ask the reader to study every word of this diabolically inspired document.
According to Pike’s military blueprint, drawn up between 1859 and 1871, three
global wars and three major revolutions were to place the High Priests of the
Luciferian Creed in position to usurp world powers. Two World Wars have been
fought according to schedule. The Russian and Chinese revolutions have achieved
success. Communism has been built up in strength and Christendom weakened.
World War Three is now in the making. If it is allowed to break out, all
remaining nations will be further weakened, and Islam and political Zionism will be
destroyed as world powers.
The reader must not forget that the Arab world alone is made up of millions of
people, many of whom are Christians; many are of the Jewish faith; many are
Muslims, but all subscribe to belief in the same God Christians worship
as the Creator of the Universe. The Quran of the Islamic faith is in spirit and
essence a divinely inspired continuation of the Holy Scriptures of the Old and New
Testaments, excepting that the Muslim religion, while accepting Jesus Christ as the
greatest of God’s prophets before Mohammed, does not permit its members to
believe in the Divinity of Christ.
Those who direct the Luciferian conspiracy at the top realize only too well that
before they can provoke the final social cataclysm, they must first of all bring about
the destruction of Islam as a world power, because if Islam were not destroyed, it
might eventually ally itself with Christianity in the event of an all out war with the
forces of the Illuminati. If that were allowed to happen, the balance of power would
shift in favour of the `Righteous Alliance` established finally, by the coming
together of Christianity and Islam.
It is of the greatest of importance that these facts, which explain the political
Page 196 of 508
Published by © 2009
intrigue and chicanery now going on in the near, middle, and far East, be brought to
the attention of all the good people of our world, whatever their background, so they
may take action to prevent the last phases of the Luciferian conspiracy from being
put into effect, and bring to fruition the prediction made in Chapter 20 of
Revelations, i.e., that Satan shall be bound for a thousand years.
The events of the past half century would indicate that we are rapidly approaching
that period of the world’s history when, if it were not for the intervention of God,
“No flesh would survive” (Matt. 24:22, Mark 13: 20). It is imperative that the
general public know the diabolical fate being prepared for the whole of the human
If there is a Third World War, I believe that a likely scenario is that the United
States will be the only remaining world military power, albeit a degraded and
depleted one. Then, the remains of the world's population, exhausted and terrorised
by a war unlike any other, will clamour for, and demand a world government, so
that `it could never happen again.` And they will get it if the Luciferian conspiracy
is allowed to be developed to its intended conclusion. Then, through the auspices of
the United Nations, a puppet `Priest King` of the `Royal Blood`[17] who many
believe is already waiting in the wings, will be made `World Ruler,` though under
the malevolent influence and direction of the `agentura` of the Illuminati, who will
have been appointed, not elected, to be his `Specialists,` `Experts,` and `Advisors.`
The High Priests of the Luciferian Creed know they cannot usurp world authority
power before the United States is ruined as the last remaining `superpower,` so
those who direct the Global Conspiracy at the `capstone level` are arranging
matters so the United States will, as Lenin stated, “Fall into our hands like an
overripe fruit.” This is how those events taking place today indicate clearly that the
subjugation of the U.S.A. is planned.”23
Philip Jones 28th July 2009. The Nexus of Evil. Source:
Page 197 of 508
Published by © 2009
The Root Of All Evil
Manipulating Order Out Of Fear
By Philip Jones
22 May, 2009
On 29th April 2009, the UK's Daily Mail ran the following headline:
"Teenager burned alive in scene from horror
movie was 'caught up in love triangle'"
The ‘newspaper’ reported that on June 6th last year, seventeen year old Simon
Everitt, died after being tied to a tree, doused all over with petrol, and then burned
alive. The reason? Because he had had an affair with the girlfriend of one of his
alleged killers. Everitt, had been seen arguing with the accused Jonathan Clarke
shortly before he disappeared on June 6th last year. The Court heard the teenager
had allegedly been lured to a remote woodland and killed. His charred remains
were found in a ditch close to the tree he had been tied to with blue nylon rope.
The prosecution introduced into evidence a horror movie called Severance which
Clarke allegedly watched in March last year, three months prior to the crime. Jurors
were shown a clip from the film, in which a young woman is seen tied to a tree,
before being doused in liquid and then set on fire. The prosecution case is alleging
that the killing of Mr Everitt was a recreation of the film scene.
2006 film Severance
This appalling story would still be so if it were a lone and rare occurrence, but we
live in an age of unprecedented evil and chaos. During my fifteen years spent as a
Police officer, I served for three years attached to the Juvenile Bureau in Central
Page 198 of 508
Published by © 2009
London, dealing with young offenders, and became increasingly concerned and
dismayed at the levels of extreme and calculated violence being displayed by many
British youths, and the severity of the attacks perpetrated on their victims.
So the question is; has it always been this way, or is our world becoming a more
dangerous, corrupt and perverse place to live? In the Bible Book of Timothy we read
“But know this, that in the last days critical times hard to deal with will be
here. For men will be lovers of themselves, lovers of money, self-assuming,
haughty, blasphemers, disobedient to parents, unthankful, disloyal, having
no natural affection, not open to any agreement, slanderers, without selfcontrol, fierce, without love of goodness, betrayers, headstrong, puffed up
[with pride], lovers of pleasures rather than lovers of God, having a form of
godly devotion but proving false to its power; and from these turn away.”
(Timothy 3:1-5)
I am aware that I am running the risk of over use of this verse, and yet nothing I
have read elsewhere so perfectly describes our human condition here in the early
part of the twenty first century.
The Road To Perdition.
Yesterday afternoon, I received an email from an American woman with whom I
correspond fairly regularly and she gave comment on another article of mine
entitled ‘As You Sow, So Shall You Reap.’ The lady mentioned that she was of the
opinion that the above Biblical verse no more described our world today than it has
previous era's and that this was simply an unfortunate description of the human
experience down through the ages. But I beg to differ. Yes, throughout man's
history on this planet, there have been evil and evil doers, but the sheer scale and
scope of the carnage now being wrought on man by what is ostensibly at least his
fellow man has no precedent that I am aware of.
How far down the road to perdition have we come, when such a sick and tragic tale
as that above can be counted amongst hundreds, even thousands of acts of
wickedness being perpetrated by humanity on humanity. Read any newspaper,
watch the prime time news, listen to the radio any hour of the day or night and one
is bombarded by horror.
Just skimming through the News today on the Internet, here were some of the
headlines from around the world:
 A teenage student, armed with an assault rifle, holds his fellow students and
teachers hostage at gunpoint in Brazil.
 Another little girl goes missing believed abducted in Australia.
 In France, a teenager confesses to having murdered someone just for the
thrill of it and to having shown the corpse to friends who kept the secret for
Page 199 of 508
Published by © 2009
 In Russia, a sexual predator is arrested for exchanging tips with other
pedophiles on how to seduce children over the Internet.
These are just some of the shocking crimes making the news nowadays. Can any of
us feel secure in our homes? Many of us will know how it feels to be a victim of
crime. Do you feel safe in your neighborhood, especially at night? Have you or your
family been affected by crime? Millions of people worldwide—even in countries
once considered relatively safe—admit to having a haunting fear of crime and
violence. Consider the following snapshots from various lands.
The Asia Times reports: “Once Japan was among the safest countries
in the world. Now, however, the once-cherished sense of personal
safety appears antiquated, and national security has been supplanted
by deep anxiety about crime and global terrorism.”
In a news report yesterday, prominent figures in Brazil predict that
urban warfare in São Paulo in almost inevitable. Following many
weeks of sporadic violence, the country's president urged an
immediate deployment of the army onto the city's streets. In Central
America and Mexico, due to the estimated presence of at least 50,000
juvenile gang members on the streets of the major cities, the
authorities of the region have placed the security forces on alert, says a
report in the newspaper Tiempos del Mundo. Since 2005 it is believed
that about 60,000 people have died at the hands of juvenile gangs in
El Salvador, Honduras, and Guatemala."
USA Today reports that Law Enforcement ‘agencies’ point to an
alarming increase in gangs, "Police have identified 73 street gangs
operating in Toronto." According to the same source, the Toronto
police chief stated that he knew of no simple solution to this growing
menace of organised urban violence.
Patrick Burton, a crime researcher, states in the Financial Mail: "Fear
of crime permeates every aspect of young South Africans' lives." This
includes "violent crimes such as aggravated robberies, hijacking and
bank heists," says the paper.
Many residents of housing estates, or housing developments, endure
daily terror as "they climb staircases that have been vandalised, enter
car parks that have become no-go areas, and use public transport that
is dangerous after dark." Guardian Weekly.
Organized gangs are adding to the crime wave. According to a report
in The New York Times, in one particular state, a police survey
reported that nearly 17,000 youths, male and female, belong to one of
some 700 gangs. This is an increase of about 10,000 members in just
four years.
Page 200 of 508
Published by © 2009
The UK:
Referring to a UNICEF report about the state of children and crime,
The London Times reported that : "Increasing numbers of young
Britons are dying at the point of a gun. Victims and perpetrators of
gun crime are getting younger and younger." The prison population in
England and Wales has ballooned to over 80,000.
A mother and daughter who did not exit their vehicle fast enough were
shot by carjackers alongside a busy highway, says a news report.
Kenya's capital, Nairobi, has become notorious for all kinds of crime,
including carjackings, muggings, and violent home invasions.
The Root Of All Evil.
It appears that regardless of where in the
world we live, every day seems to bring in
another crop of ever more lurid crimes. As
our youth is systematically immunised
against horror by television, movies, video
games and graphic war scenes on prime time
news shows, the rest of us feel our ‘pain’
threshold is approaching overload. So we ask
ourselves what has caused all morality and
restraint to become so downgraded, whilst
evil, vice and licentiousness reign virtually
unopposed? But perhaps the question should
be not what but who has caused this demise of all things decent?
In the Bible Book of Revelation, we read :
“Therefore rejoice, ye heavens, and ye that dwell in them. Woe to the
inhabiters of the earth and of the sea! for the devil is come down unto you,
having great wrath, because he knoweth that he hath but a short time.”
(Revelation 12:12.)
The concept of a literal Satan/Lucifer/Devil will, to many reading this, be little more
than an absurdity. Yet some of these same doubters will readily accept the concept
of ET for example. This writer accepts the Biblical account in so much as he has
explored other avenues of thought on this matter and found all of them to lack the
authority of the Scriptures. Jesus himself acknowledged that although people are
capable of wicked acts, he clearly identified the very source of evil as being Lucifer
the Devil.
As writer and broadcaster Ludovic Kennedy states, for centuries no one in
Christendom doubted the reality of the Devil. Rather, Christians were at times
"obsessed by the power of Satan and his demons," as Professor Norman Cohn puts
it. (Europe's Inner Demons) This obsession was not limited to simple, uneducated
peasants. The belief that the Devil materialized in the form of an animal to preside
over evil and obscene rituals, for example, "belonged not to the folklore of the
Page 201 of 508
Published by © 2009
illiterate majority, but, on the contrary, to the world view of the intellectual elite,"
says Professor Cohn. This "intellectual elite"—including learned clerics—was
responsible for the witch-hunts that swept through Europe from the 15th to the 17th
century, when church and civil authorities are said to have tortured and killed about
50,000 alleged witches.
Not surprisingly, many have rejected what they consider to be wild, superstitious
notions about the Devil. Even back in 1726, Daniel Defoe derided people's belief
that the Devil was a frightful monster "with bat's wings, horns, cloven foot, long tail,
forked tongue, and the like." Such ideas, he said, were "weak fancied trifles"
manufactured by "devil-raisers and devil-makers" who "cheated the ignorant world
with a devil of their own making."
Is that how you see things? Do you agree that "the devil is in reality man's invention
to account for his own sinfulness"? That statement appears in The Zondervan
Pictorial Encyclopedia of the Bible, and many who profess to be Christians think
that way. Christendom's theologians, says Jeffrey Burton Russell, have by and large
"dismissed the Devil and the demons as superstitious relics."
Yet, to some people, the Devil is very real.[24] They reason that there must be some
kind of superhuman, malignant force behind the recurrent evils that pervade man's
history. "The horrors that the twentieth century has produced," says Russell,
provide one reason why "belief in the Devil, after a long lapse, is rapidly
reappearing." According to author Don Lewis, a number of modern, educated
people who "smile patronisingly" at the superstitious beliefs and fears of "their
artless ancestors" are "once again becoming enthralled by the evil element in the
supernatural."-Religious Superstition Through the Ages.
The Book of Genesis tells us that Lucifer induced other angels to join him in
rebellion. Like he himself, these `Fallen Angels` took an improper and perverse
sexual interest in humans with disastrous consequences.
Evil Fills the Earth.
In Genesis 6:1,2 we read: "When men started to grow in numbers, and daughters
were born to them, then the sons of God began to notice the daughters of men, that
they were fair; and they went taking wives for themselves, namely, all whom they
Who were those "sons of God"? The Bible refers to them as the Nephilim, the ‘Fallen
Angels’ who joined with Lucifer in rebellion against God. Having copulated with
mortal women, they produced a race of hybrids who grew into giants, known in the
scriptures as the ‘Anakim.’ They are described as "the mighty ones who were of old,
the men of renown" Genesis 6:4.
Nazarene Remnant comment: Such people include Queen Elizabeth II, Prince Philip, Prince Charles, and
all of the Illuminati Inner Circle Bloodline families around the world. They know the truth, for they worship
and serve this Fallen creature. And of course one of satan’s greatest ploys is in the deception that he does not
exist. We are about to learn the full shocking reality of him!
Page 202 of 508
Published by © 2009
The Nephilim and their progyny took wickedness to new lows. "The earth came to
be ruined in the sight of God and became filled with violence," Genesis 6:11. And it
was not long before humanity adopted the violent, depraved ways of the
newcomers in their midst.
How did these ‘Fallen Angels’ and their offspring exert such a powerful evil
influence on humans? By appealing to mankind's sinful inclination and desires.
The result? "All flesh ruined its way on the earth." Finally, God destroyed that world
in a global Deluge, sparing only righteous Noah and his family. (Genesis 6:5, 12-22).
The scriptures tell us that the incarnate angels returned to the heavens in disgrace.
As debased demons, they continued to oppose God, and they have remained a
potent force in human affairs.
Myths Legends or Hidden Truth.
Stories about demigods, giants, and a cataclysmic flood are found in ancient
mythologies worldwide. For example, the Akkadian Epic of Gilgamesh mentions a
flood, a ship, and survivors. Gilgamesh himself was described as a lustful, violent
demigod, or part god, part man. Aztec mythology tells of an ancient world inhabited
by giants and of a great deluge. Norse legend describes a race of giants and a wise
man named Bergelmir who constructed a large boat and saved himself and his wife.
The combined testimony of all such legends corroborates the Bible's testimony that
all humans have descended from the survivors of a deluge that destroyed an ancient
wicked world.
Lucifer Uncovered. The traits of the Nephilim are seen in people today. The extent
of Lucifer's evil influence is revealed at 1 John 5:19 which states: "The whole world
is lying in the power of the wicked one." This great deceiver, the original adversary
is clearly maneuvering mankind into a tempest of increasing woes. In fact, from
looking at the state of our world today, it is obvious that he is more determined than
ever to unleash chaos and suffering. Again, In Revelation 12:7-12 we read : "Woe for
the earth, because the Devil has come down to you, having great anger, knowing he
has a short period of time." So how can we recognise Lucifers's influence over
mankind today? Primarily, he does so through his agents here in this dimension,
those bloodline families who claim descent from the Nephilim. I am speaking about
the Illuminati. In his stellar Historical account of this cabal, the Canadian Author
David Livingstone writes;
"The Illuminati claim to be descended of Fallen Angels, who taught them the
"Ancient Wisdom", also known as the Kabbalah, which they have been
preserving throughout the centuries. These Fallen Angels are referred to in
the Bible, Book of Genesis, as the Nephilim, or "Sons of God", and were said
to have descended to earth and intermarried with human beings. Christian
interpretations struggle with the passage, choosing to translate the term into
"mighty men". However, apocryphal Jewish texts explain that they were the
devil and his legions, who were cast out of Heaven, and took wives from the
female descendants of Cain. They produced a race known as the Anakim"
Page 203 of 508
Published by © 2009
The New Age Movement also plays it's part in this conspiracy of evil by promoting a
false and deceitful pantheistic spiritualism that molds and governs the way that
people think and act (See my Lucifer Rising Article on It seems to me
that evil is in the `ether` these days and the Bible seems to confirm this in
Ephesians 2:2 which calls Lucifer "the ruler of the authority of the air, the spirit or,
prevailing attitude that now operates in the sons of disobedience." Instead of
encouraging goodness, decency, morality and righteousness, this demonic "air"
breeds rebellion against God and all his standards of what is fine and proper.
Lucifer and his demons thus promote and aggravate the evil perpetrated by
One manifestation of this "air" is the plague of pornography, which inflames
improper sexual desires and makes aberrant behavior appear to be appealing. Rape,
sadism, gang rape, bestiality, and the sexual abuse of children are some of the
subjects that pornography features as entertainment. Even in its less noxious forms,
pornography can be highly addictive and harms those who view it or read it, turning
them into habitual voyeurs. It is an evil that damages both human relations and
one's relationship with God. Pornography reflects the debased mentality of the
demons who promote it, rebels whose improper sexual desires date back to the PreFlood world of the Nephilim.
Another symptom of the sickness in our world is the escalation of violence in all it's
forms. It is no coincidence that violence, often with occult themes, now saturates
the popular media. The Nephilim are dead and gone, but their descendent's live
among us and have captured all the positions of power and influence. (See Fritz
Springmeier’s, Blood Lines of The Illuminati).
Violence, Vice and Disorder.
What are they doing about it ? During the fifteen years I spent as a Police Officer in
Central London, I witnessed time and again how the so called justice system in the
UK failed it's citizens. I watched as all manner of criminal activity escalated,
particularly crimes involving violence against the person, lewd and perverse
behaviour and gradually over time, I became sickened by the daily occurrences of
social depravity. And as the situation became ever more desperate, the government
and it's will to combat this ‘nosedive’ into chaos became ever more invisible. It was
almost as if they actually wanted chaos to reign unchecked. This was long before I
understood the Modus Operandi of that elitist Luciferian Cabal known as the
Ordo Ab Chao (Order Out Of Chaos). In many of his books and articles, the British
researcher and author David Icke uses the term, ‘Problem Reaction Solution’ to
simplify what should more correctly be called the ‘Hegelian Dialectic.’
Nonetheless, I agree that Mr Icke's interpretation is spot on and I believe that
successive UK governments, have conspired for many years to create a situation
where chaos and disorder go unchallenged by authority in order to let it reach the
point where the hapless and distraught citizens cry out in their collective agony that
Page 204 of 508
Published by © 2009
‘something must be done’ no matter what the cost, to either their wallets or their
liberties. The ‘Hidden Hand’ of the Illuminati [Nazarene Remnant comment: the
Illuminati own and control the Police forces and Emergency Services all over the
world. In New South Wales, Australia they have recently been rebadged as the
Department of Police and Emergency Services, or, appropriately, DOPES] which
manipulates our world today from behind the scenes, has brought our civilisation to
the point whereby many people, mesmerised by television 24/7 shrug their
shoulders at the ever more depraved images of brutality and depravity on their
screens and even worse on the streets where they live. At the same time, people's
ability to withstand this all out assault on the collective and individual psyche bends
ever more and approaches breaking point.
For the better part of my adult life, I have watched as successive British
‘Governments’ have allowed, even encouraged by their inaction, violence, vice and
criminality to proliferate on the streets of our towns and cities. They have done
nothing whilst pedophiles prey on our young children, whilst prostitutes prowl the
night, drawing every form of depravity and perversion with them. They have sat
back for four decades, whilst drug abuse has destroyed whole families, even
communities passing one impotent piece of legislation after another, knowing full
well that it would fail. Our ‘leaders’ have allowed every form of vice imaginable to
become legal and profited themselves from it, whilst a whole generation of our most
vulnerable are exposed nightly to the violent and degenerate images being
broadcast into their living rooms by those purveyors of evil in Hollywood, and those
much closer to home.
While paying ‘lip service’ to law and order, it is clear that at least since the end of
WWII, the British State, riddled from top to toe as it is with Traitors, Satanists,
Freemasons, Marxists and other subversives, has not only stood idly by whilst a
once proud and decent nation fell inexorably ever more into it's present sad and
degraded state, but knowingly and with malice aforethought, actively orchestrated,
manufactured and encouraged all those above mentioned factors which has
contributed to and caused the gradual erosion and decline in all that was once good
about Britain.
We are living in what many Christians believe to be the ‘End Days’ prophesied in
the Bible. Not so long ago, I would have raised an eyebrow or two at such a
suggestion. But even a former Police Officer like myself, who is by nature sceptical,
and who for the majority of his life denied God and Christ can look at the evidence
and join the dots. These are undoubtedly Satanic times. All around us, we see the
symbols of the so called ‘Light Bearer’ who in typically Masonic doublespeak is
nothing of the sort. He is the dark and malevolent force which has plagued
humanity since Eden. The horrific and bloodthirsty murder of Simon Everitt, bears
the hallmarks of a ritual killing, and just as with the vast multitude of other
innocent victims of dreadful and murderous violence; Lucifer, the real killer and
mastermind of all that is evil will for now go ‘Scot Free’ while if convicted,
Johnathon Clarke rots his life away in prison having sold his soul for what?
Page 205 of 508
Published by © 2009
References: Fritz Springmeier David Livingstone
New American Standard Bible
Professor Norman Cohn : Europe's Inner Demons by Niki F. Raapana and Nordica M.
Thanks to the David Icke Research Archive
Don Lewis : Superstition down the ages.
My Blog
Feedback welcome [email protected]
Page 206 of 508
Published by © 2009
Occult Secrets of Jay Z, Kanye and Nas
By Skeetsers
Watch on here:
“An in depth look at the very disturbing truth behind some of mainstream music's
most 'popular' celebrities and their occult practices.
Download the video here and share it with everyone.
"What it's about is the fact that Jigga is a Lucifer-worshiping Mason. And he's
pulled in Kanye and Nas. All the symbols are masonic/pagan/satanic especially the
pink goat's head shirt Kanye is wearing. And just listen to the's about secret
societies and the satanic Illuminati which employs Jigga. Do some
your mind." -RizNJ
-------------------“An outstanding example of social conditioning to accept change, even when it is
recognized as unwelcome change by the large population group in the sights of
Stanford Research Institute, was the “advent” of the BEATLES. The Beatles were
brought to the United States as part of a social experiment which would subject
large population groups to brainwashing of which they were not even aware.
When Tavistock brought the Beatles to the United States nobody could have
imagined the cultural disaster that was to follow in their wake. The Beatles were an
integral part of “THE AQUARIAN CONSPIRACY,” a living organism which
sprang From “THE CHANGING IMAGES OF MAN,” URH (489)-2150-Policy
Page 207 of 508
Published by © 2009
Research Report No. 4/4/74. Policy Report prepared by SRI Center for the study of
Social Policy, Director, Professor Willis Harmon. The phenomenon of the Beatles
was not a spontaneous rebellion by youth against the old social system. Instead it
was a carefully crafted plot to introduce by a conspiratorial body which could not be
identified, a highly destructive and divisive element into a large population group
targeted for change against its will. New words and new phrases— prepared by
Tavistock— were introduced to America along with the Beatles. Words such as
“rock” in relation to music sounds, “teenager,” “cool,” “discovered” and
“pop music” were a lexicon of disguised code words signifying the acceptance of
drugs and arrived with and accompanied the Beatles wherever they went, to be
“discovered” by “teenagers.” Incidentally, the word “teenagers” was never used until
just before the Beatles arrived on the scene, courtesy of the Tavistock Institute for
Human Relations.
As in the case of gang wars, nothing could or would have been
accomplished without the cooperation of the media, especially the
electronic media and, in particular, the scurrilous Ed Sullivan who had been
coached by the conspirators as to the role he was to play. Nobody would have paid
much attention to the motley crew from Liverpool and the 12- atonal system of
“music” that was to follow had it not been for an overabundance of press exposure.
The 12-atonal system consisted of heavy, repetitive sounds, taken from the
music of the cult of Dionysus and the Baal priesthood by Adorno and given a
“modern” flavor by this special friend of the Queen of England and hence the
Committee of 300. Tavistock and its Stanford Research Center created trigger
words which then came into general usage around “rock music” and its fans. Trigger
words created a distinct new break-away largely young population group which was
persuaded by social engineering and conditioning to believe that the Beatles really
were their favorite group. All trigger words devised in the context of “rock music”
were designed for mass control of the new targeted group, the youth of America.
The Beatles did a perfect job, or perhaps it would be more correct to say that
Tavistock and Stanford did a perfect job, the Beatles merely reacting like
trained robots “with a little help from their friends”—code words for using drugs
and making it “cool.” The Beatles became a highly visible “new type”—more
Tavistock jargon—and as such it was not long before the group made new styles
(fads in clothing, hairstyles and language usage) which upset the older generation,
as was intended. This was part of the “fragmentation-maladaptation” process
worked out by Willis Harmon and his team of social scientists and genetic
engineering tinkerers and put into action. The role of the print and electronic media
in our society is crucial to the success of brainwashing large population groups.
Gang wars ended in Los Angeles in 1966 as the media withdrew its coverage. The
same thing will happen with the current wave of gang wars in Los Angeles. Street
gangs will wither on the vine once media saturation coverage is toned down and
then completely withdrawn. As in 1966, the issue would become “burned out.”
Street gangs will have served their purpose of creating turbulence and insecurity.
Exactly the same pattern will be followed in the case of “rock” music. Deprived of
media attention, it will eventually take its place in history.
Page 208 of 508
Published by © 2009
Online for educational purposes at: JAG 07-146: Following
the Beatles, who incidentally were put together by the Tavistock Institute, came
other “Made in England” rock groups, who, like the Beatles, had Theo Adorno
write their cult lyrics and compose all the “music.” I hate to use these beautiful
words in the context of “Beatlemania”; it reminds me of how wrongly the word
“lover” is used when referring to the filthy interaction between two homosexuals
writhing in pigswill. To call “rock” music, is an insult, likewise the language used in
“rock lyrics.”
Tavistock and Stanford Research then embarked on the second phase of the
work commissioned by the Committee of 300. This new phase turned up the heat
for social change in America. As quickly as the Beatles had appeared on the
American scene, so too did the “beat generation,” trigger words designed to
separate and fragment society. The media now focused its attention on the “beat
generation.” Other Tavistock-coined words came seemingly out of nowhere:
“beatniks,” “hippies,” “flower children” became part of the vocabulary of
America. It became popular to “drop out” and wear dirty jeans, go about with long
unwashed hair. The “beat generation” cut itself off from main-stream America. They
became just as infamous as the cleaner Beatles before them.
The newly-created group and its “lifestyle” swept millions of young Americans into
the cult. American youth underwent a radical revolution without ever
being aware of it, while the older generation stood by helplessly, unable to
identify the source of the crisis, and thus reacting in a maladaptive manner against
its manifestation, which were drugs of all types, marijuana, and later Lysergic
acid, “LSD,” so conveniently provided for them by the Swiss pharmaceutical
company, SANDOZ, following the discovery by one of its chemists, Albert
Hoffman, how to make synthetic ergotamine, a powerful mind-altering drug. The
Committee of 300 financed the project through one of their banks, S. C.
Warburg, and the drug was carried to America by the philosopher, Aldous
The new “wonder drug” was promptly distributed in “sample” size packages,
handed out free of charge on college campuses across the United States and at
“rock” concerts, which became the leading vehicle for proliferating the use of drugs.
The question that cries out for an answer is, what was the Drug Enforcement
Agency (DEA) doing at the time? There is compelling circumstantial evidence that
would appear to indicate that the DEA knew what was going on but was ordered
not to take any action.
With very substantial numbers of new British “rock” bands arriving in the U.S.,
rock concerts began to become a fixture on the social calendar of American
youth. In tandem with these “concerts,” the use of drugs among the youth rose in
proportion. The devilish bedlam of discordant heavy beat sounds numbed the
minds of listeners so that they were easily persuaded to try the new drug on the
basis that “everybody is doing it.” Peer pressure is a very strong
Page 209 of 508
Published by © 2009
weapon. The “new culture” received maximum coverage from the jackal media,
which cost the conspirators not one single thin dime.
Great anger was felt by a number of civic leaders and churchmen over the new cult
but their energies were misdirected against the RESULT of what was going on and
not against the CAUSE. Critics of the rock cult made the same mistakes that had
been made in the prohibition era, they criticized law enforcement agencies,
teachers, parents anybody but the conspirators.
Because of the anger and resentment I feel toward the great drug plague, I make no
apology for using language which is not customary for me to use. One of the worst
drug slobs ever to walk the streets of America was Alan Ginsberg. This Ginsberg
pushed the use of LSD through advertising which cost him nothing, although under
normal circumstances it would have cost millions of dollars in TV advertising
revenues. This free advertising for drugs, and LSD in particular, reached a new high
in the late 1960’s, thanks to the everwilling cooperation of the media. The
effect of Ginsberg’s mass advertising campaign was devastating; the American
public was subjected to one cultural future shock after another in rapid succession.
We became over-exposed and over stimulated and, again, may I remind you that
this is Online for educational purposes at: JAG 07-146:
Tavistock jargon, lifted from the Tavistock training manual, overwhelmed by its
new development and, when we reached that point, our minds began to lapse into
apathy; it was just too much to cope with, that is to say, “long range penetration had
taken hold of us.” Ginsberg claimed to be a poet but no greater rubbish was ever
written by anyone who ever aspired to becoming a poet. Ginsberg’s designated task
had little to do with poetry; his main function was to push the new
subculture and force acceptance of it upon the large targeted
population group.
To assist him in his task, Ginsberg co-opted the services of Norman Mailer, a
writer of sorts who had spent some time in a mental institution. Mailer was a
favorite of the leftwing Holly-wood crowd and so had no problem with getting
maximum television time for Ginsberg. Naturally Mailer had to have a pretext—not
even he could blatantly come out with the true nature of Ginsberg’s television
appearances. So a charade was adopted: Mailer would talk “seriously” on camera
with Ginsberg about poetry and literature.” Dr John Coleman, The Committee of
300, pp. 33-35.
“The drug trade is controlled by the Committee of 300 from the Top
down. The drug trade started with the British East India Company and was closely
followed by the Dutch East India Company. Both were controlled by a
“Council of 300.” The list of names of members and stockholders of the BEIC
read like something out of Debretts Peerage. BEIC established the “China Inland
Mission,” whose job it was to get The Chinese peasants, or coolies, as they were
called, addicted to opium. This created the market for opium which the BEIC
then filled.
Page 210 of 508
Published by © 2009
In much the same way the Committee of 300 used “The “Beatles” to popularize
“social drugs” with the youth of America and The Hollywood “in-crowd.” Ed
Sullivan was sent to England To become acquainted with The first Tavistock
Institute “rock group” to hit the shores of the United States. Sullivan then returned
to the United States to draft the strategy for the electronic media on how to package
and sell the group. Without the full cooperation of the electronic media and Ed
Sullivan, in particular, “The Beatles” and their “music” would have died on the vine.
Instead, our national life and the character of the United States was forever
Now that we know, it is all too clear how successful the “Beatles” campaign to
proliferate the use of drugs became. The fact that “The Beatles” had their
music and lyrics written for them by Theo Adorno was concealed from
public view. The prime function to “The Beatles” was to be discovered by teenagers, who where then subjected to a non-stop barrage of “Beatle music,” until they
became convinced that they liked the sound and adopted it, along with all that
accompanied it. The Liverpool group performed up to expectations, and with “a
little help from their friends,” i.e., illegal substances we call drugs created a whole
new class to young Americans in the precise mold ordained by the Tavistock
Institute.” Dr John Coleman, The Committee of 300, p. 37.
Page 211 of 508
Published by © 2009
Adorno as Critic: Celebrating the
Socially Destructive Force of Music
Elizabeth Whitcombe
August 28, 2009
The Frankfurt School was a
group of predominantly Jewish
intellectuals associated with the
Institute for Social Research. It
originated during the Weimar
period in Germany, and became
a bastion of the cultural left.
With the rise of National
Socialism, the Frankfurt School
was closed by the German
government, and many of its
members emigrated to
Theodor Adorno was the
Frankfurt School's music critic
(as well as the first author of The
Authoritarian Personality, probably
the best known of the Frankfurt
School works). He looked at
music like a recording engineer
Theodor Adorno
looks at music. But the most important thing is that Adorno used music
psychology as a revolutionary tool.
Adorno understood what qualities make music intellectually challenging and what
qualities make music “popular” or non-intellectual. He asserted that
intellectual music was best suited for bringing about revolution. Why?
Because he thought that the revolution would begin in the elite strata of society and
work its way down to the masses — that it would be a top-down event. As a result,
he thought it was important that the elite world of classical music turn its back
on the traditional high culture of the West. (He was wrong: As discussed below,
time would show that popular music actually had greater
revolutionary potential.)
Adorno's views were shaped by his times. In the 1920s and 1930s the intellectual
elite embraced their ability to re-engineer society. Edward Bernays (nephew of
Page 212 of 508
Published by © 2009
Sigmund Freud) wrote his famous defense of public manipulation, Propaganda,
in 1928. Two years before, Charles Diserens applied the same philosophy to music:
Our purpose then is to study the influence of music on the organism. We approach
music from the practical rather than the aesthetic standpoint, regarding it as a
necessity, a possible means of re-education and human reconstruction for all, rather
than a mere subject of unproductive pleasure, or an object for criticism from the
learned few. (The Influence of Music on Behavior, Diserens 1926.)
Adorno certainly shared the insights of Diserens and Bernays. He felt that
society needed to be remade and music was an excellent way to do
Adorno's standard for judging music was its revolutionary potential. During the
1920s, the Frankfurt School aspired to be the intellectual vanguard for Marxism in
Germany. According to their theory, the First World War should have precipitated a
European socialist revolution, but this didn't happen. The German middle class
collectively rejected international socialism after WWI. This was an intellectual slap
in the face for Adorno and his colleagues.
The Frankfurters blamed Western Culture for brainwashing people against their
brand of socialism. Western culture would need to go. Critical Theory was the
Frankfurters' contribution in the war against the Western middle class, and Adorno
was its drummer boy.
Adorno's strategy took a page out of Plato's Republic: Innovations in music
presage innovations in culture. He wanted to find a type of music that would disrupt
the bourgeois way of life and reshape the West in his own image. (See his "Why is
the New Art so Difficult to Understand?")
Which composers did Adorno find revolutionary enough? The later Beethoven,
Mahler and Schoenberg. On the other hand, Wagner was both loved and
Adorno liked Beethoven because his later work broke musical norms — it avoided
“harmonious synthesis” and had a destructive violence that previous works lacked
("Late Style in Beethoven," 1937). However, works like Missa Solemnis — a
choral piece celebrating Christ — were “neutralized” by social acceptability
("Alienated Masterpiece: The Missa Solemnis," 1959). This negative stance
toward a Christian religious work is doubtless a reflection of the hostility of the
Frankfurt School intellectuals toward Christianity which they saw as a as a
conservative unifying force in society.
According to Adorno, Beethoven's later works, which were composed after he was
deaf, offered tantalizing glimpses of revolutionary changes to come. To get a better
idea of what was different about this music, let's turn to another critic.
Page 213 of 508
Published by © 2009
In What is Art?, Leo Tolstoy gives a damning account of Beethoven's later work.
According to Tolstoy, Beethoven's later innovations are alienating and no longer
speak to the common man. They are “totally contrived, unfinished and therefore
often meaningless, musically incomprehensible works.”
Tolstoy claims that Beethoven's later music typifies the disconnect
between the upper classes and the people who worked the land. (Bear in
mind that Tolstoy was a Russian.) In Tolstoy's view, Beethoven's later work is
immoral art, because the people who ultimately paid for it (the laboring classes)
couldn't enjoy it. By cultivating a taste for the later Beethoven, the aristocracy was
disconnecting itself from the little people. Such art tears at the fabric of society.
Good art, to Tolstoy, upholds Christian values and can also speak to the people that
sacrificed for it. It brings society together in an ennobling way.
For the Frankfurt School, the view of society as an organic, harmonious whole with
cooperation among the social classes would smack of National Socialism and
consequently be the epitome of evil. It is not surprising therefore, that Adorno
admired the late Beethoven.
Gustav Mahler was the next link in Adorno's revolutionary chain. A coreligionist
of Adorno, he was famous for using the sounds of whips and hammers in his work.
Adorno says that in Mahler's compositions “The underworld of music is mobilized
against the disappearing world of the starry heavens in order for the latter to be
moved and to be a corporeal presence among humankind” ("Mahler Today,"
1930). The “starry heavens” represents the ossified Viennese music establishment,
which Adorno believed should to be brought back to earth in the service of
revolutionary activism.
"Mahler's ecclesia militans is a salvation army, better than the real thing — not
moderated in a petit-bourgeois way, not retrospectively proselytizing, but ready and
willing to summon the oppressed into proper battle for the things of which they
have been robbed and which they, alone, are still capable of achieving.” ("Mahler
Page 214 of 508
Published by © 2009
Today," 1930) To Adorno, the “hero is the deserter” in Mahler's symphonies
("Marginalia on Mahler," 1936).
Adorno claimed that the bourgeois musical world was repressing Mahler's work
because Mahler shunned “moderate peacefulness.” In Adorno's words: “The
genuine significance of Mahler that can be discovered for today lies in the very
violence with which he broke out of the same musical space that today wants to
forget him” (:Mahler Today," 1930).
Adorno pairs the work of Mahler and Schoenberg — both rejected by the
conservative forces of the status quo: “Whole groups of formulae are common to the
fight against Schoenberg and against Mahler — the Jewish intellectual whose
deracinated intellect ruins oh-so-beneficent Nature; the despoiler of venerably
traditional musical goods.” Ultimately, Adorno interprets Mahler as striving toward
“the end of the order that bore the sonata” — the end of traditional European high
This, of course, is an anti-Jewish stereotype that was common in Europe beginning
in the 19th century: Whether or not they converted to Christianity, Jewish
intellectuals were seen as subverting European culture, shattering the social
cohesiveness of the society, and mocking and defying social conventions (See
Chapter 2 of Kevin MacDonald's Separation and Its Discontents, p. 51ff).
Adorno, himself a Jewish intellectual (although far from deracinated), naturally
sympathizes with this stance. Indeed, the Frankfurt School generally is considered
part of this anti-Western tradition — precisely the reason that the Frankfurt School
was exiled from National Socialist Germany.
Adorno's views on Richard Wagner are strongly colored by the fact that Wagner was
idealized in Germany during the National Socialist period. To Adorno, Wagner is
the would-be revolutionary composer who tries and fails. In attempting to break out
of the thematic melody form, he simply ends up repeating fragments.
Page 215 of 508
Published by © 2009
Richard Wagner
But what really bothered Adorno about Wagner is the connection to National
Socialism. Although Wagner was dead before Hitler was conceived, Adorno thought
that one couldn't have Wagner without National Socialism. In every crowd
applauding a Wagnerian work there lurks “the old virulent evil” which Adorno calls
“demagogy” ("Wagner's Relevance for Today," 1963).
Adorno believed that Wagner's work is “proselytizing” and “collective-narcissistic”
— clearly pejorative terms. Adorno’s complaint about the “collective-narcissistic”
quality of Wagner’s music is really a complaint that Wagner’s music appeals to deep
emotions of group cohesion. Like the Germanic myths that his music was often
based on, Wagner’s music evokes the deepest passions of ethnic collectivism and
ethnic pride. In Adorno’s view, such emotions are nothing more that
collective narcissism, at least partly because a strong sense of German ethnic
pride tends to view Jews as outsiders — as “the other.”
It is not surprising that Wagner was by far the most popular composer during the
National Socialist period. It is also not surprising that Adorno, as a self-consciously
Jewish intellectual, would find such music abhorrent. One wonders if he would have
similarly considered the Israeli national anthem as an expression of collective
Adorno could never quite shake off Wagner's greatness. He found Wagner's music
to be erotically free, so he figured there must be something “right-wing, petit
bourgeois” about opposing the composer. In the age of psychoanalysis, no Jewish
intellectual would want to appear to be anti-erotic. Adorno’s solution was to claim
that Wagner's greatest works are the ones that the public doesn't like ("Wagner's
Relevance for Today," 1963). This was clearly an attempt to have his cake and
eat it too: If the public was deeply moved by Wagner, it was a sign that Wagner was
Page 216 of 508
Published by © 2009
appealing to emotions of ethnic cohesion. The only safe works of Wagner are those
that don’t result in such emotions.
In the end, Adorno falls on the side of disliking Wagner because his music
reinforces the status quo. And of course, where Wagner’s music promotes ethnonationalism, the powers that be must intervene.
Arnold Schoenberg, whose “intellectualism is legend,” was Adorno's ideal
revolutionary composer ("Toward and Understanding of Schoenberg"
1955/1967). Adorno ranks Schoenberg with Shakespeare and Michelangelo: He is a
god in the art world. Schoenberg had a strong Jewish identity and was a Zionist
(Klara Moricz, Jewish Identities: Nationalism, Racism and Utopianism in
Twentieth Century Music).
Schoenberg wrote atonal music, meaning that it was designed to defy traditional
musical forms and heuristic expectations. It takes a musically trained person to
appreciate just how well designed the discord is; but even for musicians listening to
Schoenberg is hard work. Schoenberg's music is a curiosity to composers; much like
how an unusually diseased organ in formaldehyde is a curiosity to medical
professors. As a result, Schoenberg's music was never popular and Adorno was
bitter about this.
Music that meets our ears' expectations tends to be pleasurable. Adorno recognized
that beautiful music has a pacifying effect and pacification was at odds with his
political goals — at least the goals he held in pre-WWII Germany. This is why
Adorno had such good things to say about Schoenberg.
The common characteristic these four composers shared was that they wrote music
which challenged the listener's expectations to varying degrees. Varying degrees is
the important distinction here.
Page 217 of 508
Published by © 2009
Some of the most beautiful music is that which teases our expectations. Prof. David
Huron of Ohio State University wrote a phenomenal book in 2006 called Sweet
Anticipation: Music and the Psychology of Expectation. Huron offers an
explanation of why discord falling into harmony is beautiful and gives us a
pleasurable feeling.
But when unpredictability is taken too far, music becomes discordant and ugly. It
leaves the listener feeling dissatisfied and dislocated. Adorno believed that these
feelings were necessary to jolt people into thinking and (naturally!) joining his
revolutionary cause.
Adorno applied his revolutionary dislike of predictability to technology also. He
disliked radio and some recording technology because he thought it made music
sound flatter — more like pop and jazz ("The Radio Symphony," 1941). Adorno
hated big-band jazz because he felt it was not destructive enough to Western
culture: It satisfied erotic urges in a socially tolerated way. Truly revolutionary
music shouldn't waste energy like jazz did.
Schoenberg — with his awkward and unappealing music — was supposed to light
our way to the future. He didn't. Adorno had conflated intellectualism with
Frankfurt School politics — the two do not go hand in hand. To really reach the
masses, what the Frankfurt movement needed wasn't intellectualism, but
advertising power. Adorno's initial misidentification of effective revolutionary
music would be a useful lesson to other propagandists.
Apart from a few aesthetes (such as small coteries of Schoenberg devotees),
effective revolutionary music works with our expectations of beauty, not against
them. Effective revolutionary melodies should be easy to follow and have strong
beats — like most popular music. In his essay "On Popular Music," Adorno
relates the open secret of what makes “hit” music: standardization. What he
describes are tunes that play to our most basic musical expectations and heuristics,
while erring on the side of simplicity.
The music is super-predictable and encourages mindless listening: “The forms of hit
songs are so strictly standardized, down to the number of measures and exact
duration, that no specific form appears in any particular piece” ("On the FetishCharacter in Music," 1938). Adorno used this phrase to describe big-band jazz,
but he might as well be describing pop music today: The Beatles, The Spice Girls,
The Jackson Five — the list goes on.
Adorno understood how to make effective advertising music or “popular music.”
He understood that better than anyone else in his day, probably. But Adorno's
tastes were elitist. He would be embarrassed and ashamed to create music that he
felt was as mindless as big-band jazz. Adorno wanted to hobnob in the rarified air of
über-educated musical creators.
Adorno didn't like the commonness of pop music; he wanted to believe that his
revolution was somehow more intellectual than that. The notion that Frankfurt
Page 218 of 508
Published by © 2009
ideas would be pushed by pop songs — the musical equivalent of a girl in a bikini
advertizing beer or a sports car — would be repugnant to him.
Repugnant or not, advertizing works. Composers like Beethoven and Wagner
understood how to play with our listening expectations and create something
meaningful at the same time. They were true master composers. The shock value of
Mahler or the contrived intellectualism of Schoenberg do not rate in comparison —
and this is reflected in their relative popularity today.
Adorno never got over his dislike of popular music. He always wanted to believe
that somehow revolutionary people would overcome their evolutionarilydetermined listening preferences. But Nature always wins in the end.
And if Adorno wanted a successful Frankfurt-style revolution, he would have to
work with the tools Nature provided. Enter Atlantic Records
To be continued.
Elizabeth Whitcombe (email her) is a graduate of MIT in Economics
with a concentration in International Economics. She is a financial
analyst and free-lance writer living in New York City.
Page 219 of 508
Published by © 2009
Reading #9
Rethinking John Lennon’s Assassination
By Salvador Astucia
“Paley said that television created the capability to ‘outGoebbels, Goebbels.’ To Adorno and his ‘fellow travellers,’
‘Television is a medium of undreamed of psychological
control.’ Adorno declared, ‘Television aims at the synthesis
of radio and film, and is held up only because the interested
parties have not yet reached agreement, but its
consequences will be quite enormous and promise to
intensify the impoverishment of aesthetic matter so
Adorno states that all television programming contains,
first, an overt message, referring to the plot, characters,
scene, etc. It is in this overt content that successful formula
are employed to guarantee viewership. But within this overt
content, according to Adorno, there lies a ‘hidden
message’ that is less obvious, and which represents a
particular moral theme for purposes of indoctrination.”
(David Livingstone, Terrorism And The Illuminati: A Three
Thousand Year History, p. 207)
Page 220 of 508
Published by © 2009
Rethinking John Lennon’s Assassination
The FBI’s War on Rock Stars
By Salvador Astucia, April 2004
This book is more than a history of rock music or an effort to solve the riddles of
who really killed John Lennon, Jimi Hendrix, Jim Morrison, Janis
Joplin, Kurt Cobain and countless other rock stars. Hopefully this book
will serve as a wake-up call to young rock artists struggling in today's music scene.
The message is simple: The FBI views rock artists as a threat to its agenda of
promoting Zionism and war and it will eventually kill or destroy any highly
successful, influential rock star who continually expresses views without first
getting proper approval. The Bureau has been a Zionist, war mongering
organization since its creation in 1908 by Charles Joseph Bonaparte, great nephew
of the famous Corsican conqueror and Jewish emancipator, Napoleon Bonaparte.
The FBI's Zionism doctrine endorses war, not merely as a means of protecting
America, but as an economic and cultural ideology fueled by religious fanaticism.
The FBI and Orthodox Zionists Jews believe that war is always necessary, the
fulfillment of Old Testament scriptures, and they believe in profiteering from the
war machine they created and aggressively defend. Anyone who objects and has a
sizable audience is viewed as an enemy and is eventually cut down like a stalk of
wheat that has grown too tall in a wheat field. This has been the fate of many rock
stars. They grew too tall and were cut down.
The real threat of rock music is it allows unapproved voices to shape
public opinion, an area in which the FBI and other governmental agencies spend
billions annually. Unlike other forms of entertainment, rock bands usually
compose, perform, and record their music with little help from others. When they
perform their music live, they often work tens of thousands of fans into emotional
frenzies, willing to do anything the rock stars command. This is quite a bit of power
in the hands of a small unelected group of young people. In this regard, rock stars
are different from most entertainers. An actor, for example, has little control over a
movie in which he or she appears. Layers of supporting staff and vast sums of
money are needed in order to generate the resulting product, a movie. A typical
movie requires a screenplay writer, a producer, a director, a camera crew, a lighting
crew, audio technicians, make-up artists, and so on. Conversely, all a rock band
needs is a recording studio, a recording engineer, and perhaps a mastering
engineer; things that can be rented at a fraction of the cost of the cheapest movie
production. If a rock band can sell its CDs, then they have created their own market,
their own supply and demand. If enough people like their sound, they will emerge
as stars. At some point, they may decide to write political songs or make public
statements on various political topics of the day.
This explanation may seem too simple to be true, but the scenario I have described
has frequently occurred throughout the fifty-year history of rock. Elvis rose to fame
after being recorded in primitive conditions by Sun Records founder/engineer/
producer Sam Philips. By 1977, Elvis was obsessed with the assassination of
Page 221 of 508
Published by © 2009
President John F. Kennedy, believing his death and his brother Bobby's death were
the result of governmental conspiracies. To my knowledge Elvis never made any
public statements regarding the deaths of the Kennedy brothers, likely because he
died before he had the opportunity. The Beatles had a similar story. They did
virtually everything themselves with limited assistance from recording
engineer/producer/musician George Martin. Eventually, the group's leader, John
Lennon, became an outspoken political activist. The same thing happened with Jim
Morrison and the Doors, not to mention Jimi Hendrix. More recently, Kurt Cobain's
band Nirvana achieved phenomenal success largely through their own efforts. Like
Elvis, Lennon, Morrison, and Hendrix, Cobain died mysteriously.
Of course political statements are not necessarily required in order to become a
target of the FBI. To my knowledge, Janis Joplin was not particularly political, but
she was apparently targeted by the Bureau as well. Both Elvis and Lennon were
targeted long before they expressed any political interests. Although Lennon is
remembered by many for publicly stating his opinions on various political topics,
most notably expressing opposition to the Vietnam War, I have concluded that the
FBI targeted him long before he stated such opinions. The evidence presented in
this book reveals that Lennon was probably deemed a threat as early as August 15,
1966 when the Beatles gave an historic performance at Shea Stadium in New York
City, playing before 56,000 screaming, hysterical fans. As leader of the Beatles,
Lennon's only crime at that point was being a star who shined too brightly.
Shea Stadium was the first modern rock concert. Exactly four years later, on August
15, 1969, the Woodstock Music and Arts Festival was held on a farm in Bethel, New
York. Woodstock was the peaceful gathering of about 400,000 young rock-music
fans and marked what is considered the high point of the American youth
counterculture of the 1960s. Although Woodstock was overtly a rock concert, it was
also viewed by many as a powerful political statement against US involvement in
the Vietnam War at a time when American forces were at an all-time high: 540,000
On the Beatles next tour, a year after the Shea Stadium performance, they were
harassed and physically assaulted on several fronts, receiving extremely bad press
in America after Lennon made an innocent remark about the Beatles being more
popular than Jesus. In Manilla, they were man-handled by government thugs after
first lady Amelda Marcos leaked erroneous reports to the press that the Beatles had
snubbed her. Death threats followed and as a result, the Beatles stopped touring at
the height of their fame. Lennon fought back the only way he knew, through
political discourse. Prior to 1966, his lyrics had been fairly tame. Afterwards, he
began pushing the envelope more and more both in his song lyrics and in nonmusical political activities as well.
Rock stars should be aware of the vast forces aligned against them. The FBI has
11,000 agents working in 59 field offices throughout the United States. One of the
FBI's top functions is propaganda. Agents in each field office monitor all
newspapers and journals published within its geographic region. The Bureau works
jointly with six media conglomerates which are Jewish-run* and control virtually all
Page 222 of 508
Published by © 2009
of the electronic news media. The six media conglomerates are Time Warner, the
Walt Disney Company, Vivendi Universal, Viacom, General Electric, and News
Corporation Limited. The Jewish/FBI monopoly of the American news media
allows both entities to commit virtually any crime against the United States
government and its people and easily cover their tracks.
Hopefully this book will inspire young rock stars to continue the struggle for world
peace, for they are among the last pockets of resistance against America's rising
militaristic domination. And hopefully the younger generation of rock stars will
learn from the mistakes of their predecessors. Hopefully current rock stars will
realize that the FBI's army will try to get them to self-destruct through substance
abuse and sexual temptations. Even worse, once a rock star begins using drugs or
alcohol in excessive amounts, he/she can easily be murdered, and a false cover story
propagated that the death was related to substance abuse, suicide, or both,
regardless of any facts which might indicate foul play. The FBI has the power to
propagate such false stories through the use of its vast propaganda network working
in concert with the previously stated six Jewish-controlled media conglomerates.
Hopefully this book will encourage a new generation of rock stars to be less na‹ve
than their predecessors. Perhaps the new generation of rockers will realize that they
are more than entertainers, more than poets and songwriters, more than sex
symbols. They are soldiers fighting in the front lines of a war against tyranny. In the
Sixties, rock stars often sang of revolution in a figurative sense. In the 21st Century,
any reference to revolutions should become more literal.
- Salvador Astucia, April 2004
Author’s Personal Thoughts
John Lennon was one of the most beloved and influential people who lived in the
Twentieth Century. Although his only claim to fame was singing, playing guitar and
writing songs, once he achieved superstar status with his rock group, the Beatles, he
used his enormous celebrity to promote the cause of peace. He therefore became a
threat to those who profit from war. When the world learned of his murder on
December 8, 1980, the outpouring of love and grief for the slain Beatle was
overwhelming. In life, John Lennon held no position of direct power. He was not an
elected official. He was not a president, a king, or religious leader. He led no
crusade, formed no political party. He was merely an entertainer who spoke openly
about issues he believed were important. Many have compared the world’s reaction
to his death to that exhibited when President John F. Kennedy was assassinated.
I personally was so grief-stricken by Lennon’s sudden death that I became
physically ill and quickly developed an ear infection which required antibiotics. I
recall stopping at a pharmacy to get my prescription filled, clearly grief-stricken and
sick, but I stood in line waiting to pay the cashier for the prescription drugs I
Page 223 of 508
Published by © 2009
needed. Beside me in another line, I heard a young man—a few years older than
me—whistling I’ve Just Scene a Face by the Beatles. I knew I was not alone in my
pain. For years, I had difficulty reading about his murder. It was so painful to think
of someone I felt was my brother being cut down so violently, so brutally. But time
has a way of healing wounds. As I grew older I watched some of my loved ones pass
on, which gave me strength to reflect on John Lennon’s murder and other tragic
events which occurred in my life, but beyond my personal circle of friends and
In the final chapter of my book, Opium Lords, (April 2002) I suggested that Lennon
was the victim of a government sponsored assassination. Admittedly I focused
mainly on motive rather than details of the case because I had not devoted much
time to researching the rock star’s murder when I wrote Opium Lords.
Nevertheless, I was intrigued that Lennon’s younger son, Sean, had publicly stated
his belief that his father was likely assassinated by the United States government. In
recent years, Sean reportedly made the following statement:
[He] was a counterrevolutionary and was very
dangerous to the government. If he had said
‘Bomb the White House tomorrow,’ there would
have been 10,000 people who would have done it.
The pacifist revolutionaries are historically killed
by the government, and anybody who thinks
Mark Chapman was just some crazy guy who
killed my dad for his own personal interest is
insane or very naive. It was in the best
interest of the United States to have my
dad killed. And you know, that worked against
them, because once he died, his power grew. So I
mean, fuck them! They didn’t get what they
A short while ago I decided to research John Lennon’s murder in depth. As I
suspected Sean was absolutely correct. There was a conspiracy. The United States
government had reason to silence John Lennon. I will discuss motive shortly, but
for now, let us focus on the crime scene itself. Regardless of motive or the accused
killer’s state of mind, I will demonstrate that Mark David Chapman is completely
innocent and should therefore be released from prison as soon as possible. Here is a
brief summary of my findings:
Lennon’s wounds were on the wrong side of his body. The autopsy revealed
four wounds to the left side of the upper body: two in the left shoulder, two in
the left side of the back. On Dec. 10, 1980, (two days after the murder) the
New York Times published a diagram showing where Lennon and Chapman
were standing when the fatal shots were fired. Chapman was reportedly
standing to Lennon’s right, several feet behind him. Before shooting,
Chapman allegedly called to the victim, "Mr. Lennon." As Lennon turned,
Chapman fired five shots; four hit Lennon. Since Chapman was reportedly
Page 224 of 508
Published by © 2009
standing to Lennon’s right in back of him, Lennon would certainly have
turned to his right in response to Chapman’s call. This means the right side of
Lennon’s body was facing Chapman as he turned. The wounds should have
been on the right side of the body, but surprisingly they were on the left.
The doorman at the Dakota on the night of the shooting was an anti-Castro
Cuban, Jose Perdomo; Chapman’s primary accuser. It is widely known that
Cuban exiles have been used extensively by the intelligence community since
the failed Bay of Pigs invasion in 1961.
Patrolman Peter Cullen, one of the officers in the first police car responding
to the shooting, believed the shooter was a handyman at the Dakota, not
Chapman. Cullen thought Chapman "looked like a guy who worked in a
bank." Perdomo convinced Cullen that Chapman was the assailant.
Hours after the shooting, the New York Times reported that Lennon was shot
near the main lobby in the Dakota entryway. The next day the NYT reported
that he was shot near the entrance of the Dakota, about 20-to-25 feet away
from the spot originally reported. The shift in location was apparently needed
because police and witnesses found Chapman at the entrance of the Dakota
building, not 20-to-25 feet inside.
Lennon’s true assassin was probably the handyman (aka, elevator operator)
who fired from inside or near a service elevator located across from the
concierge stand where Lennon collapsed after being shot. Shooting from the
service elevator would easily hit the left side of Lennon’s body which is where
the wounds were located.
Mark David Chapman has never been judged legally insane, although opinion
leaders within the American news media continually portray him as crazy. He
pled guilty to the crime, thereby forfeiting his right to a trial. As a result, he
has spent the last 22 years of his life in Attica State penitentiary for a crime he
did not commit.
Facts indicate that Chapman was likely the victim of mind control—a
combination of drugs, hypnosis or both—which caused him to commit
numerous self-incriminating acts; however, murder was not one of them.
Ironically, Chapman himself believes he shot Lennon, although he cannot
recall several key details of the crime. The power of suggestion is an
incredible tool.
There are no known witnesses to the crime; however, several "crime scene
witnesses" observed events shortly before and after the shooting. But I have
found no statements from any person who actually observed Chapman shoot
Lennon; not even Yoko Ono.
Page 225 of 508
Published by © 2009
Fear of Assassination
One of the reasons the Beatles stopped touring in 1966 was because they feared
John would be assassinated. On July 29, 1966, Datebook published John’s
interview with British journalist Maureen Cleave. Datebook had quoted John out of
context, where he stated that the Beatles were "more popular than Jesus." The
American magazine’s misrepresentation of the innocent statement created antiBeatle reactions around America, particularly in the South. On August 12, 1966, just
before the Beatles next tour began, John held a press conference in Chicago to
explain his comments about Christianity and apologize. On August 19, 1966, the
Beatles performed at a Memphis concert and someone let off a firecracker. The
entire Beatles’ entourage reportedly looked at John, thinking he had been shot.2
Tony Barrow was public relations manager for the Beatles at that time and
witnessed the incident. The following is an excerpt from an interview Barrow gave
years later where he discussed John’s remarks about Christianity, the Beatles last
tour, and the exploding firecracker in Memphis:
BARROW: The third and final phase of that horrendous year [1966] was the
last tour of the United States, where we began with Beatle records being
burned and John Lennon under the direct threat of assassination from
religious zealots in the southern United States, the Bible Belt states. It was the
misconstruing of his comment about Jesus Christ’s diminishing popularity,
which wasn’t in any way boastful. It was just a comment he made. By the time
it reached certain southern states, it was taken very badly by certain religious
factions and there was the threat of death hanging over that whole tour.
I do recall that once we did get down to that area, the southern states, that a
firecracker was let off during the concert in Memphis and everybody, all of us
at the side of the stage, including the three Beatles on stage, all looked
immediately at John Lennon. We would not at that moment have been
surprised to see that guy go down. Of course, that was 14 years too early for
that. John had halfheartedly joked about the Memphis concert in an earlier
press conference, and when we got there everything seemed to be controlled
and calm, but underneath somehow, there was this nasty atmosphere. It
wasn’t a happy day at all. It was a very tense and pressured kind of day.3
That incident apparently affected John deeply for the rest of his life. Two years later
he wrote a rather bizarre song entitled "Happiness is a Warm Gun," which appeared
on the Beatles White Album. But once you understand about the firecracker
incident in Memphis in 1966, the song seems rather down to earth.
His half-sisters were Julia Dykins Baird (b. 1947), Jackie Dykins (b. 1949), and
Victoria Elizabeth Williams* (b. June 19, 19454)—Julia and Jackie being the
offspring of mother Julia and common law husband, John "Bobby" Dykins (b. 1918
- d. 1966); Victoria being the offspring of mother Julia and Taffy Williams. John’s
half-brothers were David Henry Lennon (b. February 1969) and Robin Francis
Lennon (b. October 1973) from the union of his father and second wife Pauline
Jones. John never met his two half-brothers (his father’s sons) who were easily
Page 226 of 508
Published by © 2009
young enough to be John’s sons. John apparently never knew Victoria either; she
was reportedly adopted by a Norwegian Captain and his family.
John’s father—Alfred "Freddy" Lennon†—was in the Merchant Navy when John was
born and consequently was at sea for long stretches of time. World War II pushed
the young couple apart and eventually they divorced. John was raised by his mother
Julia’s sister, Mary Elizabeth "Mimi" Stanley (b. 1903 - d. December 6, 1992), and
her husband George Toogood Smith (b. 1903 - d. June 5, 1955). John grew up at the
Smith’s upper middle-class home, a semi-detached house, known as "Mendips" at
251 Menlove Avenue, Woolton. The Smiths had no children of their own.
John lost contact with his father but remained close to his mother, who visited him
often at Menlove Avenue. John frequently visited Julia and her common law
husband, John "Bobby" Dykins, and their two daughters, Julia and Jackie, at the
family’s Liverpool flat. John experienced two traumatic events before he reached
adulthood. When he was fourteen, John’s Uncle George died suddenly of a brain
hemorrhage. George was 52. Three years later, when John was 17, Julia was killed
in a traffic accident when an off duty policeman ran her down as she walked home
from Mimi's house. Julia was 44. John never fully recovered emotionally from the
shock of losing his mother so tragically, but he transferred his pain into music and
inspirational poetic lyrics which would capture the imagination of the world a few
years later. That’s really the essence of all art: channeling the artist’s emotions into
a creative outlet. And John’s singing voice—when in top form—seemed to radiate
from records directly to the listeners’ hearts. He didn’t have strong technical
technique; mainly raw, uninhibited emotion. And the sound of his voice was totally
Years later, John’s half-sister Julia Dykins Baird described her mother’s musical
and creative influence over John:
JULIA BAIRD: Where did John get his musical talents? Oh, from my mother
definitely. Some people, like my cousin, Leila, said that my mother had far more
talent than John ever had because he only inherited a slight spot of it. The
whole family is biased toward my mother, of course, beautifully so. But she did
really have enormous talent. She was a very creative person. She did paintings
on the wall, directly on the wall. We grew up with all that around the kitchen
chimney. And she would always play. If she was reading us something like "The
Teddy Bear’s Picnic" [a children’s story], we’d get the da, da, da, da and the
mouth organ and stuff like that. We got it all. Everything was well decorated.
Of course, John was six and a half years older than me, so she was beginning to
teach him. She’d been taught the banjo by her grandfather. She’d inherited this
beautiful mother-of-pearl, four-string banjo, a very big one. She used to play
"That’ll Be the Day" by Buddy Holly, one of the ones John sang later. I
remember us standing over him, making him play it again and saying, "Yes, it
will hurt. Press harder. Press harder. Yes, it hurts."…5
John eventually migrated from the banjo to the guitar and became friends with two
other guitar players, Paul McCartney (b. June 18, 1942), George Harrison (b.
Page 227 of 508
Published by © 2009
February 25, 1943 - d. November 29, 2001). By 1955, the three teenagers were
enamored with the new American musical craze, rock ‘n’ roll, and imitated the
genre’s leader, Elvis Presley. Eventually the threesome picked up drummer Richard
Starkey (aka, Ringo Starr; b. July 7, 1940) and evolved into the Beatles, the most
influential rock group of the Twentieth Century. In 1964, "I Want to Hold Your
Hand," "Love Me Do," and "She Loves You" stayed at the top of the American charts
for months, simultaneous with Capitol Records’ sudden release of nearly 60 Beatles
recordings—packaged in five albums—to the American public.* Consequently, their
music dominated the airwaves for nearly two years and ushered in Beatlemania, the
mass hysteria among their teenage fans across the globe. The songwriting team of
John Lennon and Paul McCartney epitomized rock creativity in the Sixties. John
added to the Beatles’ mystique with the publication of two humorous books, "A
Spaniard in the Works" and "In His Own Write."
On August 23, 1962, John married artist Cynthia Powell (b. September 10, 1939).
On April 8, 1963, the couple had a son, Julian Lennon. In July 1964, the young
family moved to the "Kenwood" mansion in Weybridge, England. But fame, fortune
and constant touring took its toll on the marriage. John and Cynthia divorced on
November 8, 1968. On March 20, 1969, John married avant garde Japanese artist
Yoko Ono (b. February 18, 1933). The couple quickly became outspoken critics of
America’s military involvement in Vietnam. John began recording with Yoko, apart
from the Beatles, in the Plastic Ono Band. They recorded memorable anti-war songs
such as "Give Peace a Chance," "Instant Karma," "Happy Christmas (War is Over),"
and "Imagine."
John also began to express political opinions regarding Britain’s persecution of the
Irish. His empathy for the Irish probably came from his hometown, Liverpool, a city
closely linked to Ireland culturally and geographically. The famous North-England
port city is about 120 miles east of Dublin, separated by the Irish Sea. A high level of
Irish immigration to Liverpool occurred during and after the Irish potato famine of
1845 through 1848. Consequently, many of the Irish customs became part of
Liverpool’s culture, most notably the prominence of the Roman Catholic Church in
a Protestant nation historically opposed to Catholicism and known for its
oppression of Irish Catholics.6 Like many Liverpudlians, John was raised Roman
Catholic, and consequently, was viewed as a second class citizen within the British
social order. In fact, John’s heritage was apparently Irish-Catholic on both the
maternal and paternal sides of his family. According to Edward MacLysaght’s book,
The Surnames of Ireland, "Lennon" is an Irish surname from Counties Cork,
Fermanagh, and Galway.7 "Stanley" (the surname of John’s mother) is a common
English name which—according to MacLysaght—"is on record in Ireland since the
Thirteenth Century, mainly in the Counties Louth and Meath" and "is now fairly
numerous in both Leinster and parts of Munster."8
John’s Irish heritage would certainly explain his innate rebellious nature and his
eventual public positions on several Irish political struggles. Contrary to popular
belief, John’s opinions about Ireland were probably sincere convictions he held his
entire life, being the apparent descendant of Irish immigrants who migrated to
Liverpool. Ireland was under British colonial rule for centuries, but became a
Page 228 of 508
Published by © 2009
sovereign, independent, democratic state in 1937, although Northern Ireland
remains under British rule to this day. In 1972, John wrote and recorded a song,
"Sunday Bloody Sunday,"* which describes how British soldiers shot and killed
thirteen Irish civilian demonstrators in the Northern Ireland city of Derry on
January 30, 1972.9 Sunday Bloody Sunday appeared on John’s 1972 album, Some
Time In New York City. On the same album was "The Luck of the Irish," co-written
by John and Yoko, which discusses how the British have persecuted the Irish for a
thousand years. Although these songs are considered highly political by many, they
are quite similar to other Irish popular songs about British atrocities in Ireland,
most notably Pete St. John’s "The Fields of Athenry" which has become a de facto
national anthem of Ireland.
John took similar positions, not directly in support of the Irish, but in general
opposition to British rule. In 1969, John became active in clearing the name of
James Francis Hanratty, a British citizen tried by the British government and
subsequently executed (hanged) on April 4, 1962 for the murder of Michael
Gregsten (36) and the rape and attempted murder of Valerie Storie (22) on August
22, 1961. Irregularities in the Hanratty case paved the way to ending capital
punishment in Britain. On December 11, 1969, John and Yoko startled a crowd of
fans outside the Kensington Odeon in London at the premiére of Ringo Starr’s
movie, The Magic Christian, by carrying a banner reading "Britain Murdered
Hanratty." Three days later, on December 14, 1969, John and Yoko attended a
speech made by Hanratty’s father at Speaker’s Corner, Hyde Park, during which the
elder Hanratty declared his son’s innocence.10
John was encouraged to express himself politically by his second wife, Yoko Ono.
Yoko is the oldest of three children from the marriage of Eisuke Ono and Isoko
Yasuda Ono. Prior to World War II, the Ono family was part of Japanese
aristocracy,* but they lost everything after Japan’s defeat in World War II. Yoko said
later that during the war years she was always hungry, and the family was often
reduced to begging for food door to door. Eventually the Ono family acquired new
wealth and social prominence in post-war Japan.
Eight years older than John, Yoko had been married twice before. Her first husband
was Julliard student, Toshi Ichiyangi. Her second husband was Tony Cox. She and
Cox had a daughter, Kyoko Cox (b. August 8, 1963). Many Beatle fans disliked Yoko;
many accused her of breaking up the Beatles. In 1998, Yoko reflected on her life
with John:
YOKO ONO: They say that Venus was jealous of lovers. Forget Venus. In our
case it was the whole world. But as far as we were concerned, we felt lucky that
we had found each other. Aside of the fact that we were both rebellious and
emotional, we were true opposites. John was tallish. I was smallish. John
made music for the people. I made music for the avant-garde…John was
humble, in a way only a very successful person could be. I was proud, like
most people living in an Ivory Tower, who never had to test the big
water. Coming from a semi-working class background, John was street-wise. I
was totally inexperienced when it came to the games of the real world. And we
Page 229 of 508
Published by © 2009
felt so, so lucky that we fell in love with each other. It was a blessing neither of
us expected at that time in our lives. We couldn’t take our eyes off one another.
We couldn’t get enough of each other. But the outside pressure was very
strong. It was so strong, that sometimes we had to separate from each other in
order to protect our love. We thought we were clever, that we did everything
right, and nothing and nobody could tear us apart. Never, never, never. But it
happened: our separation. So sudden, too. He was taken away from me for
In 1971, John and Yoko moved to New York City to find Kyoko,† who was being kept
away from Yoko by Cox. In June 1973, John and Yoko moved to the Dakota, a chic
condominium complex in Manhattan. Shortly after moving in, John and Yoko
separated for 15 months, but eventually reconciled. On October 9, 197512 (John’s
35th birthday), Yoko gave birth to a son, Sean. John spent the ensuing five years in
seclusion but returned to public life in the fall of 1980. He was assassinated on
December 8, 1980. A memorial to John—"Strawberry Fields"—stands in New York
City's Central Park West.13
The day after John was killed, Yoko publicly asked people to send donations, in lieu
of flowers, to the Spirit Foundation, then located at 1 Battery Park Plaza, New York,
NY 10004. She described the Spirit Foundation as "John’s personal charitable
foundation." Yoko said the foundation was set up a year earlier by John with a grant
of $100,000. The Foundation’s assets were devoted to the following causes: Hale
House, East Harlem Family Health Service, Covenant House, Society for the
Prevention of Cruelty to Children, New York Foundling Hospital, St. Barnabas
House Salvation Army, the WBAI-Pacifica radio network, the Police Athletic League
and the New York City Police Department Vest Fund to purchase bulletproof vests
for officers and WNET, the public television channel.14
1. Geoffrey Giuliano, Lennon in America, p. 222
2. Two sources describe the firecracker incident in Memphis: (1) David Pritchard &
Alan Lysaght, The Beatles: An Oral History, p 224; (2) Marie Clayton & Gareth
Thomas, John Lennon: Unseen Archives, p 167. The date of the Memphis concert
(August 19, 1966) is shown on a 1966 tour schedule on a Beatles webpage:
3. David Pritchard & Alan Lysaght, The Beatles: An Oral History, p 224
4. Ray Coleman, Lennon: The Definitive Biography, p 88
5. David Pritchard & Alan Lysaght, The Beatles: An Oral History, pp. 5-6
6. SOURCES: (1) Encyclopedia Britannica: Liverpool; (2) American Automobile
Association (AAA): Map of England, Wales & Republic of Ireland
7. Edward MacLysaght, The Surnames of Ireland, p 194
8. ibid, p 278
9. Remembering Bloody Sunday,
10. SOURCES: (1) Ray Coleman, Lennon: The Definitive Biography, p 710; (2)
Marie Clayton & Gareth Thomas, John Lennon: Unseen Archives, pp. 283, 285 &
Page 230 of 508
Published by © 2009
11. Yoko Ono, Lennon Anthology: Introduction, pp. 2-5
12. Ray Coleman, Lennon: The Definitive Biography, pp 590 & 595. (Page 590 states
that John and Yoko's separation began in the autumn of 1973. Page 595 states that
the separation lasted for 15 months.)
13. SOURCES (Lennon bio): (1) Ray Coleman, Lennon: The Definitive Biography;
(2) Hunter Davis, The Beatles, Second Revised Edition; (3) David Pritchard & Alan
Lysaght, The Beatles: An Oral History; (4); (5)
14. SOURCES: (1) Announcement, New York Times, Dec. 10, 1980, "Yoko Ono Asks
Mourners to Give To a Foundation Lennon Favored;" (2) Paul L. Montgomery, New
York Times, Dec. 11, 1980, "Suspect in Lenon's Slaying is Put Under Suicide Watch,"
p B3
Chapter 1: The Crime Scene
Chapter 2: The Motive
PART II: The Bureau
Chapter 3: The FBI, Past & Present
Chapter 4: FBI Surveillance on the Internet
Chapter 5: King Elvis and the Golden Age of rock ‘n’ roll
Chapter 6: The Second Insurgency
Chapter 7: Flower Power, 1966-1967
PART Iv: The manson murders
Chapter 8: Entanglements
Chapter 9: The Crimes
Chapter 10: Bugliosi’s folly
Chapter 11: What really happened?
Chapter 12: Jimi Hendrix
Chapter 13: Jim Morrison
Chapter 14: More casualties
UPDATE (Salvador Astucia, June 22, 2004) -- While writing Rethinking John
Lennon's Assassination, I attempted to obtain John Lennon's autopsy report from
the New York City Medical Examiner's Office, but was denied access. But even
without seeing the autopsy report first-hand, we still knew the nature of the wounds
because on December 10, 1980, the New York Times published a summary the
autopsy report in an article written by Paul Montgomery. In the stated article,
Montgomery described John Lennon's wounds as follows, per the autopsy report:
Page 231 of 508
Published by © 2009
"According to the autopsy, four shots struck Mr. Lennon, two in
the left side of his back and two in his left shoulder. All four caused
internal damage and bleeding."
Recently I obtained a copy of the John Lennon's death certificate (see below),
which matches Paul Montgomery's summary of the autopsy report. The
death certificate gives the following description of the wounds and cause of
"...Multiple gunshot wounds of left shoulder and chest....Left lung
and left subclavian artery; External and internal hemorrhage.
The death certificate does not specify whether the chest wound was an entry or exit
wound; however, Paul Montgomery indicated it was an exit wound because he
claimed two bullets struck "the left side of his back", per the autopsy report.
This means the shooter was standing to John's left; however, a crime scene sketch
published in the New York Times on Dec. 10, 1980--two days after the shooting-showed Chapman standing behind John, to John's right (see Figure A). The sketch
also shows a service elevator in front of John, to John's left. That is probably where
the real shooter fired the fatal shots. With this information, a different version of
the crime emerges: As John walks from the entrance to the lobby, the shooter
(someone other than Chapman) fires from the vicinity of the service elevator,
hitting John twice in the left shoulder. After being hit twice, John runs to the lobby
stairs, and the shooter fires three more shots, hitting him twice in left side of the
back; one shot misses completely. The last three shots leave three bullet holes in the
glass lobby doors (per Fenton Bresler's description of the crime). Apparently the
two bullets that hit John in the left side of the back exited the left side of his chest,
leaving bullet holes in the glass lobby door.
Page 232 of 508
Published by © 2009
Enlarged description of cause of John Lennon’s death …
Page 233 of 508
Published by © 2009
NEW - FBI Files on the Early Beatles (1964)
Several books are available which document FBI files on John Lennon, but virtually
all of them focus on the Bureau's surveillance of his political activities from the late
Sixties through the early Seventies. Few people are aware that the FBI started a file
on the Beatles on March 31, 1964. This was likely a continuation of the J. Edgar
Hoover's contempt for Rock 'n' Roll from the Fifties, notwithstanding the payola
scandal of 1959 and 1960 which drove Rock 'n' Roll promoter Alan Freed to an early
The following are summaries of four sets of FBI files on the early Beatles:
March 31, 1964 - Herman Kenin, President of the American Federation of
Musicians, complains to State, Justice, and Labor Departments about the Beatles.
Kenin argues the Beatles should not be allowed to perform in America unless an
exchange arrangement can be worked out where Americans perform in England.
To view FBI documents, clear here.
August 9, 1964 - Los Angeles Times article--written by Art Berman--is added to
the Beatles' file. The article--entitled "Beatles' Visit Posing Top Security Problem"-describes how special security is needed to protect the Beatles from their adoring
fans. To view FBI documents, clear here.
August 18, 1964 - The FBI is advised that the Beatles received death threat prior
to their performance in Denver, Colorado. Promoter Vern Byers receives a post card
directing him to cancel the Beatles' show, or a "hand grenade" will be thrown at the
Beatles "instead of jelly babies." The FBI incorrectly classifies the death threat as
"extortion." No suspects are found and the FBI closes the case on September 21,
1964. To view FBI documents, clear here.
August 18 through September 18, 1964 - Numerous reports are added to the
Beatles' file. The FBI is apparently running surveillance on the Beatles 1964 tour,
describing events as they arrive and perform in various cities. To view FBI
documents, clear here.
NEW - Star Wars Connection to Lennon's Murder
NEW - Rock 'n' Roll Hall of Fame is a Spook Operation!!!
NEW - Analysis of crime scene video further exonerates Chapman.
NEW - Lennon's true assassin may have been a hit man supplied by Jewish mobster,
Morris Levy
Page 234 of 508
Published by © 2009
Lennon's true assassin may have been a hit man
supplied by Jewish mobster, Morris Levy.
Oct. 9, 2004, Salvador Astucia
In the Seventies, John Lennon had a run-in with a known mobster, Morris Levy.
Levy had founded Roulette Records in 1956, and owned copyrights to several songs.
Levy wasn't really a music publisher per se, but he realized copyrights were a
valuable commodity. So he obtained as many as possible, including rights to Chuck
Berry songs and countless others.
Lennon's last album with the Beatles, Abbey Road, included his song "Come
Together," which used a lyric from a Chuck Berry song, "You Can't Catch Me,"
which Levy owned. In 1970, Lennon revealed in an interview that he had borrowed
the lyric ("here come ole flat top") from the Berry tune. As a result, Levy sued
Lennon, but backed down when Lennon proposed a settlement. His next album
would be a collection of oldies, including three songs Levy owned. Recording began
in late 1973, but the project was delayed. Morris interpreted the holdup as a breach
of settlement. He had dinner with Lennon, who promised to complete the oldies
album. Shortly thereafter, Levy asked Lennon if he could borrow the unedited tape
of songs intended for the album, just for listening. Lennon complied. When Levy
received the tape, he immediately released the songs as a TV mail-order album,
Roots. Lennon sued and won.4
If Levy was able to steal an unreleased tape of recordings from a superstar like John
Lennon and not be prosecuted as a criminal, then he may have been "protected" at
that time by the United States government in exchange for doing the dirty work for
certain intelligence agencies. Therefore, it is highly possible that a man like Levy
might have supplied certain right-wing factions within the FBI with a hit man to kill
Lennon on Dec. 8, 1980, a month before Ronald Reagan's inauguration. Of course,
pinning the crime on Chapman wasn't a mob operation. Grooming a patsy and
getting the news media to cover up the crime was clearly the work of US intelligence
working jointly with Jewish media moguls.
To read excerpts from a Usenet discussion on the topic of John Lennon's law suit
against Morris Levy, click here.
SOURCE: Fredric Dannen, "Hit Men: Power Brokers and Fast Money Inside the
Music Business" (2003 edition), p 49
Page 235 of 508
Published by © 2009
Reading #10
The Aquarian Conspiracy: Fact Or Fiction?
“In 1960, Huxley was appointed visiting professor at MIT in
Boston. He created a circle at Harvard parallel to his West
Coast LSD team. The Harvard group included Huxley,
Osmund, and Watts, Timothy Leary, and Richard Alpert.
From the discussions of the Harvard seminar, Leary put
together the book The Psychedelic Experience, based on the
ancient Tibetan Book of the Dead. Watts at the same time
founded the Pacifica Foundation, which sponsored the
WKBW in San Francisco and WBM-FM in New York City
radio stations, which were among the first to push the
Rolling Stones, the Beatles, and the Animals, and would
later pioneer ‘acid rock’ and eventually ‘punk rock.’ As
admitted by Jefferson Airplane's leading musician, Paul
The new rock music is intended to broaden the
generation gap, alienate parents from their children, and
prepare young people for revolution.’” (David Livingstone,
Terrorism And The Illuminati: A Three Thousand Year
History, p. 209)
Page 236 of 508
Published by © 2009
There is a sizeable portion of the otherwise reading population that refuses to look
at ANYTHING connected to Lyndon Larouche. In its most acute form, this
intellectual close-mindedness centers primarily on his lack of what some believe is
an essential positive regard for the British royalty. Perhaps the most "outlandish"
OR "true-blue" publication has been Chapter VII of EIR, DOPE, INC. (3rd Ed.
1992). Following the chapter is a fragmentary chronology of events. True or false.
You decide for yourself.
The Aquarian Conspiracy
In the spring of 1980, a book appeared called The Aquarian Conspiracy that put
itself forward as a manifesto of the counterculture. Defining the counterculture as
the conscious embracing of irrationality -- from rock and drugs to biofeedback,
meditation, "consciousness-raising," yoga, mountain climbing, group therapy, and
psychodrama. The Aquarian Conspiracy declares that it is now time for the 15
million Americans involved in the counterculture to join in bringing about a "radical
change in the United States."
Writes author Marilyn Ferguson: "While outlining a not-yet-titled book about the
emerging social alternatives, I thought again about the peculiar form of this
movement; its atypical leadership, the patient intensity of its adherents, their
unlikely successes. It suddenly struck me that in their sharing of strategies, their
linkage, and their recognition of each other by subtle signals, the participants were
not merely cooperating with one another. They were in collusion. It -- this
movement -- is a conspiracy!"1
Ferguson used a half-truth to tell a lie. The counterculture is a conspiracy -- but not
in the half-conscious way Ferguson claim -- as she well knows. Ferguson wrote her
manifesto under the direction of Willis Harman, social policy director of the
Stanford Research Institute, as a popular version of a May 1974 policy study on how
to transform the United States into Aldous Huxley's Brave New World. The
counterculture is a conspiracy at the top, created as a method of social control, used
to drain the United States of its commitment to scientific and technological
That conspiracy goes back to the 1930s, when the British sent Aldous Huxley to the
United States as the case officer for an operation to prepare the United States for
the mass dissemination of drugs. We will take this conspiracy apart step-by-step
from its small beginnings with Huxley in California to the victimization of 15 million
Americans today. With 'The Aquarian Conspiracy', the British Opium War against
the United States has come out into the open.
The Model
The British had a precedent for the counterculture they imposed upon the United
States: the pagan cult ceremonies of the decadent Egyptian and Roman Empires.
The following description of cult ceremonies dating back to the Egyptian Isis
Page 237 of 508
Published by © 2009
priesthood of the third millennium B.C. could just as well be a journalistic account
of a "hippy be-in" circa A.D. 1969: "The acts or gestures that accompany the
incantations constitute the rite [of Isis). In these dances, the beating of drums and
the rhythm of music and repetitive movements were helped by hallucinatory
substances like hashish or mescal; these were consumed as adjuvants to create the
trance and the hallucinations that were taken to he the visitation of the god. The
drugs were sacred, and their knowledge was limited to the initiated . . . Possibly
because they have the illusion of satisfied desires, and allowed the innermost
feelings to escape, these rites acquired during their execution a frenzied character
that is conspicuous in certain spells: "Retreat! Re is piercing thy head, slashing thy
face, dividing thy head, crushing it in his hands; thy bones are shattered, thy limbs
are cut to pieces!"2
The counterculture that was foisted on the 1960s adolescent youth of America is not
merely analogous to the ancient cult of Isis. It is a literal resurrection of the cult
down to the popularization of the Isis cross (the "peace symbol") as the
counterculture's most frequently used symbol.
The High Priesthood
The high priest for Britain's Opium War was Aldous Huxley, the grandson of
Thomas H. Huxley, a founder of the Rhodes Roundtable group and a lifelong
collaborator of Arnold Toynbee. Toynbee himself sat on the RIIA council for nearly
fifty years, headed the Research Division of British intelligence throughout World
War II, and served as wartime briefing officer of Prime Minister Winston Churchill.
Toynbee's "theory" of history, expounded in his twenty-volume History of Western
civilization, was that its determining culture has always been the rise and decline of
grand imperial dynasties. At the very point that these dynasties -- the "thousand
year Reich" of the Egyptian pharaohs, the Roman Empire, and the British Empire -succeed in imposing their rule over the entire face of the earth, they tend to decline.
Toynbee argued that this decline could be abated if the ruling oligarchy (like that of
the British Roundtable) would devote itself to the recruitment and training of an
ever-expanding priesthood dedicated to the principles of imperial rule.3
Trained at Toynbee's Oxford, Aldous Huxley was one of the initiates in the
"Children of the Sun," a Dionysian cult comprised of the children of Britain's
Roundtable elite.4 Among the other initiates were T.S. Eliot, W.H. Auden, Sir
Oswald Mosley, and D.H. Lawrence, Huxley's homosexual lover. It was Huxley,
furthermore, who would launch the legal battle in the 1950s to have Lawrence's
pornographic novel Lady Chatterley's Lover allowed into the United States on the
ground that it was a misunderstood "work of art."5
Aldous Huxley, along with his brother Julian, was tutored at Oxford by H.G. Wells,
the head of British foreign intelligence during World War I and the spiritual
grandfather of the Aquarian Conspiracy. Ferguson accurately sees the
counterculture as the realization of what Wells called The Open Conspiracy: Blue
Prints for a World Revolution. The "Open Conspiracy," Wells wrote, "will appear
first, I believe, as a conscious organization of intelligent and quite possibly in some
Page 238 of 508
Published by © 2009
cases, wealthy men, as a movement having distinct social and political aims,
confessedly ignoring most of the existing apparatus of political control, or using it
only as an incidental implement in the stages, a mere movement of a number of
people in a certain direction who will presently discover with a sort of surprise the
common object toward which they are all moving . . . In all sorts of ways they will
be influencing and controlling the apparatus of the ostensible government."6
What Ferguson left out is that Wells called his conspiracy a "one-world brain"
which would function as "a police of the mind." Such books as the Open Conspiracy
were for the priesthood itself. But Wells's popular writings (Time Machine, The
Island of Dr. Moreau, and so forth), and those of his proteges Aldous Huxley
(Brave New World) and George Orwell (1984 and Animal Farm), were written as
"mass appeal" organizing documents on behalf of one-world order. Only in the
United States are these "science fiction classics" taught in grade school as attacks
against fascism.
Under Wells's tutelage, Huxley was first introduced to Aleister Crowley. Crowley
was a product of the cultist circle that developed in Britain from the 1860s under
the guiding influence of Edward Bulwer-Lytton -- who, it will be recalled, was the
colonial minister under Lord Palmerston during the Second Opium War. In 1886,
Crowley, William Butler Yeats, and several other Bulwer-Lytton proteges formed
the Isis-Urania Temple of Hermetic Students of the Golden Dawn. This Isis Cult
was organized around the 1877 manuscript Isis Unveiled by Madame Helena
Blavatsky, in which the Russian occultist called for the British aristocracy to
organize itself into an Isis priesthood.7
The subversive Isis Urania Order of the Golden Dawn is today an international drug
ring said to be controlled by the Canadian multi-millionaire, Maurice Strong, who is
also a top operative for British Intelligence.
In 1937, Huxley was sent to the United States, where he remained throughout the
period of World War II. Through a Los Angeles contact, Jacob Zeitlin, Huxley and
pederast Christopher Isherwood were employed as script writers for MGM, Warner
Brothers, and Walt Disney Studios. Hollywood was already dominated by organized
crime elements bankrolled and controlled through London. Joseph Kennedy was
the frontman for a British consortium that created RKO studios, and "Bugsy" Siegel,
the West Coast boss of the Lansky syndicate, was heavily involved in Warner
Brothers and MGM.
Huxley founded a nest of Isis cults in southern California and in San Francisco, that
consisted exclusively of several hundred deranged worshipers of Isis and other cult
gods. Isherwood, during the California period, translated and propagated a number
of ancient Zen Buddhist documents, inspiring Zen-mystical cults along the way.8
In effect, Huxley and Isherwood (joined soon afterwards by Thomas Mann and his
daughter Elisabeth Mann Borghese) laid the foundations during the late 1930s and
the 1940s for the later LSD culture, by recruiting a core of "initiates" into the Isis
Page 239 of 508
Published by © 2009
cults that Huxley's mentors, Bulwer-Lytton, Blavatsky, and Crowley, had
constituted while stationed in India.
LSD: 'Visitation from the Gods'
"Ironically," writes Ferguson, "the introduction of major psychedelics like LSD, in
the 1960s, was largely attributable to the Central Intelligence Agency's investigation
into the substances for possible military use. Experiments on more than eighty
college campuses, under various CIA code names, unintentionally popularized LSD.
Thousands of graduate students served as guinea pigs. Soon they were synthesizing
their own 'acid.' "9
The CIA operation was code named MK-Ultra, its result was not unintentional, and
it began in 1952, the year Aldous Huxley returned to the United States.
Lysergic acid diethylamide, or LSD, was developed in 1943 by Albert Hoffman, a
chemist at Sandoz A.B. -- a Swiss pharmaceutical house owned by S.G. Warburg.
While precise documentation is unavailable as to the auspices under which the LSD
research was commissioned, it can be safely assumed that British intelligence and
its subsidiary U.S. Office of Strategic Services were directly involved. Allen Dulles,
the director of the CIA when that agency began MK-Ultra, was the OSS station chief
in Berne, Switzerland throughout the early Sandoz research. One of his OSS
assistants was James Warburg, of the same Warburg family, who was instrumental
in the 1963 founding of the Institute for Policy Studies, and worked with both
Huxley and Robert Hutchins."10
Aldous Huxley returned to the United States from Britain, accompanied by Dr.
Humphrey Osmond, the Huxleys' private physician. Osmond had been part of a
discussion group Huxley had organized at the National Hospital, Queens Square,
London. Along with another seminar participant, J.R. Smythies, Osmond wrote
Schizophrenia: A New Approach, in which he asserted that mescaline -- a
derivative of the mescal cactus used in ancient Egyptian and Indian pagan rites -produced a psychotic state identical in all clinical respects to schizophrenia. On this
basis, Osmond and Smythies advocated experimentation with hallucinogenic drugs
as a means of developing a "cure" for mental disorders.
Osmond was brought in by Allen Dulles to play a prominent role in MK-Ultra. At
the same time, Osmond, Huxley, and the University of Chicago's Robert Hutchins
held a series of secret planning sessions in 1952 and 1953 for a second, private LSD
mescaline project under Ford Foundation funding.11 Hutchins, it will be recalled,
was the program director of the Ford Foundation during this period. His LSD
proposal incited such rage in Henry Ford II that Hutchins was fired from the
foundation the following year.
It was also in 1953 that Osmund gave Huxley a supply of mescaline for his personal
consumption. The next year, Huxley wrote The Doors of Perception, the first
manifesto of the psychedelic drug cult, which claimed that hallucinogenic drugs
"expand consciousness." Although the Ford Foundation rejected the HutchinsPage 240 of 508
Published by © 2009
Huxley proposal for private foundation sponsorship of LSD, the proposal was not
dropped. Beginning in 1962, the Rand Corporation of Santa Monica, California
began a four-year experiment in LSD, peyote, and marijuana. The Rand
Corporation was established simultaneously with the reorganization of the Ford
Foundation during 1949. Rand was an outgrowth of the wartime Strategic Bombing
Survey, a "cost analysis" study of the psychological effects of the bombings of
German population centers.
According to a 1962 Rand Abstract, W.H. McGlothlin conducted a preparatory
study on "The Long-Lasting Effects of LSD on Certain Attitudes in Normals: An
Experimental Proposal." The following year, McGlothlin conducted a year-long
experiment on thirty human guinea pigs, called "Short-Term Effects of LSD on
Anxiety, Attitudes and Performance." The study concluded that LSD improved
emotional attitudes and resolved anxiety problems.12
Huxley At Work Huxley expanded his own LSD-mescaline project in California by
recruiting several individuals who had been initially drawn into the cult circles he
helped establish during his earlier stay. The two most prominent individuals were
Alan Watts and the late Dr. Gregory Bateson (the former husband of Dame
Margaret Mead). Watts became a self-styled "guru" of a nationwide Zen Buddhist
cult built around his well-publicized books. Bateson, an anthropologist with the
OSS, became the director of a hallucinogenic drug experimental clinic at the Palo
Alto Veterans Administration Hospital. Under Bateson's auspices, the initiating
"cadre" of the LSD cult -- the hippies -- were programmed.13
Watts at the same time founded the Pacifica Foundation, which sponsored two
radio station WKBW in San Francisco and WBM-FM in New York City. The Pacifica
stations were among the first to push the "Liverpool Sound" -- the British-imported
hard rock twanging of the Rolling Stones, the Beatles, and the Animals. They would
later pioneer "acid rock" and eventually the self-avowed psychotic "punk rock."
During the fall of 1960, Huxley was appointed visiting professor at the
Massachusetts Institute of Technology in Boston. Around his stay in that city,
Huxley created a circle at Harvard parallel to his West Coast LSD team. The
Harvard group included Huxley, Osmund, and Watts (brought in from California),
Timothy Leary, and Richard Alpert.
The ostensible topic of the Harvard seminar was "Religion and its Significance in
the Modern Age." The seminar was actually a planning session for the "acid rock"
counterculture. Huxley established contact during this Harvard period with the
president of Sandoz, which at the time was working on a CIA contract to produce
large quantities of LSD and psilocybin (another synthetic hallucinogenic drug) for
MK-Ultra, the CIA's official chemical warfare experiment. According to recently
released CIA documents, Allen Dulles purchased over 100 million doses of LSD -almost all of which flooded the streets of the United States during the late 1960s.
During the same period, Leary began privately purchasing large quantities of LSD
from Sandoz as well.14
Page 241 of 508
Published by © 2009
From the discussions of the Harvard seminar, Leary put together the book The
Psychedelic Experience, based on the ancient cultist Tibetan Book of the Dead. It
was this book that popularized Osmund's previously coined term, "psychedelic
The Roots of the Flower People
Back in California, Gregory Bateson had maintained the Huxley operation out of the
Palo Alto VA hospital. Through "SD experimentation on patients already
hospitalized for psychological problems, Bateson established a core of "initiates"
into the "psychedelic" Isis Cult.
Foremost among his Palo Alto recruits was Ken Kesey. In 1959, Bateson
administered the first dose of "SD to Kesey. By 1962, Kesey had completed a novel,
One Flew Over the Cuckoo's Nest, which popularized the notion that society is a
prison and the only truly "free" people are the insane.15
Kesey subsequently organized a circle of "SD initiates called "The Merry
Pranksters." They toured the country disseminating SD" (often without
forewarning the receiving parties), building up local distribution connections, and
establishing the pretext for a high volume of publicity on behalf of the still
minuscule "counterculture."
By 1967, the Kesey cult had handed out such quantities of "SD that a sizable drug
population had emerged, centered in the Haight-Ashbury district of San Francisco.
Here Huxley collaborator Bateson set up a "free clinic," staffed by **Dr. David
Smith -- later a "medical adviser" for the National Organization for the Reform of
Marijuana Laws (NORML); **Dr. Ernest Dernberg an active-duty military officer,
probably on assignment through MK-UItra; **Roger Smith-a street gang organizer
trained by Saul Alinsky. During the Free Clinic period, Roger Smith was the parole
officer of the cultist mass murderer Charles Manson; **Dr. Peter Bourne -- formerly
President Carter's special assistant on drug abuse. Bourne did his psychiatric
residency at the Clinic. He had previously conducted a profiling study of GI heroin
addicts in Vietnam.
The Free Clinic paralleled a project at the Tavistock Institute, the psychological
warfare agency for the British Secret Intelligence Service. Tavistock, founded as a
clinic in London in the 1920s, had become the Psychiatric Division of the British
Army during World War II under its director, Dr. John Rawlings Rees.16
During the 1960s, the Tavistock Clinic fostered the notion that no criteria for sanity
exist and that psychedelic "mind-expanding" drugs are valuable tools of
psychoanalysis. In 1967, Tavistock sponsored a Conference on the "Dialectics of
Liberation," chaired by Tavistock psychoanalyst Dr. R.D. Laing, himself a
popularized author and advocate of drug use. That conference drew a number of
people who would soon play a prominent role in fostering terrorism; Angela Davis
and Stokely Carmichael were two prominent American delegates.
Page 242 of 508
Published by © 2009
Thus, by 1963, Huxley had recruited his core of "initiates." All of them -- Leary,
Osmund, Watts, Kesey, Alpert -- became the highly publicized promoters of the
early LSD counterculture. By 1967, with the cult of "Flower People" in HaightAshbury and the emergence of the antiwar movement, the United States was ready
for the inundation of LSD, hashish and marijuana that hit American college
campuses in the late 1960s.
'The Beating of Drums . . .'
In 1963, the Beatles arrived in the United States, and with their decisive airing on
the Ed Sullivan Show, the "British sound" took off in the U.S.A. For their
achievement, the four rocksters were awarded the Order of the British Empire by
Her Majesty the Queen. The Beatles and the Animals, Rolling Stones, and homicidal
punk rock maniacs who followed were, of course, no more a spontaneous
outpouring of alienated youth than was the acid culture they accompanied.
The social theory of rock was elaborated by musicologist Theodor Adorno, who
came to the United States in 1939 to head the Princeton University Radio Research
Project.17 Adorno writes: "In an imaginary but psychologically emotion-laden
domain, the listener who remembers a hit song will turn into the song's ideal
subject, into the person for whom the song ideally speaks. At the same time, as one
of many who identify with that fictitious subject, that musical I, he will feel his
isolation ease as he himself feels integrated into the community of "fans." In
whistling such a song he bows to a ritual of socialization, although beyond this
unarticulated subjective stirring of the moment his isolation continues unchanged
. . . The comparison with addiction is inescapable. Addicted conduct generally has
a social component: it is one possible reaction to the atomization which, as
sociologists have noticed, parallels the compression of the social network.
Addiction to music on the part of a number of entertainment listeners would be a
similar phenomenon."18
The hit parade is organized precisely on the same principles used by Egypt's Isis
priesthood and for the same purpose: the recruitment of youth to the dionysiac
In a report prepared for the University of Michigan's Institute for Social Research,
Paul Hirsch described the product of Adorno's Radio Research Project.19 According
to Hirsch, the establishment of postwar radio's Hit Parade "transformed the mass
medium into an agency of sub-cultural programming. Radio networks were
converted into round-the-clock recycling machines that repeated the top forty
hits." Hirsch documents how all popular culture -- movies, music, books, and
fashion -- is now run on the same program of preselection. Today's mass
culture operates like the opium trade: The supply determines the
Page 243 of 508
Published by © 2009
The Vietnam War and the Anti-Vietnam War Trap
But without the Vietnam War and the "anti-war" movement, the Isis cult would
have been contained to a fringe phenomenon -- no bigger than the beatnik cult of
the 1950s that was an outgrowth of the early Huxley ventures in California. The
Vietnam War created the climate of moral despair that opened America's youth to
Under Kennedy, American military involvement in Vietnam -- which had been
vetoed by the Eisenhower administration -- was initiated on a limited scale. Under
Lyndon Johnson, American military presence in Vietnam was massively escalated,
at the same time that U.S. efforts were restricted -- the framework of "limited war."
Playing on the President's profile, the anglophile Eastern Establishment, typified by
top White House national security aide McGeorge Bundy and Defense Secretary
Robert McNamara, convinced President Johnson that under the nuclear "balance of
terror," or the regime of Mutual and Assured Destruction, the United States could
afford neither a political solution to the conflict, nor the commitment to a military
The outcome of this debacle was a major strategic withdrawal from Asia by the
United States, spelled out in Henry Kissinger's "Guam Doctrine," adoption of the
spectacular failure known as the "China Card" strategy for containing Soviet
influence, and demoralization of the American people over the war to the point that
the sense of national pride and confidence in the future progress of the republic was
badly damaged.
Just as Aldous Huxley began the counterculture subversion of the United States
thirty years before its consequences became evident to the public, Lord Bertrand
Russell began laying the foundations for the anti-war movement of the 1960s before
the 1930s expired. Russell's "pacifism" was always relative -- the means to his most
cherished end, one-world government on the imperial model, that would curb the
nation-state and its persistent tendency toward republicanism and technological
Lord Russell and Aldous Huxley cofounded the Peace Pledge Union in 1937
campaigning for peace with Hitler-just before both went to the United States for the
duration of World War.20 During World War II, Lord Russell opposed British and
American warfare against the Nazis. 1111947, when the United States was in
possession of the atomic bomb and Russia was not, Russell loudly advocated that
the United States order the Soviets to surrender to a one-world government that
would enjoy a restrictive monopoly on nuclear weapons, under the threat of a
preemptive World War III against the Soviet Union. His 1950s "Ban the Bomb"
movement was directed to the same end-it functioned as an anti-technology
movement against the peace-through-economic development potentials
represented by President Eisenhower's "Atoms for Peace"' initiative.
From the mid-1950s onward, Russell's principal assignment was to build an
international anti-war and anti-American movement. Coincident with the
Page 244 of 508
Published by © 2009
escalation of U.S. involvement in Vietnam under British manipulation, Russell
upgraded the old Peace Pledge Union (which had been used in West Germany
throughout the postwar period to promote an anti-capitalist "New left" wing of the
Social Democratic Party, recruiting several future members of the Baader-Meinhof
terrorist gang in the process) into the Bertrand Russell Peace Foundation.
In the United States, the New York banks provided several hundred thousand
dollars to establish the Institute for Policy Studies (IPS), effectively the U.S. branch
of the Russell Peace Foundation. Among the founding trustees of the IPS was James
Warburg, directly representing the family's interests.
IPS drew its most active operatives from a variety of British-dominated institutions.
IPS founding director Marcus Raskin was a member of the Kennedy
administration's National Security Council and also a fellow of the National
Training Labs, a U.S. subsidiary of the Tavistock Institute founded by Dr. Kurt
After its creation by the League for Industrial Democracy, Students for a
Democratic Society (SDS), the umbrella of the student anti-war movement, was in
turn financed and run through IPS -- up through and beyond its splintering into a
number of terrorist and Maoist gangs in the late 1960s.21 More broadly, the
institutions and outlook of the U.S. anti-war movement were dominated by the
direct political descendants of the British-dominated "socialist movement" in the
U.S.A., fostered by the House of Morgan as far back as the years before World War!.
This is not to say that the majority of anti-war protesters were paid, certified British
agents. On the contrary, the overwhelming majority of anti-war protesters went into
SDS on the basis of outrage at the developments in Vietnam. But once caught in the
environment defined by Russell and the Tavistock Institute's psychological warfare
experts, and inundated with the message that hedonistic pleasure-seeking was a
legitimate alternative to "immoral war," their sense of values and their creative
potential went up in a cloud of hashish smoke.
'Changing Images'
Now, fifteen years later, with nearly an entire generation of American youth
submerged in the drugs that flooded the nation's campuses, the Aquarian
Conspiracy's Marilyn Ferguson is able to write: "There are legions of [Aquarian]
conspirators. They are in corporations, universities, and hospitals, on the faculties
of public schools, in factories and doctors' offices, in state and federal agencies, on
city councils, and the White House staff, in state legislatures, in volunteer
organizations, in virtually all arenas of policy making in the country."22
Like the British inundation of China with drugs in the nineteenth century, the
British counterculture has succeeded in. subverting the fabric of the nation, even up
to the top-most levels of government.
Page 245 of 508
Published by © 2009
In 1962, Huxley helped found the Esalen Institute in Big Sur, California, which
became a mecca for hundreds of Americans to engage in weekends of T-Groups and
Training Groups modeled on behavior group therapy, for Zen, Hindu, and Buddhist
transcendental meditation, and "out of body" experiences through simulated and
actual hallucinogenic drugs.23
As described in the Esalen Institute Newsletter: "Esalen started in the fall of 1962
as a forum to bring together a wide variety of approaches to enhancement of the
human potential . . . including experiential sessions involving encounter groups,
sensory awakening, gestalt awareness training, related disciplines. Our latest step
is to fan out into the community at large, running programs in cooperation with
many different institutions, churches, schools, hospitals, and government."24
Esalen's nominal founders were two transcendental meditation students, Michael
Murphy and Richard Price, both graduates of Stanford University. Price also
participated in the experiments on patients at Bateson's Palo Alto Veterans
Hospital. Today Esalen's catalogue offers: T-Groups; Psychodrama Marthon; Fight
Training for Lovers and Couples; Religious Cults; LSD Experiences and the Great
Religions of the World; Are You Sound, a weekend workshop with Alan Watts;
Creating New Forms of Worship; Hallucinogenic Psychosis; and Non-Drug
Approaches to Psychedelic Experiences.
Several tens of thousands of Americans have passed through Esalen; millions have
passed through the programs it has sired throughout the country.
The next leap in Britain's Aquarian Conspiracy against the United States was the
May 1974 report that provided the basis for Ferguson's work. The report is entitled
"Changing Images of Man," Contract Number URH (489~215O, Policy Research
Report No. 414.74, prepared by the Stanford Research Institute Center for the Study
of Social Policy, Willis Harman, director. The 319-page mimeographed report was
prepared by a team of fourteen researchers and supervised by a panel of twentythree controllers, including anthropologist Margaret Mead, psychologist B.F.
Skinner, Ervin Laszlo of the United Nations, Sir Geoffrey Vickers of British
The aim of the study, the authors state, is to change the image of mankind from that
of industrial progress to one of "spiritualism." The study asserts that in our present
society, the "image of industrial and technological man" is obsolete and must be
"discarded": "Many of our present images appear to have become dangerously
obsolete, however . . . Science, technology, and economics have made possible
really significant strides toward achieving such basic human goals as physical
safety and security, material comfort and better health. But many of these
successes have brought with them problems of being too successful -- problems
that themselves seem insoluble within the set of societal value-premises that led to
their emergence . . . Our highly developed system of technology leads to higher
vulnerability and breakdowns. Indeed the range and interconnected impact of
societal problems that are now emerging pose a serious threat to our civilization .
. . If our predictions of the future prove correct, we can expect the association
Page 246 of 508
Published by © 2009
problems of the trend to become more serious, more universal and to occur more
Therefore, SRI concludes, we must change the industrial-technological image of
man fast: "Analysis of the nature of contemporary societal problems leads to the
conclusion that . . . the images of man that dominated the last two centuries will be
inadequate for the post-industrial era."
Since the writing of the Harman report, one President of the United States, Jimmy
Carter, reported sighting UFOs his National Security Adviser Zbigniew Brzezinski
made speeches proclaiming the advent of the New Age, the Joint Chiefs of Staff
every morning read so-called intelligence reports on the biorhythms and
horoscopes of the members of the Soviet Politburo. The House of Representatives
established a new congressional committee, called the Congressional Clearinghouse
on the Future, where the likes of Ferguson have come to lecture up to a hundred
What began as Britain's creation of the counterculture to open the market for its
dope has come a long way.
The LSD Connection
Who provided the drugs that swamped the anti-war movement and the college
campuses of the United States in the late 1960s? The organized crime infrastructure
which had set up the Peking Connection for the opium trade in 1928 -- provided the
same services in the 1960s and 1970s it had provided during Prohibition. This was
also the same network Huxley had established contact with in Hollywood during the
1930s. The LSD connection begins with one William "Billy" Mellon Hitchcock.
Hitchcock was a graduate of the University of Vienna and a scion of the millionaire
Mellon banking family of Pittsburgh. (Andrew Mellon of the same family had been
the U.S. Treasury Secretary throughout Prohibition.) In 1963, when Timothy Leary
was thrown out of Harvard, Hitchcock rented a fifty-five-room mansion in
Millbrook, New York, where the entire Leary-Huxley circle of initiates was housed
until its later move back to California.26
Hitchcock was also a broker for the Lansky syndicate and for the Fiduciary Trust
Co., Nassau, Grand Bahamas --- a wholly owned subsidiary of Investors Overseas
Services. He was formally employed by Delafield and Delafield Investments, where
he worked on buying and selling vast quantities of stock in the Mary Carter Paint
Co., soon to become Resorts International.
In 1967, Dr. Richard Alpert put Hitchcock in contact with Augustus Owsley Stanley
III. As Owsley's agent, Hitchcock retained the law firm of Babinowitz, Boudin and
Standard 27 -- to conduct a feasibility study of several Caribbean countries to
determine the best location for the production and distribution of LSD and hashish.
During this period, Hitchcock joined Leary and his circle in California. Leary had
established an LSD cult called the Brotherhood of Eternal Love and several front
Page 247 of 508
Published by © 2009
companies, including Mystics Art World, Inc. of Laguna Beach, California. These
California-based entities ran lucrative trafficking in Mexican marijuana and LSD
brought in from Switzerland and Britain. The British connection had been
established directly by Hitchcock, who contracted the Charles Bruce chemical firm
to import large quantities of the chemical components of LSD with financing from
both Hitchcock and George Grant Hoag, the heir to the J.C. Penney dry goods
fortune, the Brotherhood of Eternal Love set up LSD and hashish productionmarketing operations in Costa Rica in 1968. 28
Toward the end of 1968, Hitchcock expanded the LSD-hashish production
operations in the Caribbean with funds provided by the Fiduciary Trust Co. (IOS).
In conjunction with J. Vontobel and Co. of Zurich, Hitchcock founded a corporation
called 4-Star Anstalt in Liechtenstein. This company, employing "investment funds"
(that is, drug receipts) from Fiduciary Trust, bought up large tracts of land in the
Grand Bahamas as well as large quantities of ergotamine tartrate, the basic
chemical used in the production of LSD.29
Hitchcock's personal hand in the LSD connection abruptly ended several years
later. Hitchcock had been working closely with Johann F. Parravacini of the
Parravacini Bank Ltd in Berne, Switzerland. From 1968, they had together funded
even further expansion of the Caribbean-California LSD-hashish ventures. In the
early 1970s, as the result of a Securities and Exchange Commission investigation,
both Hitchcock and Parravacini were indicted and convicted of a $40 million stock
fraud. Parravacini had registered a $40 million sale to Hitchcock for which
Hitchcock had not put down a penny of cash or collateral. This was one of the rare
instances in which federal investigators succeeded in getting inside the $200 billion
drug fund as it was making its way around the "offshore" banking system.
Another channel for laundering dirty drug money -- a channel yet to be
compromised by federal investigative agencies is important to note here. This is the
use of tax-exempt foundations to finance terrorism and environmentalism. One
immediately relevant case makes the point.
In 1957, the University of Chicago's Robert M. Hutchins established the Center for
the Study of Democratic Institutions (CSDI) in Santa Barbara, California. Knight
Commander Hutchins drew in Aldous Huxley, Elisabeth Mann Borghese, and some
Rhodes Scholars who had originally been brought into the University of Chicago
during the 1930s and 1940s.
The CSDI was originally funded 1957 to 1961 through a several-million-dollar fund
that Hutchins managed to set up before his untimely departure from the Ford
Foundation. From 1961 onward, the Center was principally financed by organized
crime. The two funding conduits were the Fund of Funds, a tax exempt front for
Bernie Cornfeld's lOS, and the Parvin Foundation, a parallel front for ParvinDohnnan Co. of Nevada. IOS and Marvin-Doorman held controlling interests in the
Desert Inn, the Aladdin, and the Dune -- all Las Vegas casinos associated with the
Lansky syndicate. IOS, as already documented, was a conducting vehicle for LSD,
hashish, and marijuana distribution throughout the 1960s.30 In 1967 alone, IOS
Page 248 of 508
Published by © 2009
channeled between $3 and $4 million to the center. Wherever there is dope, there is
Dope, Inc.
1. Marilyn Ferguson, The Aquarian Conspiracy (Los Angeles: J.P. Archer, 1980),
2. Paul Ghalioungui, The House of Life: Magic and Medica' Science in Ancient
Egypt (New York: Schram Enterprises, 1974).
3. Arnold Toynbee, A Study of History (New York: Oxford University Press, 1935).
4. Martin Green, Children of the Sun: A Narrative of Decadence in England after
1918 (New York: Basic Books, 1976).
5. See Ronald William Clark, The Huxleys (New York: McGraw-Hill, 1968).
6. H.G. Wells, Anticipations of the Reaction of Mechanical and Scientific Progress
Upon Human Life and Thought (New York: Harper and Row, 1902), p.285.
7. Helena P. Blavatsky, Isis Unveiled, A Master Key to the Mysteries of Ancient and
Modern Science and Theology (Los Angeles: Theosophy Co., 1931).
8. Francis King, Sexuality, Magic and Perversion (New York: Citadel, 1974), p.118.
9. Ferguson, Aquarian Conspiracy, p. 126n.
10. Institute for Policy Studies, "The First Ten Years, 1963-1973," Washington, D.C.,
11. Humphrey Osmund, Understanding Understanding (New York: Harper and
Row, 1974).
12. Rand Corporation Catalogue of Documents.
13. Gregory Bateson, Steps to the Ecology of the Mind (New York: Chandler, 1972).
14. Ralph Metzner, The Ecstatic Adventure (New York: Macmillan, 1968).
15. See Clark, The Huxleys.
16. Michael Minnicino, "Low Intensity Operations: The Reesian Theory of War,"
The Campaigner (April 1974).
17. Theodor Adorno was a leading professor of the Frankfurt School of Social
Research in Germany, founded by the British Fabian Society. A collaborator of
twelve-tone formalist and British intelligence operative Arnold Schoenberg, Adorno
was brought to the United States in 1939 to head the Princeton Radio Research
Page 249 of 508
Published by © 2009
Project. The aim of this project, as stated in Adorno's Introduction to the Sociology
of Music, was to program a mass "musical" culture that would steadily degrade its
consumers. Punk rock is, in the most direct sense, the ultimate result of Adorno's
18. Theodor Adorno, Introduction to the Sociology of Music (New York: Seabury
Press, 1976).
19. Paul Hirsch, "The Structure of the Popular Music Industry; The Filtering
Process by which Records are Preselected for Public Consumption," Institute for
Social Research's Survey Research Center Monograph, 1969.
20. Ronald Clark, The Life of Bertrand Russell (New York: Alfred Knopf, 1976),
21. Illinois Crime Commission Report, 1969. The Institute for Policy Studies (IPS)
was established in 1963 by Marcus Raskin, a former National Security Adviser
under NSC Director McGeorge Bundy, and by Richard Barnet, a former State
Department adviser on arms control and disarmament. Among the board of
trustees of IPS were Thurmond Arnold, James Warburg, Philip Stern, and Hans
Morgenthau, with seed money from the Ford Foundation (later to be headed by
McGeorge Bundy). IPS has functioned as the "New left" think tank and control
center for local community control, community health centers, and direct terrorist
organizations. In its report "The First Ten Years," the Institute lists among its
lecturers and fellows, members of the Weathermen group, and known associates of
the Japanese Red Army, the Puerto Rican terrorist Armed Forces of National
Liberation (FALN), and the Black Liberation Army. See also Carter and the Party of
international Terrorism, Special Report by the U.S. Labor Party, August, 1976.
22. Ferguson, Aquarian Conspiracy, p.24.
23. Criton Zoakos et al., Stamp Out the Aquarian Conspiracy, Citizens for
LaRouche monograph, New York, 1980, pp. 60-63.
24. Ibid.
25. Ibid., pp. 10-12.
26. Mary Jo Warth, "The Story of Acid Profiteers," Village Voice, August 22, 1974.
27. Ibid.
28. Ibid.
29. Ibid.
30. Hutchinson, Vesco.
Page 250 of 508
Published by © 2009
In the 1820s De Quincy confessed to the high incidence of opium eating among the
English aristocrats and artists of his day. Among habitual users of Laudanum and
morphine have been included Coleridge, Dickens, Carlyle, Rossetti, Elizabeth
Barrett Browning and the poet Laureate Tennyson. Britain's Foreign Minister, Lord
John Russell and Anthony Ashley Cooper (Earl of Shaftesbury) "guided the political
training of ex-American George Peabody, founder of the Morgan financial
empire." In 1857 Morgan and Peabody were saved by an emergency line of credit
(800,000 pounds) furnished by the Bank of England with Barings a guarantor of
the loan. Peabody later become friends with the "top racial ideologues in British
science, Thomas Huxley and Charles Darwin."
The American Museum of Natural History, of which the main functions are
education, research, exhibition, and publication, was founded in 1869 by a group of
wealthy men, among whom was the elder J. P. Morgan. Inspired by the urging of a
young naturalist, Albert Smith Bickmore, and by the theories of Darwin and Huxley
which had suddenly given a new interpretation to the origin of life, the group
resolved to found a museum that would be the "means of teaching our youth to
appreciate the wonderful works of the Creator."
The British biologist Julian Sorell Huxley (1887-1975), contributed to knowledge in
embryology, systematics, genetics, ethology, and evolutionary studies. He studied
the development of many organisms, writing, with Sir Gavin De Beer, Elements of
Experimental Embryology (1934). Huxley presented many of his ideas of
evolutionary mechanisms in Evolution: The Modern Synthesis (1942). In 1946 he
was appointed the first director general of the United Nations Educational,
Scientific, and Cultural Organization (UNESCO). In 1948 Sir Julian Huxley, called
for a radical eugenic policy in UNESCO: "Thus, even though it is quite true that any
radical eugenic policy of controlled human breeding will be for many years
politically and psychologically impossible, it will be important for UNESCO to see
that the eugenic problem is examined with the greatest care and that the public
mind is informed of the issues at stake that much that is now unthinkable may at
least become thinkable." The fact that emergence of an organized youthcounterculture around "post-industrial" utopianism reflected the emergence of the
forementioned types of psycho-social conditioning, should not be read as evidence
that the emergence of the movement itself was in any sense "spontaneous," or
"natural." Very little in modern history has been less natural, indeed more
unnatural, than the self-styled nature cult which has grown up, "on behalf of the
environment," around the 1961 initiatives of Prince Philip's and Prince Bernhard's
reactionary World Wildlife Fund. The members of the new youthcounterculture were virtually campus-laboratory guinea-pigs, whose
behavior was induced and directed, from the top-down, from the
The environment preparing this operation was established as early as the 1920s,
under British Brigadier Dr. John Rawlings Rees of the London Tavistock Clinic. The
entire operation was dominated by relatively highly refined methods of massPage 251 of 508
Published by © 2009
brainwashing, assisted by such networks as the Lewin centers at the Massachusetts
Institute of Technology and Ann Arbor, Michigan, and the network of Freudian and
kindred brainwashing networks, such as "MK-Ultra," spun out from under the
direction of Julian Huxley at the UNO and the London Tavistock Clinic. His
humanistic beliefs were set forth in the classic Religion Without Revelation (1957).
"I use the word 'Humanist' to mean someone who believes that man . . . his body,
his mind, and his soul were not supernaturally created but are all products of
evolution," Julian Huxley once said. In 1957 Julian Huxley wrote: "And the relation
to practical existence may be one of escape, as in asceticism or pure Buddhism; or
of full participation, as in classical Greece or the city-states of ancient
Mesopotamia; or of rendering unto Caesar the things that are Caesars's, as in
usual Christian practice." The IUCN has lately produced the UN's Global
Biodiversity Assessment, which suggests that the human population should be
reduced to one billion. From the very beginning key UN figures such as Brock
Chisholm, Julian Huxley and Paul G. Hoffman "were promoting anti-natalist
policies." The United Nations is a specific example of Humanism at work. The first
Director General of UNESCO, the UN organization promoting education, science,
and culture, was the 1962 Humanist of the Year Julian Huxley, who practically
drafted UNESCO'S charter by himself. The first Director-General of the World
Health Organization (WHO) was the 1959 Humanist of the Year Brock Chisholm.
One of this organization's greatest accomplishments has been the wiping of
smallpox from the face of the earth. And the first Director-General of the Food and
Agricultural Organization was British Humanist John Boyd Orr. The poppy seed
from which it is derived was long known to the Moguls of India, who used the seeds
mixed in tea offered to a difficult opponent. It is also used as a pain-killing drug
which largely replaced chloroform and other older anesthetics of a bygone era.
Opium was popular in all of the fashionable clubs of Victorian London and it was no
secret that men like the Huxley brothers used it extensively. Members of the
Orphic-Dionysus cults of Hellenic Greece and the Osiris-Horus cults of Ptolemaic
Egypt which Victorian society embraced, all smoked opium; it was the "in" thing to
Entering the University of Vermont (which was located in Burlington) at the early
age of fifteen, Dewey still evinced no special talent, until in his senior year he led his
class and won the highest marks on record in philosophy. This transformation in
Dewey's scholastic record was occasioned by his accidental perusal of a physiology
textbook written by Thomas Henry Huxley, the foremost supporter in England of
Darwin's theory of evolution. Awakened to the excitement of the effort to
understand the world, and beginning to doubt his early moralistic beliefs, Dewey
delved into philosophy for an answer to the conflict between revealed dogma and
the findings of science. This was the beginning of Dewey's lifelong task of
reconciling these two poles.
In 1890 Fabian Havelock Ellis saw the leadership of women as a source of renewal.
Aldous Leonard Huxley was born on July 26, 1894 in Surrey, England. He was "the
beloved son of English intellectual aristocrats." His father Leonard was an editor
Page 252 of 508
Published by © 2009
and minor poet. His mother was the former Julia Arnold. A granduncle, Matthew
Arnold (1822-1888) was a celebrated poet and critic.
Aldous's Round Table father, Thomas Henry Huxley (1825-1895), was a Victorian
scientist, essayist, defender of Darwin (evolutionist) and an agnostic. T.H. Huxley,
on the eve of the publication of Darwin's The Origin of Species, promised to support
Darwin's thesis. However, he warned that he had burdened his argument
unnecessarily. He was so vociferous in his defense that he earned the nickname
"Darwin's Bulldog." He once said: "It is the customary fate of new truths to begin
as heresies and to end as superstitions." Huxley's Man's Place in Nature (1863)
embroiled him in further controversy; it espoused the idea that the closest relatives
of humans are the anthropoid apes. Having studied under Professor Thomas H.
Huxley, H. G. Wells went on to teach school in North Wales. Huxley described his
Church of Humanity as "Catholicism minus Christianity". To Huxley the only good
Church was a dead Church. Huxley adopted David Hume's philosophy. He
professed belief in God and cut the ground from under every argument for his
existence. Sir Leslie Stephen in the Dictionary of National Biography pronounced
him "the acutest thinker in Great Britain in the 18th Century" and exposed the
clerical libels about his last hours. Huxley was not only one of the most decorated
men of science of his time, but all his life an outspoken agnostic (a term which he
himself coined to avoid the harshness of atheist). Pious folk spread a myth about
conversion late in life but his son Leonard shows in his biography of his father that
all this is nonsense. A few months before he died he said to his son: "The most
remarkable achievement of the Jew was to impose on Europe for 18 centuries his
own superstitions."
Patrick Geddes (1854- ) held summer meeting at the Edinburgh school, utilizing the
Outlook Tower to preach his three S's; 1) sympathy for people and the environment,
2) synthesis of all factors relating to a case, and 3) synergy -- the combined
cooperative action of everyone involved (Boardman 15). As Meller wrote, "Geddes
felt that he had formed a new philosophy of education which incorporated the
many methods he had learned from Le Play, Comte, Huxley, and others during his
endeavors into biology civics, and geography."
In 1898 Havelock Ellis reported to the Smithsonian Institution: "If it ever should
chance that the consumption of mescal becomes a habit, the favorite poet of the
mescal drinker will certainly be Wordsworth. Not only the general attitude of
Wordsworth, but many of his most memorable poems and phrases cannot -- one is
almost tempted to say -- be appreciated in their full significance by one who has
never been under the influence of mescal. On these grounds it may be claimed that
the artificial paradise of mescal, though less seductive, is safe and dignified
beyond its peers." At the turn of the century, both William James and Havelock
Ellis undertook their study of hallucinogenic agents. James used nitrous oxide
(apparently to avoid bad stomach cramps) while Ellis used the newly discovered
In 1902 William James of Harvard "redefined religion" as an "experience rather
than a dogma."
Page 253 of 508
Published by © 2009
The Bakers were prominent in supporting eugenics and utopian-feudalist social
engineering. Captain James A. Baker, so the story goes, the grandfather of the
current boss of Foggy Bottom, solved the murder of his client William Marsh Rice
and took control of Rice's huge estate. Baker used the money to start Rice
University and became the chairman of the school's board of trustees. Baker sought
to create a center for diffusion of racist eugenics, and for this purpose brought in
Julian Huxley of the infamous British oligarchical family to found the biology
program at Rice starting in 1912. Huxley was the vice president of the British
Eugenics Society and actually helped to organize "race science" programs for the
Nazi Interior Ministry, before becoming the founding director general of UNESCO
in 1946-48. James A. Baker III (CFR) was born April 28, 1930, in the fourth
generation of his family's wealth. Baker holdings have included Exxon, Mobil,
Atlantic Richfield, Standard Oil of California, Standard Oil of Indiana, Kerr-mcgee,
Merck and Freeport Minerals. Baker also held stock in some large New York Banks
during the time that he was negotiating the Latin American debt crisis in his
capacity as secretary of the treasury. Secretary Baker's family wealth and power
came from their representing Harriman, the international oil companies and
George Bush's Zapata Petroleum, all sponsors of the population control, or bandark-babies movement. This movement is synonymous with the Scottish Rite.
Aldous Huxley's mother died when he was 14. Three years later an eye infection left
him blind for 18 months. Although his sight improved, he was plagued with poor
vision all his life. He was 6'4", thin and fragile. His head was high-brow and had a
lot of hair. "He tended to be a spiffy dresser, wearing suits in subtle colors, a watch
and chain, sometimes a reptile tie, other times a wide-brimmed hat." He studied at
Eton and than at Balliol College, Oxford. He wanted to become a Doctor but an eye
infection nearly blinded him which caused him to abandon this dream and probably
accounted for the bitterness in his writings and his aversion to the human body. In
1916 he took a degree at Oxford. He was friendly with Lord Philip and Lady Ottoline
Morrell -- famous leaders of the Bloomsbury group. It was at their country place
that he met D.H. Lawrence. Huxley said Eliot was "curiously dull -- as a result,
perhaps, of being, at last, happy in his second marriage." In 1919 he married Maria
Nys, a Belgian refugee. They had one son -- Matthew. As a journalist, Huxley wrote
and published two volumes of symbolist poetry. "Following the war, he flirted
briefly with the then-triumphant, predominantly English imagist movement."
Before the end of 1918, in the first postwar election, Captain Sitwell was contesting
Scarborough as a Liberal candidate for Parliament. He lost the election, but secured
8,000 votes to his Tory opponent's 12,000. Simultaneously, Sitwell entered upon
another new career as joint literary editor, with Herbert Read, of the quarterly Art
and Letters. A few years before, Sitwell had known no contemporary writers but his
own sister; he was now ideally placed to remedy that lack. With his brother, he had
taken a London house on Swan Walk where there were more pictures than
furniture, and French paintings hung even in the kitchen. Sitwell's guest list at
Swan Walk, and later at 2 Carlyle Square, resembled the index to a history of
modern literature. Arnold Bennett, in his diary for June 15, 1919, approved of the
dinner and the decor he had found at Swan Walk and noted that his dining
companions included, among others, W. H. Davies, Lytton Strachey, Siegfried
Page 254 of 508
Published by © 2009
Sassoon, Aldous Huxley, Leonard Woolf, and Herbert Read. The sexual perversions
of Bloomsbury were a deliberate statement of moral autonomy. Homosexuality,
according to Keynes and his sometimes lover Lytton Strachey, was the supreme
state of existence, "passing Christian understanding," and superior to heterosexual
relationships. The ethical superiority of homosexuality lay in its striking opposition
to the external morals of the Victorian era, and the moral laws of God. As Deacon
surmised, Keynes' homosexuality was ultimately a rebellion "against the Puritan
ethic: he hated Puritanism in any form . . ." Although Keynes attended religious
services until in his teens, as he once explained to a friend, he was confident that
Huxley had exploded the whole Christian religion. He wrote another friend, telling
him that Christians were irrational and exhibited stubborn pride: "They don't want
to admit that a position they've taken up with confidence is untenable." According
to Keynes, Christianity represented "tradition, convention and hocus pocus." As a
young man at Cambridge Keynes became involved with a secret society called the
"Apostles" which included such notables as Lytton Strachey, Roger Fry, Clive Bell
and Leonard Woolf. It was an association that was to last a lifetime. Many of the
Apostles, including Keynes, were later to become regular members of the
"Bloomsbury Group" named after the Bloomsbury district of London where the
group regularly met. The Apostles (and later the Bloomsbury group) were quite
taken by the philosophy of G. E. Moore, a once fervent Quaker who, losing his faith,
became a thorough philosophical sceptic. As Keynes's biographer, Robert Skidelsky,
concluded, as far as the Bloomsburries were concerned, the value of Moore's book,
Principia Ethica, lay chiefly in its "rational justification of a rearrangement of
values." They were looking for an ethic which would release them from the duties
required of Victorian gentlemen. And in their eyes, Moore's book provided just this.
In 1921 Huxley turned to more creative writing. After two volumes of short stories,
he began a series of novels. His sophisticated satire caused him to become known as
a prophet of doom for the cult of the amusing. His reputation was firmly established
by his first novel, Crome Yellow (1921), a witty satire on the intellectual pretensions
of his time. In 1923 Aldous Huxley, 29, English novelist-critic published Antic Hay.
His most celebrated novel -- Point Counter Point -- appeared ten years following
World War I. The hero was said to have been modeled after D.H. Lawrence.
Huxley met the writer Gerald Heard who imparted to him a quasi mystical notion of
the evolutionary development of human consciousness.
Between 1923-1933 Huxley visited Italy where he saw much of Lawrence and
became "a kind of disciple." In 1933 he edited the letters of the dead Lawrence.
Huxley's early comic novels, which include Antic Hay (1923), Those Barren Leaves
(1925), and Point Counter Point (1928), demonstrated his ability to dramatize
intellectual debate in fiction; he discussed philosophical and social topics in a
volume of essays, Proper Studies (1927).
In 1924 a collection of Huxley's poetry was published.
Page 255 of 508
Published by © 2009
John Middleton Murry (1889-1957) was prominent on the English literary scene for
three decades. Murry was editor of the literary journals the Athenauem (1919-21)
and Adelphi> (1923-48), the husband of writer Katherine Mansfield, and friend to
such luminaries as Aldous Huxley and D. H. Lawrence. Huxley caricatured Murry
as the pretentiously "spiritual" editor, Burlap, in his novel Point Counter Point
In the 1930s, biology professor Hermann J. Muller lost his job (under the otherwise
liberal president H.Y. Benedict) because he had written for a Marxist student
publication without obtaining permission. Muller later won the Nobel Prize, at
Indiana in 1946, for work he did at Texas that led to blood plasma transfusions,
which saved tens of thousands of lives in World War II. A politically naive leftist in
the 1930s, Muller won Julian Huxley's praise as "the greatest living geneticist."
In both fiction and nonfiction Huxley became increasingly critical of Western
civilization in the 1930s. Brave New World (1932), his most celebrated work, is a
bitterly satiric account of an inhumane society controlled by technology, in which
art and religion have been abolished and human beings reproduce by artificial
fertilization. Huxley's distress at what he regarded as the spiritual bankruptcy of the
modern world led him toward mysticism and the use of hallucinatory drugs.
Huxley, suggested a world where people went to the "feelies" rather than the
movies, where men were attended by "pneumatic girls" (a phrase borrowed from
T.S. Elliot's poem "Whispers of Immortality") and where reproduction would be
controlled by the state. The perfect psychedelic, soma, was described: "Euphoric,
narcotic, pleasantly hallucinant -- all the advantages of Christianity and alcohol,
none of their drawbacks." In the preface to his Brave New World Revisited (p. viii)
Huxley wrote, "If I were now to rewrite the book, I would offer a third alternative .
. . the possibility of sanity . . . Economics would be decentralist and Henry
In 1931 Aldous Huxley read Phantastica and wrote a scathing condemnation of "all
existing drugs" in the Chicago Herald Examiner. He concluded that the solution
was not prohibition but the search for better drugs.
In 1933 the Tales of Jacob by Thomas Mann were published. In October 1933 the
magazine Esquire began publication and included writing by Hemingway and
Aldous Huxley.
In 1934 Aldous Huxley visited Central America.
In 1936 Aldous Huxley published Eyeless in Gaza. He termed chastity "the most
unnatural of the sexual perversions." Frederick Matthias Alexander -- one of the
founders of the Alexander method -- was used by Huxley as his model for the
anthropologist Miller. The novel portrayed its central character's conversion from
selfish isolation to transcendental mysticism. In 1936 Huxley's transition to
mystical writings began. "Because Crowley had extensive contacts with the
European secret societies his specialist knowledge was used by the SIS [Britain's
Secret Intelligence Service] for 'Black Propaganda' purposes. Crowley had
Page 256 of 508
Published by © 2009
confided to the writer Aldous Huxley in 1938 when they met in Berlin that Hitler
was a practicing occultist. He also claimed that the OTO had helped the Nazis to
gain power."
The story of the first LSD is well-known -- of concoction in 1938, and then discovery
of dramatic psychoactive effects when Albert Hofmann five years later swallowed
1/4,000ths of a gram (250 micrograms).
Christopher Isherwood (1904-) was a follower of Swami Prabhavananda, a
playwright and fiction writer who translated the Bhagavad-Gita and other Hindu
writings from Sanskrit. He converted from Anglicalism to Hinduism. During World
War II he was a pacifist and served alternative service with the Quakers. He became
a convert to the Vedanta Society.
Huxley became interest in "eclectic mysticism" at a time of the intense
fundamentalist religious revival in California. Huxley borrowed from Wells the
phrase "Doors in a Wall." This referred to the use of drugs in death cult rituals.
Huxley called drugs "modifiers of conscience" and said that hallucinatory drugs had
been used since the earliest recorded history. Huxley dabbled in drugs such as the
Mandrake plant. Many who have been encouraged to use drugs have died
prematurely through overdosing or by suicide.
In a 1940 letter Aldous Huxley said that he was "profoundly optimistic about
individuals and groups of individuals existing on the margins of society."
Orwell contested Huxley's vision in Brave New World because he believed that it
did not provide an accurate picture of the mechanisms of power in the totalitarian
present and future. In a 1940 essay, Orwell wrote: "Mr. Aldous Huxley's Brave New
World was a good caricature of the hedonistic Utopia, the kind of thing that
seemed possible and even imminent before Hitler appeared, but it had no relation
to the actual future. What we are moving towards at this moment is something
more like the Spanish Inquisition, and probably far worse, thanks to the radio and
the secret police." In an article on "Prophecies of Fascism" in the same era, Orwell
made similar claims: "In Aldous Huxley's Brave New World, a sort of post-war
parody of the Wellsian Utopia, these tendencies are immensely exaggerated. Here
the hedonistic principle is pushed to its utmost, the whole world has turned into a
Riviera hotel. But though Brave New World was a brilliant caricature of the present
(the present of 1930), it probably casts no light on the future."
Huxley wrote to his brother Julian that social transformation could be obtained by
an attack on all fronts -- economic, political, educational and psychological. In 1942
Aldous Huxley published The Art of Seeing.
Gerald Heard first visited Black Mountain with his friend Aldous Huxley in 1937.
He was so taken with the idea of learning communities that he went on to found
Trabuco College in Ventura, California, in 1942.
Page 257 of 508
Published by © 2009
Huxley's writing culminated in a rather complete exposition of the mystical way in
1945 -- The Perennial Philosophy.
At the close of World War II he wrote: "Between ivory towerism on the one hand
and direct political action on the other lies the alternative of spirituality. And
between the totalitarian fascism and totalitarian socialism lies the alternative of
decentralism and cooperative enterprise--the economic-political system most
natural to spirituality." What some called "dream killers" Huxley called "bad
"[(S)uch propagandists] accomplish their greatest triumphs, not by doing
something, but by refraining from doing. Great is truth, but still greater, from a
practical point of view, is silence about truth. By simply not mentioning certain
subjects . . . totalitarian propagandists have influenced opinion much more
effectively than they could have done by the most eloquent denunciations, the most
compelling of logical rebuttals. -- Aldous Huxley, Brave New World (1946, revised
Huxley, who moved to southern California in 1947, was primarily a moral
philosopher who used fiction during his early career as a vehicle for ideas; in his
later writing, which consists largely of essays, he adopts an overtly didactic tone.
Like his contemporaries D. H. Lawrence and George Orwell, Huxley abhorred
conformity and denounced the orthodox attitudes of his time. The enormous range
of his intellect and the pungency of his writing make him one of the most significant
voices of the early 20th century. "As political and economic freedom diminishes,
sexual freedom tends . . . to increase. And the dictator . . . will do well to encourage
that freedom. In conjunction with the freedom to daydream under the influence of
dope, the movies and the radio, it will help to reconcile his subjects to the servitude
which is their fate." -- Aldous Huxley, Brave New World (1948).
Huxley wrote a letter to Orwell in 1949 stating: "The philosophy of the ruling
minority in 1984 is a sadism which has been carried to its logical conclusion by
going beyond sex and denying it. Whether in actual fact the policy of the boot-onthe-face can go on indefinitely seems doubtful. My own belief is that the ruling
oligarchy will find less arduous and wasteful ways of governing and of satisfying
its lust for power, and that these ways will resemble those which I described in
Brave New World."
The Societe Europeenne de Culture, a think tank created in 1950 through the efforts
of Venetian intelligence operative Umberto Campagnolo, has for the past three
decades pulled intellectuals from both East and West into organizing for an
"international culture," based on rejecting the existence of sovereign nations. The
SEC counted among its members the cream of the postwar intelligentsia: Adam
Schaff of Poland, Bertolt Brecht of East Germany, Georg Lukas of Hungary, and
Boris Paternak of the Soviet Union, as well as Stephen Spender and Arnold
Toynbee, Benedetto Croce and Norberto Bobbio, Julian Huxley and Thomas Mann,
Francois Mauriac, and Jean Cocteau. Later, the SEC launched the Third World
national liberation ideology.
Page 258 of 508
Published by © 2009
Andrijah Puharich was born in 1918. He received medical degree from
Northwestern University in 1947. Reportedly a friend of Aldous Huxley. In 1952 he
had first contact with "the Nine", the highest minds in the universe, through a
Aldous Huxley's 1952 book, The Devils of Louden, was inspired by a 1632 incident
in Louden, France. Jeanne des Anges, a nun, suffered nightmarish erotic
hallucinations after being spurned by Cure Grandier -- who was burned at the stake.
Psychedelics (hallucinogens) such as mescaline (derived from the cactus peyote)
and psilocybin (which comes from a Mexican mushroom) were originally eaten by
primitive men to induce visions. Huxley, in his "remarkable work," reported his
experiences with mescaline. Huxley's persuasive book was one of the first modern
works to put forward any kind of argument for experimental drug taking and it is
generally believed to have been responsible for sparking off the wave of semiintellectual interest in drugs which finds its expression in today's so-called 'drug
In 1952, the first International Congress of the International Humanist and Ethical
Union (IHEU) was held in Amsterdam. IHEU represents more than 3 million
members in 30 countries. The early sponsors of IHEU were also instrumental in
founding the United Nations. They included Lord Boyd Orr -- first head of the
World Food Organization, Sir Julian Huxley, first head of UNESCO and Canadian
physician Brock Chisholm, first head of the World Health Organization. In 1952
British psychiatrists Humphrey Osmond and John Smythies published "A New
Approach to Schizophrenia," theorizing that when the body is confronted with
extreme anxiety it produces the hallucinogen adrenochrome, inducing
schizophrenic or psychotic reactions. The next year they flew out to bring Aldous
Huxley a vial of mescaline. Huxley later cabled his editor that mescaline was "the
most extraordinary and significant experience available to human beings this side
of the Beatific Vision." He then dashed off The Doors of Perception in a month. In
The Doors of Perception he wrote: "The man who comes back through the Door in
the Wall will never be quite the same as the man who went out. He will be wiser
but less cocksure, happier but less self-satisfied, humbler in acknowledging his
ignorance yet better equipped to understand the relationship of words to things, of
systematic reasoning to the unfathomable Mystery which it tries, forever vainly,
to comprehend."
In 1953 Robert Hutchins quoted Aldous Huxley: "But in actual historical fact, the
spread of free compulsory education, and, along with it, the cheapening and
acceleration of the older methods of printing, have almost everywhere been
followed by an increase in the power of ruling oligarchies at the expense of the
masses." Hutchins added: "The case of the much-vaunted literacy of the Japanese
provides striking confirmation of the conclusions of Toynbee and Huxley that the
spread of universal, free, compulsory education had promoted the degradation
and enslavement of men."
Page 259 of 508
Published by © 2009
Humphry Osmond experienced mescaline in the early 1950s, and in May 1953
provided this to Aldous Huxley in Los Angeles. Huxley's report to Osmond, The
Doors of Perception, remains a milestone in psychedelic history, as does the word
that Osmond coined -- "psychedelic." Currently, Osmond works as a psychiatrist in
Tuskaloosa, Alabama. He is coauthor of The Hallucinogens (Academy Press) and
How to Live with Schizophrenia, co-editor of Psychedelics: The Uses and
Implications of Hallucinogenic Drugs (Anchor Books) and author of Understanding
Understanding. Osmond's interest in this field grew out of a fascination with
schizophrenia and alcoholism. He went into the Navy once he had qualified for
medicine at Guys Hospital in London in 1942. Oscar Janiger had his first LSD
experience in 1954. After a training in botany, he entered the fields of teaching and
psychiatry. He has lectured at UC Irvine and the California College of Surgeons, was
research director for the Holmes (holistic health) Foundation, maintains a private
practice, and founded the Albert Hofmann Foundation. He administered LSD to
875 people, many from the creative communities of Beverly Hills and Hollywood. In
1955 Huxley's first wife died. In 1956 he married Laural Archera. In Heaven and
Hell (1956) he described the use of mescaline to induce visionary states of mind.
In its May 13, 1957 issue, Life ran a feature called "Seeking the Magic Mushroom."
R. Gordon Wasson, a J.P. Morgan Vice-President, and his wife, recounted their
1955 visionary adventures among "psilocybe cultists in darkest Mexico."
Huxley called Bill Wilson, the co-founder of AA " the greatest social architect of our
time." Syanon, a revolutionary rehabilitation program using AA, was founded in
Ocean Park, California by Chuck Dederich in 1958 and spread as drug use
In his Brave New World Revisited, Aldous Huxley in 1958 described a society in
which war had been eliminated and where "the first aim of the rulers is at all costs
to keep their subjects from making trouble." He described a likely future: "The
completely organized society, the scientific caste system, the abolition of free will
by methodical conditioning, the servitude made acceptable by regular doses of
chemically induced happiness, the orthodoxies drummed in by nightly courses of
sleep teaching . . ." He predicted non-violent tyranny: "Under the relentless thrust
of accelerating over-population and increasing over-organization, and by means
of ever more effective methods of mind-manipulation, the democracies will change
their nature; and quaint old forms -- elections, parliaments, Supreme Courts and
all the rest -- will remain. The underlying substance will be a new kind of nonviolent totalitarianism. All the traditional names, all the hallowed slogans will
remain exactly what they were in the good old days. Democracy and freedom will
be the theme of every broadcast and editorial -- but democracy and freedom in a
strictly Pickwickian sense. Meanwhile the ruling oligarchy and its highly trained
elite of soldiers, policemen, thought-manufacturers and mind-manipulators will
quietly run the show as they see fit."
In 1958, in Brave New World Revisited , Huxley wrote a diatribe against
overpopulation and overconsumption. His comment about Aryan drug use as part
Page 260 of 508
Published by © 2009
of an elite religious ceremony seems to be historic in nature. There was a priesthood
that was very knowledgeable about the effects of drugs. The Isis cult seems to have
also used drugs in its productions. Hitler thought he talked to "the evil one" while
on a mescaline trip. When alone or with his inner circle, did he engage in religious
ceremonies, evocations or incantations? Or did they use drugs to get "high?" The
Huxley quote does suggest drugs and religious worship were connected as early as
the Aryan conquest of India. The word "Iran" derives from "Aryan."
In Brave New World Revisited Huxley contested Orwell: "George Orwell's 1984
was a magnified projection into the future of a present that contained Stalinism
and an immediate past that had witnessed the flowering of Nazism. Brave New
World was written before the rise of Hitler to supreme power in Germany and
when the Russian tyrant had not yet got into his stride. In 1931, systematic
terrorism was not the obsessive contemporary fact which it had become in 1948,
and the future dictatorship of my imaginary world was a good deal less brutal
than the future dictatorship so brilliantly portrayed by Orwell. In the context of
1948, 1984 seemed dreadfully convincing. But tyrants, after all, are mortal and
circumstances change. Recent developments in Russia and recent advances in
science and technology have robbed Orwell's book of some of its gruesome
versimilitude. A nuclear war will, of course, make nonsense of everybody's
predictions. But, assuming for the moment that the Great Powers can somehow
refrain from destroying us, we can say that it now looks as though the odds were
more in favor of something like Brave New World than of something like 1984."
Neil Postman commented: "What Orwell feared were those who would ban books.
What Huxley feared was that there would be no reason to ban a book, for there
would be no one who wanted to read one. Orwell feared those who would deprive
us of information. Huxley feared those who would give us so much that we would
be reduced to passivity and egoism. Orwell feared the truth would be concealed
from us. Huxley feared the truth would be drowned in a sea of irrelevance. Orwell
feared we would become a captive culture. Huxley feared we would become a
trivial culture, preoccupied with some equivalent of the feelies, the orgy porgy,
and the centrifugal bumblepuppy. As Huxley remarked in Brave New World
Revisited, the civil libertarians and rationalists who are ever on the alert to
oppose tyranny 'failed to take into account man's almost infinite appetite for
distractions.' In Brave New World, they are controlled by inflicting pleasure. In
short, Orwell feared that what we hate will ruin us. Huxley feared that what we
love will ruin us."
Purchased in 1960 for $285, this small substance may be said, without
exaggeration, to have perpetrated the most significant cultural revolution of our
time. John Beresford, a pediatrician of British extraction working in New York City,
purchased gram H-00047. Before long, it passed into the systems of Donovan, Paul
McCartney, Keith Richards, Paul Krassner, Frank Barron, Huston Smith, Aldous
Huxley, Paul Lee, Richard Katz, Pete La Roca, Charlie Mingus, Saul Steinberg,
Timothy Leary, Richard Alpert, Ralph Metzner, Alan Watts, Jean Houston and
perhaps a thousand others. "There is some possibility," commented Michael
Page 261 of 508
Published by © 2009
Hollingshead, a main distributor, "that my friends and I have illuminated more
people than anyone else in history."
In the summer of 1960 Timothy O'Leary used magic mushrooms for the first time in
Mexico. He realized his old self was dead, collaborated with Dr. Richard Albert and
discussed the meaning and implication of the new world with Aldous Huxley. In the
1960-1961 school year Leary and Albert began a series of experiments on Harvard
graduate students -- using pure psilocybin -- and with a physician in attendance.
When students at Harvard were given mushrooms, they "came up with accounts of
mystical experiences which largely duplicated accounts of mystical experiences of
Christian saints they had read in books. Takers of mescaline commonly have
similar experiences to Huxley's, just as Huxley's were similar to those reported by
earlier experimenters like Havelock Ellis." In 1960 Leary tried psychedelic
mushrooms while on a vacation in Cuernavaca, Mexico. The experience opened up a
new world for him: "I realized I had died, that I, Timothy Leary, the Timothy Leary
game, was gone. I could look back and see my body on the bed. I relived my life,
and reexperienced many events I had forgotten. More than that, I went back in
time in an evolutionary sense to where I was aware of being a one-celled
organism. All of these things were way beyond my mind." Leary was in Mexico in
August, 1960, intending to work on a book.
Around 1961 Aldous Huxley said at a U.S. State Department-sponsored conference
at the California Medical School in San Francisco: "There will be in the next
generation or so . . . a pharmacological method of making people love their
servitude and producing dictatorship without tears, so to speak. Producing a kind
of painless concentration camp for entire societies so that people will in fact have
their liberties taken away from them but will rather enjoy it, because they will be
distracted from any desire to rebel -- by propaganda, or brainwashing, or
brainwashing enhanced by pharmacological methods. And this seems to be the
final revolution." Timothy Leary recalled his conversation with Huxley who told
him to be a brain-drug cheerleader for evolution like he and his grandfather before
him. However, Huxley told Leary that the obstacle to the evolution was the Bible:
"Drugs that open the mind to multiple realities inevitably lead to a polytheistic
view of the universe. We sensed that the time for a new humanist religion based on
intelligence, good-natured pluralism and scientific paganism had arrived."
Huxley was among those who encouraged Michael Murphy and Richard Price in
their decision to open Esalen in 1961. Murphy and Price wrote to Huxley, who
believed science and mysticism were complementary activities, and whose
elucidation of "the perennial philosophy" and ideas about the human potential
shaped Esalen's work for the next 32 years. It is said that Aldous Huxley, that
modern of moderns, went to a few Ouspensky meetings in London. Eventually
Huxley settled for Gerald Heard who drew heavily on Eastern philosophy. In
Huxley we may find a symptom of a desperate tendency to turn in our crisis to ideas
and teachings that stand outside the stream of Western culture. At Huxley's
suggestion, Murphy and Price sought out Gerald Heard, philosopher and mystic,
who cast a deep Irish spell with accounts of people and events that revealed the
secrets of human transformation. An afternoon with Heard in the summer of 1961,
Page 262 of 508
Published by © 2009
in which Heard displayed his characteristic enthusiasm and sense of a cosmic
mandate, confirmed Esalen's two founders in their decision to start a seminar
center. In the first three years of the Big Sur human-potential center, the lecturers
included Alan Watts, Arnold Toynbee, Gerald Heard, Linus Pauling, Carl Rogers,
Norman O. Brown, Paul Tillich, Rollo May and Carlos Castaneda. Esalen's first
brochure "flew under the title of a series of 1961 lectures by Aldous Huxley:
'Human Potentialities.'"
Like the hero in Maugham's The Razor's Edge, Michael Murphy went to India
seeking enlightenment. He lived for eighteen months at the Aurobindo Ashram in
Pondicherry -- an institute combining the wisdom of East and West. Michael
Murphy and Richard Price decided in 1961 to open the Esalen Institute in Big Sur,
California as a center for humanistic psychology. The institute, which was opened in
1962, conducts workshops, seminars, and symposia. The late Hindu Geru Sri
Aurobindo has a follower by the name of Maurice Strong who has
connections with David Rockefeller, the Rothschilds and other groups
of the money elite.
One evening in 1962, Abraham Maslow was forced to seek shelter at the nearest
residence due to fog: "He arrived in time for an Easlen study group that was
unpacking a case of twenty copies of his latest book."
In 1962 Billy and Tommy Hitchcock purchased Millbrook. It became "the shrine
where acid was sanctified." Tommy had become friends with Leary toward the end
of the 1950's.
In the Summer of 1962, Billy Hitchcock met Dick Albert at his mother's house and
recalled: "I found Dick funny -- he understood how to laugh at himself, and he had
a background similar to mine. He was Jewish, his father was head of the Hartford
and New Haven Railroad. He opened me up. He got me to read Thomas Mann,
Salinger . . . he was already having his problems with Harvard, and he had
established this community in Mexico, Zihuatanejo. Tommy and Peggy went down
there, and Peggy told me I should try a psychedelic. I said, 'Why?' She said, 'That's
a good question, try it, you've got nothing to lose.'" Mescaline was the drug of
choice at that time.
In 1962 Look Magazine did a special issue on California. Aldous Huxley was cited
as among the Californians who were calling for a new national constitutional
In 1962 Allan Watts published The Joyous Cosmology: Adventures in the
Chemistry of Consciousness with a forward by Timothy Leary and Richard Albert.
On November 27, 1962, Leary and Alpert stated: "If you announce your discovery
you're in trouble. If you discuss it quietly with friends you have a cult. If you try to
apply these potentials within the conventional, institutional format you are sidetracked, silenced, blocked or fired . . . For the first time in American history and
for the first time in the Western world since the Inquisition there now exists a
Page 263 of 508
Published by © 2009
scientific underground and foundation largesse, over a hundred responsible
professional researchers are volunteering their time, their own money, risking
their reputations and their legal freedom to research consciousness without
institutional support."
In 1963 Richard Deacon published the 310-page City of Man: The Hopes and
Possibilities of a World Culture which included a discussion of the ideas of
Toynbee, Teilhard de Chardin, Mumford, Jaspers, Wells, Huxley, Northrop, and
many others.
In 1963 the Beatles appeared on the Ed Sullivan show. They combined rock and
mystical music, long hair, and the worship of Hinduism. The guru who was sought
after by the Beatles was Maharishi Mahesh (TM) Yogi. Drugs were suggested in
many of their songs: "Yellow Submarine" (a "submarine" is a "downer"), "Lucy in
the Sky With Diamonds" (the initials of the main words are LSD), "Hey Jude" (a
song about the drug known as methadrine), "Stawberry Fields" (where opium is
grown to avoid detection) and "Norwegian Wood" (a British term for marijuana).
John Lenon's song "Imagine" attacked religion ("Imagine there's no heaven, It's
easy if you try, No hell below us, Above us only sky"), espoused a do you own thing
philosophy ("Imagine all the people, Living for today"), attacked nationalism
("Imagine there's no countries"), attacked religion ("It is isn't hard to do, Nothing
to kill or die for and no religion too"), called for the abolition of private property
("Imagine no possessions"), supported a new international order ("I wonder if you
can, No need for greed or hunger, A brotherhood of man, Imagine all the people,
Sharing all the world") and advocated a one-world government ("You may say I'm
a dreamer, But I'm not the only one, I hope someday you'll join us, and the world
will be as one.") Lennon called for abolition of private property and then
left his Japanese-born widow a $250 million estate.
In 1963 Harold Asher wrote Experiments in Seeing -- a story of his search for
mystical experience through LSD. Initially LSD was classified as a "new" drug with
few restrictions on its experimental use. In 1963 it was reclassified as an
"investigational new drug" and made available only to carefully selected
investigators. In 1963 Timothy O'Leary founded the International Federation for
Internal Freedom (IFIF) to encourage research on psychedelic substances. The
institute, however, died for lack of outside interest or support. In the Good Friday
Study W.H. Clark -- a Leary follower, found that subjects given psilocybin before
attending religious services were more likely to have a life-changing or mystical
experience. In March 1963 Leary and Alpert began recruiting for the IFIF. They
attracted the "young, the idealistic, the eccentric, and the rebellious . . ." They
lectured in Los Angeles to promote the International Federation for Internal
Freedom. Leary left without notifying univesity authorities and went to Mexico to
arrange the lease of a hotel in Zihuatanejo for use as an IFIF summer colony.
In May 1963, two months after Leary's Mexico departure, Richard Alpert publicly
attacked the administration's stand on denying psilocybin to undergraduates. He
was fired by Harvard on May 27.
Page 264 of 508
Published by © 2009
Major issues at Harvard that caused friction for Leary included no doctor being
present during experiments, use of undergraduates and drug sessions being
conducted off campus or even in Leary's house. In the Spring of 1963 Leary and
Albert were dismissed from their academic positions. Leary was fired for not
attending his classes. He admitted the non-attendance but thought he was on
approved leave. Albert separated from Leary and lectured on the West coast while
Leary settled in at an estate in Millbrook, New York -- owned by a wealthy
supporter of Leary's beliefs.
The IFIF colony was in operation by June 1963. The stay was a short one. After an
unassociated murder, a newspaper in Mexico City began a campaign against the
group and the Mexican government ordered the group out. In the summer of 1963,
Leary rented Millbrook from Wall Streeter and Lehman Brothers's Billy Hitchcock
for $500 a month.
Leary and Alpert holed up in Millbrook, New York. In Volume I of the Psychedelic
Review, in the Fall of 1963, Leary and Ralph Metzner did an article on Herman
Hesse -- the German novelist whom the group adopted as its literary prophet.
Arnold Toynbee, in the September 29, 1963 edition of The New York Times,
discussed an alliance between the Soviets and the Fabian-controlled West to face
the yellow menace of Red China.
Before his death JFK said the Country "is in dire peril . . ." and that it might not
"survive his term in office." Evelyn Lincoln, JFK's secretary for 12 years, quoted
him as saying: "If they are going to get me, they will get me even in Church"
(meaning anywhere). Mary Pinchot Meyer told Timothy Leary: "They could not
control him (JFK) anymore."
The use of peyote in religious ceremonies was declared legal in
California in 1964.
In 1964, the Leary-Alpert manual for the psychedelic experience, based on the
Tibetan Book of the Dead, was published.
In 1964 Augustus Owsley Stanley III tried LSD for the first time as a 29-year-old
Berkley dropout.
None of the ideas of the "Now Generation" of 1964 were less than thirty years old.
By 1964 Ken Kesey and his Merry Prankster friends were touring the country in a
Day-Glo-painted school bus. Later they gave Acid Test parties and supplied LSD
which was still legal. Music was provided by the Grateful Dead at later Acid Tests.
The Grateful Dead began at 710 Ashbury street as an acid-rock group with electric
guitarist Jerry Garcia, 24, drummer Mickey Hart, Ron "Pigpen" McKernan and
others. The name was taken from an Oxford dictionary notation on the burial of
Egyptian pharoahs. McKernan died of alcohol and drugs.
Page 265 of 508
Published by © 2009
In 1964 and 1965, George Leonard traveled around the country working on "what
he thought would be the most important story of his career. It would run in two or
three subsequent issues of Look, he anticipated, and he intended to call it 'The
Human Potential.'" The article, which eventually ran to some 20,000 words, was
never published by Look. It was considered "too long and too theoretical."
In 1965 Esalen's Michael Murphy (student of Eastern philosophy and humanistic
psychology) joined forces with Look's George Leonard (Student of Social and
Political Movements in the U.S.). In the Fall of 1965, B.F. Skinner, S.I. Hayakawa,
Watts, Carl Rogers and J.B. Rhine led seminars.
In the late 1960s and early 1970s, Esalen became particularly popular as the scene
of various exploratory approaches to personality development and consciousness
expansion. These types of activities have remained the institute's focus. A former
President of the American Psychological Association has said that Esalen is
potentially "the most important educational institute in the world."
Alice Bailey, the most prolific writer for the New Age, wrote in 1965: "The Illuminati
have ever led the race forward; the knowers, mystics and saints have ever
revealed to us the heighth of racial and individual possibilities."
The Psychedelic Reader came out in 1965 as an anthology to the 1964 manual.
Alpert gradually dropped away from the group while Leary became even more
outspoken. Alice Bailey, the most prolific writer for the New Age, wrote in 1965:
"The Illuminati have ever led the race forward; the knowers, mystics and saints
have ever revealed to us the height of racial and individual possibilities."
In 1965 alone the British sent 136 ships with oil and other war good that docked at
the port of Haiphong. At a time when America had 300,000 troops in South
Vietnam, England had sent only 11 police instructors and a professor of English.
Standard and Shell were taking 33,000 barrels of oil daily out of North Thailand
and refining it at Bangehak and Srivacha. While Thailand officials lied, the Bangkok
News said that foreign companies had taken 40,000,000 barrels of oil out of the
Burma ground in 1965. President De Galle of France blasted the Standard Oil
"policy" in Vietnam. Standard Oil had operations in North Vietnam and Burma. The
Shelf Coast extended from Hong Kong to Vietnam, Burma and Thailand. No news
stories revealed that thousands of barrels of oil were being taken out by Standard
Oil every day. Moody's Manual of Industrials listed nearly 300 foreign operations
but not a line about the Thailand wells. Once this was revealed, the next issue
eliminated all mention of foreign operations. It was first said there was no oil
industry in Thailand. Later authorities advised that the production of oil was a
major industry.
In 1965 Allen Ginsburg used the phrase "flower power" at a Berkley rally. The
flower antiwar theme appeared in "Where Have All the Flowers Gone?" and "San
Francisco (Be Sure to Wear Flowers in Your Hair)" and in fashions. The Hells
Angels had attacked the marchers calling them "Un-American."
Page 266 of 508
Published by © 2009
A 1965 article by San Francisco Examiner reporter Michael Fallon used the term
"hippie." The beats used the term hippie as a term of disdain. While hippies used
drugs for the sake of experience, beats had used drugs for the sake of art. They also
preferred rock music to jazz. While beatniks had adopted from the black culture, the
hippies looked to Native Americans. Deerskin moccasins, silver and turquoise
jewelry and headbands were adopted as well as ingesting peyote buttons.
Identification with Native Americans occurred along with referring to communal
groups as tribes. The multimedia show "America Needs Indians" was a big hit in
1965. By May 1965, Owsley Stanley III was filling orders for LSD from around the
country from his Los Angles laboratory. He financed the rock group The Grateful
Dead, the San Francisco Oracle underground newspaper, joined up with Ken Kesey
and became the chief supply chemist for the Acid Tests.
In August 1965, Ken Kesey invited the San Francisco chapter of the Hells Angels to
a party at his home in La Honda. He introduced them to LSD. They became heavily
involved with both supply and demand until the end of the 1960s. In December
1965 Leary's 16-year-old daughter was found at customs with a pillbox in her
brassiere that contained a smidgen of marijuana. An indictment was made against
Leary for attempted to smuggle marijuana out of the country without paying a duty
on it. Billy Hitchcock set up the Leary defense fund. The case was taken to the
Supreme Court where it was thrown out on the grounds of double jeopardy. After
this incident, Leary "let Millbrook really start to run downhill." Ken Kesey rolled
up in a bus with the Merry Pranksters and it was rumored that 80 Hell's Angels
were aboard.
Death cults existed four thousand years ago. The resurgence of death cults began
with the arrival of Aldous Huxley in America. He copied the formula from the IsisOrsiris cult, the Dionysus cult and the rituals of Tibetan and Egyptian high priests.
A principal disciple of his was Timothy Leary. LSD, which was made by Hoffman La
Roche, was introduced into America by Huxley and Bertand Russell. After working
with Leary at Harvard, Huxley and Leary created the International Federation for
Internal Freedom Psychadelic Training Center in Mexico. Students at this "invisible
university" had lessons from the Tibetan Book of the Dead. At the center it was
taught that "death is a transition, it is only a change in form, in some cases a
happy release." Among the death cults are the Luciferian Society, the Dionysus
Cult, the Osiris-Horus cult of ancient Egypt, the Freemasons, the Urania Hermetic
Order of the Golden Dawn, the Children of the Sun, witchcraft, demon worshipers
and Aquarians who venerate Caligula. Death cults are devil-worshiping in purpose
and all end in death for someone.
In their first seminar on Human Potentiality, led by Willis Harman, every program
leader was involved with LSD research: Adams, Harman, Gregory Bateson, Gerald
Heard, Paul Kurtz, and Myron Stolaroff. Other drug-culture luminaries, such as
Timothy Leary and Richard Alpert, taught at Esalen, and various psychedelics were
used by the staff and students, although drug-use was not officially endorsed.
Strangely, the Institute was never raided by the authorities. Charles Manson and
Page 267 of 508
Published by © 2009
members of his family played an impromptu concert at Esalen three days before
their massacre at the Sharon Tate house.
In Island Huxley's society relied upon the mind for healing. His last novel featured
extended families, learning by doing and imagining and commerce was bowed to
ecology. Huxley died on November 22, 1963, in Los Angeles. This was the exact
same day that JFK was assassinated. This was also the day that C.S. Lewis died. He
"asked for and received an injection of LSD on his deathbed . . ." "His time on earth
spanned the end of the Victorian Age and the beginning of the Age of Aquarius,
and he was always in the vanguard of, never afraid to investigate (and even to
believe in) the strange and the mystical, yet he never lost respect for everyday
reality." He authored 47 books, including Crome Yellow and After Many A
Summer Dies the Swan. Huxley spent forty years living in and working in
Hollywood collaborating with Adorno and Horkheimer.
At the height of their popularity, the Beatles went to India -- the land of the Hindus.
Aldous Huxley wrote about soma -- an intoxicating drink for the Brahmins. In fable
it was personified as a god -- representing the moon.
Dr. Louis Jolyon West is a director of AFF. An expert in brainwashing for the Air
Force and the CIA, West first achieved fame from his MK-Ultra feat -- he injected
LSD-25 into an elephant and killed it. West researched "the psychology of
dissociated states" for the CIA, using LSD and hypnosis. His friend {Aldous Huxley}
suggested to Dr. West during an MK-Ultra experiment that West hypnotize his
subjects prior to administering LSD, in order to give them "post-hypnotic
suggestions aimed at orienting the drug-induced experience in some desired
direction." Huxley was friends with Dr. Louis "Jolly" West, and suggested that West
try combining LSD with hypnosis. Dr. West was called upon by the government to
examine Jack Ruby, who had killed Lee Harvey Oswald before Oswald could stand
trial for his alleged role in the assassination of President John Kennedy. Huxley was
also interested in parapsychology, and lectured on the topic at Duke University. It
was at Duke where Huxley had contact with J.B. Rhine, who reportedly did
experiments in psychic phenomena for the CIA and the Army. Longtime CIA doctor
Louis J. West once treated Aldous Huxley. It was West's diagnosis that Ruby was a
"candidate suitable for treatment" that allowed him to be put on drugs.
In 1964, Lilly held seminars at the Esalen Institute, and was Group Leader and
Associate in Residence from 1969 to1971.
Laura Huxley, Aldous's widow, sponsored a foundation devoted to "conscious
childbirth" called Our Ultimate Investment.
During the radical 1960s, the late Leary and Richard Albert did extensive research
on LSD and other psychedelic elements -- in collaboration with Aldous Huxley,
Allen Ginsberg and others. The pair escaped to a mansion in upstate New York.
While Leary continued to ride naked on horses, Richard Alpert went to India in
1967 and met his spiritual teacher -- Neem Karoli Baba. He came back with a new
name -- Baba Ram Dass ("servant of God"). He then began teaching Kali-worship
Page 268 of 508
Published by © 2009
(goddess of thieves) to Harvard students. After six years or so of getting high,
visited India. There he met a 23-year-old man named Bhagwan Dass. Eventually,
after fasting, yoga and meditation, Albert was introduced to Dass' s guru -Maharaji. He then changed his name to Ram Dass, returned to the U.S. and wrote
Be Here Now. When he became Ram Dass, he forsook his Jewish upbringing and
was estranged from his family. His never-named father was a wealthy lawyer,
President of the New York, New Haven and Hartford Railroad and founder of
Brandeis University. The recently sick Ram Dass is said to be known and loved all
over the world as the self-described "HinJew." Dismissed from Harvard with Leary
in 1963, Dass was involved with the Zihuatanejo Project, the IFIF (The
International Foundation for Internal Freedom) and the Castalia Organization at
Millbrook, all of which were attempts to realize a psychedelic utopia as presented in
Island by Aldous Huxley, and Glass Bead Game by Herrman Hesse.
Michael Kahn was an important associate of Timothy Leary during the mid-1960s,
taking LSD trips with him and providing him with privacy periodically in those
turbulent years. He has observations of related activities at Harvard and Millbrook.
Kahn lectures at UC San Anselmo. His writings include The Tao of Conversation
and Between Therapist and Client.
LSD was not made illegal until 1966. In 1966 Leary founded the League of Spiritual
In 1966 Leary was arrested for the possession of marijuana at the Millbrook, New
York estate and appeared at three congressional hearings. He told Sen. Ted
Kennedy that "LSD is not a dangerous drug." In that same year he began his own
religion -- the "League of Spiritual Discovery" -- with LSD as the sacrament. Its
slogan was: "Turn On, Tune In, and Drop Out." G. Gordon Liddy, local Assistant
District Attorney, used as his slogan for the Republican nomination for Congress:
"Throw Hitchcock Out of Millbrook."
In 1967 the New York Phoenix House established seminar rap session techniques. It
was started by five former drug addicts.
The musical Hair opened in 1967. The song "Age of Aquarius" talks about the
influence to be felt at the end of the century at "the dawning of the Age of
Aquarius." The Age of Pisces lasts from 0 A.D. to 2000 A.D. The Age of Aquarius
begins at 2000 A.D. to last until 4000 A.D.
By 1967 many of the Haight-Ashbury residents had turned from acid to speed.
Beginning in 1967, Timothy Leary said in lectures delivered around the country:
"turn on (to the scene), tune in (to what is happening), and drop out (of high
school, college, grad school . . .)."
In 1967 Owsley was arrested in his lab and sentenced to three years in jail.
Page 269 of 508
Published by © 2009
In 1967 the Beatles accompanied the Maharishi to India and announced their
intention to give up drugs and follow his teachings.
In 1967 a court decision, involving Timothy O'Leary, held that the use of marijuana
was not essential to the practice of Hinduism.
By 1967 a large drug population had emerged in San Francisco where Ken Kesey
had handled out LSD. In 1967 a Tavistock-sponsored "Conference on the Dialectics
of Liberation" was chaired by Dr. R.D. Laing. Two of the American delegates were
Angela Davis and Stokley Carmichael. "By 1967, with the cult of 'Flower People' in
Haight-Ashbury and the emergence of the anti-war movement, the United States
was ready for the inundation of LSD, hashish, and marijuana that hit American
college campuses in the late 1960s."
The 1967 Be-In was referred to as "A Gathering of the Tribes." The January 1967
Human Be-In was followed by the "Summer of Love" in Haight-Ashbury. Bill
Graham staged concerts at the Fillmore six days a week. The event was coordinated
by Allen Ginsberg, Timothy Leary and Jerry Rubin. Some 10,000 "heard speeches,
danced to music by San Francisco bands, chanted Hindu and Buddhist rituals, ate
free turkey sandwiches (some laced with LSD), and generally celebrated the birth
of the countercultural community."
In April 1967, warnings were issued and businesses were closed in Haight-Ashbury
after a huge influx of hippies. In response, as a form of protest, Hippies marched
shouting "Haight is love." Over 30 people were arrested in the demonstration.
The Grateful Dead hosted an Om Festival featuring om chanting with the music for
2,500 during the Summer of Love.
During the winter 1967-1968, LSD reached a peak. Its use declined thereafter.
Mescaline, which offers less of an inner experience but a more intense sensory show
than LSD, became the hallucinogen of choice for many previous LSD users.
Esalen became "real" when the New York Times ran an article on it on December
31, 1967 in the Sunday Magazine. Hot baths, which may be taken in the nude, "are
considered a rite of passage into a new life."
In April 1968 Columbia University was seized by a group of students for several
days. James Kunen, one of the student leaders, wrote in The Strawberry Statement
that a report on the SDS convention mentioned men from Roundtable
International trying to buy radicals. "These men are the world's leading
industrialists and they convene to decide how our lives are going to go . . . They
offered to finance our demonstration in Chicago. We were also offered Esso
(Rockefeller) money. They want us to make a lot of radical commotion so they can
look more in the center as they move to the Left." Jerry Rubin once said: "The hip
capitalists have some allies within the revolutionary community: longhairs who
work as intermediaries between the kids on the street and the millionaire
businessmen." During the fall of 1969 $85,000 in Carnegie Foundation funds were
Page 270 of 508
Published by © 2009
paid to the SDS. An undercover SDS police informant said he had "wondered where
the money was coming from for all this activity, and soon discovered it came
through radicals via the United Nations, from the Rockefeller Foundation, the
Ford Foundation, United Auto Workers, as well as cigar boxes of American money
from the Cuban embassy."
Brandeis University was the head of all SDS chapters throughout the United States.
The founders and some of its top administrators have been "violently anti-religious
and have left wing associations."
In 1969, after a series of arrests on drug charges, Leary was sentenced to a
minimum security prison in California.
The Woodstock Music and Art Fair drew 300,000 in August 1969 to Bethel,
New York. Performers included Jim Hendrix, Joan Baez, Ritchie Havens, the
Jefferson Airplane, the Who, the Grateful Dead, Carlos Santana and others. Abbie
Hoffman called it "the first attempt to land man on the earth."
On December 6, 1969, the Altamont Music Festival outside San Francisco
attracted 300,000 to a free Rolling Stones concert. The Hells Angels administered
several beatings and stabbed a boy to death when he tried to reach the stage.
In 1970 Margaret Mead said: "There are no elders who know what those who have
been reared within the last 20 years know about the world into which they were
born." She called for psychologically "qualified" parents to rear all the children -leaving the less qualified parents free to explore their inner selves and one another.
Margaret Mead said in 1970: "This break between generations is wholly new: it is
planetary and universal." In 1970, just before the Nixon/Kissinger invasion of
Cambodia (that produced a storm of antiwar protests on and off campuses), the
Bilderbergers discussed the "future function of the university in our society."
Participants included Paul Samuelson, Graham T. Allison (later Dean of the
Kennedy School at Harvard University) and Andrew Cordier (Dean of the School of
International Affairs at Columbia University 1962-68) (also acting president of
Columbia in 1968 during the student occupation). In 1970 Governor Reagan
acknowledged the possibility of a "bloodbath" to put down campus unrest.
After being organized in New York by a small group concerned with pollution and
smog, the first Earth Day took place on April 22, 1970. Activities around the country
included car "funerals," traffic blockades and clean-up programs. On Earth Day,
April 22, 1970, Norman Cousins (CFR), the longtime president of the United World
Federalists (later the World Federalist Association), proclaimed, "Humanity needs
world order. The fully sovereign nation is incapable of dealing with the poisoning
of the environment . . . The management of the planet . . . requires a world
government." The UNESCO Biosphere Conference and ecological activism
produced the first Earth Day in 1971. Both Earth day and the beginning of the
Army-McCarthy hearings share the date April 22 (Lenin's birthday).
Page 271 of 508
Published by © 2009
In September of 1970 Leary escaped from prison by walking away from prison. He
turned off a flame he had ignited ten years before. "A real cop-out."
In 1973 Jerry Garcia of the Grateful Dead received a years probation in New Jersey
for possession of LSD, marijauna and cocaine.
Ronald David Laing (1927-1989) overcame beatings by his father by retreating into
"a point in space with no dimensions." He devoured all the classics within his reach
from the Bible through Mill and Voltaire to Darwin and Huxley. By the age of 14, he
was reading Plato and knew he was interested in psychology. In 1956 he went for
psycho-analytic training at the Freudian-oriented Tavistock Institute of Human
Relations in London. From 1962-1965, Laing directed the Langham Clinic in
London and began to experiment with mind-expanding substances as a means of
accelerating transcendental trips to the inner self. In 1967, a conference sponsored
by psychiatry's National Association for Mental Health (NAMH) in the United
Kingdom was devoted to "The Role of Religion in Mental Health." The Reverend
George Croft, a lecturer in experimental psychology, said that distressed persons
were seeking psychotherapists rather than ministers because as Jung suggested,
ministers were not expected to possess "psychological knowledge or insight." Also
speaking was psychiatrist Dr. R. D. Laing from the Tavistock Institute who
suggested that the clergy get more in touch with the "egoic experience," and
seminaries and theological colleges should discuss this as a church component. In
the early 1970's he studied under Buddhist and Hindu spiritual masters in Ceylon,
India and Japan, and lectured throughout the U.S. Laing was a vegetarian with a
respect for life such that he could not even bear to cut the grass.
In 1975, Princeton Professor Richard A. Falk (CFR) laid out a map in On the
Creation of a Just World terming the seventies as the decade of "consciousness
raising," the eighties the decade of "mobilization" and the ninties the decade of
In 1975 the "Masters" told Alice Bailey that the time was right for the open
propagation of "The Plan."
In 1975 the War in Vietnam officially ended.
In 1975 the "Brain/Mind Bulletin" magazine was first published by Marilyn
Ferguson as "a vehicle for pulling . . . information on mind and consciousness
In the summer of 1976, Bruce traveled back to Europe and to England. He met and
had lunch with Albert Hofmann on the Rhine river. Hofmann told him stories of
meetings with Huxley and Leary and other noted figures in the "psychedelic
movement" as it was known back then. He also met and became friends with
Michael Hollingshed, author of The Man Who Turned on the World, an
autobiography by this trickster who was responsible for turning both the Beatles
and Tim Leary onto their first trips. Hollingshead conveyed a substantial amount of
gram H-00047 to Harvard University and to London, after coming to the U.S. as an
Page 272 of 508
Published by © 2009
official working for British-American cultural exchange. Hollingshead's activities
centered in Manhattan, London and Katmandu. He wrote much about psychedelics
in a variety of head magazines.
Returning from Europe in 1976, Bruce left Los Angeles for Santa Cruz, California,
where he was to spend most of the next two decades. Bruce escorted Hofmann and
his wife Anita during their tour of Santa Cruz. Also there were other noted
psychedelic researchers, including Oscar Janiger, William McGlothlin, Ron Siegel
and others. At a dinner, Hofmann toasted his pcychedelic grandchildren -- many of
them there, including Leary, Ram Dass and Metzer, the noted Harvard trio who had
collaborated on research and together wrote The Psychedelic Experience, based on
the Tibetan Book of the Dead. Bruce had done a lot of footwork, hiking through the
redwood campus of the University of California Santa Cruz, setting up the logistics.
Now tired of this massive organizational effort, Bruce went off with his friend
Danny, who together drank a bottle of psilocybin extract. Having just read Island by
Huxley and Intelligence Agents by Timothy Leary, some of the circuits in Bruce's
mind began to perceive new connections and sychronicities. As he walked with his
friend down to the windswept beaches, he thought about his original expectations
for the 'Sixties. He then believed the counter-culture would become the dominant
culture in some revolution of love and ecstasy.
At Jonestown, Guyana, 914 followers of paranoid pastor the Rev. Jim Jones obeyed
his order to join him in death by drinking Kool-Aid laced with cyanide. Massmurderer Jim Jones cooperated with Bertrand Russell and Aldous Huxley indirectly
through the Peace Pledge Union. The New Agers were proud to claim Jim Jones and
his People's Temple as their own until his Guyana murder-suicide fiasco. After that,
they never mentioned him again except to point to him as an example of the
dangers of religious fundamentalism. When Jones moved to San Fransciso and
purchased land to build a new Temple, it is said the land had been the site of the
Albert Pike Memorial Temple. In November 1978 over 900 people died at the
People's Temple in Guyana. At Jonestown, it was intially assumed that the
large vat of drink containing poison was the cause of the suicides. Autopsies showed
that 700 of the 900 had died of gunshots wounds and stangulation -- not poison.
"They had not committed suicide at all; they were brutally mass
murdered. According to Jack Anderson, a tape made by Rev. Jones mentioned a
man named Dwyer. Richard Dwyer was the deputy chief of the U.S. mission to
Guyana and accompanied Rep. Leo Ryan to investigate the encampment. The
Congressman was murdered but Dwyer was not affected. He claimed that Jones'
reference to him was "mistaken." In 1959 he had began working for the CIA and
had "no comment" when Anderson asked if he was a CIA agent." Among the
drugs found at Jonestown was chloral hydrate -- used in the CIA's
secret mind control program known as "MK ULTRA." Did the CIA
slaughter 900 at Jonestown to cover up a massive-scale drug
In the late 1970's, Esalen became involved with an Englishwoman named Jenny
O'Connor, who claimed to be in psychic contact with the Nine Dick Price and other
members of the Esalen staff became increasingly dependent on the Nine, to the
Page 273 of 508
Published by © 2009
point of listing them as program leaders and members of the Esalen Gesalt Staff in
In the 1970's, Mike Murphy became interested in Russian parapsychology, and
visited the country to meet experimenters in this field. This led to a close connection
between Esalen and some Russian officials, who set up an exchange program.
Lasting into the 1980's, this exchange was dubbed "hot-tub diplomacy". John Mack
was reportedly involved in this exchange. Esalen also held seminars in quantum
physics, and was the birthplace of the Physics/Consciousness Research Group.
Other individuals who have come to lead seminars at Esalen at one time or another
include Carlos Castenda, Dutch psychic Peter Hurkos, (trunk murderer, fugitive and
Earth Day founder) Ira Einhorn, Rollo May, Jack Sarfatti, John Lilly, Terrance
McKenna, Ian Wickramasekera, and Charles Tart. Werner Erhard was also close
with Michael Murphy and Esalen.
In February, 1979, Lilly attended an LSD reunion party, hosted by Dr. Oscar
Janiger, along with Laura Huxley, Sidney Cohn, Willis Harman, Alfred Hubbard,
and Timothy Leary, among others. Huxley was turned on to mescaline by Dr.
Humphrey Osmond, who in turn was introduced to the drug by Alfred Hubbard.
Hubbard personally guided Huxley through his second mescaline trip and his first
experience with LSD.
In 1979 Mark Satin's New Age Politics book was published by Delta with the back
jacket comment of the Toronto Star: "He's already miles ahead of the academics
and intellectuals who cling to the Marxist vision." Satin prefers to work for a
"planetary guidance system" as opposed to "a world government". His guidance
system would "regulate society, not organize it."
In his 1980 book, Cosmos, Carl Sagan wrote: "Every nation seems to have its set of
forbidden possibilities, which its citizenry and adherents must not be permitted to
think about . . . in the United States, socialism, atheism, and the surrender of
national sovereignty."
In 1980 Alvin Toffler discussed an "emerging globalist ideology" in The Third
Wave: "This consciousness is shared by multinational executives, long-haired
environmental campaigners, financiers, revolutionaries, intellectuals, poets, and
painters, not to mention members of the Trilateral Commission. I have even had a
famous four-star general assure me that 'the nation-state is dead.' Globalism
presents itself as more than an ideology serving the interests of a limited group.
Precisely as nationalism claimed to speak for the whole nation, globalism claims
to speak for the whole world. And its appearance is seen as an evolutionary
necessity -- a step closer to a 'cosmic consciousness' that would embrace the
heavens as well."
In 1980 Marilyn Ferguson described the New Age consciousness revolution "The
Aquarian Conspiracy represents the Now What. We have to move into the
unknown: The known has failed us too completely. Taking a broader view of
history and a deeper measure of nature, The Aquarian Conspiracy is a different
Page 274 of 508
Published by © 2009
kind of Revolution, with different revolutionaries. It looks to the turnabout in
consciousness of a critical number of individuals, enough to bring a renewal of
society." The New Age was boosted to a global movement by Marilyn Ferguson's
book -- considered to be "The New Age Bible." It promotes reincarnation as a pillar
of the New Age belief system, giving it modern day credibility. Ferguson's book,
furthering the worldview of a "new society," soon became a text in college courses,
and was published in eight countries in ten translations. Of the responses obtained
by Marilyn Ferguson, the individual most often named as influential by Aquarian
Conspirators was Pierre Teilhard de Chardin who wrote in 1931: "The only way
forward is in the direction of a common passion, a conspiracy." Aldous Huxley was
named second, followed by Carl Jung and Abraham Maslow Aldous Huxley believed
that the U.S. religious revival would begin with drugs -- not evangelists. He pointed
out that even temporary self-transcendence would shake the entire society to its
rational roots: "Although these new mind-changers may start by being something
of an embarrassment, they will tend in the long run to deepen the spiritual life of
the communities . . ." He predicted the impact on religion: "From being an activity
concerned mainly with symbols, religion will be transformed into an activity
concerned mainly with experience and intuition -- an everyday mysticism."
Willis Harman's "Changing Images of Man" has been too technical for most so the
service of Marilyn Ferguson was obtained to make it more easily understood. "The
Age of Aquarius" heralded nude stage shows and a song which made the top of the
charts: "The Dawning of the Age of the Aquarius" swept the globe. Many current
Evangelical leaders will be well-suited for leadership in the global church/state
alliance. They are already Politicians of the Radical Center as described by Marilyn
Ferguson: ". . . they don't take strident positions. Their high tolerance of ambiguity
and their willingness to change their minds leave them open to accusations of
being arbitrary, inconsistent, uncertain or even devious."
On April 25, 1982, New Age leader Benjamin Creme said: "What is the Plan? It
includes the installation of a new world government and a new world religion
under Maitreia." On April 25, 1982, full-page newspaper display ads in some 20
major cities trumpeted: "THE CHRIST IS NOW HERE." Towards the end of the ad
it read: "WITHOUT JUSTICE THERE CAN BE NO PEACE." This was virtually the
exact militant phrase heard on TV coverage of the L.A. riots: "No Justice, No
In 1983 Esalen sponsored a Soviet-American satellite linkup with cooperation of the
Soviets and the Academy of Sciences.
Forty years after his discovery of the soul-manifesting effects of LSD, Hofmann
traveled to the UC campus at Santa Barbara for a psychedelic conference where he
described what he had learned. The following day, May 15, 1983 at the Lhasa Club
in Los Angeles, he joined Oscar Janiger, Laura Huxley, John Kramer, Ron Siegel
and other psychedelic researchers at a "Caucus for the Restoration of LSD as a
Scientific Tool."
Page 275 of 508
Published by © 2009
In 1984, the United States withdrew its membership in UNESCO. In 1984 O'Brien
explained to Smith: "We have cut the links between child and parent . . ."
In the mid-1980s, a lecture series by the late Joseph Campbell promoted the idea of
the wisdom of primitive myths to more than 100 million people worldwide. He said
the cult of Osiris-Isis was as valid as the Christ "myth."
In 1985 Norman Cousins stated: "World government is coming, in fact, it is
Nostradamos foretold that after the last battle the Grand Monarque of "Trogan
blood and Germanic heart" (King of Blois and Belgic) will rise and reign from
Avignon -- ancient city of Cathars and Popes -- watched over by the Black Virgin.
Before 1999 he will restore the church to "pristine pre-eminence" through Rome.
The Barque of St. Peter will be destroyed. Nostradamus has been termed a
propagandist for the Merovingians. His parents, converted Jews, adopted a
masculine form of Our Lady as their name.
America's legal and education elites have replaced the Western Christian tradition
with a humanistic system that holds: 1) There is no transcendent, personal God, 2)
Both the world and man result from evolutionary forces, which continue to direct
them, 3) Societal institutions such as family and civil law have no theistic origins, 4)
Theistically ordained absolute standards do not exist for the guidance of either
individuals or institutions, 5) The Bible is false and useless as a source of guidance
for man in his attempt to progress and 6) Man's self-effort is the primary, if not
sole, tool available to him in his attempt to progress.
In 1987 Texe Marrs outlined 13 key characteristics of the New Age: 1) A One World
Religion, Political and Social order; 2) Revival of the Babylon religion (mystery
cults, sorcery, occultism and immorality); 3) A New Age Messiah; 4) Spirit Guides,
5) The rallying cries of World Peace, Love and Unity; 6) New Age teachings spread
around the globe at all levels of society; 7) Spread of the apostacy that Jesus is
neither God nor the Christ; 8) All religions as a part of the New World Religion; 9)
Discrediting and abandonment of Christian principles; 10) Children seduced and
indoctrinated into New Age dogma; 11) Flattery being use to entice the world to
believe that man is Divine God; 12) Science and the New World Religion will
become one; 13) Elimination of Christians will resist the Plan. The New Age has
nine doctrinal corner-stones: 1) Eastern mysticism; 2) Mind control through
psychology; 3) Mystery cosmic teachings; 4) The worship of science as revelation; 5)
Instaneous Evolution; 6) Hedonism; 7) Pantheism; 8) Selfism; 9) Leadership by
spiritually superior beings.
In 1987 Christopher Hyatt, head of the Order of the Golden Dawn, said in an
interview: "The Guards of the Ancient era . . . the ones dying right now . . . are not
willing to give up their authority so easily. I foresee, on a mass scale, that the New
Age is not going to come into being as so many people believe and wish to believe.
I see it as requiring a heck of a lot of blood, disruption, chaos, and pain for a mass
change to occur." James Shelby Downard looked forward to the time beyond Must
Page 276 of 508
Published by © 2009
Be, to the era which will witness the return of could be. After the coming
cataclysmic chastisement has run its cleansing course, we will once again wish upon
a star and dream a destiny free of the Masonic chain that at present binds our
nation as tightly as the hangman's rope once bound the rotted cadavers on Tyburn
Tree. Barbara Marx Hubbard, in The Book of Co-Creation wrote: "Out of the full
spectrum of human personality, one-fourth is electing to transcend . . . One-fourth
is destructive [and] they are defective seeds. In the past they were permitted to die
a 'natural death.' . . . Now as we approach the quantum shift from the creaturehuman to the co-creative human -- the human who is an inheritor of god-like
powers -- the destructive one-fourth must be eliminated from the social body . . .
Fortunately, you are not responsible for this act. We are. We are in charge of
God's selection process for planet Earth. He selects, we destroy. We are the riders
of the pale horse, Death."
In 1987 Esalen celebrated its 25th anniversary. Among the innovative thinkers
named as shaping its major principles was Aldous Huxley, Alan Watts, Arnold
Toynbee, Fritz Perls, B.F. Skinner, and James Pike (an Episcopal Bishop).
Environmental curricula and children's ecology books echo those scary scenarios
envisioned by the "extreme activists." Many blame parents for exaggerated global
problems. "They may deny it," says Captain Eco, the high flying superhero of a
large picture book called Captain Eco and the Fate of the Earth, "but . . . they're
stealing your future from under your noses." Captain Eco takes two children on a
tour of the damaged earth. After showing them all the familiar abuses in the worst
possible light, the captain points them to the final mega-problem: "and that's YOU."
"We're not that bad, are we?" they respond. "Not you personally, but the whole
human race. There are so many of you . . . Either you go on . . . polluting all over
the planet . . . Or you can work toward a better world . . . Will you help me?"
Following the death of his wife, Howard O'Brien decided to move the family to
Richardson, a town in Dallas County in northeastern Texas, a transition that Rice
has likened to "stepping through TV to the world of America we had seen from
afar." And indeed Anne Rice seemed to have led a far more conventional life in
Texas than she had in Louisiana. At Richardson High School she was the features
editor on the student newspaper, and, after her graduation in about 1959, she
entered Texas Woman's University, in Denton (according to another source, she
attended North Texas State University, also located in Denton), where she joined
the ranks of those young people who were questioning traditional religious and
societal values. "I remember walking into Voertman's bookstore and seeing all
those racks of books," she recalled during an interview with Stewart Kellerman for
the New York Times (November 7, 1988). "All this stuff I wasn't supposed to read
as a Catholic. Aldous Huxley, Jean-Paul Sartre, Albert Camus. I had to know what
was in those books."
Stanford environmentalist Stephen Schneider said: "We'd like to see the world a
better place . . . to get some broad-based support, to capture the public's
imagination. That, of course, entails getting loads of media coverage. So we have
to offer up scary scenarios, make simplified, dramatic statements and make little
Page 277 of 508
Published by © 2009
mention of any doubts we might have . . . Each of us has to decide what the right
balance is between being effective and being honest."
The teachings of Jiddhu Krishnamurti can be found in books, films, university
courses, workshops, progressive schools that he started, and a dynamic foundation
that bears his name. As of 1990, his works have been translated into forty-seven
languages, including Swahili; though them his influence is felt worldwide. His ideas,
which revolved around the centrality of individual consciousness free from the
programmed filters of religion and culture, attracted people as varied as George
Bernard Shaw, Greta Garbo, Bertrand Russell, Aldous Huxley, Joseph Campbell,
Albert Einstein, Alan Watts, Jackson Pollack, Anne Morrow Lindbergh, Christopher
Isherwood, and Charlie Chaplin.
In 1990, Bruce began meeting with a student organization at Stanford University
called Higher Consciousness. After presenting himself and sitting in on
presentations by Stanley Krippner, Nina Graboi, Dennis McKenna and others,
Bruce and the leaders of Higher Consciousness planned and put on a major
conference, "The Bridge: Linking the Past, Present and Future of Psychedelics."
Keynoters were Timothy Leary and Terence Mckenna, and John Lilly, Howard
Reingold, Robert Anton Wilson, Francis Huxley (nephew of Aldous), Stanley
Krippner, Stephen Gaskin, and Arthur Hastings were among the 60 presenters.
After the conclusion of this 1991 conference, Bruce planned his next event, Bicycle
Day, celebrating the 50th anniversary of the discovery of LSD in 1993. Bicycle Day
was the name Bruce gave to the "50th Anniversary of the discovery of LSD," and
Bruce in collaboration with Rick Doblin of MAPS and a student organization at his
old almamatter, UC Santa Cruz, put on a celebration in the school's Performing Arts
theater. Sharing the podium with Bruce and Rick Doblin was Oscar Janiger,
founder of the Albert Hofmann foundation. Videos of Humphry Osmond, Albert
Hofmann and Ken Kesey were shown, and also re-enactment of the last LSD trip of
Aldous Huxley was performed by Laura and Francis Huxley.
The crisis of environmentalism has been developed as a means to bring about a oneworld government: "Through a skillful wedding of socialism, New Age Pantheism
and a manufactured climate of despair over a 'dying planet', these powerful
individuals (David Rockefeller and Edmund de Rothschild) are creating a
climate of fear which will see mankind not only accept, but demand, a oneworld government to deliver us from environmental apocalypse. This oneworld government will, of course, be the capstone of their planned
New World Order. "In searching for a new enemy to unite us, we came up with
the idea that pollution, the threat of global warming, water shortages, famine and
the like would fit the bill," declared members of the Club of Rome in a sweeping
1991 report on global governance. "All these dangers are caused by human
intervention . . . The real enemy, then, is humanity itself."
In the Summer of 1991 Tal Brooke quoted Brock Chisolm, director of the UN World
Health Organization in SCP Journal: "To achieve world government, it is necessary
to remove from the minds of men their individualism, loyalty to family traditions,
national patriotism, and religious dogmas."
Page 278 of 508
Published by © 2009
On May 4, 1992, Gorbachev received the first Ronald Reagan Freedom award from
Reagan at the former president's presidential library in Simi Valley. Two days later
Gorbachev made a speech in Fulton, Missouri at Westminister College calling for a
greatly strengthened UN and a new "global government" for a multipolar world. In
mid-1992, Mikhail Gorbachev was sponsored in his U.S. trip by the Esalen Institute.
The institute has long called for the creation of a Council of Wise Persons (Brain
Trust). While on his tour, Gorby took time out for a private meeting with Henry
Kissinger. Gorbachev, on May 6, 1992, went to Fulton, Missouri (the site of Winston
Churchill's "Iron Curtain" speech) to call for the creation of a new "global
government." He also denounced "exaggerated nationalism" while calling for a
"global international security system." The worst of the dangers, said the former
President of the Soviet Union, is ecological. He listed "global climatic shifts, the
greenhouse effect, the ozone hole, acid rain, contamination of the atmosphere, soil
and water by industrial and household waste, the destruction of forests . . ." He
praised the Club of Rome as "authoritative." This is the organization that wants to
limit the earth's birth rate and redistribute the world's wealth. "However, I believe
that the new world order will not be fully realized unless the United Nations and
its Security Council create structures, taking into consideration existing United
Nations and regional structures, which are authorized to impose sanctions and
make use of other measures of compulsion, especially when the rights of minority
groups are being particularly violated." On May 8, 1992, Gorbachev told the
Chicago CFR that: "The New World Order means a new kind of civilization."
Gorbachev wants the UN to set up a "Brain Trust" of the world's elite to "push
global politics toward detente." This would include "Nobel Laureates, diplomats
and churchmen." In early May, 1992, UN Secretary -- General Ghali told a meeting
of the American Association of Newspaper Publishers that a permanent UN military
force was needed to "protect the peace" and "ensure human rights" and intervene
"at the local and community levels."
Al Gore, who wrote a book to spread a similar message, said, "We must make rescue
of the environment the central organizing principle for civilization." In Earth in
the Balance, he calls for a "worldwide education program" and a "panreligious
perspective" based on "the wisdom distilled by all faiths."
In 1993, Vice President Al Gore also established the National Religious Partnership
for the Environment -- with its offices also located at the Cathedral. The Partnership
is composed of the U.S. Catholic Conference, the National Council of Churches, the
Evangelical Environmental Network, and the Consultation of Jewish Life and the
Environment -- and has received a multimillion-dollar commitment from The
Rockefeller Foundation and others to fund a major ecumenical/eco-spiritual
broadside aimed at churchgoers. Every Roman Catholic Church in America will
soon be the object of ruling class largesse. Laurence Rockefeller is also said to have
assisted the publication of The Coming of the Cosmic Christ by former Dominican
priest turned New Age Episcopalian Matthew Fox.
In January 1993 CBS featured an hour on the comeback of LSD. A week or two
later, fashion reports said the sixties/seventies look was back -- including bell
bottoms and dresses exposing the belly. Richard M. Cohen, Senior Producer of CBS
Page 279 of 508
Published by © 2009
political news, has said: "We're going to impose our agenda on the coverage by
dealing with issues and subjects that we choose to deal with."
Lyndon LaRouche is a big booster of ecumenicism; curiously, both LaRouche and
the Masonic-Theosophist organization World Goodwill have recently been singing
the praises of a 15th century Catholic ecumenicist, Cardinal Nicholas of Cusa. In this
climate, even Herbert "British-Israel" Armstrong's Worldwide Church of God has
reversed its course, and its offending doctrines as well, to become properly
ecumenical --- certainly a telling point!
Ram Dass gave a three-hour talk in 1994 at the "Celebration Of the Birth Centenary
of Aldous Huxley." It ended with an ecstatic Dance of Shiva on stage with Laura
Huxley and Tai Ji Master Chungliang Al Huang while the section of Island was read
The second aeon, said Crowley, the tutor of the young Aldous Huxley, was that of
Osiris, the father. This period "was characterized by patriarchial religions such as
Judaism, Buddhism, Islam and Christianity." Aleister Crowley wrote that in the
initiation for the new age "the whole planet must be bathed in blood . . . This bloody
sacrifice is the critical point of the World Ceremony . . ." He worshiped the goddess
as "Our Lady Babylon." "The Great Whore (was) an ancient epithet for the
Goddess." Alice Bailey wrote that the Moon was now a dead thought form which will
crumble in the near future. Gurdjieff disagreed, He believed it was a plant waiting to
be born, and it is coming to life by devouring human of death. Isis (the "Star of the
Sea") was the Egyptian goddess of fertility. She was represented as standing on the
crescent moon with stars surrounding her head. This Isis thing is more extensive
than one might think -- figures quite prominently in the British circles. Here too
with A. Huxley. Jonathan Cott, in Isis and Osiris: Exploring the Goddess Myth
(Doubleday 1994) said in his Acknowledgments: "I am inestimably grateful to my
editor, Jacqueline Onassis, for guiding me through the realms of Isis and Osiris . .
." in Isis and Osiris (the book Jackie Onassis supervised just before her death) a
group called Ammonites is prominent and in fear of persecution. The chief God of
the Ammonites was Milcom.
A Professor Elletson proposed that the Satanic money power seeks to spiritually and
genetically destroy the culture and civilizations of Aryan, Indo-European or
Western Man. Arnold Toynbee admitted that an original or "Aryan" or "IndoEuropean" language preceded all other languages. H.G. Wells said that those who
were of Aryan dissent thought alike. The former was a high officer in British
Intelligence while the latter was a Fabian. Albert Pike is quoted by Elletson on
Aryanism. Pike was a student of Sanskrit (which he learned later in life).
Gorby forum attendee Willis Harman, New Age philosopher, president of the
Institute of Noetic Sciences, and author of Global Mind Change and The New
Metaphysical Foundation of Modern Science, has had a profound effect on our
society in the past couple of decades. In "Our Hopeful Future: Creating a
Sustainable Society," one of his new essays, Harman reported: "Around the world
one detects murmurings that industrialized and 'developing' countries alike have a
Page 280 of 508
Published by © 2009
need for a new social order -- that, in fact, the situation calls for a worldwide
systemic change." "In the economy-dominated world, as anthropologist Margaret
Mead once put it bluntly, 'the unadorned truth is that we do not need now, and
will not need later, much of the marginal labor -- the very young, the very old, the
very uneducated, and the very stupid.'" "This dilemma is perhaps the most basic
one we face," said Harman. Society can't afford "from an environmental
standpoint, or from the standpoint of tearing apart of the social fabric -- the
economic growth that would be necessary to provide jobs for all in the
conventional sense, and the inequities which have come to accompany that
growth. This dilemma, more than any other aspect of our current situation,
indicates how fundamental a system change is now required." David C. Korten is a
disciple of Harman.
The Royal Institute of International Affairs used the life-time work of Aldous
Huxley and Bulwer-Lytton as its blueprint to bring about a state where mankind
will no longer have wills of their own in the One World Government-New World
Order of the fast-approaching New Dark Age. Huxley said: "In many societies at
many levels of civilization, attempts have been made to fuse drug intoxication with
God intoxication. In ancient Greece, for example, ethyl alcohol had its place in the
established religions. Dionysus, Bacchus, as he was often called, was a true
divinity. Complete prohibition of chemical changes can be decreed but cannot be
Homosexual drug-addict and City of London agent, Aldous Huxley,
introduced LSD into the USA on behalf of the clandestine Tavistock
Institute, said to be responsible for the Port Arthur Massacre.
So much of what 'man' has thought and done has, as we have just read, been folly.
However, God, Whom these 'intellectuals' have left out of the equation, promised us
a prophet and a way to escape the destruction being wrought by such carnal men
(Malachi 4:5-6; Revelation 10:7). That prophet was William Branham (1909-1965).
His ministry is reported on Bible Believer's web Site.
1. Were Orwell and Huxley preparing us or warning us as Fabians?
2. Are the British Royals something we now admire in America?
3. Were drugs intentionally introduced to the U.S. at a time the British gave us no
help in Vietnam?
4. Can we criticize the British royals for being into the cult of Isis after looking at the
top of our nation's capitol?
5. Name a good recent book exposing British Fabianism.
6. Why is Gorby here when he can't get 2% of the vote in Russia?
Page 281 of 508
Published by © 2009
7. President Bush and Paul McCarthy were both knighted by the Queen. Why?
8. Who presently is a member of the Knights of the Garter?
(From The Aquarian Conspiracy,
Page 282 of 508
Published by © 2009
Reading #11
A Satanic Checklist
“Satanic forces invade every day, without sounding a
trumpet. They intend to permeate every portion of our lives.
They can and will creep in through any crack in our spiritual
armor. I have only scratched the surface in comprehending
how widespread and camouflaged are the traps laid by the
evil one. I thank God for removing the veil that has kept me
blind to what is really going on.
As parents, we often PURCHASE spiritually dangerous
things as GIFTS for our children, not realizing these things
could lead to their downfall! I bought the Rock Band
game for PS3 for my teenager. Having always wanted to
learn to play the drums, myself, I also spent some time
playing the game and, at first, it was fun. I had to play the
songs over and over to learn how. The repitition of these
songs had an unhealthy effect on me. When I played the
vocal part of the game and was able to READ the lyrics, I
realized all was not "fun and games" as it first appeared. The
rhythms also had an unsettling effect. I am frightened and
appalled by the Satanic content in this game! There is also
prophesy in some of the songs via lamentations as
songwriters tell firsthand accounts of their souls demise.
Even The Simpsons game is full of bizarre and prophetic
The story continues here: “As our ACCUSER on judgment day, Satan will gleefully point out the
"handwriting" has been on the "wall" for anyone bothering to look. He who hath ears, let him hear.
As I began to ‘wake up’ to these REVELATIONS; I took my teen to a Christian Youth Center and found the
Rock Band game among their entertainment fare. I asked if any of the adults in charge had reviewed it's
content. Nobody was able to answer my question. Some strange occurances followed this experience. I was
under attack (spiritually) in a number of ways. The Bible tells us that Satan can appear as an angel of light.
One night in a dream, he appeared as a HEXAGON of light, that was actually quite beautiful. At that time, I
was researching a variety of subjects including language origins and the history of mathmatics; "ancient
religions"; the paranormal; weather patterns; angels/aliens; escatology, etc. Sometimes I played the Rock
Band game to relax during study breaks. It became one of those "cracks" I mentioned before.
Mercifully, the Holy Spirit never left my side through it all. God made sure I balanced the research that
took me into dangerous waters with the healthy meat of His Word.” Blog comment by beyekind1-2nother
Page 283 of 508
Published by © 2009
Occult Check List #1
When counselling people for deliverance, it is important that all occultic
involvement is exposed, including that of ancestors, where possible, as it opens
the door for curses. Here is a list of things to check for—which can be handed to
the person seeking deliverance.
Appendix 1: Occult Check List
Possible Demonic Entry Points:
[ ] Abstract art (under hallucinogenic stimulus)
[ ] Acupuncture [26]
[ ] Amulets (tigers claw, sharks tooth, horseshoe over door, mascots, talisman
(magic picture)
[ ] Ankh (a cross with a ring top used in satanic rites) [27]
Many people would question Acupuncture being on this list, as one reader, Krystle, did. Here is Timothy
Luke’s answer: “Hi Krystle. The problem as I understand it, with eastern medicine is found in its religious
origins. When it deals with energy flow, it is based upon the false concept of "yin and yang" or whatever other
names may be given to it. This is a practice that says we are spiritually divided.... some call it "male, female"
energy, others call it, "good, bad" energy, etc.
God created us in HIS image. God is ONE. God looked on Adam and Eve BEFORE the fall and said, "it is
VERY GOOD" God created man good, with no evil in him. God also created man with no division in him.
When did this division come in? It came in when sin entered in.
When sin entered in, evil spirits also entered in. So, in the yin and yang, we are seeking to manipulated
evil forces. This in fact opens the door to the forces we are seeking to eliminate. Since you and I cannot slice
up an evil spirit and examine it under a microscope, what I have just stated becomes a matter of faith, not
I will share with you that in the days of my wife's illness with fibromyalgia, chronic fatigue, multiple
chemical sensitivities, we searched out eastern practices. When we read Blessing or Curse, You can Choose
by Derek Prince, we were convicted and renounced and repented from all these forms. We told God we would
have all remnants of them removed by sundown. During that time the Lord spoke to my wife and told her
quite clearly, "rise and walk". We have not looked back since, other than to make sense of what we had gone
through. Our Story gives a fuller account.
In hindsight, the eastern medical practices we used gave a temporary boost. Yet, if you were to graph the
projection of my wife's health, it was in steady decline. We thought how fortunate we were that we had these
things to help us, or "just think where we would be!" In fact, we were going downhill.
Acupuncture is a means of manipulating the flow of energy (good and evil) in the body. God's best is that
we get the evil, or negative, energy (spirits) REMOVED, and that we do not co-habit with them. This is why
Jesus Christ died on the cross, that we might put the enemy under our feet and walk on free of his internal
influence. We cast out devils, not manipulate and redirect them.
Jesus cast out spirits of infirmity and people were healed. He cast out spirits of insanity, and they came
into their right minds.
You may be having success with your procedures, but I testify today that since the Lord spoke to her, she is
100% well and walking in the blessings of Deuteronomy 28 (read it for yourselves please) and not the curses
of Deuteronomy 28.
God bless you, and I hope this sheds light on the topic. I do not know what Phiten is, but I suspect what I
have covered about acupuncture addresses this issue as well. Tim.”
Page 284 of 508
Published by © 2009
[ ] Apparitions - occultic
[ ] Astral travel
[ ] Astrology
[ ] Augury (interpreting omens)
[ ] Automatic writing
[ ] Birth signs
[ ] Black arts
[ ] Black magic (involving hidden powers for bad ends)
[ ] Black mass
[ ] Blood subscriptions (pacts)
[ ] Cartomancy (using playing cards)
[ ] Chain letters
[ ] Charming or enchanting (attempts to use spirit power)
[ ] Charms and charming for wart removal
[ ] Chinese astrology
[ ] Clairaudience (ability to hear voices and sounds super-normally - spirited voices
alleging to be those of dead people giving advice or warnings)
[ ] Clairsentience (supernormal sense perception)
[ ] Clairvoyance (ability to see objects or events spontaneously or supernormally
above their normal range of vision - second sight)
[ ] Colour therapy
[ ] Concept therapy
[ ] Conjuration (summoning up a spirit by incantation)
[ ] Coven (a community of witches)
[ ] Crystal ball gazing
The Ankh is actually an ancient Christian symbol! See Birthright, Sceptre, Loaves and Fishes for
explanation! See chapter 14 “Jubilation!”
Page 285 of 508
Published by © 2009
[ ] Crystals
[ ] Death magic (where the name of the sickness plus a written spell is cast into
coffin or grave)
[ ] Demon worship
[ ] Disembodied spirits
[ ] Divining rod or twig or pendulum (Hosea 4:12)
[ ] Dowsing or witching for water, minerals, under-ground cables, finding out the
sex of unborn child using divining rod, pendulum, twig or planchette
[ ] Dream interpretation (as with Edgar Cayce books)
[ ] Dungeons and Dragons
[ ] Eastern meditation/religious - Gurus, Mantras, Yoga, Temples etc
[ ] Ectoplasm (unknown substance from body of a medium)
[ ] Enchanting
[ ] E.S.P. (extra sensory perception)
[ ] Findhorn Community
[ ] Floating trumpets
[ ] Fortune telling
[ ] Gothic rock music
[ ] Gurus
[ ] Gypsy curses
[ ] Hallucinogenic drugs (cocaine, heroin, marijuana, sniffing glue etc)
[ ] Handwriting analysis (for fortune telling)
[ ] Hard rock music - Kiss, Led Zeppelin, Rolling Stones
[ ] Most non-Christian Heavy metal and hard rock music - Slayer, Behemoth,
AC/DC, Guns and Roses, Beyonce, Lady gaga, Rihanna.
[ ] Hepatoscopy (examination of liver for interpretation)
Page 286 of 508
Published by © 2009
[ ] Hex signs (hexagrams)
[ ] Horoscopes
[ ] Hydromancy (divination by viewing images in water)
[ ] Hypnosis
[ ] Idols
[ ] Incantations
[ ] Iridology (eye diagnosis)
[ ] Japanese flower arranging (sun worship)
[ ] Jonathan Livingstone Seagull (Reincarnation, Hinduism)
[ ] Kabbala (Occult Lore)
[ ] Karma
[ ] Levitation
[ ] Lucky charms or signs of the Zodiac or birthstones
[ ] Magic (not sleight of hand but use of supernatural power)
[ ] Mantras
[ ] Martial arts (Aikido, Judo, Karate, Kung fu, Tae Kwan Do etc)
[ ] Matthew Manning
[ ] Mediums
[ ] Mental suggestion
[ ] Mental telepathy
[ ] Mental therapy
[ ] Mesmerism
[ ] Metaphysics (study of spirit world)
[ ] Mind control
[ ] Mind Dynamics
Page 287 of 508
Published by © 2009
[ ] Mind mediumship
[ ] Mind reading
[ ] Moon-mancy
[ ] Motorskopua (mechanical pendulum for diagnosing illness)
[ ] Mysticism
[ ] Necromancy (conjuring up spirits of the dead)
[ ] Numerical symbolism
[ ] Numerology
[ ] Occultic games
[ ] Occult letters of protection
[ ] Occult literature, eg The Greater World, The 6th & 7th Book of Moses, The Other
side, The book of Venus, Pseudo-Christian works of Jacob Lorber, works by Edgar
Cayce, Aleister Crowley, Jean Dixon, Levi Dowling, Arthur Ford (The Overt
Worship of Spirit Beings), Johann Greber, Andrew Jackson Davis, Anton Le Vay,
Ruth Montgomery, John Newborough, Eric Von Daniken, Dennis Wheatley, Alice
* Such books should be burned, regardless of cost.
[ ] Omens
[ ] Ouija boards
[ ] Pagan fetishes
[ ] Pagan religious objects, artifacts and relics
[ ] Pagan rites (Voodo, Sing sings, Corroborees, Fire walking, Umbahda, Macumba)
[ ] Palmistry
[ ] Pk (parakineses - control of objects by the power of the mind and will)
[ ] Parapsychology (PS) - especially study of demonic activity
[ ] Pendulum diagnosis
[ ] Phrenology (divining/analysis from the skull)
Page 288 of 508
Published by © 2009
[ ] Planchette (divining)
[ ] Precognition (foreknowledge of the occurrence of events)
[ ] Psychic healing
[ ] Psychic sight
[ ] Psychography (use of heart shaped board)
[ ] Psychometry (telling fortunes by lifting or holding object belonging to the
[ ] Punk rock music
[ ] Pyramidology (mystic powers associated with models of pyramids)
[ ] Rebirthing
[ ] Reincarnation
[ ] Rhabdomancy (casting sticks into the air for interpreting omens)
[ ] Satanism
[ ] Seances
[ ] Self hypnosis
[ ] Significant pagan days
[ ] Silva Mind Control (SMC - Psychorientology)
[ ] Sorcery
[ ] Spells
[ ] Spirit knockings or rappings
[ ] Star signs
[ ] Stichomancy (fortune telling from random reference to books)
[ ] Stigmata - ie occultic types.
[ ] Superstitions (self or parents or grandparents)
[ ] Table tipping
Page 289 of 508
Published by © 2009
[ ] Tarot cards (22 picture cards for fortune telling)
[ ] Tea-leaf reading
[ ] Thought transference
[ ] Tk (telekineses - objects move around room, instruments play, engines start...)
[ ] TM (Transcendental Meditation)
[ ] Trances
[ ] Transmigration
[ ] Travel of the soul
[ ] UFO fixation
[ ] Uri Geller
[ ] White magic (invoking hid-den powers for `good ends')
[ ] Witchcraft
[ ] Yoga (involves Eastern demon worship)
[ ] Zodiac charms, birthdates
[ ] Zodiac signs
Acts 19:19: “Also, many of those who had practiced magic brought their
books together and burned them in the sight of all. And they counted up the
value of them, and it totalled fifty thousand pieces of silver.”
Deuteronomy 7: 25, 26: “You shall burn the carved images of their gods
with fire; you shall not covet the silver or gold that is on them, nor take it for
yourselves, lest you be snared by it; for it is an abomination to the Lord your
Nor shall you bring an abomination into your house, lest you be doomed to
destruction like it; but you shall utterly detest it and utterly abhor it, for it is
an accursed thing.’
Appendix 2: Non Christian Religions And Cults
1 Timothy 4:1 says: "Now the Spirit expressly says that in latter times some will
depart from the faith, giving heed to deceiving spirits and doctrines of demons..."
Page 290 of 508
Published by © 2009
Ananda Marga Yoga Society, Anthroposophical Society (Eurythmy, Rudolf Steiner,
Waldorf Schools); Astara, Bubba Free John; Bahai; Buddhism; Children of God
(Family of Love); Christadelphians; Christian Science; Church of the Living Word
(John Robert Stevens "The Walk"); Church Universal and Triumphant (Elizabeth
Clare Prophet); Confucianism; Divine Light Mission (Guru Maharaj Ji); Druids
Lodge; ECKANKAR (Paul Twitchell); Enlightment (heightened awareness,
nirvana, satori, transcendental bliss, god-realisation, expanded consciousness,
altered perception of reality, cosmic consciousness etc); Esalen Institute (Michael
Murphy); e.s.t. (Erhard Seminar Training); Foundation faith of the Millenium
(Robert de Grimston); Foundation of Human Understanding (Roy Masters);
Freemasonry; Gurdjieff/Subud/Renaiisance (Esoteric Christianity); Hare
Krishna; Hinduism (Karma, reincarnation, avatars, Bhagavad-Gita, Yoga,
T.M.); Holy Order of MANS; Inner Peace Movement; International Community of
the Christ/The Jamilans; Jehovah's Witnesses (Dawn Bible Students);
Krisnamurti Foundation of America; Meher Baba (Sufism Reorientated Inc); Mind
Sciences; Mormons (Church of the Latter Day Saints); Mukatananda
Paramahansa (Siddha Yoga Dham Centres); Neo-Gnosticism; New Age
Movement; Nichiren Shoshu/Soka Gakkai (NSA Lotus Sutra); Rastafarianism;
Ratanaism; Religious Science; Rev Ike (Frederick Eikeren Koetter); Rev Sun Myung
Moon (Moonies, Unification Church); Rosecruicianism (AMORC); Sathya Sai
Baba; Scientology (L. Ron Hubbard Dianetics); Self Realisation Fellowship;
Sharmanism; Shintoism; Spiritual Frontiers Fellowship;
Spiritualism/Spiritism; Sri Chimnoy; Swami Kriyananda; Swami Rami; Swami
Vivekananda (Vedanta Society); Swedenborgianism; Taoism; Theosophy; Urantia;
Unity School of Christianity (Charles Myrtle and Lowell Fillmore); Yogi Bhajan
(Sikh Foundation/3HO Foundation); Zen.
[Nazarene Remnant comment: to this list must be added the Roman
Catholic Church, and just about every Protestant Church on the planet,
because most of them just follow the errors of Catholicism, with a few minor
variations here and there. Even the so-called Sabbath Keeping Churches of
God need including on this list because of their errors pertaining to marriage,
divorce, their understanding of the Holy Spirit, their false Jewish calendar (thus
they keep the wrong Holy Days, and always have)], church leadership, and many
many other things.]
Page 291 of 508
Published by © 2009
Occult Check List #2
One of Satan’s favorite weapons against us is occult involvement. The occult is
Satan’s world of the spirit. The special danger is that is appeals to our spiritual
hunger, the hunger of our spirit to find the Lord, and diverts us from Him into the
occult underworld, a dead end.
We need to remember that all occult involvement brings spiritual confusion. It
grows out of the feeling that there may be other spiritual forces out there besides
God, and we can consult them or use them, or try to stay on the good side of them.
When we go along with these feelings we violate the first commandment, “You shall
have no other gods beside me”, and Jesus’ commandment, “You shall love the Lord
your God with all your heart and soul and mind and strength.”
Remember too that the wrong things we do in innocence and ignorance hurt as
much as the things we do deliberately. God’s way of healing us through confession
and forgiveness works not only for our sins but for our errors and our ignorance as
well. So we must confess and receive forgiveness for our occult involvement,
whether they were done in sin or in error or in ignorance.
Satan has his little occult traps set up all through our world. As you read through
the list below, ask the Holy Spirit to recall to your mind every involvement you have
Circle each one you have participated in so you can confess it and renounce it.
Have you ever, just for fun, out of curiosity or in earnest:
Soothsayers, Fortune Tellers
1. Had your fortune told by tea leaves, palm reading, crystal ball, card laying, etc.?
(Isaiah 2:6; Dan. 2:27; Micah 5:12; Acts 16:16)
2. Have you ever read or followed horoscopes or had a chart made for yourself?
3. Have you ever contacted a psychic in person or through a psychic hotline? Have
you ever sought a psychic experience?
4. Have you ever played with Tarot cards, crystal ball, a magic eight-ball?
5. Have you ever practiced water witching to find something? Pendulum swinging,
Automatic writing, a Ouija board?
6. Have you ever consulted a medium, numerologist, had your handwriting
analyzed? Acted as a medium?
Page 292 of 508
Published by © 2009
Necromancy, Spiritism (I Sam. 28:7-11; Isaiah 8:19; Lev. 19:31 and 20:6)
Have you ever attended a seance or spiritualist meeting?
Have you talked to dead or prayed to the dead?
Do you believe in reincarnation? Have you ever had a reincarnation reading?
Have you ever played role-playing games that include occult powers like
Dungeons & Dragons?
5. Have you ever played games involving occult powers, like ESP, telepathy,
table lifting, levitation of objects, lifting bodies or soul-travel, etc.?
6. Have you ever practiced channeling?
7. Have you ever sought healing through magic spell or charms or through a
Christian Scientist or spiritualist? Sought psychic healing or had psychic
8. Have you ever used an object of any kind for protection or ‘good luck’? Are
you superstitious?
9. Do you have an invisible friend you talk to? Does a spirit give you advice?
10. Have you ever been involved with prolonged chanting, dancing, rattling or
Have you read or possessed books on: (Acts 19:19-20)
1. Astrology, numerology, interpretation of dreams, or cults such as Christian
Science, Unity, Scientology or Science of Mind?
2. Books on witchcraft, fortune telling, magic, ghosts, ESP, psychic phenomena
or possession?
3. Have you followed the writings of Edgar Cayce, Carl Jung, Jean Dixon, Helen
Schucman, Shirley MacLaine, L. ‘Ron’ Hubbard (church of Scientology) or
any other New Age author?
4. have you taken the advice of Deepak Chopra, Carlos Castaneda, Sylvia
Browne, Dalai Lama, John Edward, Course in Miracles?
5. Have you read Harry Potter books, movies, games, action figures by J.K.
Sorcery or Magic (II Kings 17:17, 21:6; Isaiah 47:9; Mal. 3:5; Acts 8:11, 13:4-12; Rev.
1. Have you ever cast a magic curse, hex or spell? Made a charm?
2. Have you ever used LSD, Marijuana, cocaine, crack cocaine or any mindexpanding drugs or abused prescription drugs?
3. Have you ever had a problem with alcohol?
4. Have you ever practiced mind control over any person or animal?
5. Have you done Novenas, or tried to get any of the saints or the virgin Mary to
do things for you? Have you ever burned a candle for good luck? Buried a St.
Joseph statue?
6. Do you have anything in your home that was given to you by someone in the
occult? Do you have anything in your home of an occult nature?
7. Have you ever attended witchcraft, powwow, pagan, Wicca, shaman or other
nature-based religious activities?
Page 293 of 508
Published by © 2009
8. Have you ever been hypnotized, practiced self-hypnosis? (This can be an
opportunity for infestation.)
Sins of the Flesh, Sin of the Eyes (I John 2:16)
1. Have you ever exposed yourself to pornography on the internet, in
magazines, Playboy pictures, TV or stage shows, books, topless bars or Xrated movies?
2. Have you ever had a problem with habitual masturbation?
3. Have you seen shows about sexual deviation, homosexuality or lesbianism?
4. Have you been involved in sexual deviation, homosexuality or lesbianism?
5. Have you been involved in group sex or bestiality?
6. Have you ever had sexual relations with a person who is not your legal
spouse. If possible, recall them by name (first name or initial is sufficient)
7. Have you had an abortion? Have you fathered a child that was aborted?
Devil Worship
1. Have you made a pact with Satan, or been involved in or witnessed Satan
Worship or Black Magic? Have you ever prayed to Satan?
2. Have you ever listened to heavy metal, Gothic, psychedelic or punk rock with
a Satanic or shamanist influence, e.g. AC/DC, Queen, Guns N’Roses, KISS,
Black Sabbath, Led Zepplin, Doors, etc.? Do you own CD’s by them?
Witchcraft (Gal. 5:19-20; I Sam. 15:23, 28:7; II Kings 9:22, 23:24; I Chron. 10:13; Isaiah
8:19, 19:3, 29:4; Micah 5:12)
1. Have you ever wished somebody else was dead? Wished you were dead?
2. Have you ever planned or attempted to take your own life?
3. Have you ever planned or attempted to take someone else’s life?
Other Religions
4. Have you read about or tried to use yoga, pilates, transcendental meditation
5. Have you ever practiced or been around practitioners of Santeria, Voodoo,
umbanda or quimbanda?
6. Have you studied oriental martial arts, such as taekwondo, aikido, kenpo, jui
jitsu, shoalin, kung fu, tai chi?
7. Have you ever been involved in Freemasonry, Eastern Star, Demolay,
Rainbow Girls or Job’s Daughters?
8. Have you ever been involved with Gnosticism, goddess worship or seeking
truth within yourself? Sought contact with the “collective unconscious”,
“Gaia” or “Atman”?
9. Have you studied and practiced the Kabbalah?
10. Do you have any statues, masks, trinkets, paintings, charms or talismans
from other religions?
Page 294 of 508
Published by © 2009
11. Have you ever visited or worshiped in a shrine or temple of a nonJudeo/Christian religion?
12. Do you possess any books or articles from any of these religions?
Generational Influence
1. Have other family members had problems with alcohol or drugs? Anger or
violence? Incest or sexual perversion?
2. Do you know of any relatives or ancestors who have been into any of the
things on this sheet?
3. Is there a pattern of early death, insanity, blindness, violence, sickness or
depression in your extended family?
4. Do you have a fascination with evil, violence or the occult?
5. Do you find yourself interested in demonic types of movies such as: Exorcist,
Rosemary’s Baby, The Omen?
6. Do you find yourself drawn to scary movies such as Freddy Kruger, Alien,
Jaws, Friday the 13th?
May the Lord Jesus Christ bless the reader of this page.
[Nazarene Remnant comment: When you read highly generalized phrases
“lunar cult,” and “Moon worshippers,” know full well that you are being played big
time! The Moon plays a tremendously important role in both true Christianity (from
the first crescent New Moon through to day 15 of the lunar month, we have the
ancient New Moon Festival, which is how the Birthright Holy Spirit performs the
important role of bringing us to life again, from sure physical and spiritual death. It
is as Jesus taught us: “Jesus answered and said unto him, ‘Verily, verily, I say unto
thee, Except a man be born again, he cannot see the kingdom of God.’” John 3: 3),
and in the religion of satanists (from day 16 through the to the dark of the Moon at
month’s end—called the astronomical conjunction—is satan’s possession of the
Moon, and it is in this period that his unholy spirit is written unto the hearts and
minds of sinners, whether they be ignorant of sin, or fully complicit in it.). You had
better find out why these things are so! In fact all the material on our site is focused
first upon teaching you the absolute necessity for spiritual purification, and how to
go about it. If you want to gain an appreciation of how satan takes possession of a
person—and I think you should, because to defeat the enemy, you need to know
exactly what you are fighting—consider the following information from Vigilant
Citizen’s blog post “Lil Wayne's ‘On Fire’: A Video About Occult Initiation” (and
remember, satanists don’t have baptisms, they have initiations!): “Lil Wayne's
newest album will be called Rebirth. This term has, more often than not, a spiritual
connotation. Since one cannot physically be ‘reborn’ during a lifetime, the term
Rebirth almost always indicates a spiritual metamorphosis. Countless religious and
spiritual groups in history describe the initiate's awakening as a Rebirth, where the
old self dies and the new, improved self is born. Whether we look at Born-Again
Christians, Buddhists, Freemasons or even members of the Church of Satan, the
symbolic rebirth is commemorated by some sort of ritual. Didn't Jesus himself say:
‘I tell you the truth, no one can see the kingdom of God unless he is born again’?
Director Chris Robinson has fully embraced this concept by inserting religious
Page 295 of 508
Published by © 2009
imagery throughout the video to ‘On Fire.’ The symbolism of the video
couldn't however be clearer and I won't play with words: Lil Wayne's
Rebirth is a Satanic one. As simple as that. The ‘hot girl’ Lil Wayne is describing is,
in fact, the Devil himself. The juxtaposition of religious symbols with Lil Wayne's
encounter with this sexy temptress gives to the video a second layer of meaning: a
spiritual one. The video is based on the reversal of the classical paradigm of good vs.
evil, making evil seem sexy, desirable and cool. This theme has been used
before, as in Rihanna's Umbrella and Disturbia (articles here and here) where the
artist is seduced into the ‘dark side.’ Lil Wayne's Rebirth seems to confirm Lil
Wayne's initiation into the industry's dark side and ‘On Fire’ is the initiation ritual.
Here's the video.”]
Page 296 of 508
Published by © 2009
The High Moral Damage of Rock Music
Christine Fitzgerald
It seems everything has now been said about the life and death of Michael Jackson.
The news media have been hammering away, day after day, glorifying this man as
the greatest star of all times. People have wept and wailed because he is no more.
They have even compared him to Mozart.
But wait – why all this glory and adulation? His
life doesn’t bear it out. He was a man haunted not
by tragedy, but by vice and degeneracy.
The effect that music has on a person is not the
subject of new research. It has long been known
that music is one of the most powerful arts
because it molds the whole human person, body
and soul. Indirectly, it plays a role in shaping
society either for good or for evil, for the
formation of good character or for vice.
As far back as Plato, the ancient Greek
philosopher, the power of music was recognized.
Plato wrote that music is an art that sinks into the
depths of the soul and remains there. He firmly
believed that music should be used to educate
youth because of its capacity to mold character by
its power of suggestion.
Sadly, even a French magazine
for nobility is glorifying Jackson
Recent studies have found that soothing classical
music - Mozart, in particular - can develop the intelligences of babies as well as
their coordination, memory and concentration, along with a host of other positive
results. Bad music, on the other hand, can thwart and deform character, confirming
what Plato taught so long ago.
It was not only the words, but also the beat or rhythm, that subverts. Certain
rhythms – by the uniformity of their beats – have a hypnotic effect. Researchers
found that plants subjected to rock music wilted, while those put near classical
music flourished. They found that some rhythms possessed the power to evoke
certain body and emotional responses, such as the power to relax or to enervate, to
Page 297 of 508
Published by © 2009
induce calmness or anger, to move persons to love or to hate something, to glorify
(as in our patriotic songs) or to trivialize and make vulgar (as in some of our postVatican II songs).
The hypnotic effects of these
rhythms unlock the subconscious
and make a person more open to
the ideas suggested in the words.
This makes a serious connection of
music with revolution, revolt,
immorality, addiction to drugs,
tendency to suicide and practice of
Satanism – all so prevalent in
today’s world.
Aristotle, the great competitor of
Plato, also had much to say on the
Healthy formation: Youth performing in a Mozart concert
subject. Music works on the will,
he explains, through representation. He noted that music directly represents the
passions or states of the soul: gentleness, courage and temperance – as well as their
opposite qualities.
Hence, when one listens to music that represents a certain passion, one is invited to
experience that same passion. If, over a long period of time, one habitually listens to
the kind of music that arouses ignoble passions, one’s whole character will be
strongly inclined to those passions. Both Plato and Aristotle believed that music
affects almost everything, having some indirect influence even over the governance
of the State.
Church Fathers and Saints ,such as St. Gregory the Great, have confirmed those
principles when setting out rules on the sacred music appropriate to be played in
churches. Think about the elevation and serenity of the Gregorian Chant, so called
in honor of that great Pontiff. This early concern for appropriate sacred music was
always present in the Church. An author who presents the qualities of polyphonic
chant quite well is Palestrina, whose serious and elegant music befits the presence
of God in the Tabernacle: "Be still and know that I am God." (Psalm 46: 10)
This short inspection into the subject shows that music has an enormous power
over the sensibilities and will of man, and that this power can be used to form either
good or evil characters, a healthy or a degenerate society. It was once believed that
the culture and art of a society were mirrors that reflected its health. With this in
mind, it's frightening to see the direction in which our society is headed.
Jackson’s ambience of hypnotic frenzy
When we look at what the "genius" of Michael Jackson has done, not much needs to
be said about the bad influence of the beat of his music has over the fans during his
concerts. The loud, hard, driving, relentless pounding of drums and synthesizers
Page 298 of 508
Published by © 2009
sets up an ambiance of hypnotic frenzy. It opens the soul to the messages of the
songs, delivered at a volume almost unendurable to the human ear. For the
common person, that noise crowds out any possibility of analyzing or rejecting the
messages the words transmit.
Only acceptance is possible.
The mob at a rock concert
begin to sway as the beat
overwhelms and overtakes the
sensibilities, leaving reason
and constraint far behind.
Then add to this mix the
thundering words fostering
Satanism, immorality,
revolution, suicide, violence,
and drugs and the visual
image of a man grasping
himself and dancing in an
overtly immoral manner - and
you have a picture of the
message of this "great star.”
Can a youth come home from
a concert unchanged? No, it's
not possible. The youth now
The "genius" of Jackson was rooted in the occult and revolt
has a different idea of
against nature
authority and morals in the
Church, country and family. All that the Catholic Church and parents have taught
and fostered concerning purity has been countered. Revolutionary images are left in
the youth's mind that perhaps will remain there forever.
Our Lady of Fatima said to the three children, "The sins that will carry the most
souls to Hell will be sins against purity." One can only imagine how many sins of
impurity can be laid at the feet of this "great star," his music and his dance.
Reject rock'n roll
We should have the courage to take the necessary steps to protect our families and
ourselves from rock'n roll and all that surrounds it. The entire rock culture and its
revolutionary "stars" must be totally rejected. We must make a resolution not to
allow any of it in our homes or ambiences so that our families can develop in a
healthy and pure atmosphere. Nothing will change for our families or our country
unless we begin to change its morality, dress code, and customs at our own homes.
With this effort and the protection of Our Lady, our beloved country will have a
hope for the restoration we all long for.
Page 299 of 508
Published by © 2009
If my people who are called by My Name, humble themselves, and pray, and seek
my face, and turn from their wicked way, then will I hear from the heavens, and
forgive their sin and heal their land (2 Paralipomenon 7:14).
Posted July 20, 2009
Page 300 of 508
Published by © 2009
The Vatican Approves John
Lennon: An Ill-timed Act
Mark Stabinski
Two recently published newspaper articles follow which once again show the
absurdity of the Conciliar Church's global agenda.
In the first article, Student View: Campus Life Not Catholic, (1) you will find utterly
deplorable Catholic survey statistics voiced by Catholic Youth who now are
attending Catholic Colleges. The questions and answers all pertain to fundamental
Articles of the Catholic Faith, and reveal that a striking percentage of the Catholic
students disagree with the teachings of the Church – and say that Catholic
education had little effect on their faith or
moral formation.
Nearly half the respondents had had sex
outside marriage, 27 % viewed
pornography, a third said they regularly got
drunk, and 59 % had friends who engaged
in recreational drug use. Seventy-eight per
cent of respondents believed using a
condom to prevent pregnancy was not a
sin, 57 % thought same-sex marriage
should be legal, 60 % believed pre-marital
sex with someone one loved was not sinful,
and 60 % believed that abortion should be
legal in some cases.
Ministry at the UC Santa Cruz Newman Center
In the second article: "we are next shocked to find out that one of the Conciliar
Church's principal press organs, L'Osservatore Romano, is reporting that the
"Vatican 'forgives' John Lennon" in a gesture of mercy for Lennon's 1966 uttered
blasphemy that "The Beatles were more popular than Jesus." (2)
And, why now? What event has prompted the Vatican to so belatedly "absolve"
John Lennon of his 44 year old blasphemy against God and against Holy Mother
Again, unbelievably, here is what we are told: "The semi-official Vatican newspaper
marked the 40th anniversary of The Beatles' White Album with an article praising
Lennon and the Fab Four from Liverpool." (3)
Page 301 of 508
Published by © 2009
The Beatles White Album (1968)
For all of the undersigned's readers who somehow missed the 1960s cultural
revolution in both the World and in the Church: permit me to identify merely a few
of the White Album's most precious
• "Happiness Is a Warm Gun" a song which is metaphorically
wistful about the pleasures available
to all souls who make use of this
"gun" (i.e., a hypodermic syringe that
makes "happiness" attainable on
earth by injecting oneself with heroin
and cocaine - a speedball). Such
desired enjoyment is threatened
when "Mother Superior jumps the
gun," that is, whenever Religious
Authorities attempt to deny men
their hedonistic pleasures.
The Beatles with their guru, the Maharishi
• "Why Don't We Do It In The
Road?" - This song praises the instantaneous pleasure that all acts of fornication
avail men. Further, it proposes such pleasures need never be delayed for such
practical matters as having to search for some motel room: hence, "Why Don't We
Do It in the Road?"
• "Helter Skelter" - Law Enforcement authorities learned that this song was the
anthem of the Satanic cult of Charles Manson and his murderous “family.” Those
words were written in blood on the walls of Sharon Tate's home after both she and
her unborn child had been ritualistically slain.
• "Number Nine, Number Nine, Number Nine" - The chant that goes on
seemingly endlessly is surrounded by and immersed in a veritable cacophony of
voices and inhuman and unearthly sounds. The three 9’s turned upside-down, of
course, permits a soul to reach that 'magick' number of '666,' yet another idolization
of "The Beast/666" Aleister Crowley, the self-professed Satanist par excellence and
33rd degree Freemason whose photo image appears on the front cover of The
Beatles “Sgt. Peppers Lonely Hearts Club Band” album.
I could go on and dissect the other remaining songs found on the tracks of The
White Album, but I believe that my point is already made.
Page 302 of 508
Published by © 2009
Vatican praises their “strange alchemy of sounds and words”
Consider how Eastern Mysticism,
transcendental meditation,
hallucinogenic drug use, mind
"expansion," free sex and such were
likewise popularized by the Fab Four.
Through their influence, countless young
men and women happily and electively
opened their minds and surrendered their
psyches, consciousness and consciences
to unidentifiable spiritual forces - all
clearly not from the Heavenly Angelic
The hippie culture that fed on the Beatles cult
and music
Consider how Satanism, Witchcraft and
all of the other dark occultist arts have
exploded globally in the four decades
since the appearance of The White Album
and The Beatles’ diabolical (whether
wittingly of unwittingly) influence on our
planetary culture.
Why, even the Editor and his journalists at L'Osservatore Romano, are not afraid to
assert this belief: "In a half-page illustrated article, the paper praised The Beatles
for what it called their "unique and strange alchemy of sounds and words."
Thus, our immemorial Catholic Faith has now "evolved" to the point where even a
strange alchemy of sounds and words is deemed worthy of praise by the Vatican,
and seen as a fit source of inspiration for young musicians who today follow in the
Beatles’ footsteps.
Former Church teaching ignored
In more "primitive" times, Holy Mother Church explicitly taught that the free and
routine use of alchemy and magick placed any and all souls dabbling in such things
at tremendous risk of suffering actual demonic infestation, oppression, obsession
and possession.
This sound teaching, like almost everything else in Modernist Rome, has undergone
a supposedly amenable progression in the minds of Vatican authorities. Once again,
they openly confess that this new teaching would have been unthinkable not so long
"He (Benedict XVI) now allows the newspaper of the tiny independent Vatican state
to reflect the reality of the world outside in a way that would have been unthinkable
in the days of Pope Paul VI who reigned during heyday of The Beatles."
Page 303 of 508
Published by © 2009
This "rigidity" of Paul VI then, lamentably, served as an occasion for the Vatican’s
press organ to make this final observation:
"In another article on the same page entitled ‘Twilight of the Gods,’ the newspaper
lamented the passing of the golden days of Hollywood and said the mysterious
fascination of the star system of Hollywood in the 1950s had been superseded by
the cult of so-called celebrities."
A pertinent question
The article Student View: Campus Life Not Catholic successfully documents and
affirms that young Catholic men and women who are now attending American
Catholic universities and colleges are demonstrably losing their Catholic Faith in
ever increasing numbers. Worse yet, a majority are actually becoming publicly
supportive of and involved in utterly anti-Catholic movements.
Now, my dear readers, after you finish reading the article I summarized above, ask
yourself this elementary question: Why - in the midst of the greatest Faith crisis
among youth in History - would the Vatican elect to commemorate a Rock Group
(The Beatles), that Rock Group's leader (John Lennon) and one of that Rock
Group's most anti-Catholic and pro-Demonic Albums (The White Album)?
Surely, this Vatican announcement has brought in its wake the exceedingly joyful
acclamation of The Adversary and all of His subservient legion both invisible and
The Second Vatican Council's Revolution continues...
1. Tim Drake, National Catholic Register, November 23-29, 2008
2. David Willey, BBC News, 2/hi/europe/7744282.stm
3. Ibid.
Posted December 3, 2008
Page 304 of 508
Published by © 2009
John Lennon, Prophet of the Devil
By Plinio Corrêa de Oliveira
On December 12, 1980, four days after John Lennon was killed, Prof. Plinio gave a
talk analyzing the meaning of his life. Since the Vatican recently “absolved” Lennon
for having affirmed that the Beatles were “more popular” than Our Lord Jesus
Christ and praised his music, it seems quite timely to revisit those comments of
Prof. Plinio. This is why TIA is reproducing them here.
A topic that is exciting the media this week is the murder of musician John Lennon
by a man who is being called mentally ill. Lennon is a person who has been praised
and honored beyond any reasonable limit. I say this because one of the Brazilian
newspapers posted a blasphemous ad comparing him to Our Lord Jesus Christ. It
commented that after Lennon’s death, one should expect that no more Christs to
expire by violence.
I believe this is one blasphemy on top of
another: First, because there is no series of
Christs in History. The place of Our Lord
has no parallel with any other man. Second,
it leads one to think that the only merit of
Christ’s death would be to have suffered
violence. According to this view, there
would be no sin to be redeemed, no error to
be corrected, no unjust persecution of the
good to be lamented, no innocent Victim
who voluntarily offered Himself for us. The
only thing that counts is that his life ended
violently. Our Lord was infinitely more
than just a victim of violence. But I don’t
want to lose time with this. Let’s go ahead
and analyze the life of this personage, John
We find men who behaved badly in any
period of History. What draws our
At his death, Lennon was presented as a hero
attention in this case is not only Lennon’s
corrupt morals and customs, but the way the public received him and his music.
You know the principle, “Tell me with who your friends are, and I will tell you who
you are.” We could paraphrase it, saying “Tell me who you praise, and I will tell you
Page 305 of 508
Published by © 2009
who you are.” If this man was praised by the media of an entire epoch, then this
epoch can be defined by Lennon’s thinking. Thus, I will not study Lennon for what
he was personally, but for what our epoch accepted him as being.
To assist me in this commentary, I requested a short biographical note. I will read it
Biographical note
John Lennon was born in Liverpool,
England in 1940. He was one of the four
members of the rock band The Beatles
whose albums sales broke records, selling
hundreds of millions of copies. The Beatles
deeply marked the 1960s, introducing a
new way of being that helped to launch the
Revolution of the Sorbonne (May 1968). In
1970 the band dissolved, to the distress of
its fans. Each member then followed his
own path.
Lennon made a fortune of over $240
million dollars. He bought a luxury fivestory apartment in the Dakota building, one
of the most fashionable residences in New
York, and several country houses. During
this period, he entered deeper into Eastern
mysticism, making many trips to India. His
external appearance changed to correspond
to his new convictions.
Lennon - the dirty, sloppy style of the hippy
He lived with a Japanese woman, Yoko Ono, and invited the press to photograph
and film a sexual act of the couple at his apartment.
On the night of December 8, 1980, at around 11 p.m., he stepped out of a limousine
in front of his apartment and a man on the street asked him: “Mr. Lennon?” He
answered: “Yes.” The man, Mark David Chapman, fell to his knees, held his gun
with both hands, aimed and shot five bullets at him. In the records of the police
investigation, it was reported that the killer had heard an interior voice of the Devil
telling him to end Lennon’s life. The voice said: “Kill Lennon, he is mine and I want
Comments of Prof. Plinio:
I am not going to analyze the music of The Beatles to judge its artistic value, but
rather I will consider from a Catholic perspective the influence this music had on
the public and the kind of thinking it generated. This is an interesting exercise to
make from the Revolution vs. Counter-Revolution (R-CR) perspective, for this
Page 306 of 508
Published by © 2009
music fundamentally produces a temperamental state that in itself exercises an
influence over a person, independent of the lyrics. It demonstrates how the
Revolution in the tendencies produces the Revolution in the ideas.
The advantage the Revolution takes of music
The great revolutions always had their counterparts in music. Music plays a special
role in helping a revolution to be made or a war to be won. Music with great élan
played or sung by troops in battle move the soldiers to go forward and win much
more than a syllogism of an instructor ever could.
Imagine a professor going into battle with the soldiers carrying a loud-speaker and
saying: “Soldiers: To serve your country is a duty; and to die for your country is a
glory. Therefore, fulfill your duty, achieve glory and die!” Not many soldiers would
be convinced by such a syllogism. Instead, grand music filling the whole battlefield
with its reverberating notes - louder than the artillery fire and machine guns - will
help to generate the sense of heroism necessary to win the battle. Such music is an
instrument of war.
The Beatles unleashed a contagious hysteria,
above, and decisively influenced the modern
generation, below
Page 307 of 508
An analogous thing happens with the
revolutions. I think that the most
characteristic revolutionary music is La
Marseillaise. It was the song the
revolutionary mobs sang as they marched
to the Tuilerie in Paris to destroy the
monarchy. The music has an
extraordinary grasp and something of a
satanic fire. It exalts, drags, intoxicates,
and creates illusions in those who hear it
- and thus helped the Revolution reach its
In this sense, the music of The Beatles
also helped the Revolution achieve its
goals. What were the weapons of this
war? They were the hundreds of millions
of records sold around the world, which
spread the tendencies toward revolution
against good customs and authority. The
rock music disseminated in the ‘60s was a
strong force in promoting the Cultural
Revolution. Having started in Berkeley a
decade before, the symbolic explosion of
this Revolution actually took place in
Paris at the Sorbonne University in May
of 1968. What tendencies did this music
Published by © 2009
Despite the luxury in which he lived, John Lennon appeared in the media and the
minds of the common people as a man dressed in tattered clothing, a sloppy, dirty
man who took the microphone to sing songs that produce a drugged effect on its
victims. It leads them along the road of obscenity and filthiness. Lennon and his
companions were like garbage trucks which, instead of collecting peoples’ trash
from the streets, would spread garbage wherever they went.
Society always has morally degenerate people, but generally they are the exception
to the rule, rejected and derided. Lennon and his companions transformed this type
of degenerate person into a normal, accepted pattern of society. This is what this
tendential revolution did.
Eastern mysticism aims to destroy the individual
The Hindu mysticism to which Lennon adhered is a variant of Brahmanism. I will
not enter into details on it here. Generally speaking, its thinking is similar to that of
Gnosis, which affirms that the great catastrophe was the emergence of the
individual. Here in this room there are around 400 persons. Each one of us feels the
pleasure of being himself, the joy of feeling the unfolding of his own personality. He
is able to say: “I am not this or that person
next to me. I am myself.”
For Hindu mysticism, things are not like
this. It considers it a great disaster that
individual personalities came into
existence. For it, the ideal is for all
individuals to disappear and reintegrate
into nothingness. They should enter this
vacuum and become nothing. This is the
Hindu path to light and bliss. It is not the
Catholic Heaven where man retains his
individuality for all eternity, adoring a God
who is the model ideal of his personality
and, therefore, will continuously help to
increase and perfect it. The Hindu imagines
that man enters into nothingness.
Lennon started in Eastern mysticism as a
A metaphor may help you understand this
disciple of guru Maharishi Mahesh
philosophy. Imagine a powerful acid that
dissolves any paper. Now, imagine a great writer, thinker or poet who commits his
thoughts or poetry to paper. He dies, leaving all his work on paper. A careless heir
accidentally lets those papers fall into a large container of the strong acid. All his
work - whose richness came from its originality - is destroyed in the acid and comes
to nothing. Any civilized man considers this a distressing episode because an
original intellectual or artistic work was lost. The Hindu, however, considers such
disaster to be the ideal.
Each of us is like a thought or a poem made by God. Hindu mysticism wants to
Page 308 of 508
Published by © 2009
destroy those likenesses of God and make the personalities of all men disappear by
immersing themselves into an impersonal
reality that it considers a divinity.
Thus, this Lennon who achieved almost
everything a young man from Liverpool
could desire - an enormous fortune, an
extraordinary celebrity, a life entirely
dedicated to pleasure – decides to immerse
himself in Eastern mysticism, whose
finality is to destroy life. Lennon opted to
reject all the material pleasures that no
longer satisfied him. What a frustrated life!
How absurd it is to compare this man to
Our Lord Jesus Christ who is the
Resurrection and the Life! Who by His own
power resurrected from death on the third
The Magical Mystery Tour was made
day and came to reign over the living and
the dead for all eternity. Lennon’s life is the during the Beatles' 'psychedelic' period
very opposite.
Parallel to this, Lennon and the Beatles experimented with drugs. Now then, the
man who takes drugs is trying to flee from this life and enter an unreal life of
illusions. Lennon was not satisfied with his $240 million and being an international
celebrity, but felt the need to delve into the world of drugs. In other words, his life
no longer meant anything to him. He said that he took LSD more than 1,000 times.
In reality, he was a man who had already surrendered his life. When the murderer
killed him, he killed a dead man, so to speak. Indeed, when a man is doing all he can
to destroy himself, in a certain way he has already diad.
This is a good example of the lie of human grandeur.
A demonic immorality
This man invited the press to photograph and film a conjugal act. This is entirely
coherent with the hippy mentality and the Cultural Revolution. What should be
intimate, given its prosaic, sordid, and indecorous note, was practiced in the open.
Everything that was naturally private for the previous generations, the Beatles made
This confirms our metaphor of Lennon dispersing garbage, of distributing filth and
ugliness. Here, I believe, he touched evil itself. This act publicly exposed all its
hideous aspect in order to accustom the moral sense of the public to extreme
Page 309 of 508
Published by © 2009
The Devil rejoices in this type of
exhibition of impurity. Imagine if the
Devil were given the liberty to bring
whatever he wanted into a magnificent
building like the Vatican or the Austrian
palace of Schonbrunn. Do you think that
he would introduce some new splendid
piece of furniture? Or an exquisite flower
or magnificent painting? No. The Devil is
the enemy of God and the enemy of the
natural order created by God. When he is
given liberty, he disrupts the order. This
is what he likes to do. As much as
Lennon making the sign of Satan in a pose for
possible he spreads the horrendous, dirty
the press
and ugly. If he could, he would fill the
salons of the Vatican or the Schonbrunn with garbage. He would tear them up,
burning and destroying all that he could. When exorcists oblige the Devil to leave a
mark of himself to prove that he was in the soul of a person, he normally breaks,
shreds and burns something in the room as he is expelled from a soul. This is
consistent with his spirit.
If the Devil were to conceive a revolution for our days, it would be exactly like the
Beatles’ revolution. This public sin, in my opinion, is an expression of the Devil
himself. It is as if the Devil were telling the world: “This is the impurity proper to
me. I am acting through my disciple Lennon, as I sing through his voice. Now, come
and adore me.”
Preparing the public for the Devil
I believe that when men like Lennon and his fellow Beatles have conquered the
public opinion of our century, then we are not far from seeing the day when all the
institutions will be transformed in accordance with the ideals of the Cultural
Revolution. Therefore, one can somehow say that the kingdom of the Devil exists on
earth to the measure that the Beatle’s music becomes accepted by the general
Someone could object, “But the French Revolution also had some horrible aspects
of impurity, ugliness and dirtiness. Why do you interpret them so tragically when
they appear in the Beatles’ revolution?
Page 310 of 508
Published by © 2009
The other revolutions had these aspects in a
transitory way in some episodes. Generally
speaking, they tried to veil those
horrendous aspects, and instead to present
beautiful things in order to attract the
public. The Beatles’ revolution is different.
That dirt, ugliness and filth constitute the
very message the Beatles want to spread. It
is a very different step.
So, that scandalous and public act of
impurity that Lennon performed is like a
trumpet announcing the Devil's arrival.
I don’t have any document proving that this
was Lennon’s intention. However, any
Satanist, any person who worships the
Devil would be quite capable of doing what
he did. The two actions fit perfectly.
Lennon: "The whole Beatle idea is to do what
you want..."
So, we understand that what the media
and, to great measure, the world is mourning today is a man who was a musical
prophet of the Devil.
The way Lennon was killed also gives the impression that he was marked by the
Devil to die. We can wait and see what the police investigation will conclude in this
regard, but the first impression it gives is that he knew that his time limit was up. It
seems that his death had already been fixed by the leaders of some diabolic sect.
It reminds me of those pacts that some persons make with the Devil. Some
trustworthy stories tell us about how the Devil appears to this or that person and
proposes: “I will give you 20 or 40 years of complete success on this earth, and then
I will come to take you and bring you to Hell.” When the agreed-upon hour arrives,
the Devil comes to demand his part of the bargain.
When we read the report of how Lennon was killed, we see that he didn’t have any
natural reaction of trying to escape the murderer. Why didn’t he try to avoid being
shot? He could have run; he could have kicked the man keeling at his feet; he could
have called out for help. He did nothing, just passively awaited the shots as if it were
something he was expecting.
The statement of the murderer – who affirmed that he heard the voice of the Devil
claiming that Lennon’s soul belonged to him – concurs with this.
A Revolution leading to anarchy
This revolution is what I called the Fourth Revolution in my book Revolution and
Counter-Revolution. It heads toward anarchy. This is actually affirmed in one of the
Page 311 of 508
Published by © 2009
slogans of the Sorbonne Revolution: “It is forbid to forbid.” No one can stop a
person from revolting against nature or any authority. For instance, the authority
says: “You should not steal.” The revolution says that since this command comes
from an authority, it should not be obeyed. Each one should be able to do whatever
he wants, even if it is to steal.
In Greek an means ‘without’ and archia means ‘authority’; so, anarchia or anarchy
means without authority. No one is superior to anyone else. Each one does
whatever he wants. There is no rule, no logic and no law. Man is reduced to the state
of an animal that follows his own instincts. This is the Beatles' revolution.
These are the tendencies and ideas that come to my mind regarding the episode of
the killing of John Lennon. They confirm for us how far the Revolution has
advanced, how close we are to the kingdom of the Devil, and how timely our fight
for the Counter-Revolution is. This fight – under the protection of Our Lady – will
bring the triumph of her Immaculate Heart.
This lecture by Prof. Plinio Corrêa de Oliveira was taken from the transcript of the
tape, translated and adapted by Atila S. Guimarães
Posted January 12, 2009
Page 312 of 508
Published by © 2009
Operation Chaos
WHO'S NEXT?: CIA Killings of American and British Rock Musicians,1968-1998
By Alex Constantine
Research assistance: The late Mae Brussell's "Operation CHAOS," an unpublished
essay, and film-maker Lew Lee.
Reports of appalling excesses committed by domestic intelligence operatives during
the Vietnam era have surfaced repeatedly in the public print since the evacuation of
Saigon: the FBI's COINTELPRO outrages, the probable involvement of military
intelligence officers in the murder of Martin Luther King,,, assaults on 1960s
activism by the CIA's CHAOS division, the distribution of LSD to subvert the antiwar movement, a litany of Watergate "horrors" and various ill-conceived, federallysanctioned undercover operations. Some of this closet activity has only come to
light decades later, including the existence of a CIA-led "Sovereign Committee," an
assemblage of prominent reactionaries bent on turning back the civil rights
movement in the South of the 1960s by decimating the lives of its leading
Still eclipsed by federal classification are the tactics of the U.S. intelligence sector in
the destabilization of the lives of musicians and counter-cultural activists, as
revealed in a Senate Intelligence Committee report released on April 26, 1976:
"Show them as scurrilous and depraved. Call attention to their habits and
living conditions, explore every possible embarrassment. Send in women
and sex, break up marriages. Have members arrested on marijuana
charges. Investigate personal conflicts or animosities between them. Send
articles to the newspapers showing their depravity. Use narcotics and free
sex to entrap. Use misinformation to confuse and disrupt. Get records of
their bank accounts. Obtain specimens of handwriting. Provoke target
groups into rivalries that MAY RESULT IN DEATH."
Killing was, without question, deemed a sound option by an intelligence sector
embroiled in suppressing the popular backlash to military-industrial authority. One
covert operation proposed by the President Nixon's Plumbers unit,, a CIA cadré,
involved the bombing of 100,000 demonstrators at a rock concert in Mission Bay,
Page 313 of 508
Published by © 2009
San Diego during the 1972 Republican convention (an event subsequently moved to
Miami, where the same White House special operations unit planned to provoke a
riot to be blamed on the Left, per Harper's magazine for December 1972, until the
whistle was blown by FBI informant and Green Beret vet William Lemmer before a
Florida grand jury).
The music industry of the Vietnam period was the binding force of a cultural
revolution. Music and the politics of the Left were one. "War," Mick Jagger
reflected, "stems from power mad politicians and patriots. Some new master plan
would end all these mindless men from seats of power." Mick Jagger's audience
sang his revulsion, but their enmity toward the warfare state was mutual.
The back channels of the intelligence world swarmed with crooks and killers. This
genré belched forth the late Robert Hall, associate of Robert Vesco and Howard
Hughes, a private investigator in L.A. summed up by former Harper's editor Jim
Hougan: "tough, reasonably brave and decidedly larcenous ... a father, a wiretapper,
an informer, a dope peddler and a double agent" (Spooks, William Morrow, 1878).
Hall tailed Sal Mineo one evening in 1975 ... the very night the actor was stabbed to
death. (Mineo's had signed on to play Sirhan Sirhan in a film about the murder of
Robert F. Kennedy - in it, CIA assassination and post-hypnotic programming were
to be prominently featured themes.)
Hall was retained by the managers of seven rock bands to investigate physicians
who'd slipped their musicians fraudulent prescriptions, drugs that altered their
personalities, sabotaged public appearances, hindered their lives and music.
Hall reported that two doctors and a dentist had prescribed the mind-altering
drugs. This information was turned over to the authorities. No action was taken.
Hall was gunned down shortly thereafter, on July 22, 1976. The homicide
investigation turned up tapes recorded by Robert Hall. Beverly Hills Police Chief
Jack Eggars immediately resigned due to his involvement with the drug dealer, as
revealed in the tapes. The media, observed the late political researcher Mae
Brussell, linked the killing to "Hollywood's most famous celebrities in drug and sex
scandals, exposures of television starts and high Washington officials, drug traffic
from Los Angeles to the Malibu community, international sports events, the Los
Angeles police department (one of their former agents is now retired, and heads the
Police Science Department at L.A. Valley College and supplied the fatal weapon
used to kill Hall)."
Jack Ginsburgs, Hall's partner, was charged with the murder. Ginsburgs, according
to Hougan, was "a pornographer, the proprietor of XXX, Inc. The son of a White
Russian émigré, he'd spent his youth inside the decadent Shanghai Bund - that
romantic foreign colony which [was] a meld of opium, kinky sex and intrigue." Gene
LeBell was also charged. LeBell, another partner in Hall's firm, owned a pharmacy
in Hollywood.
Page 314 of 508
Published by © 2009
Between 1967 and 1976, many of the music industry's most politically active talents
died, among them Mama Cass Elliott, folk singers Richard Farina, Phil Ochs and
Tim Buckley, Jim and Pamela Morrison, Gram Parsons, Otis Redding, songwriter
Jimmy Reed, Clarence White of the Byrds, Janis Joplin, the Grateful Dead's "Pig
Pen," Jimi Hendrix, Michael Jeffrey (Hendrix's manager), Keith Moon, others.
Since, the deaths of John Lennon and Bob Marley were succeeded by books
exploring the possible involvement of the CIA.
Operation Chaos (forthcoming), will examine evidence of complicity by the
intelligence "services" - recruiters of morally-erosive holdouts of fascist regimes and
Mafia stinkbugs - in the deaths of over a dozen musicians associated with the "New
Left," among them:
Brian Jones: The coroner's report concluded, "death by misadventure" on July 2,
1969. the Rolling Stone complained that police planted marijuana on him, and he
compared his handling by the law to the hounding of Lenny Bruce, recalling the
tactics detailed in the 1976 Congressional Intelligence Committee report. Two books
published in 1994, Paint It Black by Geoffrey Guiliano and Terry Rawlings' Who
Killed Christopher Robin?, concluded that Jones had been murdered. England's
Independent reported on April 4, 1994, "Murder Claims Raise Doubts Over Rolling
Stone's Death." The 27-year-old guitarist may have been "deliberately drowned in
the swimming pool of his country mansion by one of his aides, Frank Thorogood."
The books cited above are in agreement that before Jones drowned, Thorogood
conned the musician out of thousands of pounds. Was Thorogood a contract killer?
Keith Richards: "Some very weird things happened the night Brian died. We had
these chauffeurs working for us, and we tried to find out. Some of them had a weird
hold over Brian. I got straight into it and wanted to know who was there and
couldn't find out. The only cat I could ask was the one I think who got rid of
everybody, and did a whole disappearing thing so that when the cops arrived, it was
just an accident."
Phil Ochs: Wrote songs condemning war. In 1974 he sang at Madison Square
Garden with Bob Dylan, the occasion: "An Evening with Salvadore Allendé." The
death of Phil Ochs was determined to be "death by hanging" in April, 1976. Two
years before, he'd had a bout of depression and bizarre behavior that left him with a
multiple personality, a psychological state much explored by the CIA's mind control
Richard Farina: Married Mimi Baez, sister of Joan Baez - to the national security
state born. Joan Baez wrote in her autobiography, And a Voice to Sing With (Signet,
1987), that when she was a young girl, "most of the bright young Stanford scientists
went off to Los Alamos, New Mexico, where the atomic bomb was being developed.
My father recognized the potential destructive power of the unleashed atom even in
those early days. So he took a job as a research physicist at Cornell University in
Ithaca, New York." Cornell was the home base of the CIA's mind control
experiments, and Joan Baez is a self-described survivor of ritual child abuse, which
Page 315 of 508
Published by © 2009
employs a form of mind control, trauma-based programming, a technique perfected
by the CIA.
"Soon my father was invited to become Head of Operations Research at Cornell.
Exactly what the job entailed was classified information, but he was offered a threeweek cruise on an aircraft carrier as an introduction to the project and promised a
huge salary. As it turned out, he would be overseeing Project Portrex, a vast
amphibious exercise which among other things involved testing fighter jets, then a
relatively new phenomenon. Millions of dollars would be poured into the project,
about which he was to know little and say less." Farina, who had married into a CIA
family, was killed in a motorcycle crash. According to the sleeve of his last record,
"Goldwater was about to win the California primary and the skies were somewhat
Jimi Hendrix: From the Sunday Telegraph, December 12, 1993: "The former
girlfriend of Jimi Hendrix, the rock guitarist, spoke for the first time yesterday
about how she has succeeded in reopening the investigation into his drug-related
death 23 years ago.
"Kathy Etchingham has spent the past three years - almost as long as she was
Hendrix's live-in lover - investigating the circumstances surrounding the star's
death. A 34-page dossier she sent to Sir Nicholas Lyell, the attorney-general, has
prompted Scotland Yard to reopen the case and may lead to a new inquest. In it she
pointed to alleged inconsistencies in statements given by Monika Dannemann, a
German blonde who was Hendrix's girlfriend at the time of his death.... The police
will examine whether there was any delay in calling an ambulance for Hendrix....
"Etchingham, 46, now married and a mother of two, said: ‘At the time of his death I
didn't doubt what I was told. But then I began reading the biographies and seeing
interviews and I could see gaping holes.’"
Mama Cass Elliott: Count in her entourage at the time of her death one Bill
Mentzer, since convicted for the murder of fledgling Hollywood producer Roy
Radin. Mentzer was convicted with an accomplice, Alex Marti, former leader of an
Argentine death squad, to life in prison. Cass had recently finished two weeks at the
London Palladium. The coroner's report was not conclusive. She "probably choked
to death," but there was "a possibility of heart attack."
Bob Marley: After the last performance of Bob Marley and the Wailers in
America, at Madison Square Garden, Marley took seriously ill. Three years before,
in London, the singer had injured a toe in a football match. The toe was found to be
cancerous, and Marley was treated in Miami, Florida with no success. By 1980, the
growth had infected his entire body. He struggled with the disease for eight months
at the clinic of Dr. Joseph Issels in Bavaria. Dr. Issels' brand of alternative medicine
was non-toxic. For a brief time Bob's condition appeared to stabilize. Eventually,
however, the battle proved too much. He died in a Miami hospital on Monday May
11, 1981. Excerpt of an interview with Lew Lee, a documentary filmmaker (the
Page 316 of 508
Published by © 2009
Oscar-winning Panama Deception and All Power to the People, an examination of
the FBI's COINTELPRO excesses), conducted on October 30, 1997.
LEE: People came by his house. There were always people going in and out.
Someone gave Bob a pair of boots. He put his foot in and said "Ow!" A friend got in
there - you know how Jamaicans are. He said,"let's get in here" - in the boot, and he
pulled a piece of copper wire out. It was embedded in the boot.
A.C.: Do you believe it was radioactive?
LEE: I didn't think so at the time, but I've always had my suspicions because Marley
later broke his toe playing soccer, and when the bone wouldn't mend, the doctors
found that the toe had cancer. The cancer metastasized throughout his body, and he
[Marley] believed he could fight this thing. He wanted to do anything but to turn to
Western medicine. This may have been a mistake, maybe not. So they appointed for
Bob - Chris Blackwell, I guess, and a couple of other people - they found this doctor
is Switzerland, Dr. Issels, who said that he could cure Bob. And they cut Bob's
dreadlocks off. And he was getting all of this crazy, crazy medical treatment in
Switzerland. I know this because Ray Von Evans, who played in Marley's grounp,
we were very close friends. As Bob was receiveing these medical treatments, Ray
would come by every two or three months - 1979-80 - and told me, "Yeah,
mon,They're killing Bob. They are KILLING Bob." I said, "What do you mean 'they
are killing Bob?'" "No, no, mon," he said. "Dis Dr. Issels, he's a Nazi!" We found out
later that Dr. Issels WAS a Nazi doctor. And he had worked with Dr. [Joseph]
Mengele survived the war and enjoyed the protection and employment of the CIA.
On five occasions his death has been reported. Attempts to bring the facts to light
have been subverted by employees of the Agency. John Lennon: British barrister
Fenton Bresler has long maintained that the Beatle's murder was the result of CIA
mind control programming. In Who Killed John Lennon? (1989), Bresler observed:
"What really got the FBI and CIA so geared up about Lennon was [his plan] for a
'revolutionary road show,' starring Lennon and Yoko. This combination of rock
music and radical politics was to barnstorm its way across America." Did a
programmed killer abort the said barnstorm? The FBI has long resisted all efforts
by Jon Weiner, a professor at the university of California, Irvine, to lay hands on
Lennon's file, which remains top secret. Why?
The mystery of Lennon's death - and unresolved circumstances in a score of
others (the theft and burning of Byrd guitarist Clarence White's corpse by a Manson
Family member, for one) - could well be dispelled by access to sealed files. The
National Security Act of 1947, the CIA charter, does not grant national security
thugs a license to kill.
Page 317 of 508
Published by © 2009
Does Conspiracy Extend to Musical Scale?
August 31, 2010
By L. C. Vincent
Vibration throughout the frequency spectrum of sound, heat, and light, is the
organizational principle of matter. Sound is the organizational principle of our
Universe, of physical matter and most importantly, living matter.
The science of Cymatics illustrates that when sound waves move thru a physical
medium (air, water, sand, metallic particles, etc.) the frequency of the waves has a
direct effect upon the structures which are created by the sound waves as they pass
thru that particular medium. YouTube videos show these fascinating patterns and
arrangements here:
Sound is also the basis for form and shape:
Imagine an incredibly powerful, wealthy person who secretly prospers from conflict,
disease and war learns that certain sound frequencies (those easily
divisible by two, signifying opposition) create conflict, discord and disharmony
while those divisible by three (signifying balance, polity, reconciliation,
harmony) produce symmetry, and visually harmonic, pleasing structures.
Now imagine that he has the power to establish the tuning standard of all musical
instruments throughout the Western World.
Imagine that he bases the entire scale of musical artistic creation upon a frequency
which would skew vibrations towards discord.
It sounds like science fiction. Yet this is exactly what transpired in
September 1939 when Rockefeller (Illuminati) financial interests dictated that the
standard tuning for the note of "A" above middle C would henceforth be said to
vibrate at precisely 440 cycles per second.
Page 318 of 508
Published by © 2009
This unnatural standard tuning frequency, removed from the symmetry of sacred
vibrations and overtones, has declared war on the subconscious mind of Western
The standard tuning fork, which is set to vibrate the note "A" above middle C at 440
cycles per second, is based upon a frequency only divisible by two rather than three,
which means that all of the musical notes both above and below it are affected.
Despite the apparent "sweet music" a symphony orchestra can produce, when all
instruments are tuned based on the A=440Hz key frequency, they are
covert weapons no matter what "music" they may be playing.
These destructive frequencies entrain the thoughts towards disruption, disharmony,
disunity. Additionally, they also stimulate the controlling organ of the body -- the
brain -- into disharmonious resonance, which ultimately creates disease and war.
In a paper entitled "Musical Cult Control," Dr. Leonard Horowitz writes:
The music industry "...features this imposed frequency that is 'herding' populations
into greater aggression, psycho social agitation, and emotional distress
predisposing people to physical illness....“while the agents of this conspiracy
provide 'therapeutic' pacification in the form of myriad psychotropic
drugs and tranquilizers for the stress they purposely created, and
chemotherapy for the more serious illnesses it inspires."
He says, "Energy (vibration) impacts "life" (biology) and our bodies through the
most common medium of life: water. Our body weight, which is nearly 80 percent
water, vibrates and resonates to frequencies, and frequencies entrain our physical
matter as well as thought processes. Light and sound have been shown as the
primary drivers of intercellular communication, which indicates that our health, or
lack of it, may indeed by a product of the vibrational resonance of sound and light."
As noted, the Rothschild-Rockefeller (Illuminati) alliance chose " determine
the musical factors capable of producing psycho pathology, emotional
distress and 'mass hysteria.'"
The initial effort to make A=440 Hz the basis of standard tuning took place in 1910
when the Rockefeller Foundation issued a grant to the American Federation of
Musicians to popularize the concept. The initial effort failed.
However, the BSI -- British Standards Institute -- officially adopted A=440 Hz in
1939, promoted by the strange consortium of Rockefeller Foundation influence and
the Nazi government. Ironically, The British adopted a tuning standard promoted
by the Third Reich, just as both went to war. While 440Hz had been rejected by
Page 319 of 508
Published by © 2009
British musicians only 3 months prior, Josef Goebbels persuaded the BSI to
adapt 440Hz saying it was of extraordinary importance.
As Dr. Leonard Horowitz concludes: "Music bioenergetically affects your body
chemistry, psycho neuro immunology, and health. Your body is now vibrating
musically, audibly and subliminally, according to an institutionally imposed
frequency in harmony with aggression and in dissonance rather than vibrating in
harmony with Love."
Musical instrument tuning using the artificially imposed standard of
A=440Hz may promote physical and mental disease and distrust, while effectively
suppressing spirituality, intuition and creativity. This universal tuning frequency
has been empirically shown to suppress the creative, intuitive aspects of our mind,
while negatively affecting our body chemistry and our immune systems.
I don't know if anyone can prove a direct link between aggression, disassociation,
paranoia and violence to a tuning system that was promoted by both the
Rockefellers and the Third Reich. However, just the fact that these two
entities came together to push this standard is more than suspicious in
my mind.
Although more than a few people have made the connection between the music of
John Philip Sousa and his marching music as a stimulus to war, that specific link is
in reference to composition, not frequency and vibration based on a tuning system.
"Intuitively, I think my sources are correct. But how does one go about
proving that a specific frequency tuning is creating social stress,
disharmony or physical violence and war? But the fact that the
Rockefellers and the Third Reich pushed this tuning standard over the opposition of
British musicians makes it suspicious, even sinister."
The Rockefeller--Illuminati axis, their money and research, imposed
this artificial tuning "standard" upon Mankind for the purpose of
creating chaos. It continues to this day to funnel our minds and emotions along
paths of negativity. It is high time for new, good vibrations to become ascendant
and a "new standard" of vibrational tuning to emerge. It is time for the power of
Love to triumph!
L C Vincent
[email protected]
Mr. Vincent was a professional musician for 7 years and has a very
nice collection of guitars along with a wonderful Yamaha keyboard.
He has had a passionate love of music since age 6 -- while most
children had a TV for a baby sitter, he had a radio -- and controlled
Page 320 of 508
Published by © 2009
that dial!
Comments for "Does Conspiracy Extend to Musical Scale? "
Dan said (September 1, 2010):
There has been a lot of speculation that the Beatles were a creation of the British
Tavistock Institute, and that the sinister genius behind their music was Theodore
Skipping web sites that make unproven claims, this one presents the best thesis I've
seen on this subject. I'm no music theory expert. Everyone knew Beatles music was
far more complex than the working class English trade school dropout teenagers
could pump out either by genius or chance. It turns out that Beatles tunes contained
entirely unique elements, yet derivative of multiple ancient music traditions. Every
tune contains unconventional chord progressions which seem familiar to the
listener but take sudden detours to unexpected, yet somehow compatible musical
In recent years musicologists who've analyzed Beatle music identified the signature
quirky components in the published theories on effect of music on awareness and
behavior which came out of the infamous Frankfurt School think tank. It's
now highly suspected that Frankfurt school sociologist/musicologist/composer
Theordor Adorno is responsible for scoring and arranging the music of the Beatles
from 1962-1969, when Adorno died, and the Beatles disbanded. - D.
Orest said (September 1, 2010):
In Stanley Kubrick's final film Eyes Wide Shut the role of music in bringing about
a deepening level of hypnotic enchantment to a mass of Satanic celebrants
was made very evident in the movie's orgy scene. In fact, the film's main character,
a New York City high society doctor [played by Tom Cruise, who has high-level
Satanic connections], is able to penetrate the inner sanctum of the black mass
devotees because of his past friendship with the musician hired to provide part of
the soundtrack for the group's late-night sex ritual in a Gothic mansion. Creepiness
does not begin to describe the overall effect this pivotal scene must have on any
normal sensitive person, any decent individual. For that, we can in part "thank" the
pagan and occult motifs in Kubrick's choice of mood-colouring music.
Page 321 of 508
Published by © 2009
Nozim said (September 1, 2010):
I regularly follow your online articles from your website. Today, I read the following
of your latest article:
I kindly ask you to read the following ruling about music in Islam based on Qur'an
and hadeeth of prophet Muhammad (peace and blessings of Allah be upon him).
Page 322 of 508
Published by © 2009
Rock Rebels "Clash" Were Corporate Puppets
By David Richards
(For henry
October 9, 2010
believe there is an agenda at work in the system in which
we live which will always say: 'You Do This Or We Won't
Support You.’” (Vince White, guitarist, The Clash)
Picture New Yorks' Shea Stadium full to
the rafters, a sea of 60,000 people swirling
and shouting. Four Englishman take to the
stage clothed in guerrilla punk attire
consisting of jackboots, berets and cut
jeans. They start playing aggressive punk
songs. The crowd erupts.
They are The Clash, one of the biggest
bands of 1980's, with large commercial and
critical success in Europe and the States.
The Clash were sold as, 'the only band that matters,' a claim based on their raw
and experimental sound, anti-establishment attitude and socialist sloganeering.
In 1983, the band's guitarist Mick Jones quit and auditions were held to find a
replacement. His replacement was Vince White, an angry young punk living in a
bedsit in London, with no previous experience in the music industry.
White served as the band's guitarist during their
tumultuous final few years, which culminated in
what is viewed as their worst album, "Cut the Crap"
He was taken behind the scenes and saw how
things really work. He relays his experiences in his
book 'Out of Control' which apart from being a
compelling story, reveals how a group viewed as
authentic and intellectual can be controlled by
corporate puppeteers.
Page 323 of 508
Published by © 2009
The band did not write their own songs. Their socialist ideals were just
marketing. Manager Bernie Rhodes ran the group like a dictator.
Painful for Clash fans, singer and punk icon Joe Strummer is portrayed like a
Geisha in the morning: a flawed mortal practicing a morally dubious trade.
What follows is my interview with Vince.
You say you were treated as a wage slave and the band was, 'an
oppressive totalitarian dictatorship that would have shocked Stalin.'
What led you to make these comments?
My experience was one in which attempts were made to mind control me.
To subvert my sense of my own self and my own reality. To subject me to the will
of others and their own agenda. That's what control freaks do.
In the book you and the band are terrorized night and day by manager
Bernie Rhodes. He seems to be in complete control of every aspect of
the band. Was he more than a manager?
Yes, quite clearly he was. A manager is supposed to manage bands, ie. operate 'inbetween' the artists and the assholes that flog the recordings. Bernie overstepped
and believed he could be an artist too. So you end up with a bureaucratic mind
thinking they can be 'artistic' and the results are clearly embarrassing.
NONE of ['Cut the Crap"] was created by the band. The 'band' played on
the recordings but everyone was TOLD what to do. Even Joe [Strummer] himself
was under the thumb. What an asshole! He really let himself stoop to that level! I
have NO RESPECT for that. Sorry. It's not nice to speak ill of the dead but there
you go.
The Clash are viewed as fiercely socialist. How sincere were these
Socialism is the means by which the financial oligarchy can subvert the minds of
the populace and control them. It's that fucking simple. A child of 7 could get this.
Only most people are so wedded into the system and will ignore the
facts in favor of their own personal gain. Socialism is the death of the
human race.
And I'm not fucking joking and let me just say I don't like the Chinese. I don't like
their fat ugly faces. I wish they'd fucking fuck off. There are hundreds of these
cunts in Portobello Road these days, where I live. That's another thing the Clash
promoted: multiculturalism. I don't buy it. I'm English and I don't like foreigners.
Why are aliens allowed to flood in here?
Britain and the United States are the greatest countries to have ever existed in
human history and now it's downhill for all of us from here on out. The New
Page 324 of 508
Published by © 2009
World Order is an open door policy. Globalism. Our culture is being destroyed by
immigration. We're finished. By that, I mean the human race is finished because
the only hope for mankind is the Judeo-Christian ethic. Everything else, including
Islam, Buddhism, Marxism., etc is total fucking shit.
By making socialism Punk, do you think The Clash were successful in
selling socialist ideology to Western youth?
I think they just reinforced what was already there. Leftist ideology was
so prevalent at that time. If, like me, you didn't approve of leftist ideas you were
immediately branded a fascist. The Clash simply jumped on that bandwagon to
become successful. But whether there's more to it is hard to say. But for sure, Joe
Strummer's daddy wasn't a bank robber. He was a British diplomat. He worked
for the British government. I heard Mick's father was in the SAS. Paul's family
were members of the Communist party....
What would you say to people who believe 'the cream always rises to the
top' in the entertainment industry?
There are certain aspects of performing like singing ability and songwriting and a
general human spirit which are necessary to be successful. Unfortunately, apart
from that, I believe there is an agenda at work in the system in which we live
which will always say: 'YOU DO THIS OR WE WON'T SUPPORT YOU'.
The end result is that the public wants what the public gets.
Comments for "Rock Rebels "Clash" Were Corporate Puppets"
Dan said (October 10, 2010):
The Richards interview with Vince of the Clash is excellent. People need 'closure' on
the bands and stars the influenced their lives in youth. Vince comes off quite well
actually, he's honest and under no illusions, and not selling any. Vince should be on
lecture tour speaking to 20 year olds right now and they should listen and learn.
But what the engineers are putting out for the latest generation is the mind
controlled child Lady Gaga who spouts "I hate the truth".
I heard Mark Mothersbaugh of the '80's pop-punk band 'DEVO' say recently "we
came to the opinion that rebellion and anarchy were obsolete, and the only way to
change things in our culture was through subversion,"
Their socialist handlers must have laughed their asses off at how far behind the
curve that statement was. Mothersbaugh still doesn't get it. Whereas 60's and 70's
era musicians balked at lucrative offers to sell their hits for use as jingles for
corporate TV commercials, DEVO decided not only to sell their tunes but to actually
perform in a few. Mothersbaugh still thinks their appearance in commercials was a
subversive act. 'DEVO' is their abbreviation of 'de-evolution'. He said they got the
Page 325 of 508
Published by © 2009
idea from an old 'B' movie based on H.G. Wells "Island of Dr. Moreau", about a mad
scientist on a remote island performing genetic experiments who makes his own
colony of human-animal hybrids who eventually rebel and kill him, then themselves
because they know they're an abomination.
Mothersbaugh also composed the theme music for 1980's saturday morning 'kid
show' 'PEE WEE'S PLAYHOUSE' starring Paul Reubens as 'Pee Wee Herman'.
Reubens, the cast, producers and writers were gay. The children's show was a big hit
until one night Reubens, on vacation visiting his mother in his hometown in Florida
was arrested for public indecency (masturbating in a public place) in a local porno
theater. Several years later Reubens made a cameo appearance at the MTV music
awards, with no lines and in Pee Wee drag. He just walked out on stage and bowed,
and got a 3 minute standing ovation. Obviously the 'subversion' was streaming
gayness into the television viewing material of children through TV shows and TV
commercials adults didn't examine. At a glance it just blends in with the
kaleidoscope of surreal colorful absurdity which is television.
In 2001 Ruebens was arrested at his home in Los Angeles for collecting 'vintage'
child pornography. The Illuminati are behind Reubens so the District Attorney
accepted a plea bargain reducing the child pornography possession charge(a felony)
to a charge to pleading guilty for possession of 'obcene material' (a misdemeanor).
Reubens was on NBC recently being treated like a persecuted martyr who was
ahead of his time.
Luke said (October 10, 2010):
I,too ,was a big Metallica fan in high school when they betrayed their Thrash Metal
roots with the Black Album.The spell was broken: hearing James Hetfield cooing
"Nothing Else Matters" led me to try other metal genres such as Power, Doom,
Stoner etc.I still enjoy metal,though I'm no longer a rebellious teenager, just a
regular dad.
Bill said (October 10, 2010):
Dear Henry
I've read numerous of your articles over what must now be years...? Or maybe its
months, but feels like years, mostly from the links from the Jeff Rense site.
Often I've wanted to comment, whether positive or negative, but mostly, my
apologies, I'm just too lazy to commit. You know how blogs are, and then you get
sucked into often difficult or conflictual debate.
Page 326 of 508
Published by © 2009
However, hope you don’t mind me saying, but the article by David Richards about
Vince White is plainly offensive, and for all the wrong reasons, but mainly Vince
White's blatantly racist attitudes, both towards the Chinese and Chinese people
living in the U.K., and also certainly to all non-Judeo-Christians, which is as daft a
combination of words as any.
If I were to write directly to Vince White, I'm certain I'm incensed enough to call
him 'A Racist Cunt', which suitably reflects the language he uses himself.
It's also a shame as while I did like one or two of the Clash's records, at the time
'Punk' came across to me as a highly negative and racist music ideology, mostly fake
and a marketing exercise, and it took decades of friends who were enamoured with
punk in their youth to try to persuade me Punk was more egalitarian and diverse
than just a bunch of pseudo-working class Brit rockers expressing themselves with
an individual sound. If they were all as stupid as this Vince White, then they were
indeed just a bunch of idiots.
I am offended by this article. I see no point, joy, progress or positivity in promoting
this moron's views. Why did you do it?
Other than that, all the best.
I don't post views like that very often but I think people have a right to voice these
opinions, whether we agree or not. I'm surprised at how naive WASPs are.
Multiculturalism is aimed at dispossessing them.
Karen said (October 9, 2010):
I grew up with The Clash, and I and many of my friends blamed Vince White for the
band's demise. It wasn't until much later that I realized that popular music
was NOT in the hands of the musicians but in the hands of the
The Elite do have an agenda, and music is just one more tool to capture the minds
of the population and distract them from the TRUE agenda. If The Clash don't work
any more, well, we'll launch Suicidal Tendencies, if that doesn't work, we'll launch
Metallica, and on and on. It is happening in all genres of music: Rap, Country,
Christian, Classical, all of it. The Rolling Stones have lasted so long because their
members are practicing Satanists, and are members of the Illuminati. Anyway, I'm
sure that it's much more complicated than my little brain can comprehend, but you
get the picture.
There is a reason that God tells his people to stay out of the world. Vince had nailed
it right on the head.
Page 327 of 508
Published by © 2009
Inside The LC: The Strange But Mostly
True Story of Laurel Canyon and the
Birth of the Hippie Generation
By Dave McGowan
“And it seems to me perfectly in the cards that there will be within
the next generation or so a pharmacological method of making
people love their servitude, and producing … a kind of painless
concentration camp for entire societies, so that people will in fact
have their liberties taken away from them but will rather enjoy it,
because they will be distracted from any desire to rebel by
propaganda, brainwashing, or brainwashing enhanced by
pharmacological methods.” (Aldous Huxley, 1959)
“Through clever and constant application of propaganda people can
be made to see paradise as hell, and also the other way around, to
consider the most wretched sort of life as paradise.” (Adolf Hitler,
Mein Kampf, 1923)
“If ignorance is truly bliss, then why do so many Americans need
Prozac?” (Davce McGowan, 2000)
Page 328 of 508
Published by © 2009
Part 1
By Dave McGowan
The Center for an Informed America
8 May 2008
"There's something happening here
What it is ain't exactly clear"
Frank Zappa: Pro-war, authoritarian, and
what else? ©Unknown
Join me now, if you have the time, as we take a stroll down memory lane to a time
nearly four-and-a-half decades ago - a time when America last had uniformed
ground troops fighting a sustained and bloody battle to impose, uhmm, 'democracy'
on a sovereign nation.
It is the first week of August, 1964, and U.S. warships under the command of U.S.
Navy Admiral George Stephen Morrison have allegedly come under attack while
patrolling Vietnam's Tonkin Gulf. This event, subsequently dubbed the 'Tonkin Gulf
Incident,' will result in the immediate passing by the U.S. Congress of the obviously
pre-drafted Tonkin Gulf Resolution, which will, in turn, quickly lead to America's
deep immersion into the bloody Vietnam quagmire. Before it is over, well over fifty
thousand American bodies - along with literally millions of Southeast Asian bodies will litter the battlefields of Vietnam, Laos and Cambodia.
Page 329 of 508
Published by © 2009
For the record, the Tonkin Gulf Incident appears to differ somewhat from other
alleged provocations that have driven this country to war. This was not, as we have
seen so many times before, a 'false flag' operation (which is to say, an operation that
involves Uncle Sam attacking himself and then pointing an accusatory finger at
someone else). It was also not, as we have also seen on more than one occasion, an
attack that was quite deliberately provoked. No, what the Tonkin Gulf incident
actually was, as it turns out, is an 'attack' that never took place at all. The entire
incident, as has been all but officially acknowledged, was spun from whole cloth. (It
is quite possible, however, that the intent was to provoke a defensive response,
which could then be cast as an unprovoked attack on U.S ships. The ships in
question were on an intelligence mission and were operating in a decidedly
provocative manner. It is quite possible that when Vietnamese forces failed to
respond as anticipated, Uncle Sam decided to just pretend as though they had.)
Nevertheless, by early February 1965, the U.S. will - without a declaration of war
and with no valid reason to wage one - begin indiscriminately bombing North
Vietnam. By March of that same year, the infamous "Operation Rolling Thunder"
will have commenced. Over the course of the next three-and-a-half years, millions
of tons of bombs, missiles, rockets, incendiary devices and chemical warfare agents
will be dumped on the people of Vietnam in what can only be described as one of
the worst crimes against humanity ever perpetrated on this planet.
Also in March of 1965, the first uniformed U.S. soldier will officially set foot on
Vietnamese soil (although Special Forces units masquerading as 'advisers' and
'trainers' had been there for at least four years, and likely much longer). By April
1965, fully 25,000 uniformed American kids, most still teenagers barely out of high
school, will be slogging through the rice paddies of Vietnam. By the end of the year,
U.S. troop strength will have surged to 200,000.
Meanwhile, elsewhere in the world in those early months of 1965, a new 'scene' is
just beginning to take shape in the city of Los Angeles. In a geographically and
socially isolated community known as Laurel Canyon - a heavily wooded, rustic,
serene, yet vaguely ominous slice of LA nestled in the hills that separate the Los
Angeles basin from the San Fernando Valley - musicians, singers and songwriters
suddenly begin to gather as though summoned there by some unseen Pied Piper.
Within months, the 'hippie/flower child' movement will be given birth there, along
with the new style of music that will provide the soundtrack for the tumultuous
second half of the 1960s.
An uncanny number of rock music superstars will emerge from Laurel Canyon
beginning in the mid-1960s and carrying through the decade of the 1970s. The first
to drop an album will be The Byrds, whose biggest star will prove to be David
Crosby. The band's debut effort, "Mr. Tambourine Man," will be released on the
Summer Solstice of 1965. It will quickly be followed by releases from the John
Phillips-led Mamas and the Papas ("If You Can Believe Your Eyes and Ears,"
January 1966), Love with Arthur Lee ("Love," May 1966), Frank Zappa and The
Mothers of Invention ("Freak Out," June 1966), Buffalo Springfield, featuring
Stephen Stills and Neil Young ("Buffalo Springfield," October 1966), and The Doors
Page 330 of 508
Published by © 2009
("The Doors," January 1967).
One of the earliest on the Laurel Canyon/Sunset Strip scene is Jim Morrison, the
enigmatic lead singer of The Doors. Jim will quickly become one of the most iconic,
controversial, critically acclaimed, and influential figures to take up residence in
Laurel Canyon. Curiously enough though, the self-proclaimed "Lizard King" has
another claim to fame as well, albeit one that none of his numerous chroniclers will
feel is of much relevance to his career and possible untimely death: he is the son, as
it turns out, of the aforementioned Admiral George Stephen Morrison.
And so it is that, even while the father is actively conspiring to fabricate an incident
that will be used to massively accelerate an illegal war, the son is positioning
himself to become an icon of the 'hippie'/anti-war crowd. Nothing unusual about
that, I suppose. It is, you know, a small world and all that. And it is not as if Jim
Morrison's story is in any way unique.
During the early years of its heyday, Laurel Canyon's father figure is the rather
eccentric personality known as Frank Zappa. Though he and his various Mothers of
Invention line-ups will never attain the commercial success of the band headed by
the admiral's son, Frank will be a hugely influential figure among his
contemporaries. Ensconced in an abode dubbed the 'Log Cabin' - which sat right in
the heart of Laurel Canyon, at the crossroads of Laurel Canyon Boulevard and
Lookout Mountain Avenue - Zappa will play host to virtually every musician who
passes through the canyon in the mid- to late-1960s. He will also discover and sign
numerous acts to his various Laurel Canyon-based record labels. Many of these acts
will be rather bizarre and somewhat obscure characters (think Captain Beefheart
and Larry "Wild Man" Fischer), but some of them, such as psychedelic rocker cum
shock-rocker Alice Cooper, will go on to superstardom.
Zappa, along with certain members of his sizable entourage (the 'Log Cabin' was
run as an early commune, with numerous hangers-on occupying various rooms in
the main house and the guest house, as well as in the peculiar caves and tunnels
lacing the grounds of the home; far from the quaint homestead the name seems to
imply, by the way, the 'Log Cabin' was a cavernous five-level home that featured a
2,000+ square-foot living room with three massive chandeliers and an enormous
floor-to-ceiling stone fireplace), will also be instrumental in introducing the look
and attitude that will define the 'hippie' counterculture (although the Zappa crew
preferred the label 'Freak'). Nevertheless, Zappa (born, curiously enough, on the
Winter Solstice of 1940) never really made a secret of the fact that he had nothing
but contempt for the 'hippie' culture that he helped create and that he surrounded
himself with.
Given that Zappa was, by numerous accounts, a pro-war, rigidly authoritarian
control-freak, it is perhaps not surprising that he would not feel a kinship with the
youth movement that he helped nurture. And it is probably safe to say that Frank's
dad also had little regard for the youth culture of the 1960s, given that Francis
Zappa was, in case you were wondering, a chemical warfare specialist assigned to where else? - the Edgewood Arsenal. Edgewood is, of course, the longtime home of
Page 331 of 508
Published by © 2009
America's chemical warfare program, as well as a facility frequently cited as being
deeply enmeshed in MK-ULTRA operations. Curiously enough, Frank Zappa
literally grew up at the Edgewood Arsenal, having lived the first seven years of his
life in military housing on the grounds of the facility. The family later moved to
Lancaster, California, near Edwards Air Force Base, where Francis Zappa continued
to busy himself with doing classified work for the military/intelligence complex. His
son, meanwhile, prepped himself to become an icon of the peace & love crowd.
Again, nothing unusual about that, I suppose.
Zappa's manager, by the way, is a shadowy character by the name of Herb Cohen,
who had come out to L.A. from the Bronx with his brother Mutt just before the
music and club scene began heating up. Cohen, a former U.S. Marine, had spent a
few years traveling the world before his arrival on the Laurel Canyon scene. Those
travels, curiously, had taken him to the Congo in 1961, at the very time that leftist
Prime Minister Patrice Lumumba was being tortured and killed by our very own
CIA. Not to worry though; according to one of Zappa's biographers, Cohen wasn't in
the Congo on some kind of nefarious intelligence mission. No, he was there, believe
it or not, to supply arms to Lumumba "in defiance of the CIA." Because, you know,
that is the kind of thing that globetrotting ex-Marines did in those days (as we'll see
soon enough when we take a look at another Laurel Canyon luminary).
Making up the other half of Laurel Canyon's First Family is Frank's wife, Gail
Zappa, known formerly as Adelaide Sloatman. Gail hails from a long line of career
Naval officers, including her father, who spent his life working on classified nuclear
weapons research for the U.S. Navy. Gail herself had once worked as a secretary for
the Office of Naval Research and Development (she also once told an interviewer
that she had "heard voices all [her] life"). Many years before their nearly
simultaneous arrival in Laurel Canyon, Gail had attended a Naval kindergarten with
"Mr. Mojo Risin'" himself, Jim Morrison (it is claimed that, as children, Gail once
hit Jim over the head with a hammer). The very same Jim Morrison had later
attended the same Alexandria, Virginia high school as two other future Laurel
Canyon luminaries - John Phillips and Cass Elliott.
"Papa" John Phillips, more so than probably any of the other illustrious residents of
Laurel Canyon, will play a major role in spreading the emerging youth
'counterculture' across America. His contribution will be twofold: first, he will coorganize (along with Manson associate Terry Melcher) the famed Monterrey Pop
Festival, which, through unprecedented media exposure, will give mainstream
America its first real look at the music and fashions of the nascent 'hippie'
movement. Second, Phillips will pen an insipid song known as "San Francisco (Be
Sure to Wear Flowers in Your Hair)," which will quickly rise to the top of the charts.
Along with the Monterrey Pop Festival, the song will be instrumental in luring the
disenfranchised (a preponderance of whom are underage runaways) to San
Francisco to create the Haight-Asbury phenomenon and the famed 1967 "Summer
of Love."
Before arriving in Laurel Canyon and opening the doors of his home to the soon-tobe famous, the already famous, and the infamous (such as the aforementioned
Page 332 of 508
Published by © 2009
Charlie Manson, whose 'Family' also spent time at the Log Cabin and at the Laurel
Canyon home of "Mama" Cass Elliot, which, in case you didn't know, sat right
across the street from the Laurel Canyon home of Abigail Folger and Voytek
Frykowski, but let's not get ahead of ourselves here), John Edmund Andrew Phillips
was, shockingly enough, yet another child of the military/intelligence complex. The
son of U.S. Marine Corp Captain Claude Andrew Phillips and a mother who claimed
to have psychic and telekinetic powers, John attended a series of elite military prep
schools in the Washington, D.C. area, culminating in an appointment to the
prestigious U.S. Naval Academy at Annapolis
After leaving Annapolis, John married Susie Adams, a direct descendant of
'Founding Father' John Adams. Susie's father, James Adams, Jr., had been involved
in what Susie described as "cloak-and-dagger stuff with the Air Force in Vienna," or
what we like to call covert intelligence operations. Susie herself would later find
employment at the Pentagon, alongside John Phillip's older sister, Rosie, who
dutifully reported to work at the complex for nearly thirty years. John's mother,
'Dene' Phillips, also worked for most of her life for the federal government in some
unspecified capacity. And John's older brother, Tommy, was a battle-scarred former
U.S. Marine who found work as a cop on the Alexandria police force, albeit one with
a disciplinary record for exhibiting a violent streak when dealing with people of
John Phillips, of course - though surrounded throughout his life by
military/intelligence personnel - did not involve himself in such matters. Or so we
are to believe. Before succeeding in his musical career, however, John did seem to
find himself, quite innocently of course, in some rather unusual places. One such
place was Havana, Cuba, where Phillips arrived at the very height of the Cuban
Revolution. For the record, Phillips has claimed that he went to Havana as nothing
more than a concerned private citizen, with the intention of - you're going to love
this one - "fighting for Castro." Because, as I mentioned earlier, a lot of folks in
those days traveled abroad to thwart CIA operations before taking up residence in
Laurel Canyon and joining the 'hippie' generation. During the two weeks or so that
the Cuban Missile Crisis played out, a few years after Castro took power, Phillips
found himself cooling his heels in Jacksonville, Florida - alongside, coincidentally
I'm sure, the Mayport Naval Station.
Anyway, let's move on to yet another of Laurel Canyon's earliest and brightest stars,
Mr. Stephen Stills. Stills will have the distinction of being a founding member of
two of Laurel Canyon's most acclaimed and beloved bands: Buffalo Springfield, and,
needless to say, Crosby, Stills & Nash. In addition, Stills will pen perhaps the first,
and certainly one of the most enduring anthems of the 60s generation, "For What
It's Worth," the opening lines of which appear at the top of this post (Stills' followup single will be entitled "Bluebird," which, coincidentally or not, happens to be the
original codename assigned to the MK-ULTRA program).
Before his arrival in Laurel Canyon, Stephen Stills was (*yawn*) the product of yet
another career military family. Raised partly in Texas, young Stephen spent large
swaths of his childhood in El Salvador, Costa Rica, the Panama Canal Zone, and
Page 333 of 508
Published by © 2009
various other parts of Central America - alongside his father, who was, we can be
fairly certain, helping to spread 'democracy' to the unwashed masses in that
endearingly American way. As with the rest of our cast of characters, Stills was
educated primarily at schools on military bases and at elite military academies.
Among his contemporaries in Laurel Canyon, he was widely viewed as having an
abrasive, authoritarian personality. Nothing unusual about any of that, of course, as
we have already seen with the rest of our cast of characters.
There is, however, an even more curious aspect to the Stephen Stills story: Stephen
will later tell anyone who will sit and listen that he had served time for Uncle Sam in
the jungles of Vietnam. These tales will be universally dismissed by chroniclers of
the era as nothing more than drug-induced delusions. Such a thing couldn't possibly
be true, it will be claimed, since Stills arrived on the Laurel Canyon scene at the very
time that the first uniformed troops began shipping out and he remained in the
public eye thereafter. And it will of course be quite true that Stephen Stills could not
have served with uniformed ground troops in Vietnam, but what will be ignored is
the undeniable fact that the U.S. had thousands of 'advisers' - which is to say,
CIA/Special Forces operatives - operating in the country for a good many years
before the arrival of the first official ground troops. What will also be ignored is
that, given his background, his age, and the timeline of events, Stephen Stills not
only could indeed have seen action in Vietnam, he would seem to have been a prime
candidate for such an assignment. After which, of course, he could rather quickly
become - stop me if you've heard this one before - an icon of the peace generation.
Another of those icons, and one of Laurel Canyon's most flamboyant residents, is a
young man by the name of David Crosby, founding member of the seminal Laurel
Canyon band the Byrds, as well as, of course, Crosby, Stills & Nash. Crosby is, not
surprisingly, the son of an Annapolis graduate and WWII military intelligence
officer, Major Floyd Delafield Crosby. Like others in this story, Floyd Crosby spent
much of his post-service time traveling the world. Those travels landed him in
places like Haiti, where he paid a visit in 1927, when the country just happened to
be, coincidentally of course, under military occupation by the U.S. Marines. One of
the Marines doing that occupying was a guy that we met earlier by the name of
Captain Claude Andrew Phillips.
But David Crosby is much more than just the son of Major Floyd Delafield Crosby.
David Van Cortlandt Crosby, as it turns out, is a scion of the closely intertwined Van
Cortlandt, Van Schuyler and Van Rensselaer families. And while you're probably
thinking, "the Van Who families?," I can assure you that if you plug those names in
over at Wikipedia, you can spend a pretty fair amount of time reading up on the
power wielded by this clan for the last, oh, two-and-a-quarter centuries or so.
Suffice it to say that the Crosby family tree includes a truly dizzying array of US
senators and congressmen, state senators and assemblymen, governors, mayors,
judges, Supreme Court justices, Revolutionary and Civil War generals, signers of the
Declaration of Independence, and members of the Continental Congress. It also
includes, I should hasten to add - for those of you with a taste for such things - more
than a few high-ranking Masons. Stephen Van Rensselaer III, for example,
reportedly served as Grand Master of Masons for New York. And if all that isn't
Page 334 of 508
Published by © 2009
impressive enough, according to the New England Genealogical Society, David Van
Cortlandt Crosby is also a direct descendant of 'Founding Fathers' and Federalist
Papers' authors Alexander Hamilton and John Jay.
If there is, as many believe, a network of elite families that has shaped national and
world events for a very long time, then it is probably safe to say that David Crosby is
a bloodline member of that clan (which may explain, come to think of it, why his
semen seems to be in such demand in certain circles - because, if we're being honest
here, it certainly can't be due to his looks or talent.) If America had royalty, then
David Crosby would probably be a Duke, or a Prince, or something similar (I'm not
really sure how that shit works). But other than that, he is just a normal, run-of-themill kind of guy who just happened to shine as one of Laurel Canyon's brightest
stars. And who, I guess I should add, has a real fondness for guns, especially
handguns, which he has maintained a sizable collection of for his entire life.
According to those closest to him, it is a rare occasion when Mr. Crosby is not
packing heat (John Phillips also owned and sometimes carried handguns). And
according to Crosby himself, he has, on at least one occasion, discharged a firearm
in anger at another human being. All of which made him, of course, an obvious
choice for the Flower Children to rally around.
Another shining star on the Laurel Canyon scene, just a few years later, will be
singer-songwriter Jackson Browne, who is - are you getting as bored with this as I
am? - the product of a career military family. Browne's father was assigned to postwar 'reconstruction' work in Germany, which very likely means that he was in the
employ of the OSS, precursor to the CIA. As readers of my "Understanding the FWord" may recall, U.S. involvement in post-war reconstruction in Germany largely
consisted of maintaining as much of the Nazi infrastructure as possible while
shielding war criminals from capture and prosecution. Against that backdrop,
Jackson Browne was born in a military hospital in Heidelberg, Germany. Some two
decades later, he emerged as ... oh, never mind.
Let's talk instead about three other Laurel Canyon vocalists who will rise to dizzying
heights of fame and fortune: Gerry Beckley, Dan Peek and Dewey Bunnell.
Individually, these three names are probably unknown to virtually all readers; but
collectively, as the band America, the three will score huge hits in the early '70s with
such songs as "Ventura Highway," "A Horse With No Name," and the Wizard of Ozthemed "The Tin Man." I guess I probably don't need to add here that all three of
these lads were products of the military/intelligence community. Beckley's dad was
the commander of the now-defunct West Ruislip USAF base near London, England,
a facility deeply immersed in intelligence operations. Bunnell's and Peek's fathers
were both career Air Force officers serving under Beckley's dad at West Ruislip,
which is where the three boys first met.
We could also, I suppose, discuss Mike Nesmith of the Monkees and Cory Wells of
Three Dog Night (two more hugely successful Laurel Canyon bands), who both
arrived in LA not long after serving time with the U.S. Air Force. Nesmith also
inherited a family fortune estimated at $25 million. Gram Parsons, who would
briefly replace David Crosby in The Byrds before fronting The Flying Burrito
Page 335 of 508
Published by © 2009
Brothers, was the son of Major Cecil Ingram "Coon Dog" Connor II, a decorated
military officer and bomber pilot who reportedly flew over 50 combat missions.
Parsons was also an heir, on his mother's side, to the formidable Snively family
fortune. Said to be the wealthiest family in the exclusive enclave of Winter Haven,
Florida, the Snively family was the proud owner of Snively Groves, Inc., which
reportedly owned as much as 1/3 of all the citrus groves in the state of Florida.
And so it goes as one scrolls through the roster of Laurel Canyon superstars. What
one finds, far more often than not, are the sons and daughters of the
military/intelligence complex and the sons and daughters of extreme wealth and
privilege - and oftentimes, you'll find both rolled into one convenient package.
Every once in a while, you will also stumble across a former child actor, like the
aforementioned Brandon DeWilde, or Monkee Mickey Dolenz, or eccentric prodigy
Van Dyke Parks. You might also encounter some former mental patients, such as
James Taylor, who spent time in two different mental institutions in Massachusetts
before hitting the Laurel Canyon scene, or Larry "Wild Man" Fischer, who was
institutionalized repeatedly during his teen years, once for attacking his mother
with a knife (an act that was gleefully mocked by Zappa on the cover of Fischer's
first album). Finally, you might find the offspring of an organized crime figure, like
Warren Zevon, the son of William "Stumpy" Zevon, a lieutenant for infamous LA
crimelord Mickey Cohen.
All these folks gathered nearly simultaneously along the narrow, winding roads of
Laurel Canyon. They came from across the country - although the Washington, DC
area was noticeably over-represented - as well as from Canada and England. They
came even though, at the time, there was no music industry in Los Angeles. They
came even though, at the time, there was no live music scene to speak of. They came
even though, in retrospect, there was no discernable reason for them to do so.
It would, of course, make sense these days for an aspiring musician to venture out
to Los Angeles. But in those days, the centers of the music universe were Nashville,
Memphis and New York. It wasn't the industry that drew the Laurel Canyon crowd,
you see, but rather the Laurel Canyon crowd that transformed Los Angeles into the
epicenter of the music industry. To what then do we attribute this unprecedented
gathering of future musical superstars in the hills above Los Angeles? What was it
that inspired them all to head out west? Perhaps Neil Young said it best when he
told an interviewer that he couldn't really say why he headed out to LA circa 1966;
he and others "were just going like Lemmings."
Page 336 of 508
Published by © 2009
Part 2
May 13, 2008
"He was great, he was unreal - really, really good."
"He had this kind of music that nobody else was doing. I thought he really had
something crazy, something great. He was like a living poet."
©Steven Johnson
[Today's first trivia question: both of the above statements were made, on
separate occasions, by a famous Laurel Canyon musician of the 1960s era. Both
quotes were offered up in praise of another Laurel Canyon musician. Award
yourself five points for correctly identifying the person who made the remarks,
and five for identifying who the statements refer to. The answers are at the end of
this post.]
In the first chapter of this saga, we met a sampling of some of the most successful
and influential rock music superstars who emerged from Laurel Canyon during its
glory days. But these were, alas, more than just musicians and singers and
songwriters who had come together in the canyon; they were destined to become
the spokesmen and de facto leaders of a generation of disaffected youth (as Carl
Gottlieb noted in David Crosby's co-written autobiography, "the unprecedented
mass appeal of the new rock 'n' roll gave the singers a voice in public affairs.") That,
of course, makes it all the more curious that these icons were, to an overwhelming
degree, the sons and daughters of the military/intelligence complex and the scions
of families that have wielded vast wealth and power in this country for a very long
Page 337 of 508
Published by © 2009
When I recently presented to a friend a truncated summary of the information
contained in the first installment of this series, said friend opted to play the devil's
advocate by suggesting that there was nothing necessarily nefarious in the fact that
so many of these icons of a past generation hailed from military/intelligence
families. Perhaps, he suggested, they had embarked on their chosen careers as a
form of rebellion against the values of their parents. And that, I suppose, might be
true in a couple of cases. But what are we to conclude from the fact that such an
astonishing number of these folks (along with their girlfriends, wives, managers,
etc.) hail from a similar background? Are we to believe that the only kids from that
era who had musical talent were the sons and daughters of Navy Admirals, chemical
warfare engineers and Air Force intelligence officers? Or are they just the only ones
who were signed to lucrative contracts and relentlessly promoted by their labels and
the media?
If these artists were rebelling against, rather than subtly promoting, the values of
their parents, then why didn't they ever speak out against the folks they were
allegedly rebelling against? Why did Jim Morrison never denounce, or even
mention, his father's key role in escalating one of America's bloodiest illegal wars?
And why did Frank Zappa never pen a song exploring the horrors of chemical
warfare (though he did pen a charming little ditty entitled "The Ritual Dance of the
Child-Killer")? And which Mamas and Papas song was it that laid waste to the
values and actions of John Phillip's parents and in-laws? And in which interview,
exactly, did David Crosby and Stephen Stills disown the family values that they were
raised with?
In the coming weeks, we will take a much closer look at these folks, as well as at
many of their contemporaries, as we endeavor to determine how and why the youth
'counterculture' of the 1960s was given birth. According to virtually all the accounts
that I have read, this was essentially a spontaneous, organic response to the war in
Southeast Asia and to the prevailing social conditions of the time. 'Conspiracy
theorists,' of course, have frequently opined that what began as a legitimate
movement was at some point co-opted and undermined by intelligence operations
such as CoIntelPro. Entire books, for example, have been written examining how
presumably virtuous musical artists were subjected to FBI harassment and/or
whacked by the CIA.
Here we will, as you have no doubt already ascertained, take a decidedly different
approach. The question that we will be tackling is a more deeply troubling one:
"what if the musicians themselves (and various other leaders and founders of the
'movement') were every bit as much a part of the intelligence community as the
people who were supposedly harassing them?" What if, in other words, the entire
youth culture of the 1960s was created not as a grass-roots challenge to the status
quo, but as a cynical exercise in discrediting and marginalizing the budding antiwar movement and creating a fake opposition that could be easily controlled and
led astray? And what if the harassment these folks were subjected to was largely a
stage-managed show designed to give the leaders of the counterculture some muchneeded 'street cred'? What if, in reality, they were pretty much all playing on the
same team?
Page 338 of 508
Published by © 2009
I should probably mention here that, contrary to popular opinion, the
'hippie'/'flower child' movement was not synonymous with the anti-war movement.
As time passed, there was, to be sure, a fair amount of overlap between the two
'movements.' And the mass media outlets, as is their wont, did their very best to
portray the flower-power generation as the torch-bearers of the anti-war movement
- because, after all, a ragtag band of unwashed, drug-fueled long-hairs sporting
flowers and peace symbols was far easier to marginalize than, say, a bunch of
respected college professors and their concerned students. The reality, however, is
that the anti-war movement was already well underway before the first aspiring
'hippie' arrived in Laurel Canyon. The first Vietnam War 'teach-in' was held on the
campus of the University of Michigan in March of 1965. The first organized walk on
Washington occurred just a few weeks later. Needless to say, there were no 'hippies'
in attendance at either event. That 'problem' would soon be rectified. And the antiwar crowd - those who were serious about ending the bloodshed in Vietnam,
anyway - would be none too appreciative.
As Barry Miles has written in his coffee-table book, Hippie, there were some hippies
involved in anti-war protests, "particularly after the police riot in Chicago in 1968
when so many people got injured, but on the whole the movement activists looked
on hippies with disdain." Peter Coyote, narrating the documentary "Hippies" on The
History Channel, added that "Some on the left even theorized that the hippies were
the end result of a plot by the CIA to neutralize the anti-war movement with LSD,
turning potential protestors into self-absorbed naval-gazers." An exasperated Abbie
Hoffman once described the scene as he remembered it thusly: "There were all
these activists, you know, Berkeley radicals, White Panthers ... all trying to stop the
war and change things for the better. Then we got flooded with all these 'flower
children' who were into drugs and sex. Where the hell did the hippies come from?!"
As it turns out, they came, initially at least, from a rather private, isolated, largely
self-contained neighborhood in Los Angeles known as Laurel Canyon (in contrast
to the other canyons slicing through the Hollywood Hills, Laurel Canyon has its
own market, the semi-famous Laurel Canyon Country Store; its own deli and
cleaners; its own elementary school, the Wonderland School; its own boutique
shops and salons; and, in more recent years, its own celebrity reprogramming
rehab facility named, as you may have guessed, the Wonderland Center. During
its heyday, the canyon even had its own management company, Lookout
Management, to handle the talent. At one time, it even had its own newspaper.)
One other thing that I should add here, before getting too far along with this series,
is that this has not been an easy line of research for me to conduct, primarily
because I have been, for as long as I can remember, a huge fan of 1960s music and
culture. Though I was born in 1960 and therefore didn't come of age, so to speak,
until the 1970s, I have always felt as though I was ripped off by being denied the
opportunity to experience firsthand the era that I was so obviously meant to inhabit.
During my high school and college years, while my peers were mostly into faceless
corporate rock (think Journey, Foreigner, Kansas, Boston, etc.) and, perhaps worse
yet, the twin horrors of New Wave and Disco music, I was faithfully spinning my
Hendrix, Joplin and Doors albums (which I still have, or rather my eldest daughter
Page 339 of 508
Published by © 2009
still has, in the original vinyl versions) while my color organ (remember those?)
competed with my black light and strobe light. I grew my hair long until well past
the age when it should have been sheared off. I may have even strung beads across
the doorway to my room, but it is possible that I am confusing my life with that of
Greg Brady, who, as we all remember, once converted his dad's home office into a
groovy bachelor pad.
Anyway ... as I have probably mentioned previously on more than one occasion, one
of the most difficult aspects of this journey that I have been on for the last decade or
so has been watching so many of my former idols and mentors fall by the wayside as
it became increasingly clear to me that people who I once thought were the good
guys were, in reality, something entirely different than what they appear to be. The
first to fall, naturally enough, were the establishment figures - the politicians who I
once, quite foolishly, looked up to as people who were fighting the good fight, within
the confines of the system, to bring about real change. Though it now pains me to
admit this, there was a time when I admired the likes of (egads!) George McGovern
and Jimmy Carter, as well as (oops, excuse me for a moment; I seem to have just
thrown up in my mouth a little bit) California pols Tom Hayden and Jerry Brown. I
even had high hopes, oh-so-many-years-ago, for (am I really admitting this in
print?) aspiring First Man Bill Clinton.
Since I mentioned Jerry "Governor Moonbeam" Brown, by the way, I must now
digress just a bit - and we all know how I hate it when that happens. But as luck
would have it, Jerry Brown was, curiously enough, a longtime resident of a little
place called Laurel Canyon. As readers of Programmed to Kill may recall, Brown
lived on Wonderland Avenue, not too many doors down from 8763 Wonderland
Avenue, the site of the infamous "Four on the Floor" murders, regarded by grizzled
LA homicide detectives as the most bloody and brutal multiple murder in the city's
very bloody history (if you get a chance, by the way, check out "Wonderland" with
Val Kilmer the next time it shows up on your cable listings; it is, by Hollywood
standards, a reasonably accurate retelling of the crime, and a pretty decent film as
As it turns out, you see, the most bloody mass murder in LA's history took place in
one of the city's most serene, pastoral and exclusive neighborhoods. And strangely
enough, the case usually cited as the runner-up for the title of bloodiest crime scene
- the murders of Stephen Parent, Sharon Tate, Jay Sebring, Voytek Frykowski and
Abigail Folger at 10050 Cielo Drive in Benedict Canyon, just a couple miles to the
west of Laurel Canyon - had deep ties to the Laurel Canyon scene as well.
As previously mentioned, victims Folger and Frykowski lived in Laurel Canyon, at
2774 Woodstock Road, in a rented home right across the road from a favored
gathering spot for Laurel Canyon royalty. Many of the regular visitors to Cass
Elliot's home, including a number of shady drug dealers, were also regular visitors
to the Folger/Frykowski home (Frykowski's son, by the way, was stabbed to death
on June 6, 1999, thirty years after his father met the same fate.) Victim Jay
Sebring's acclaimed hair salon sat right at the mouth of Laurel Canyon, just below
the Sunset Strip, and it was Sebring, alas, who was credited with sculpting Jim
Page 340 of 508
Published by © 2009
Morrison's famous mane. One of the investors in his Sebring International business
venture was a Laurel Canyon luminary who I may have mentioned previously, Mr.
John Phillips.
Sharon Tate was also well known in Laurel Canyon, where she was a frequent visitor
to the homes of friends like John Phillips, Cass Elliott, and Abby Folger. And when
she wasn't in Laurel Canyon, many of the canyon regulars, both famous and
infamous, made themselves at home in her place on Cielo Drive. Canyonite Van
Dyke Parks, for example, dropped by for a visit on the very day of the murders. And
Denny Doherty, the other "Papa" in The Mamas and the Papas, has claimed that he
and John Phillips were invited to the Cielo Drive home on the night of the murders,
but, as luck would have it, they never made it over. (Similarly, Chuck Negron of
Three Dog Night, a regular visitor to the Wonderland death house, had set up a
drug buy on the night of that mass murder, but he fell asleep and never made it
Along with the victims, the alleged killers also lived in and/or were very much a part
of the Laurel Canyon scene. Bobby "Cupid" Beausoleil, for example, lived in a
Laurel Canyon apartment during the early months of 1969. Charles "Tex" Watson,
who allegedly led the death squad responsible for the carnage at Cielo Drive, lived
for a time in a home on - guess where? - Wonderland Avenue. During that time,
curiously enough, Watson co-owned and worked in a wig shop in Beverly Hills,
Crown Wig Creations, Ltd., that was located near the mouth of Benedict Canyon.
Meanwhile, one of Jay Sebring's primary claims-to-fame was his expertise in
crafting men's hairpieces, which he did in his shop near the mouth of Laurel
Canyon. A typical day then in the late 1960s would find Watson crafting hairpieces
for an upscale Hollywood clientele near Benedict Canyon, and then returning home
to Laurel Canyon, while Sebring crafted hairpieces for an upscale Hollywood
clientele near Laurel Canyon, and then returned home to Benedict Canyon. And
then one crazy day, as we all know, one of them became a killer and the other his
victim. But there's nothing odd about that, I suppose, so let's move on.
Oh, wait a minute ... we can't quite move on just yet, as I forgot to mention that
Sebring's Benedict Canyon home, at 9820 Easton Drive, was a rather infamous
Hollywood death house that had once belonged to Jean Harlow and Paul Bern. The
mismatched pair were wed on July 2, 1932, when Harlow, already a huge star of the
silver screen, was just twenty-one years old. Just two months later, on September 5,
Bern caught a bullet to the head in his wife's bedroom. He was found sprawled
naked in a pool of his own blood, his corpse drenched with his wife's perfume. Upon
discovering the body, Bern's butler promptly contacted MGM's head of security,
Whitey Hendry, who in turn contacted Louis B. Mayer and Irving Thalberg. All
three men descended upon the Benedict Canyon home to, you know, tidy up a bit. A
couple hours later, they decided to contact the LAPD. This scene would be repeated
years later when Sebring's friends would rush to the home to clean up before
officers investigating the Tate murders arrived.
Bern's death was, needless to say, written off as a suicide. His newlywed wife,
strangely enough, was never called as a witness at the inquest. Bern's other wife Page 341 of 508
Published by © 2009
which is to say, his common-law wife, Dorothy Millette - reportedly boarded a
Sacramento riverboat on September 6, 1932, the day after Paul's death. She was
next seen floating belly-up in the Sacramento River. Her death, as would be
expected, was also ruled a suicide. Less than five years later, Harlow herself
dropped dead at the ripe old age of 26. At the time, authorities opted not to divulge
the cause of death, though it was later claimed that bad kidneys had done her in.
During her brief stay on this planet, Harlow had cycled through three turbulent
marriages and yet still found time to serve as Godmother to Bugsy Siegel's daughter,
Though Bern's was the most famous body to be hauled out of the Easton Drive
house in a coroner's bag, it certainly wasn't the only one. Another man had
reportedly committed suicide there as well, in some unspecified fashion. Yet
another unfortunate soul drowned in the home's pool. And a maid was once found
swinging from the end of a rope. Her death, needless to say, was ruled a suicide as
well. That's a lot of blood for one home to absorb, but the house's morbid history,
though a turn-off to many prospective residents, was reportedly exactly what
attracted Jay Sebring to the property. His murder would further darken the black
cloud hanging over the home.
As Laurel Canyon chronicler Michael Walker has noted, LA's two most notorious
mass murders, one in August of 1969 and the other in July of 1981 (both involving
five victims, though at Wonderland one of the five miraculously survived), provided
rather morbid bookends for Laurel Canyon's glory years. Walker though, like others
who have chronicled that time and place, treats these brutal crimes as though they
were unfortunate aberrations. The reality, however, is that the nine bodies
recovered from Cielo Drive and Wonderland Avenue constitute just the tip of a very
large, and very bloody, iceberg. To partially illustrate that point, here is today's
second trivia question: what do Diane Linkletter (daughter of famed entertainer Art
Linkletter), legendary comedian Lenny Bruce, screen idol Sal Mineo, starlet Inger
Stevens, and silent film star Ramon Novarro, all have in common?
If you answered that all were found dead in their homes, either in or at the mouth of
Laurel Canyon, in the decade between 1966 and 1976, then award yourself five
points. If you added that all five were, in all likelihood, murdered in their Laurel
Canyon homes, then add five bonus points.
Only two of them, of course, are officially listed as murder victims (Mineo, who was
stabbed to death outside his home at 8563 Holloway Drive on February 12, 1976,
and Novarro, who was killed near the Country Store in a decidedly ritualistic
fashion on the eve of Halloween, 1968). Inger Steven's death in her home at 8000
Woodrow Wilson Drive, on April 30, 1970 (Walpurgisnacht on the occult calendar),
was officially a suicide, though why she opted to propel herself through a decorative
glass screen as part of that suicide remains a mystery. Perhaps she just wanted to
leave behind a gruesome crime scene, and simple overdoses can be so, you know,
bloodless and boring.
Diane Linkletter, as we all know, sailed out the window of her Shoreham Towers
Page 342 of 508
Published by © 2009
apartment because, in her LSD-addled state, she thought she could fly, or some
such thing. We know this because Art himself told us that it was so, and because the
story was retold throughout the 1970s as a cautionary tale about the dangers of
drugs. What we weren't told, however, is that Diane (born, curiously enough, on
Halloween day, 1948) wasn't alone when she plunged six stories to her death on the
morning of October 4, 1969. Au contraire, she was with a gent by the name of
Edward Durston, who, in a completely unexpected turn of events, accompanied
actress Carol Wayne to Mexico some 15 years later. Carol, alas, perhaps weighed
down by her enormous breasts, managed to drown in barely a foot of water, while
Mr. Durston promptly disappeared. As would be expected, he was never questioned
by authorities about Wayne's curious death. After all, it is quite common for the
same guy to be the sole witness to two separate 'accidental' deaths.
Art also neglected to mention, by the way, that just weeks before Diane's curious
death, another member of the Linkletter clan, Art's son-in-law, John Zwyer, caught
a bullet to the head in the backyard of his Hollywood Hills home. But that, of
course, was an unconnected, uhmm, suicide, so don't go thinking otherwise.
I'm not even going to discuss here the circumstances of Bruce's death from acute
morphine poisoning on August 3, 1966, because, to be perfectly honest, I don't
know too many people who don't already assume that Lenny was whacked. I'll just
note here that his funeral was well-attended by the Laurel Canyon rock icons, and
control over his unreleased material fell into the hands of a guy by the name of
Frank Zappa. And another rather unsavory character named Phil Spector, whose
crack team of studio musicians, dubbed The Wrecking Crew, were the actual
musicians playing on many studio recordings by such bands as The Monkees, The
Byrds, The Beach Boys, and The Mamas and the Papas.
Page 343 of 508
Published by © 2009
Part 3
May 13, 2008
"I mean, fuck, he auditioned for Neil [Young] for fuck's sake."
Graham Nash, explaining to author Michael Walker how close Charlie Manson was
to the Laurel Canyon scene.
During the ten-year period during which Bruce, Novarro, Mineo, Linkletter,
Stevens, Tate, Sebring, Frykowski and Folger all turned up dead, a whole lot of
other people connected to Laurel Canyon did as well, often under very questionable
circumstances. The list includes, but is certainly not limited to, all of the following
* Marina Elizabeth Habe, whose body was carved up and tossed into the heavy
brush along Mulholland Drive, just west of Bowmont Drive, on December 30, 1968.
Habe, just seventeen at the time of her death, was the daughter of Hans Habe, who
emigrated to the U.S. from fascist Austria circa 1940. Shortly thereafter, he married
a General Foods heiress and began studying psychological warfare at the Military
Intelligence Training Center. After completing his training, he put his psychological
warfare skills to use by creating 18 newspapers in occupied Germany - under the
direction, no doubt, of the OSS.
* Christine Hinton, who was killed in a head-on collision on September 30, 1969.
At the time, Hinton was a girlfriend of David Crosby and the founder and head of
The Byrd's fan club. She was also the daughter of a career Army officer stationed at
the notorious Presidio military base in San Francisco. Another of Crosby's
girlfriends from that same era was Shelley Roecker, who grew up on the Hamilton
Air Force Base in Marin County.
* Jane Doe #59, found dumped into the heavy undergrowth of Laurel Canyon in
Page 344 of 508
Published by © 2009
November 1969, within sight of where Habe had been dumped less than a year
earlier. The teenage girl, who was never identified, had been stabbed 157 times in
the chest and throat.
* Alan "Blind Owl" Wilson, singer, songwriter and guitarist for the Laurel
Canyon blues-rock band, Canned Heat, was found dead in his Topanga Canyon
home on September 3, 1970. His death was written off as a suicide/OD. Wilson had
moved to Topanga Canyon after the band's Laurel Canyon home - on Lookout
Mountain Avenue, next door to Joni Mitchell and Graham Nash's home - burned to
the ground. "Blind Owl" was just twenty-seven years old at the time of his death. A
little more than a decade later, Wilson's former bandmate, Bob "The Bear" Hite,
who had once acknowledged in an interview that he had partied in the canyons with
various members of the Manson Family, died of a heart attack at the ripe old age of
* Jimi Hendrix, who reportedly briefly occupied the sprawling mansion just north
of the Log Cabin after he moved to LA in 1968, died in London under seriously
questionable circumstances on September 18, 1970. Though he rarely spoke of it,
Jimi had served a stint in the U.S. Army with the 101st Airborne Division at Fort
Campbell. His official records indicate that he was forced into the service by the
courts and then released after just one year when he purportedly proved to be a
poor soldier. One wonders though why he was assigned to such an elite division if
he was indeed such a failure. One also wonders why he wasn't subjected to
disciplinary measures rather than being handed a free pass out of his ostensibly
court-ordered service. In any event, Jimi himself once told reporters that he was
given a medical discharge after breaking an ankle during a parachute jump. And
one biographer has claimed that Jimi faked being gay to earn an early release. The
truth, alas, remains rather elusive. At the time of Jimi's death, the first person called
by his girlfriend - Monika Danneman, who was the last to see Hendrix alive - was
Eric Burden of the Animals. Two years earlier, Burden had relocated to LA and
taken over ringmaster duties from Frank Zappa after Zappa had vacated the Log
Cabin and moved into a less high-profile Laurel Canyon home. Within a year of
Jimi's death, an underage prostitute named Devon Wilson who had been with Jimi
the day before his death, plunged from an eighth-floor window of New York's
Chelsea Hotel. On March 5, 1973, a shadowy character named Michael Jeffery, who
had managed both Hendrix and Burden, was killed in a mid-air plane collision.
Jeffery was known to openly boast of having organized crime connections and of
working for the CIA. After Jimi's death, it was discovered that Jeffery had been
funneling most of Hendrix's gross earnings into offshore accounts in the Bahamas
linked to international drug trafficking. Years later, on April 5, 1996, Danneman,
the daughter of a wealthy German industrialist, was found dead near her home in a
fume-filled Mercedes.
* Jim Morrison, who for a time lived in a home on Rothdell Trail, behind the
Laurel Canyon Country Store, may or may not have died in Paris on July 3, 1971.
The events of that day remain shrouded in mystery and rumor, and the details of
the story, such as they are, have changed over the years. What is known is that, on
that very same day, Admiral George Stephen Morrison delivered the keynote speech
Page 345 of 508
Published by © 2009
at a decommissioning ceremony for the aircraft carrier USS Bon Homme Richard,
from where, seven years earlier, he had helped choreograph the Tonkin Gulf
Incident. A few years after Jim's death, his common-law wife, Pamela Courson,
dropped dead as well, officially of a heroin overdose. Like Hendrix, Morrison had
been an avid student of the occult, with a particular fondness for the work of
Aleister Crowley. According to super-groupie Pamela DesBarres, he had also "read
all he could about incest and sadism." Also like Hendrix, Morrison was just twentyseven at the time of his (possible) death.
* Brandon DeWilde, a good friend of David Crosby and Gram Parsons, was killed
in a freak accident in Colorado on July 6, 1972, when his van plowed under a flatbed
truck. In the 1950s, DeWilde had been an in-demand child actor since the age of
eight. He had appeared on screen with some of the biggest names in Hollywood,
including Alan Ladd, Lee Marvin, Paul Newman, John Wayne, Kirk Douglas and
Henry Fonda. Around 1965, DeWilde fell in with Hollywood's 'Young Turks,'
through whom he met and befriended Crosby, Parsons, and various other members
of the Laurel Canyon Club. DeWilde was just thirty at the time of his death.
* Christine Frka, a former governess for Moon Unit Zappa and the Zappa family's
former housekeeper at the Log Cabin, died on November 5, 1972 of an alleged drug
overdose, though friends suspected foul play. As "Miss Christine," Frka had been a
member of the Zappa-created GTOs, a musical act, of sorts, composed entirely of
very young groupies. She was also the inspiration for the song, "Christine's Tune:
Devil in Disguise" by Gram Parson's Flying Burrito Brothers. Frka was probably in
her early twenties when she died, possibly even younger.
* Danny Whitten, a guitarist/vocalist/songwriter with Neil Young's sometime
band, Crazy Horse, died of an overdose on November 18, 1972. According to rock 'n'
roll legend, Whitten had been fired by Young earlier that day during rehearsals in
San Francisco. Young and Jack Nietzsche, Phil Spector's former top assistant, had
given Whitten $50 and put him on a plane back to LA. Within hours, he was dead.
Whitten was just twenty-nine.
* Bruce Berry, a roadie for Crosby, Stills, Nash & Young, died of a heroin overdose
in June 1973. Berry had just flown out to Maui to deliver a shipment of cocaine to
Stephen Stills, and was promptly sent back to LA by Crosby and Nash. Berry was a
brother of Jan Berry, of Jan and Dean. (Dean Torrence, the "Dean" of Jan and
Dean, had played a part in the fake kidnapping of Frank Sinatra, Jr., just after the
JFK assassination. The staged event was a particularly lame effort to divert
attention away from the questions that were cropping up, after the initial shock had
passed, about the events in Dealey Plaza.)
* Clarence White, a guitarist who had played with The Byrds, was run over by a
drunk driver and killed on July 14, 1973. White had grown up near Lancaster, not
far from where Frank Zappa spent his teen years. At least one member of White's
immediate family was employed at Edwards Air Force Base. The driver who killed
young Clarence, just twenty-nine years old at the time of his death, was given a oneyear suspended sentence and served no time.
Page 346 of 508
Published by © 2009
* Gram Parsons, formerly with the International Submarine Band, The Byrds and
the Flying Burrito Brothers, allegedly overdosed on a speedball at the Joshua Tree
Inn on September 19, 1973. Just two months before his death, Parson's Topanga
Canyon home had burnt to the ground. After his death, his body was stolen from
LAX by the Burrito's road manager, Phil Kaufman, and then taken back out to
Joshua Tree and ritually burned on the autumnal equinox (Kaufman had been a
prison buddy of Charlie Manson's at Terminal Island; when Phil was released from
Terminal Island in March of 1968, he quickly reunited with his old pal, who had
been released a year earlier.) By the time of Gram's death, his family had already
experienced its share of questionable deaths. Just before Christmas, 1958, Parson's
father had sent Gram, along with his mother and sister, off to stay with family in
Florida. The next day, just after the winter solstice, "Coon Dog" caught a bullet to
the head. His death was recorded as a suicide and it was claimed that he had sent
his family away to spare them as much pain as possible. It seems just as likely,
however, that "Coon Dog" knew his days were numbered and wanted to get his
family out of the line of fire. The next year, 1959, Gram's mother married again, to
Robert Ellis Parsons, who adopted Gram and his sister Avis. Six years later, in June
of 1965, Gram's mother died the day after a sudden illness landed her in the
hospital. According to witnesses, she died "almost immediately" after a visit from
her husband, Robert Parsons. Many of those close to the situation believed that
Parsons had a hand in her death (very shortly thereafter, Robert Parsons married
his stepdaughter's teenage babysitter). Following his mother's death, Parsons
briefly attended Harvard University, and then launched his music career with the
formation of the International Submarine Band, which quickly found its way to where else? - Laurel Canyon. Gram's death in 1973 at the age of 26 left his younger
sister Avis as the sole surviving member of the family. She was killed in 1993,
reportedly in a boating accident, at the age of 43.
* "Mama" Cass Elliot, the "Earth Mother" of Laurel Canyon whose circle of
friends included musicians, Mansonites, young Hollywood stars, the wealthy son of
a State Department official, singer/songwriters, assorted drug dealers, and some
particularly unsavory characters the LAPD once described as "some kind of hit
squad," died in the London home of Harry Nilsson on July 29, 1974 (Nilsson had
been a frequent drinking buddy of John Lennon in Laurel Canyon and on the
Sunset Strip). At thirty-two, Cass had lived a long and productive life, by Laurel
Canyon standards. Four years later, in the very same room of the very same London
flat, still owned by Harry Nilsson, Keith Moon of The Who also died at thirty-two
(on September 7, 1978). Though initial press reports held that Cass had choked to
death on a ham sandwich, the official cause of death was listed as heart failure. Her
actual cause of death could likely be filed under "knowing where too many of the
bodies were buried." Moon reportedly died from a massive overdose of a drug used
to treat alcohol withdrawal.
* Amy Gossage, Graham Nash's girlfriend at the time, was murdered in her San
Francisco home on February 13, 1975. Just twenty years old at the time, she had
been stabbed nearly fifty times and was bludgeoned beyond recognition. Amy's
father, a famed advertising/PR executive, had died of leukemia in 1969. Not long
after, her half-sister had been killed in a car crash. In May of 1974, her mother, the
Page 347 of 508
Published by © 2009
daughter of a wealthy banking family, died as well, reportedly of cirrhosis of the
liver. That left just Amy, age 19, and her brother Eben, age 20, both of whom
reportedly had serious drug dependencies. Amy's brutal murder, cleverly enough,
was pinned on Eben. Police had conveniently found bloodstained clothes, along
with a hammer and scissors, sitting on the porch of Eben's apartment, looking very
much as though it had been planted. A friend of Eben's would later remark, perhaps
quite tellingly, "If Eben did kill her, I'm convinced he doesn't know he did it."
* Tim Buckley, a singer/songwriter signed to Frank Zappa's record label and
managed by Herb Cohen, died of a reported overdose on June 29, 1975. Buckley had
once appeared on an episode of The Monkees, and, like Monkee Peter Tork (and so
many others in this story), he hailed from Washington, DC. Buckley was just
twenty-eight at the time of his death. His son, Jeff Buckley, also an accomplished
musician, managed to remain on this planet two years longer than his dad did; he
was thirty when he died in a bizarre drowning incident on May 29, 1997.
* Phyllis Major Browne, wife of singer/songwriter Jackson Browne, reportedly
overdosed on barbiturates on March 25, 1976. Her death was - you all should know
the words to this song by now - ruled a suicide. She was just thirty years old.
There are a few other curious deaths we could add here as well, though they were
only indirectly related to the Laurel Canyon scene. Nevertheless, they deserve an
honorable mention, especially the Bobby Fuller and Phil Ochs entries; the former
because it is a rather extraordinary example of the exemplary work done by the
LAPD, and the latter because it just may contain a key to understanding the Laurel
Canyon phenomenon:
* Bobby Fuller, singer/songwriter/guitarist for the Bobby Fuller Four, was found
dead in his car near Grauman's Chinese Theater on July 18, 1966, after being lured
away from his home by a mysterious 2:00-3:00 AM phone call of unknown origin.
Fuller is best known for penning the hit song "I Fought the Law," which had just hit
the charts when he supposedly committed suicide at the age of twenty-three. There
were multiple cuts and bruises on his face, chest and shoulders, dried blood around
his mouth, and a hairline fracture to his right hand. He had been thoroughly doused
with gasoline, including in his mouth and throat. The inside of the car was doused
as well, and an open book of matches lay on the seat. It was perfectly obvious that
Fuller's killer (or killers) had planned to torch the car, destroying all evidence, but
likely got scared away. The LAPD, nevertheless, ruled Fuller's death a suicide despite the coroner's conclusion that the gas had been poured after Bobby's death.
Police later decided that it wasn't a suicide after all, but rather an accident. They
didn't bother to explain how Fuller had accidentally doused himself with gasoline
after accidentally killing himself. At the time of his death, one of Fuller's closest
confidants was a prostitute named Melody who worked at PJ's nightclub, where
Bobby frequently played. The club was co-owned by Eddie Nash, who would, many
years later, orchestrate the Wonderland massacre. A few years after Bobby's death,
his brother and bass player, Randy Fuller, teamed up with drummer Dewey Martin,
formerly of Buffalo Springfield.
Page 348 of 508
Published by © 2009
* Gary Hinman, a musician, music teacher, and part-time chemist, was brutally
murdered in his Topanga Canyon home on July 27, 1969. Convicted of his murder
was Mansonite Bobby Beausoleil, who had played rhythm guitar in a local band
known as the Grass Roots. To avoid confusion with the more famous band already
using that name, the Laurel Canyon band changed its name to Love. Beausoleil
would claim that the band's new name was inspired by his own nickname, Cupid.
* Janis Joplin, vocalist extraordinaire, was found dead of a heroin overdose on
October 4, 1970 at the Landmark Hotel, about a mile east of the mouth of Laurel
Canyon, where she occasionally visited. Indications were that she had taken or been
given a "hot shot," many times stronger than standard street heroin. Joplin's father,
by the way, was a petroleum engineer for Texaco. And though it might normally
seem an odd coupling, it somehow seems perfectly natural, in the context of this
story, that Janis once dated that great crusader in the war on all things immoral,
William Bennett. Like Morrison and Hendrix, Joplin died at the age of twentyseven.
* Duane Allman and Berry Oakley, lead guitarist and bass player for the
Allman Brothers, were killed in freakishly similar motorcycle crashes on October
29, 1971 and November 11, 1972. Allman was the son of Willis Allman, a US Army
Sergeant who had been murdered by another soldier near Norfolk, Virginia (home
of the world's largest naval installation) on December 26, 1949. In 1967, Duane and
his younger brother, Gregg, then billing themselves as The Allman Joys, ventured
out to Los Angeles. While there, Gregg auditioned for and was almost signed by the
Laurel Canyon band Poco, which featured Buffalo Springfield alumni Richie Furay
and Jim Messina, as well as future Eagle Randy Meisner. Duane was killed when a
truck turned in front of his motorcycle at an intersection and inexplicably stopped.
Just over a year later, Oakley had a similar run-in with a bus, just three blocks from
where Allman had been killed. Following the crash, Berry had dusted himself off
and declined medical attention, insisting that he was okay. Three hours later, he
was rushed to the hospital, where he died. Both Oakley and Allman were just
twenty-four years old.
* Phil Ochs, folk singer/songwriter and political activist, was found hanged in his
sister's home in Far Rockaway, New York on April 9, 1976. Throughout his life,
Ochs was one of the most overtly political of the 1960s rock and folk music stars. A
regular attendee at anti-war, civil rights, and labor rallies, Ochs appeared to be, at
all times, an unwavering political leftist (he named his first band The Singing
Socialists). That all changed, however, and rather dramatically, in the months
before his death. Born in El Paso, Texas on December 19, 1940, Phil and his family
moved frequently during the first few years of his life. His father, Dr. Jacob Ochs,
had been drafted by the US Army and assigned to various military hospitals in New
York, New Mexico and Texas. In 1943, Dr. Ochs was shipped overseas, returning
two years later with a medical discharge. Upon his return, he was immediately
institutionalized and didn't return to his family for another two years. During that
time, he was subjected to every 'treatment' imaginable, including electroshock
'therapy.' When he finally returned to his family, in 1947, he was but a shell of his
former self, described by Phil's sister as "almost like a phantom." Beginning in the
Page 349 of 508
Published by © 2009
fall of 1956, Phil Ochs began attending Staunton Military Academy, the very same
institution that future 'serial killer'/cult leader Gary Heidnik would attend just one
year after Ochs graduated. During Phil's two years there, a friend and fellow band
member was found swinging from the end of a rope (I probably don't need to add
here that the death was ruled a suicide). Following graduation, Phil enrolled at Ohio
State University, but not before, oddly enough, having a little plastic surgery done to
alter his appearance (doing such things, needless to say, was rather uncommon in
1958). In early 1962, just months before his scheduled graduation, Ochs dropped
out of college to pursue a career in music. By 1966, he had released three albums. In
1967, under the management of his brother, Michael Ochs, Phil moved out to Los
Angeles. Michael had begun working the previous year as an assistant to Barry
James, who maintained a party house at 8504 Ridpath in Laurel Canyon. In the
early 1970s, with his career beginning to fade, Phil Ochs began to travel
internationally, usually accompanied by vast quantities of booze and pills. Those
travels included a visit to Chile, not long before the US-sponsored coup that toppled
Salvador Allende. In early summer of 1975, Phil Ochs' public persona abruptly
changed. Using the name John Butler Train, Ochs proclaimed himself to be a CIA
operative and presented himself as a belligerent, right-wing thug. He told an
interviewer that, "on the first day of summer 1975, Phil Ochs was murdered in the
Chelsea Hotel by John Train ... For the good of societies, public and secret, he
needed to be gotten rid of."
That symbolic assassination, on the summer solstice, took place at the same hotel
that Devon Wilson had flown out of a few years earlier. One of Ochs' biographers
would later write that Phil/John "actually believed he was a member of the CIA."
Also in those final months of his life, Ochs began compiling curious lists, with
entries that clearly were references to US biological warfare research: "shellfish
toxin, Fort Dietrich, cobra venom, Chantilly Race Track, hollow silver dollars, New
York Cornell Hospital ..."
Many years before Ochs' metamorphosis, in an interesting bit of foreshadowing,
psychological warfare operative George Estabrooks explained how US intelligence
agencies could create the perfect spy: "We start with an excellent subject ... we need
a man or woman who is highly intelligent and physically tough. Then we start to
develop a case of multiple personality through hypnotism. In his normal waking
state, which we will call Personality A, or PA, this individual will become a rabid
communist. He will join the party, follow the party line and make himself as
objectionable as possible to the authorities. Note that he will be acting in good faith.
He is a communist, or rather his PA is a communist and will behave as such. Then
we develop Personality B (PB), the secondary personality, the unconscious
personality, if you wish, although this is somewhat of a contradiction in terms. This
personality is rabidly American and anti-communist. It has all the information
possessed by PA, the normal personality, whereas PA does not have this advantage
... My super spy plays his role as a communist in his waking state, aggressively,
consistently, fearlessly. But his PB is a loyal American, and PB has all the memories
of PA. As a loyal American, he will not hesitate to divulge those memories."
Estabrooks never explained what would happen if the programming were to go
haywire and Personality B were to become the conscious personality, but my guess
Page 350 of 508
Published by © 2009
is that such a person would be considered a severe liability and would be treated
accordingly. They might even be find themselves swinging from the end of a rope.
Phil Ochs was thirty-five at the time of his death.
And with that, I think we can move on now from the Laurel Canyon Death List. The
list is not yet complete, mind you, since we have only covered the years 1966-1976.
Rest assured then that we will continue to add names as we follow the various
threads of this story. Some of those names will be quite familiar, while others will be
significantly less so. One of the names from that era that has been all but forgotten
is Judee Lynn Sill, who was once favorably compared to such other Laurel
Canyon singer/songwriters as Joni Mitchell, Judi Collins and Carole King. By the
time of her death on November 23, 1979, however, she had been all but forgotten,
and not a single obituary was published to note her passing.
Judee was born in Studio City, California, not far from the northern entrance to
Laurel Canyon, on October 7, 1944. Her father, Milford "Bud" Sill, was reportedly a
cameraman for Paramount Studios with numerous Hollywood connections. When
Judee was quite young, however, Bud moved the family to Oakland and opened a
bar known as "Bud's Bar." He also operated a side business as an importer of rare
animals, which required him to spend a considerable amount of time traveling in
Central and South America. Such a business, it should be noted, would provide an
ideal cover for covert intelligence work. In any event, Bud Sill was dead by 1952,
when Judee was just seven or eight years old. Depending on who is telling the story,
Bud died either from pneumonia or a heart attack.
Following Bud's death, the family relocated back to Southern California and Judee's
older brother Dennis, still in his teens, took over the family importing business.
That didn't last long though as Dennis soon turned up dead down in Central
America, either from a liver infection or a car accident. The animal importing
business, I guess, is a rather dangerous one.
Judee's mother, Oneta, met and married Ken Muse, an Academy Award winning
animator for Hanna-Barbera who was described by Judee as an abusive, violent
alcoholic. At fifteen, Judee fled her violent home life and lived with an older man
with whom she pulled off a series of armed robberies in the San Fernando Valley.
Those activities landed her in reform school, which did little to curb her appetite for
drugs, crime and alcohol. She spent the next few years with a serious heroin
addiction, which she financed by dealing drugs and turning tricks in some of LA's
seedier neighborhoods.
By 1963, Judee had cleaned herself up enough to enroll in junior college. In the
early winter of 1965, however, Judee's mom, her last surviving family member, died
either of cancer or of complications arising from her chronic alcoholism (take your
pick; the details of this story will likely remain forever elusive). Barely an adult,
Judee was left all alone in the world, and thus began another downward spiral into
drugs and crime, which culminated in her being arrested and possibly serving time
on forgery and drug charges.
Page 351 of 508
Published by © 2009
In the late 1960s, with her addictions apparently temporarily curbed, Sill joined the
Laurel Canyon scene, where she attempted to forge a career as a singer/songwriter.
Her first big break came when she sold the song "Lady O" to The Turtles (yet
another Laurel Canyon band to hit it big in the mid-1960s; best known for the hit
single "Happy Together," The Turtles were led by lead vocalist/songwriter Howard
Kaylan, who happened to be, small world that it is, a cousin of Frank Zappa's
manager and business partner, Herb Cohen). The band released the song, which
featured Judee's guitar work, in 1969. The next year, Sill became the first artist
signed to David Geffen's fledgling Asylum record label. The year after that, her selftitled debut album became Asylum's first official release. The first single from the
album, "Jesus Was a Crossmaker," was produced by Graham Nash, whom she
opened for on tour following the album's release.
Though critically well-received, the album's sales were disappointing, in part
because the record was overshadowed by the debut albums of Jackson Browne and
The Eagles, both released by Asylum shortly after the release of Judee's album. Sill's
second album, 1973's "Heart Food," was even more of a commercial
disappointment. Nevertheless, in 1974 she began work on a third album in Monkee
Mike Nesmith's recording studio. Prior to completion, however, she abandoned the
project and promptly disappeared without a trace. What became of her between
that time and her death some five years later remains largely a mystery. It is
assumed that she once again descended into a life of drugs and prostitution, but no
one seems to know for sure.
It is alleged that she was seriously injured when her car was rear-ended by actor
Danny Kaye, causing her to suffer from chronic back pain thereafter, thus
contributing to her drug addictions. According to a friend of hers, she lived in a
home that featured an enormous photo of Bela Lugosi above the fireplace, a large
ebony cross above her bed, and racks of candles. She is said to have read extensively
from Rosicrucian manuscripts and from the writings of Aleister Crowley, to have
possessed a complete collection of the work of Helena Blavatsky, and to have been a
gifted tarot card reader.
What is known for sure is that, on the day after Thanksgiving, 1979, Judee Sill, the
last surviving member of her family, was found dead in a North Hollywood
apartment. The cause of death was listed as "acute cocaine and codeine
intoxication." It was claimed that a suicide note was found, but friends insisted that
the supposed note was either a portion of a diary entry or an unfinished song. One
of her friends would later note that, at some point in her life, Judee began to realize
that "there was a part of her that wasn't under her conscious control." I'm guessing
that Phil Ochs, and quite a few other characters in this story, could relate to that.
Page 352 of 508
Published by © 2009
Part 4
May 19, 2008
The bridge of the USS Bon Homme Richard, January 1964. Just months later, the guy on the right
would guide his ship into the Tonkin Gulf, and the young man on the left would begin a remarkable
transformation into a brooding rock god. The Bon Homme Richard, by the way, was launched on
April 29, 1944, under the sponsorship of Catherine McCain, the grandmother of a certain presidential
contender. ©Unknown
Until around 1913, Laurel Canyon remained an undeveloped (and unincorporated)
slice of LA - a pristine wilderness area rich in native flora and fauna. That all began
to change when Charles Spencer Mann and his partners began buying up land along
what would become Laurel Canyon Boulevard, as well as up Lookout Mountain. A
narrow road leading up to the crest of Lookout Mountain was carved out, and upon
that crest was constructed a lavish 70-room inn with sweeping views of the city
below and the Pacific Ocean beyond. The Lookout Inn featured a large ballroom,
riding stables, tennis courts and a golf course, among other amenities. But the inn,
alas, would only stand for a decade; in 1923, it burned down, as tends to happen
rather frequently in Laurel Canyon.
In 1913, Mann began operating what was billed as the nation's first trackless trolley,
to ferry tourists and prospective buyers from Sunset Boulevard up to what would
become the corner of Laurel Canyon Boulevard and Lookout Mountain Avenue.
Around that same time, he built a massive tavern/roadhouse on that very same
corner. Dubbed the Laurel Tavern, the structure boasted a 2,000+ square-foot
formal dining room, guest rooms, and a bowling alley on the basement level. The
Laurel Tavern, of course, would later be acquired by Tom Mix, after which it would
be affectionately known as the Log Cabin.
Shortly after the Log Cabin was built, a department store mogul (or a wealthy
furniture manufacturer; there is more than one version of the story, or perhaps the
man owned more than one business) built an imposing, castle-like mansion across
Page 353 of 508
Published by © 2009
the road, at the corner of Laurel Canyon Boulevard and what would become Willow
Glen Road. The home featured rather creepy towers and parapets, and the
foundation is said to have been riddled with secret passageways, tunnels, and
hidden chambers. Similarly, the grounds of the estate were (and still are) laced with
trails leading to grottoes, elaborate stone structures, and hidden caves and tunnels.
Across Laurel Canyon Boulevard, the grounds of the Laurel Tavern/Log Cabin were
also laced with odd caves and tunnels. As Michael Walker notes in Laurel Canyon,
"Running up the hillside, behind the house, was a collection of man-made caves
built out of stucco, with electric wiring and light bulbs inside." According to various
accounts, one secret tunnel running under what is now Laurel Canyon Boulevard
connected the Log Cabin (or its guesthouse) to the Houdini estate. This claim is
frequently denounced as an urban legend, but given that both properties are known
to possess unusual, uhmm, geological features, it's not hard to believe that the
tunnel system on one property was connected at one time to the tunnel system on
the other. The Tavern itself, as Gail Zappa would later describe it, was "huge and
vault-like and cavernous."
Lookout Inn
With these two rather unusual structures anchoring an otherwise undeveloped
canyon, and the Lookout Inn sitting atop uninhabited Lookout Mountain, Mann set
about marketing the canyon as a vacation and leisure destination. The land that he
carved up into subdivisions with names like "Bungalow Land" and "Wonderland
Park" was presented as the ideal location to build vacation homes. But the new inn
and roadhouse, and the new parcels of land for sale, definitely weren't for everyone.
The roadhouse was essentially a country club, or what Jack Boulware of Mojo
Magazine described as "a masculine retreat for wealthy men." And Bungalow Land
was openly advertised as "a high class restricted park for desirable people only."
"Desirable people," of course, tended to be wealthy people without a great deal of
skin pigmentation.
As the website of the current Laurel Canyon Association notes, "restrictive
covenants were attached to the new parcel deeds. These were thinly veiled attempts
to limit ownership to white males of a certain class. While there are many
Page 354 of 508
Published by © 2009
references to the bigotry of the developers in our area, it would appear that some
residents were also prone to bias and lawlessness. This article was published in a
local paper in 1925:
Frank Sanceri, the man who was flogged by self-styled 'white knights' on Lookout
Mountain in Hollywood several months ago, was found not guilty by a jury in
Superior Judge Shea's courtroom of having unlawfully attacked Astrea Jolley, aged
"Wealthier residents were also attracted to Laurel Canyon. With the creation of the
Hollywood film industry in 1910, the canyon attracted a host of 'photoplayers,'
including Wally Reid, Tom Mix, Clara Bow, Richard Dix, Norman Kerry, Ramon
Navarro, Harry Houdini and Bessie Love."
The author of this little slice of Laurel Canyon history would clearly like us to
believe that the "wealthier residents" were a group quite separate from the violent
hooligans roaming the canyon. The history of such groups in Los Angeles, however,
clearly suggests otherwise. Paul Young, for example, has written in L.A. Exposed of
Los Angeles' early "vigilance committees, which stepped in to take care of outlaws
on their own, often with the complete absolution of the mayor himself. Judge
Lynch, for example, formed the Los Angeles Rangers in 1854 with some of the city's
top judges, lawyers, and businessmen including tycoon Phineas Banning of the
Banning Railroad. And there was the Los Angeles Home Guard, another
bloodthirsty paramilitary organization, made up of notable citizens, and the muchfeared El Monte Rangers, a group of Texas wranglers that specialized in killing
Mexicans. As one would expect, there was no regard for the victim's rights in such
kangaroo courts. Victims were often dragged from their homes, jail cells, even
churches, and beaten, horse-whipped, tortured, mutilated, or castrated before being
strung up on the nearest tree."
And that, dear readers, is how we do things out here on the 'Left' Coast.
Laurel Canyon Map
Before moving on, I need to mention here that, of the eight celebrity residents of
Laurel Canyon listed by the Association, fully half died under questionable
circumstances, and three of the four did so on days with occult significance. While
Bessie Love, Norman Kerry, Richard Dix and Clara Bow all lived long and healthy
Page 355 of 508
Published by © 2009
lives, Ramon Navarro, as we have already seen, was ritually murdered in his home
on Laurel Canyon Boulevard on the eve of Halloween, 1968. Nearly a half-century
earlier, on January 18, 1923, matinee idol Wallace Reid was found dead in a padded
cell at the mental institution to which he had been confined. Just thirty-one years
old, Reid's death was attributed to morphine addiction, though it was never
explained how he would have fed that habit while confined to a cell in a mental
Tom Mix died on a lonely stretch of Arizona highway in the proverbial single-car
crash on October 12, 1940 (the birthday of notorious occultist Aleister Crowley),
when he quite unexpectedly encountered some temporary construction barricades
that had been set up alongside a reportedly washed-out bridge. Although he wasn't
speeding (by most accounts), Mix was nevertheless allegedly unable to stop in time
and veered off the road, while a crew of what were described as "workmen"
reportedly looked on. It wasn't the impact that killed Mix though, but rather a
severe blow to the back of the head and neck, purportedly delivered during the
crash by an aluminum case he had been carrying in the back seat of his car. There is
now a roadside marker at the spot where Mix died. If you should happen to stop by
to have a look, you might as well pay a visit to the Florence Military Reservation as
well, since it's just a stone's throw away.
Harry Houdini died on Halloween day, 1926, purportedly of an attack of
appendicitis precipitated by a blow to the stomach. The problem with that story,
however, is that medical science now recognizes it to be an impossibility. According
to a recent book about the famed illusionist (The Secret Life of Houdini, by William
Kalush and Larry Sloman), Houdini was likely murdered by poisoning. Questions
have been raised, the book notes, by the curious lack of an autopsy, an
"experimental serum" that Houdini was apparently given in the hospital, and
indications that his wife, Bess, may have been poisoned as well (though she
survived). On March 23, 2007, an exhumation of Houdini's remains was formally
requested by his surviving family members. It is unclear at this time when, or even
if, that will happen.
Houdini's death, on October 31, 1926, came exactly eight years after the first death
to occur in what would become known as the "Houdini house." In 1918, not long
after the home was built, a lover's quarrel arose on one of the home's balconies
during a Halloween/birthday party. The gay lover of the original owner's son
reportedly ended up splattered on the ground below. According to legend, the
businessman managed to get his son off, but only after paying off everyone he could
find to pay off, including the trial judge. The aftermath of the party proved to be
financially devastating for the family, and the home was apparently put up for sale.
Not long after that, as fate would have it, Harry Houdini was looking for a place to
stay in the Hollywood area, as he had decided to break into the motion picture
business. He found the perfect home in Laurel Canyon - the home that would,
forever after, carry his name. By most accounts, he lived there from about 1919
through the early 1920s, during a brief movie career in which he starred in a
handful of Hollywood films. A key scene in one of those films, "The Grim Game,"
Page 356 of 508
Published by © 2009
was reportedly shot at the top of Lookout Mountain, near where the Lookout Inn
then stood.
Houdini House
On October 31, 1959, precisely thirty-three years after Houdini's death, and fortyone years after the unnamed party guest's death, the distinctive mansion on the
corner of Laurel Canyon Boulevard and Willow Glen Road burned to the ground in
a fire of mysterious origin (the ruins of the estate remain today, undisturbed for
nearly fifty years). On October 31, 1981, exactly twenty-two years after the fire
across the road, the legendary Log Cabin on the other side of Laurel Canyon
Boulevard also burned to the ground, in yet another fire of mysterious origin (some
reports speculated that it was a drug lab explosion). And twenty-five years after
that, on October 31, 2006, The Secret Life of Houdini was published, challenging
the conventional wisdom on Houdini's death.
Far more compelling than the revelations about Houdini's death, however, was
something else about the illusionist that the book revealed for the first time: Harry
Houdini was a spook working for both the U.S. Secret Service and Scotland Yard.
And his traveling escape act, as it turns out, was pretty much a cover for intelligence
activities. Just as, as I think I wrote in a previous newsletter, John Wilkes Booth
used his career as a traveling stage performer as a cover for intelligence operations.
And just as - sorry to have to break it to you - many of your favorite movie and
television actors and musical artists continue in that tradition today.
The book, of course, doesn't make such reckless allegations about any performers
other than Houdini. I added all of that. What the book does do, however, is
compellingly document that Houdini was, in fact, an intelligence asset who used his
magic act as a cover. Not only did the authors obtain corroborating documentation
from Scotland Yard, they also received an endorsement of their claim from no less
an authority than John McLaughlin, former Acting Director of the Central
Intelligence Agency (who knew it was that easy? - maybe I should give John a call
and run some of my theories by him).
It appears then that, of the eight celebrity residents of Laurel Canyon listed on the
Laurel Canyon Association website, at least two (Novarro and Houdini), and
possibly as many as four, were murdered. That seemed like a rather high homicide
rate to me, so I looked up a recent study on the Internet and found that, on average,
Page 357 of 508
Published by © 2009
a white person in this country has about a 1-in-345 chance of being murdered. Nonwhite persons, of course, have a far greater chance of being murdered, but nowhere
near the 1-in-4 to 1-in-2 odds that a white celebrity living in Laurel Canyon faces.
Statistically speaking, if you were a famous actor in the 1920s, you would have been
better off playing a round of Russian Roulette than living in Laurel Canyon.
Anyway ... two ambitious projects in the 1940s brought significant changes to
Laurel Canyon. First, Laurel Canyon Boulevard was extended into the San
Fernando Valley, providing access to the canyon from both the north and the south.
The widened boulevard was now a winding thoroughfare, providing direct access to
the Westside from the Valley. Traffic, needless to say, increased considerably, which
probably worked out well for the planners of the other project, because it meant
that the increased traffic brought about by that other project probably wasn't
noticed at all. And that's good, you see, because the other project was a secret one,
so if I tell you about it, you have to promise not to tell anyone else.
What would become known as Lookout Mountain Laboratory was originally
envisioned as an air defense center. Built in 1941 and nestled in two-and-a-half
secluded acres off what is now Wonderland Park Avenue, the installation was
hidden from view and surrounded by an electrified fence. By 1947, the facility
featured a fully operational movie studio. In fact, it is claimed that it was perhaps
the world's only completely self-contained movie studio. With 100,000 square feet
of floor space, the covert studio included sound stages, screening rooms, film
processing labs, editing facilities, an animation department, and seventeen climatecontrolled film vaults. It also had underground parking, a helicopter pad and a
bomb shelter.
Lookout Mountain Laboratory
Over its lifetime, the studio produced some 19,000 classified motion pictures - more
than all the Hollywood studios combined (which I guess makes Laurel Canyon the
real 'motion picture capital of the world'). Officially, the facility was run by the U.S.
Air Force and did nothing more nefarious than process AEC footage of atomic and
nuclear bomb tests. The studio, however, was clearly equipped to do far more than
just process film. There are indications that Lookout Mountain Laboratory had an
Page 358 of 508
Published by © 2009
advanced research and development department that was on the cutting edge of
new film technologies. Such technological advances as 3-D effects were apparently
first developed at the Laurel Canyon site. And Hollywood luminaries like John
Ford, Jimmy Stewart, Howard Hawks, Ronald Reagan, Bing Crosby, Walt Disney
and Marilyn Monroe were given clearance to work at the facility on undisclosed
projects. There is no indication that any of them ever spoke of their work at the
clandestine studio.
The facility retained as many as 250 producers, directors, technicians, editors,
animators, etc., both civilian and military, all with top security clearances - and all
reporting to work in a secluded corner of Laurel Canyon. Accounts vary as to when
the facility ceased operations. Some claim it was in 1969, while others say the
installation remained in operation longer. In any event, by all accounts the secret
bunker had been up and running for more than twenty years before Laurel Canyon's
rebellious teen years, and it remained operational for the most turbulent of those
The existence of the facility remained unknown to the general public until the early
1990s, though it had long been rumored that the CIA operated a secret movie studio
somewhere in or near Hollywood. Filmmaker Peter Kuran was the first to learn of
its existence, through classified documents he obtained while researching his 1995
documentary, "Trinity and Beyond." And yet even today, some 15 years after its
public disclosure, one would have trouble finding even a single mention of this
secret military/intelligence facility anywhere in the 'conspiracy' literature.
I think we can all agree though that there is nothing the least bit suspicious about
any of that, so let's move on.
In the 1950s, as Barney Hoskyns has written in Hotel California, Laurel Canyon was
home to all "the hippest young actors," including, according to Hoskyns, Marlon
Brando, James Dean, James Coburn and Dennis Hopper. In addition to Hopper
and Dean, yet another of the young stars of "Rebel Without a Cause" found a home
in the canyon as well: Natalie Wood. In fact, Natalie lived in the very home that
Cass Elliot would later turn into a Laurel Canyon party house. A fourth young star
Page 359 of 508
Published by © 2009
of the film, Sal Mineo, lived at the mouth of the canyon, and the fifth member of the
"Rebel Without a Cause" posse, Nick Adams, lived just a mile or so away (as the
crow flies) in neighboring Coldwater Canyon.
With the exception of Hopper, all of their lives were tragically cut short, proving
once again that Laurel Canyon can be a very dangerous place to live.
First there was that great American icon, James Dean, who ostensibly died in a near
head-on collision on September 30, 1955, at the tender age of twenty-four. Next to
fall was Nick Adams, who had known Dean before either were stars, when both
were working the mean streets of Hollywood as young male prostitutes. Adams died
on February 6, 1968, at the age of thirty-six, in his home at 2126 El Roble Lane in
Coldwater Canyon. His official cause of death was listed as suicide, of course, but as
actor Forrest Tucker has noted, "All of Hollywood knows Nick Adams was knocked
off." Nick's relatives reportedly received numerous hang-up calls on the day of his
death, and his tape recorder, journals and various other papers and personal effects
were conspicuously missing from his home. His lifeless body, sitting upright in a
chair, was discovered by his attorney, Ervin "Tip" Roeder. On June 10, 1981, Roeder
and his wife, actress Jenny Maxwell (best known for being spanked by Elvis in "Blue
Hawaii"), were gunned down outside their Beverly Hills condo.
Next in line was Sal Mineo, whose murder on February 12, 1976 we have already
covered. Last to fall was Natalie Wood, who died on November 29, 1981 in a
drowning incident that has never been adequately explained. Before being found
floating in the waters off Catalina Island, Wood had been aboard a private yacht in
the company of actors Robert Wagner and Christopher Walken. She was forty-three
when she was laid to rest.
The list of famous former residents of the canyon also includes the names of W.C.
Fields, Mary Astor, Roscoe "Fatty" Arbuckle, Errol Flynn, Orson Welles, and Robert
Mitchum, who was infamously arrested on marijuana charges in 1948 at 8334
Ridpath Drive, the same street that would later be home to rockers Roger McGuinn,
Don Henley and Glen Frey, as well as to Paul Rothchild, producer of both The Doors
and Love. Mitchum's arrest, by the way, appears to have been a thoroughly staged
affair that cemented his 'Hollywood bad boy' image and gave his career quite a
boost, but I guess that's not really relevant here.
Another famous resident of Laurel Canyon, apparently in the 1940s, was sciencefiction writer Robert Heinlein, who reportedly resided at 8775 Lookout Mountain
Avenue. Like so many other characters in this story, Heinlein was a graduate of the
U.S. Naval Academy at Annapolis and he had served as a naval officer. After that, he
embarked on a successful writing career. And despite the fact that he was, by any
objective measure, a rabid right-winger, his work was warmly embraced by the
Flower Power generation.
Heinlein's best-known work is the novel Stranger in a Strange Land, which many in
the Laurel Canyon scene found to be hugely influential. Ed Sanders has written, in
The Family, that the book "helped provide a theoretical basis for Manson's family."
Page 360 of 508
Published by © 2009
Charlie frequently used Strange Land terminology when addressing his flock and he
named his first Family-born son Valentine Michael Manson, in honor of the book's
lead character.
David Crosby was a big Heinlein fan as well. In his autobiography, he references
Heinlein on more than one occasion, and proclaims that, "In a society where people
can go armed, it makes everybody a little more polite, as Robert A. Heinlein says in
his books." Frank Zappa was also a member of the Robert Heinlein fan club. Barry
Miles notes in his biography of the rock icon that his home contained "a copy of
Saint-Exupery's The Little Prince and other essential sixties reading, including
Robert Heinlein's sci-fi classic, Stranger in a Strange Land, from which Zappa
borrowed the word 'discorporate' for [the song] 'Absolutely Free.'"
And that, fearless readers, more or less brings us to the Laurel Canyon era that we
are primarily concerned with, the wild and wooly 1960s, which we will take a closer
look at in the next chapter of this saga.
So what, if anything, have we learned today? We have learned that murder and
random acts of violence have been a part of the culture of the canyon since the
earliest days of its development. We have also learned that spooks posing as
entertainers have likewise been a part of the canyon scene since the earliest days.
And, finally, we have learned that spooks who didn't even bother to pose as
entertainers were streaming into the canyon to report to work at Lookout Mountain
Laboratory for at least twenty years before the first rock star set foot there.
One final note is in order here: we are supposed to believe that all of these musical
icons just sort of spontaneously came together in Laurel Canyon (one finds the
words "serendipitous" sprinkled freely throughout the literature). But how many
peculiar coincidences do we have to overlook in order to believe that this was just a
chance gathering?
Let's suppose, hypothetically speaking, that you are the young man in the photo at
the top of this post, and you have recently arrived in Laurel Canyon and now find
yourself fronting a band that is on the verge of taking the country by storm. Just a
mile or so down Laurel Canyon Boulevard from you lives another guy who also
recently arrived in Laurel Canyon, and who also happens to front a band on the
verge of stardom. He happens to be married to a girl that you attended kindergarten
with, and her dad, like yours, was involved in atomic weapons research and testing
(Admiral George Morrison for a time did classified work at White Sands). Her
husband's dad, meanwhile, is involved in another type of WMD research: chemical
This other guy's business partner/manager is a spooky ex-Marine who just happens
to have a cousin who, bizarrely enough, also fronts a rock band on the verge of
superstardom. And this third rock-star-on-the-rise also happens to live in Laurel
Canyon, just a mile or two from your house. Just down a couple of other streets,
also within walking distance of your home, live two other kids who - wouldn't you
know it? - also happen to front a new rock band. These two kids happened to attend
Page 361 of 508
Published by © 2009
the same Alexandria, Virginia high school that you attended, and one of them also
attended Annapolis, just like your dad did, and just like your kindergarten friend's
dad did.
Though almost all of you hail from (or spent a substantial portion of your childhood
in) the Washington, D.C. area, you now find yourselves on the opposite side of the
country, in an isolated canyon high above the city of Los Angeles, where you are all
clustered around a secret military installation. Given his background in research on
atomic weapons, your father is probably familiar to some extent with the existence
and operations of Lookout Mountain Laboratory, as is the father of your
kindergarten friend, and probably the fathers of a few other Laurel Canyon figures
as well.
My question here, I guess, is this: what do you suppose the odds are that
all of that just came together purely by chance?
Page 362 of 508
Published by © 2009
Part 5
June 6, 2008
June 6, 2008
"Call them freaks, the underground, the counter-culture, flower children or hippies
- they are all loose labels for the youth culture of the 60s ..."
Barry Miles, author of Hippie
"This is how I remember my life. Other folks may not have the same memories,
even though we might have shared some of the same experiences."
So begins David Crosby's autobiography, Long Time Gone (co-written by Carl
Gottlieb). As it turns out, quite a few other folks seem to remember some people in
Crosby's life who are all but ignored in the lengthy book. The names are casually
dropped only once, and not by Crosby but rather in a quote from manager Jim
Dickson in which he describes the scene at the Sunset Strip clubs when The Byrds
played: "We had them all. We had Jack Nicholson dancing, we had Peter Fonda
dancing with Odetta, we had Vito and his Freakers."
Following that brief mention by Dickson, Gottlieb briefly explains to readers that,
"Vito and his Freakers were an acid-drenched extended family of brain-damaged
cohabitants." And that, in an incredibly self-indulgent 489-page tome, is the only
mention you will find of "Vito and his Freakers" - despite the fact that, by just about
all other accounts, the group dismissed as "brain-damaged cohabitants" played a
key role in the early success of Crosby's band. And the early success of Arthur Lee's
band. And the early success of Frank Zappa's band. And the early success of Jim
Morrison's band. But especially in the early success of David Crosby's band.
As Barry Miles noted in his biography of Frank Zappa, "The Byrds were closely
associated with Vito and the Freaks: Vito Paulekas, his wife Zsou and Karl Franzoni,
Page 363 of 508
Published by © 2009
the leaders of a group of about 35 dancers whose antics enlivened the Byrds early
gigs." In Waiting for the Sun, Barney Hoskyns writes that the early success of The
Byrds and other bands was due in no small part to "the roving troupe of self-styled
'freaks' led by ancient beatnik Vito Paulekas and his trusty, lusty sidekick Carl
Franzoni." Alban "Snoopy" Pfisterer, former drummer and keyboardist for the band
Love, went further still, claiming that Vito actually "got the Byrds together, as I
remember - they did a lot of rehearsing at his pad."
And according to various other accounts, The Byrds did indeed utilize Vito's 'pad' as
a rehearsal studio, as did Arthur Lee's band. More importantly, the Freaks drew the
crowds into the clubs to see the fledgling bands perform. But as important as their
contribution was to helping launch the careers of the Laurel Canyon bands, "Vito
and his Freakers" were notable for something else as well; according to Barry Miles,
writing in his book Hippie, "The first hippies in Hollywood, perhaps the first hippies
anywhere, were Vito, his wife Zsou, Captain Fuck and their group of about thirtyfive dancers. Calling themselves Freaks, they lived a semi-communal life and
engaged in sex orgies and free-form dancing whenever they could."
Some of those who were on the scene at the time agree with Miles' assessment that
Vito and his troupe were indeed the very first hippies. Arthur Lee, for example,
boasted that they "started the whole hippie thing: Vito, Karl, Szou, Beatle Bob,
Bryan and me." One of David Crosby's fellow Byrds, Chris Hillman, also credited
the strange group with being at the forefront of the hippie movement: "Carl and all
those guys were way ahead of everyone on hippiedom fashion." Ray Manzarek of
The Doors remembered them as well: "There were these guys named Carl and Vito
who had a dance troupe of gypsy freaks. They were let in for free, because they were
these quintessential hippies, which was great for tourists."
If these folks really were the very first hippies, the first riders of that 'countercultural' wave, then we should probably try to get to know them. As it turns out,
however, that is not such an easy thing to do. Most accounts - and there aren't all
that many - offer little more than a few first names, with no consensus agreement
on how those first names are even spelled ("Karl" and "Carl" appear
interchangeably, as do "Szou" and "Zsou," and "Godot" and "Godo"). But for you,
dear readers - because I apparently have way too much time on my hands - I have
gone the extra mile and sifted through the detritus to dig up at least some of the
sordid details.
By all accounts the troupe was led by one Vito Paulekas, whose full name is said to
have been Vitautus Alphonsus Paulekas. Born the son of a Lithuanian sausagemaker circa 1912, Vito hailed from Lowell, Massachusetts. From a young age, he
developed a habit of running afoul of the law. According to Miles, he spent a yearand-a-half in a reformatory as a teenager and "was busted several times after that."
In 1938, he was convicted of armed robbery and handed a 25-year sentence
following a botched attempt at holding up a movie theater. By 1942, however, just
four years later, he had been released into the custody, so to speak, of the US
Merchant Marine (a branch of the US Navy during wartime), ostensibly to escort
ships running lend-lease missions.
Page 364 of 508
Published by © 2009
Following his release from the service, circa 1946, Vito arrived in Los Angeles. What
he did for the next fifteen years or so is anyone's guess; there is virtually no mention
of those years in any of the accounts I have stumbled across. What is known is that
by the early 1960s, Vito was ensconced in an unassuming building at the corner of
Laurel Avenue and Beverly Boulevard, just below the mouth of Laurel Canyon (and
very near Jay Sebring's hair salon). At street level was his young wife Szou's clothing
boutique, which has been credited by some of those making the scene in those days
with being the very first to introduce 'hippie' fashions. Upstairs was the living
quarters for Vito, Szou and their young son, Godot. Downstairs was what was
known as the "Vito Clay" studio, where, according to Miles and various others,
Paulekas "made a living of sorts by giving clay modeling lessons to Beverly Hills
matrons who found the atmosphere in his studio exciting."
According to most accounts, it wasn't really the Mayan-tomb decor of the studio
that many of the matrons found so exciting, but rather Vito's reportedly insatiable
sexual appetite and John Holmesian physique. In any event, Vito's students also
apparently included such Hollywood luminaries as Jonathon Winters, Mickey
Rooney and Steve Allen. Nevertheless, though Paulekas claimed to be a serious
artist (a painter, poet, dancer and photographer, in addition to a sculptor), there is
scant evidence that I have seen that supports such claims (I am not, however, the
most objective of art critics, as I am, as best I can determine, apparently not
cultured enough to 'get' the majority of what passes for art).
As for his erstwhile sidekick, Carl Orestes Franzoni, he has claimed in interviews
that his "mother was a countess" and his father "was a stone carver from Rutland,
Vermont. The family was brought from Italy, from the quarries in the northern part
of Italy, to cut the stone for the monuments of the United States." That would make
his father, I'm guessing here, someone of some importance in the Mason
community, if Carl is to be believed. By Franzoni's own account, he grew up as
something of a young hoodlum in Cincinnati, Ohio, and later went into business
with some shady Sicilian characters selling mail-order breast and penis pumps out
of an address on LA's fabled Melrose Avenue. As Franzoni remembered it, his
Page 365 of 508
Published by © 2009
business "partner's name was Scallacci, Joe Scallacci - the same name as the famous
murderer Scallacci. Probably from the same family." Probably so.
Franzoni, born circa 1934, hooked up with the older Paulekas sometime around
1963 and soon after became his constant sidekick. As previously mentioned, the
group also included Vito's wife Szou, an ex-cheerleader who had hooked up with
Paulekas when she was just sixteen and he was already in his fifties. Also in the
troupe was a young Rory Flynn (Errol Flynn's statuesque daughter), a bizarre
character named Ricky Applebaum who had half a moustache on one side of his
face and half a beard on the other, most of the young girls who would later become
part of Frank Zappa's GTO project, and a lot of other oddball characters who
donned ridiculous pseudonyms like Linda Bopp, Butchie, Beatle Bob, Emerald, and
Karen Yum Yum.
Also flitting about the periphery of the dance troupe were a young Gail Sloatman
(the future Mrs. Zappa, for those who have already forgotten) and a curious
character on the LA music scene by the name of Kim Fowley. The two were, for a
time, closely allied, and even cut a record together as "Bunny and the Bear" that
Fowley produced ("America's Sweethearts"). In 1966, Fowley produced a record for
Vito as well, billed as "Vito and the Hands." The 7" single, "Where It's At," which
featured the musicianship of some of Frank Zappa's Mothers of Invention, came no
closer to entering the charts than did Fowley and Sloatman's effort. Sloatman, by
the way, soon found work as an assistant and booking agent for Elmer Valentine,
who we will meet shortly.
Fowley, as with so many other characters in this story, has a rather interesting
history. He was born in 1939, the son of actor Douglas Fowley, a WWII Navy
veteran and attendee of St. Francis Xavier Military Academy. According to the
younger Fowley's account, he was initially abandoned to a foster home but later
taken back and raised by his father. He grew up in upscale Malibu, California,
where he shared his childhood home with "a bunch of actors and guys from the
Navy." At the age of six-and-a-half, Fowley had an unusual experience that he later
shared with author Michael Walker: dressed up in a sailor suit by his dad and his
Navy buddies, he was taken "to a photographer named William, who took a picture
Page 366 of 508
Published by © 2009
of me in the sailor suit. His studio was next door to the Canyon [Country] Store."
Right after that, he was driven down Laurel Canyon Boulevard to the near-mythical
Schwabs Drugstore, where "everybody cheered and two chorus girls grabbed my
six-year-old cock and balls and stuck a candy cigarette in my mouth."
Nice story, Mr. Fowley. Thanks for sharing.
It's probably safe to assume that childhood experiences such as that helped to
prepare Fowley for his later employment as a young male street hustler, a
profession that he practiced on the seedy streets of the city of angels (by Fowley's
own account, I should probably add here, just as it was James Dean himself who
claimed to have worked those same streets with Nick Adams). Following that,
Fowley spent some time serving with the Army National Guard, after which he
devoted his life to working in the LA music industry as a musician, writer and
producer - as well as, according to some accounts, a master manipulator.
Around 1957, Fowley played in a band known as the Sleepwalkers, alongside future
Beach Boy Bruce Johnston. At times, a diminutive young guitarist named Phil
Spector - who had moved out to LA with his mother not too many years earlier,
following the suicide of his father when Phil was just nine - sat in with the group.
During the 1960s, Fowley was best known for producing such ridiculous yet beloved
novelty songs as the Hollywood Argyles' "Alley Oop" and the Rivington's "Papa
Oom-Mow-Mow," though he also did more respectable work, such as collaborating
on some Byrds' tracks and having some of his original songs covered by both the
Beach Boys and the Flying Burrito Brothers.
In 1975, Fowley had perhaps his greatest success when he created the Runaways,
further lowering the bar that Frank Zappa had already set rather low some years
earlier when he had created and recorded the GTOs. The Runaways featured
underage versions of Joan Jett and Lita Ford, whom Fowley tastefully attired in
leather and lingerie. As he would later boast, "Everyone loved the idea of 16-yearold girls playing guitars and singing about fucking." Especially, I would imagine,
their mothers and fathers. Some of the young girls in the band, including Cherie
Page 367 of 508
Published by © 2009
Curry, would later accuse Fowley of requiring them to perform sexual services for
he and his associates as a prerequisite for membership in the group.
Prior to assembling the Runaways, one of Fowley's proudest accomplishments had
been producing the 1969 album "I'm Back and I'm Proud" by rockabilly pioneer
Gene Vincent, featuring backing vocals by Canyonite Linda Ronstadt. Just two years
later, Vincent - a Navy veteran raised in that penultimate Navy town, Norfolk,
Virginia - permanently checked out of the Hotel California on October 12, 1971
(there's that date again), due reportedly to a ruptured stomach ulcer. Not long
before his death, Vincent had been on tour in the UK, but he had hastily returned to
the US due to pressure from, among others, promoter Don Arden. Known none-tooaffectionately as the "Al Capone of Pop," Arden had a penchant for guns and
violence and he was known to openly boast of his affiliation with powerful
organized crime figures. In addition to being a business partner of the equally
nefarious Michael Jeffery, Arden was also the father of Sharon Osbourne and the
former manager of her husband's band, Black Sabbath ... but here I have surely
digressed, so let's try to bring this back around to where we left off.
One other accomplishment of Fowley's bears mentioning here: he received a guest
vocalist credit on the Mothers of Invention album "Freak Out," as did both Vito
Paulekas and his sidekick, Carl Franzoni, to whom the song "Hungry Freaks,
Daddy" was dedicated (some sources claim that Bobby Beausoleil also provided
guest vocals on Zappa's debut album, though his name does not appear in the
album's credits).
By at least as early as 1962, not long before Carl Franzoni joined the group, the
Freak troupe was already hitting the clubs a couple nights each week to refine their
unique style of dance (perhaps best described as an epileptic seizure set to music)
and show off their distinctively unappealing, though soon to be quite popular,
fashion sense. In those early days, they danced to local black R&B bands and to a
band out of Fresno known as the Gauchos, in dives far removed from the fabled
Sunset Strip - because, Franzoni has said, "There were no white bands [in LA] yet,"
and "There were no clubs on Sunset Boulevard."
Page 368 of 508
Published by © 2009
That, of course, was all about to quickly change. As if by magic, new clubs began to
spring up along the legendary Sunset Strip beginning around 1964, and old clubs
considered to be long past their prime miraculously reemerged. In January 1964, a
young Chicago vice cop named Elmer Valentine opened the doors to the now worldfamous Whisky-A-Go-Go nightclub. Just over a year later, in spring of 1965, he
opened a second soon-to-be-wildly-popular club, The Trip. Not long before that,
near the end of 1964, the legendary Ciro's nightclub began undergoing extensive
renovations. Opened in 1940 by Billy Wilkerson, an associate of Bugsy Siegel, the
upscale club had flourished for the first twenty years of its existence, with a clientele
that regularly included Hollywood royalty and organized crime figures. By the early
1960s though the Strip was dead, and the once prestigious club had gone to seed.
Ciro's reopened in early 1965, just before The Trip opened its doors and just in time,
as it turns out, to host the very first club appearance by the musical act that was
about to become the first Laurel Canyon band to commit a song to vinyl: The Byrds.
By 1967, Gazzaris had opened up on the Strip as well, and in the early 1970s
Valentine would open yet another club that endures to this day, The Roxy. Smaller
clubs like the London Fog, where The Doors got their first booking as the house
band in early 1966, opened their doors to the public in the mid 1960s as well.
The timing of the opening of Valentine's first two clubs, and the reopening of Ciro's,
could not have been any more fortuitous. The paint was barely dry on the walls of
the new clubs when bands like Love and The Doors and The Byrds and Buffalo
Springfield and the Turtles and the Mothers and the Lovin' Spoonful came
knocking. The problem, however, was that the new clubs were not yet well known,
Ciro's had been long left for dead, and nobody had the slightest idea who any of
these newfangled bands were. What was needed then was a way to create a buzz
around the clubs that would draw people in and kick-start the Strip back to life, as
well as, of course, launch the careers of the new bands.
Page 369 of 508
Published by © 2009
The bands themselves could not be expected to fill the new clubs, since, besides
being unknown, they also - and yeah, I know that you don't really want to hear this
and I will undoubtedly be deluged with letters of complaint, but I'm going to say it
anyway - weren't very good, at least not in their live incarnations. To be sure, they
sounded great on vinyl, but that was largely due to the fact that the band members
themselves didn't actually play on their records (at least not in the early days), and
the rich vocal harmonies that were a trademark of the 'Laurel Canyon sound' were
created in the studio with a good deal of multi-tracking and overdubs. On stage, it
was another matter entirely.
Enter then the wildly flamboyant and colorful Freak squad, who were one key
component of the strategy that was devised to lure patrons into the clubs (the other
component of the strategy, hinted at in one of the quotes near the top of this post,
will be covered in installment #7). Vito and Carl's dancers were a fixture on the
Sunset Strip scene from the very moment that the new clubs opened their doors to
the public, and they were, by all accounts, treated like royalty by the club owners. As
John Hartmann, proprietor of the Kaleidoscope Club, acknowledged, he "would let
Vito and his dancers into the Kaleidoscope free every week because they attracted
people. They were really hippies, and so we had to have them. They got in free
pretty much everywhere they went. They blessed your joint. They validated you. If
they're the essence of hippiedom and you're trying to be a hippie nightclub, you
need hippies."
As the aforementioned Kim Fowley put it, with characteristic bluntness, "A band
didn't have to be good, as long as the dancers were there." Indeed, the band was
largely irrelevant, other than to provide some semblance of a soundtrack for the real
show, which was taking place on the dance floor. Gail Zappa candidly admitted that,
even at her husband's shows, the real attraction was not on the stage: "The
customers came to see the freaks dance. Nobody ever talks about that, but that was
the case." Frank added that, "As soon as they arrived they would make things
happen, because they were dancing in a way nobody had seen before, screaming
and yelling out on the floor and doing all kinds of weird things. They were dressed
Page 370 of 508
Published by © 2009
in a way that nobody could believe, and they gave life to everything that was going
For reasons that clearly had more to do with boosting attendance at the clubs than
with any actual talents displayed by the group, Vito and Carl seem to have become
minor media darlings over the course of the 1960s and into the 1970s. The two can
be seen, separately and together, in a string of cheap exploitation films, including
Mondo Bizarro from 1966, Something's Happening (aka The Hippie Revolt) from
1967, the notorious Mondo Hollywood, also released in 1967, and You Are What
You Eat, with David Crosby, Frank Zappa and Tiny Tim, which hit theaters in 1968.
In 1972, Vito made his acting debut in a non-documentary film, The White Horse
Paulekas reportedly also popped up on Groucho Marx's You Bet Your Life, and
Franzoni made an appearance on a 1968 Dick Clark TV special. The golden child,
Godot Paulekas, was featured in a photo in Life magazine circa 1966, and the whole
troupe showed up for an appearance on the Tonight Show. According to Barry
Miles, Vito also "appeared regularly on the Joe Pyne Show and in between the barebreasted girls in the late fifties and early sixties men's magazines."
Joe Pyne, for those of you too young to remember (myself included), is the guy that
we have to thank for paving the way for the likes of Bill O'Reilly, Rush Limbaugh,
Sean Hannity, Michael Savage, Don Imus, Morton Downey, Jr., Jerry Springer and
Wally George. For Mr. Pyne, you see, was the guy who pioneered the
confrontational interview style favored by so many gasbags today. The decorated
Marine Corps veteran debuted as a talk-radio host in 1950 and quickly became
known for insulting and demeaning anyone who dared to disagree with him, guests
and listeners alike. In 1957, he moved his show to LA, and by 1965, he was
nationally syndicated both on the radio and on television. His favored targets, as
you may have guessed, included hippies, feminists, gays, and anti-war activists, and
his interviews frequently ended with his guest either walking off or being thrown off
the stage. Nearing the peak of his popularity, Pyne died on March 23, 1970 at the
age of forty-five, reportedly of lung cancer. His ideological offspring, however, live
Page 371 of 508
Published by © 2009
Page 372 of 508
Published by © 2009
Part 6
June 6, 2008
June 6, 2008
“Vito was in his fifties, but he had four-way sex with goddesses … He held these
clay-sculpting classes on Laurel Avenue, teaching rich Beverly Hills dowagers
how to sculpt. And that was the Byrds’ rehearsal room. Then Jim Dickson had the
idea to put them on at Ciro’s, on the basis that all the freaks would show up and
the Byrds would be their Beatles.” Kim Fowley
Recruits for Vito and Carl’s dance troupe weren’t likely hard to come by, given that,
according to Miles, Vito operated “the first crash pad in LA, an open house to
countless runaways where everyone was welcome for a night, particularly young
women.” By the mid 1960s, the group had expanded into a second communal
location in addition to the basement studio at 303 Laurel Avenue: the ubiquitous
Log Cabin. According to Jack Boulware, writing in Mojo magazine, architect Robert
Byrd and his son built a new guesthouse (aka ‘the treehouse’) on the property in the
early 1960s, and “The following year, a communal family of weirdos moved into the
cabin and treehouse, centered around two underground hipsters named Vito
Paulekas and Carl Franzoni, organizers of freeform dance troupes at clubs along the
Sunset Strip.” By 1967, the dancers were splitting “their rent with staff from the
hippie publication The Oracle. Retired journalist John Bilby recalls at least 36
people living and partying at the Log Cabin and treehouse, including the band
Fraternity of Man. ‘Tim Leary was definitely there, George Harrison and Ravi
Shankar were there,’ Bilby says.”
For those who may not necessarily be ‘in the know’ about such things, the Fraternity
of Man were best known for the novelty song, “Don’t Bogart Me,” Tim Leary was
best known for being a painfully obvious CIA asset, and The Oracle was a San
Francisco-based publication with intelligence ties that specialized in pitching
psychedelic occultism to impressionable youth.
Page 373 of 508
Published by © 2009
According to Barry Miles, “Franzoni’s commune ended in May 1968,” as that was
when The Oracle moved out and our old friend Frank Zappa moved in. The lead
Mother “had visited Karl at the log cabin on a previous trip and realized it was
perfect for his needs.” And it was an easy move for Frank, since he was already
living in the canyon at the home of Pamela Zarubica (aka Suzy Creamcheese) at
8404 Kirkwood Drive, where Zappa had met his new wife, Gail, and where Gail’s
old kindergarten pal, James Douglas Morrison, was known to occasionally pass the
time. Ms. Zarubica/Creamcheese was yet another member of Vito’s dance troupe.
As multiple sources remember it, Miles is mistaken in his contention that
Franzoni’s commune came to an end; Frank Zappa took over as ringmaster, to be
sure, but Franzoni and all his cohorts stayed on. Carl had a room in the basement,
where he was known to bowl, usually naked and intoxicated, in the middle of the
night. The doomed Christine Frka had a room down there as well, as did other
future GTOs. Various other members of the dance troupe occupied other nooks and
crannies in both the main house and the guesthouse/treehouse. Indeed, as Miles
noted correctly, the Freak dancers became so closely associated with the Mothers of
Invention that “they got dubbed as ‘the Mothers Auxiliary’ and Karl Franzoni, in
particular, was included in a lot of group photographs.”
And that, my friends, is the story of Vito’s Freakers – or at least a sanitized version.
Because there is, as it turns out, a very dark underbelly to this story. And much of it
is centered around that angelic hippie child that the readers of Life magazine met in
1966, and who we now must sadly add to the Laurel Canyon Death List. For young
Page 374 of 508
Published by © 2009
Godot Paulekas, you see, never made it past the age of three (by most accounts).
The specifics of the tragedy are all but impossible to determine, unfortunately, as
there is little agreement in the various accounts of the event. Left unclear is exactly
how the child died, when the tragedy occurred, and what age the boy was.
According to Barry Miles, “Vito and Szou’s three-year-old son Godo had fallen
through a trapdoor on the roof of the building and died.” Michael Walker tells of a
“two or three” year old Godot “fall[ing] to his death from a scaffold at the studio.”
An article in the San Francisco Weekly had it as “a 5-year-old boy” who died when
he “fell through a skylight.” Super-groupie and former Freak dancer Pamela
DesBarres agreed with the skylight scenario, but not the age: “Vito’s exquisite little
puppet child, Godot, fell through a skylight during a wacky photo session on the
roof and died at age three-and-a-half.” Alban Pfisterer of the band Love recalled a
much darker scenario: “[Vito] got married, had a baby, gave it acid, and it fell off
the roof and died.”
When Robert Carl Cohen recently digitally remastered his notorious Mondo
Hollywood for DVD release, he added postscripts for all the famous and infamous
people who were featured in his film. For “Godo” Paulekas, he inserted the
following caption: “Died age 2 – victim of medical malpractice.” Thus we now have
a further muddying of the waters. Since Cohen’s claim though is so clearly at odds
with every other account of the incident, and since he was quite close to Vito and
thus inclined to cast his friend in the best possible light, we can probably safely
disregard Cohen’s belated postscript.
The details of the incident that can be ascertained are, to put it mildly, rather
disturbing. We know, for example, that a musician and writer named Raphael told
writer Michael Walker that, before the child’s death, he had been present one
evening at Vito’s place when Godot was brought out: “They passed that little boy
around, naked, in a circle with their mouths. That was their thing about
‘introducing him to sensuality.’” We also know that Vito and Szou had a rather odd
reaction to the death of their first-born son and only child, as recounted by Ms.
DesBarres: “I was beside myself with sorrow, but Vito and Szou insisted on
continuing our plans for the evening. We went out dancing, and when people asked
Page 375 of 508
Published by © 2009
where little Godot was, Vito said, ‘He died today.’ It was weird, really weird.”
That it was, but perhaps even weirder is the full text of the quote from the San
Francisco Weekly that I earlier presented you with an edited version of: “[Kenneth
Anger’s] first candidate to play Lucifer, a 5-year-old boy whose hippie parents had
been fixtures on the Los Angeles counterculture scene, fell through a skylight to his
death. By 1967, Anger had relocated to San Francisco and was searching for a new
Lucifer.” As many readers may be aware, he soon found his new Lucifer in the form
of Mansonite and former Grass Roots guitarist Bobby “Cupid” Beausoleil.
And so it was that the soon-to-be convicted murderer replaced the cherubic hippie
child as the face of Lucifer. But what was it, one wonders, that drew Anger’s twisted
eye to the young boy? And how close a relationship did Anger have with Paulekas
and Franzoni? And most importantly, how did Godot Paulekas really die? We will
likely never know for sure, but let’s just quickly review some of the factors that
might come into play when searching for a solution to this mystery:
- The young boy was reportedly subjected to pedophilic treatment by his parents
and others.
- The boy’s parents displayed a truly chilling indifference to the child’s death.
- Kenneth Anger had expressed an interest in filming the boy.
- Pamela DesBarres contends that the toddler died during a “wacky photo session.”
- Alban Pfisterer has claimed that the child was drugged.
- Bobby Beausoleil has said that some of Anger’s film projects were for private
collectors: “every once in a while he’d do a little thing that wouldn’t be for
- Finally, according to biographer Bill Landis, Kenneth Anger was at one time
investigated by the police on suspicion that he had been producing snuff flicks.
You all will have to draw your own conclusions on this one. As a responsible
journalist, I obviously cannot indulge in any reckless speculation here, and I think
we can all agree that I have not tried to lead you in any specific direction, but have
merely laid the facts out on the table for your review. Moving on then …
Page 376 of 508
Published by © 2009
Pamela DesBarres shed further light on the dark edges of the Freak troupe with this
description of a scene that Vito had staged one evening in his studio: “two tenderly
young girls were tonguing each other … everyone was silently observing the scene as
if it were part of their necessary training by the headmaster, Vito … One of the girls
on the four-poster was only twelve years old, and a few months later Vito was
deported to Tahiti for this very situation, and many more just like it.”
It was actually Haiti that Vito appears to have fled to, and then to Jamaica (which at
the time had no extradition treaty with the United States), accompanied by his wife
Szou and their new baby daughter Groovee Nipple (or possibly Gruvi Nipple; does
anyone really care which is the proper spelling?) According to Miles, this occurred
in December of 1968, though other accounts vary. Carl Franzoni, meanwhile,
became embroiled in some unspecified legal troubles of his own and went into
hiding, resurfacing in Canada by some reports. At around that same time, Frank
Zappa moved on to yet another location in Laurel Canyon, a high-security home on
Woodrow Wilson Drive.
Also at around that same time, according to author Ed Sanders, the Manson Family
came calling at the Log Cabin: “One former Manson family associate claims that a
group of four to six family members lived on Laurel Canyon Boulevard in the log
cabin house once owned by cowboy-actor Tom Mix. They lived there for a few
weeks, in late 1968, in a cave-like hollow in back of the residence.” According to
Franzoni, Manson also came calling at the Vito Clay studio on Laurel Avenue:
“Applebaum took over Vito’s place when Vito vacated at Beverly and Laurel. So he
inherited all the people that came after that … he was the beginning of the Manson
clan. Manson came there because he had heard about Vito but Vito was gone.”
Page 377 of 508
Published by © 2009
It does not appear as though Vito was actually deported, by the way, but rather that
he fled the country in a very Mike Ruppertian fashion to avoid likely prosecution. In
any event, it makes perfect sense, in retrospect, that Charlie Manson and his Family
came calling just as Vito fled the scene, and that a Mansonite replaced the Freak
child as the embodiment of Lucifer. For the truth, you see, is that, in many
significant ways, Charles Manson was little more than a younger version of Vito
Paulekas. Consider, if you will, all of the following Mansonesque qualities that Vito
(and to some extent, Carl) seemed to share:
- Vito appears to have spent a good portion of his younger years in prisons and
reform schools, as did, as we all know, Charles Milles Manson.
- Vito considered himself to be a gifted artist and poet, as did our old friend Charlie
- Vito, according to Miles, “was something of a guru,” as was, quite obviously, Chuck
- Vito surrounded himself with a flock of very young (often underage) women, as
did Manson.
- Vito was considerably older than his followers, and so too was Charlie.
- When Vito addressed his flock, they listened with rapt attention as though they
were being delivered the word of God, as was true with Charlie as well.
- Carl Franzoni was known to wear a black cape and refer to himself as “Captain
Fuck,” while Manson was also partial to black capes and declared himself to be “the
God of Fuck.”
- Vito is said to have had a virtually insatiable libido, as did, of course, Chuck
- Vito’s flock adopted nicknames to aid in the depersonalization process, as did
- Vito’s troupe included a Beverly Hills hairstylist named Sheldon Jaman, while
Charlie’s included a Beverly Hills hairpiece stylist named Charles Watson.
- Vito believed in introducing children to sexuality at a very young age, while in the
Manson Family, as Sanders has noted, “Infant sexuality was encouraged.”
- Vito apparently liked to stage live sex shows for his followers, usually involving
underage participants, which was also a specialty of Charles Milles Manson.
Page 378 of 508
Published by © 2009
- Finally, Vito encouraged his followers to drug themselves while he himself largely
abstained, thus enabling him to at all times maintain control, while Manson limited
his own drug intake for the very same reason.
Franzoni and Manson were not, by the way, the only folks on the Laurel
Canyon/Sunset Strip scene who developed a fondness for black capes in the latter
half of the 1960s. As Michael Walker noted in Laurel Canyon, during that same
period of time David Crosby had “taken to wearing an Oscar Wilde/Frank Lloyd
Wright-ish cape wherever he went.”
In unrelated news, Ed Sanders notes in The Family that, “Around March 10, 1968, a
convoy of seven Process automobiles containing thirty people and fourteen Alsatian
dogs journeyed toward Los Angeles.” Vincent Bugliosi added, in his best-selling
Helter Skelter, that in “1968 and 1969, The Process launched a major recruiting
drive in the United States. They were in Los Angeles in May and June of 1968 and
for at least several months in the fall of 1969.” The Processians, it should be noted,
were instantly recognizable on the streets of LA due to the fact that they had a
curious habit of donning black capes wherever they went.
In other news, it appears as though Frank Zappa also displayed some of the same
Page 379 of 508
Published by © 2009
less-than-admirable qualities shared by Manson and Paulekas. As DesBarres
observed, “Vito was just like Frank, he never got high either. They were both
ringmasters who always wanted to be in control.” And as Barry Miles noted in his
Zappa biography, Frank’s daughter Moon “recalls men with straggling beards, body
odour and bad posture who crouched naked near her playthings …” Also, the
“Zappa children watched porn with their parents and were encouraged in their own
sexuality as soon as they reached puberty. When they became teenagers, Gail
insisted they shower with their overnight guests in order to conserve water.”
Because, you know, apparently the Zappas were having a hard time paying their
water bill.
By the early 1970s, Vito Paulekas had resurfaced up north in Cotati, California, with
Carl Franzoni once again at his side. The two were, by all accounts, treated like rock
stars in the funky little town, and they are to this day proudly and prominently
featured on the city’s official website. By some accounts, Vito even served as mayor
of the town, with Franzoni assisting as his Director of Parks and Recreation.
Paulekas also taught classes at Sonoma State College, presumably in the art
department. Szou eventually split from Vito and went to work for an attorney,
leaving the hippie life (and hopefully the “Z” in her name) behind. Franzoni,
meanwhile, turned up now and then on that early version of America’s Got Talent
known as The Gong Show (apparently as one of the ‘Worm Dancers’).
The Gong Show, of course, was the brainchild of Chuck Barris, who famously
claimed that during the days when he appeared to be working as a mild-mannered
game show producer, he was actually on the payroll of the CIA, and that while he
was ostensibly serving as a chaperone to the couples who had won trips on The
Dating Game, what he was really doing was carrying out assassinations. Kind of
like, I guess you could say, that Harry Houdini guy. One reader, by the way, insists
that “Chucky Baby” was at one time a resident of – guess where? – Laurel Canyon
(though I have not been able to confirm that).
Anyway, during those same 1970s, “The cabin and treehouse scene,” according to
Jack Boulware, “grew creepy.” Actually, it had always been pretty creepy, it likely
just became a little more openly creepy. Eric Burden of the Animals moved in after
Zappa vacated and the property continued to be communally occupied. In fact, it
Page 380 of 508
Published by © 2009
appears to have remained something of a commune throughout the 1970s, quite
possibly right up until the time that it burned to the ground on October 31, 1981.
Who paid the rent is anybody’s guess – as is why such a prestigious property seems
to have been made available for dirt cheap to pretty much any “communal family of
weirdos” who wanted to move in.
Vito Paulekas and Carl Franzoni appear to have remained in northern California
throughout the 1980s and into the 1990s. Franzoni was still milling about the area
as recently as 2002. In February of this year, the aging Freak, now reportedly 74,
rode along on a tour of 1960s hotspots offered by a local tour company and
delighted the crowd by reenacting his distinctive dance style in front of Vito’s
former studio. The tour operator billed Franzoni as “the King of the Freaks,” a title
formerly held by his mentor, Vito Paulekas. The original king, alas, had died in
October of 1992. His memorial service was held, appropriately enough, on October
31, 1992.
More images of Paulekas and Franzoni can be found at the following locations:
Mondo Hollywood
Vito Paulekas ("Popup Exhibits" at the bottom of the page)
Where the Action Was Hollywood Rock 'n Roll Tour
Page 381 of 508
Published by © 2009
Part 7
June 22, 2008
Occult imagery from the film The Trip.
"As all halfway-decent managers in the rock era have done, [Jim] Dickson worked
on seducing the in-crowd and creating a buzz around [The Byrds] ... The timing
was perfect ... LA's baby-boomers were mobile, getting around, looking for action.
And now they were joined by the hip elite of Hollywood itself, from Sal Mineo and
Peter Fonda to junkie comic Lenny Bruce."
Barney Hoskyns, Waiting for the Sun
As important as the Freaks were to building an audience for the new Laurel Canyon
bands, there was another group that played a key role as well: Hollywood's so-called
"Young Turks." Like the Freaks, the Turks became an immediate and constant
presence on the newly emerging Sunset Strip scene. And as with the Freaks, their
presence on the Strip was heavily promoted by the media. Locals and tourists alike
knew where to go to gawk at the Freaks and, as an added bonus, quite possibly rub
shoulders with the likes of Peter Fonda, Jack Nicholson, Bruce Dern, Dennis
Hopper and Warren Beatty, along with their female counterparts like Jane Fonda,
Nancy Sinatra and Sharon Tate.
Many of these young and glamorous Hollywood stars forged very close bonds with
the Laurel Canyon musicians. Some of them, including Peter Fonda, found homes
in the canyon so that they could live, work and party among the rock stars (and, in
their free time, pass around John Phillips' wife to just about every swinging dick in
the canyon, including Jack Nicholson, Dennis Hopper, Warren Beatty, Roman
Polanski, and Gene Clark of The Byrds). Some of them never left; Jack Nicholson to
this day lives in a spacious estate just off the portion of Mulholland Drive that lies
between Laurel Canyon and Coldwater Canyon. Not far west of Nicholson's
property (which now includes the neighboring estate formerly owned by Marlon
Brando) sits the longtime home of Warren Beatty.
Page 382 of 508
Published by © 2009
From the symbiotic relationship between Laurel Canyon actors and Laurel Canyon
musicians arose a series of feature films that are now considered counter-cultural
classics. One such film was 1967's The Trip, an unintentionally hilarious attempt to
create a cinematic facsimile of an LSD trip. Written by, of all people, Jack
Nicholson, the movie starred fellow Turks Peter Fonda, Dennis Hopper and Bruce
Dern. Seated in the director's chair was Roger Corman, who, throughout his career,
worked side-by-side with David Crosby's dad on no less than twenty-three feature
films. Recruited to supply the soundtrack for the film was Gram Parson's
International Submarine Band (Parson's music, however, was ultimately not used,
though the band does make a brief on-screen appearance). The house where most of
the film was shot, at the top of Kirkwood Drive in Laurel Canyon, was the home of
Love's Arthur Lee.
Another 'psychedelic' cult film of the late 1960s with deep roots in Laurel Canyon
was the Monkee's 1968 big-screen offering, Head. Also scripted by Nicholson (with
assistance from Bob Rafelson), the movie included cameo appearances by canyon
dwellers Dennis Hopper, Jack Nicholson and Frank Zappa. The music - performed,
of course, by The Monkees - was a mix of songs written by the band and
contributions from Canyon songwriters like Carol King and Harry Nilsson. And
shockingly, some of that music is actually pretty good. Even more shockingly, the
movie overall is arguably the most watchable of the 1960s cult films. It is certainly a
vast improvement over, for example, 1968's wretched Psych Out (starring
Nicholson and Dern).
I do realize, by the way, that some of you out there in readerland cringe every time
that I mention The Monkees as though they were a 'real' band. The reality though is
that they were every bit as 'real' as most of their contemporaries. And while the
made-for-TV Beatles replicants were looked down upon by music critics and fans
alike, they were fully accepted as members of the musical fraternity by the other
Laurel Canyon bands. The homes of both Mickey Dolenz and Peter Tork were
popular canyon hangouts in the late '60s for a number of 'real' musicians. Also
regularly dropping by Dolenz' party house were Dennis Hopper and Jack Nicholson.
The difference in perception between their peers and the public was attributable to
the fact that the other bands knew something that the fans did not: the very same
studio musicians who appeared without credit on The Monkee's albums also
appeared without credit on their albums. And then, of course, there was the fact
that so many of Laurel Canyon's 'real' musicians had taken a stab at being a part of
The Monkees, including Steven Stills, Love's Bryan MacLean, and Three Dog
Night's Danny Hutton - all of whom answered the Monkees' casting call and were
There were undoubtedly other future stars who auditioned for the show as well,
though most would probably prefer not to discuss such things. Despite persistent
rumors, however, there was one local musician who we can safely conclude did not
read for a part: Charles Manson. Given that the show was cast in 1965 and began its
brief television run in 1966, while Charlie was still imprisoned at Terminal Island
awaiting his release in March of 1967, there doesn't appear to be any way that
Page 383 of 508
Published by © 2009
Manson could have been considered for a part on the show. And that's kind of a
shame when you think about it, because if he had been, we might today remember
Charlie Manson not as one of America's most notorious criminals, but rather as the
guy who made Marcia Brady swoon.
And, let's be honest here, would that really have been any worse than seeing her go
ga-ga over the likes of Davy Jones? I mean, I could have understood if she had
gotten weak in the knees over, you know, a real man like David Cassidy or Bobby
Sherman. Now, I hope we can all agree that those guys were cool ... right? Is
everyone with me on this? Anyone? ... Anyone? ...
You know, I'm thinking back right now as I sit here, and I can actually picture in my
mind the covers of a couple of Bobby Sherman albums that I had in my personal
coll ... err, that we had lying around the house for some reason, I'm not really sure
why, and ... come to think of it, I think there might have even been a Bobby
Sherman poster or two pulled from the pages of Tiger Beat magazine, and, uhmm, I
suppose I can see how that might seem a little bit, uhhh, what's the word I'm
looking for? ... 'gay' or whatever to a modern, twenty-first-century-man-abouttown, but I'm sure that, if you checked into it, you would find that there were a lot of
young boys back 'in the day' who just really dug Bobby Sherman and those great
songs like "Julie (Do You Love Me)" and "Easy Come, Easy Go" and ... uhmm ...
maybe this is a good time to get back to where we left off.
Returning then to the counter-cultural films of the 1960s, the most critically
acclaimed of the lot, and the one with the deepest roots in Laurel Canyon, was Easy
Rider. Directed (sort of) by Dennis Hopper, from a script co-written by he and Peter
Fonda, the film starred Fonda and Hopper along with Jack Nicholson (the only one
in the movie who did anything resembling actual acting). Hopper's walrusmustachioed character in the film was based on David Crosby, who was regularly
seen racing his motorcycle up and down the winding streets of Laurel Canyon (that
motorcycle, by the way, had been a gift from Crosby's good buddy, Peter Fonda).
Fonda's absurd 'Captain America' character was inspired either by John Phillips'
riding partner, Gram Parsons, or by Crosby's former bandmate in The Byrds, Roger
McGuinn (depending upon who is telling the story.) That very same Roger McGuinn
scored the original music for the film. His contributions were joined on the
soundtrack by offerings from fellow Canyonite musicians The Byrds, Steppenwolf,
Fraternity of Man and Jimi Hendrix. And the movie's hippie commune was
reportedly created and filmed in the canyons, near Mulholland Drive.
Since Easy Rider had such deep roots in the Laurel Canyon scene, we need to
briefly focus our attention here on one other individual who worked on the film: art
director Jeremy Kay, aka Jerry Kay. Before Easy Rider, Kay had worked on such
cinematic abominations as Angels from Hell, Hells Angels on Wheels (with Jack
Nicholson), and Scorpio Rising (Kenneth Anger's occult-tinged homage to gay
bikers). In the mid-1970s, Kay would write, direct and produce a charming little
film entitled Satan's Children. Of far more interest here than his film credits though
is his membership in the 1960s in a group known as the Solar Lodge of the Ordo
Templi Orientis (or OTO), which found itself in the news, and not in a good way,
Page 384 of 508
Published by © 2009
just after Easy Rider opened on theater screens across America.
Two weeks after Easy Rider premiered on July 14, 1969, police acting on a phone
tip raided the Solar Lodge's compound near Blythe, California and found a six-yearold boy locked outdoors in a 6'x6' wooden crate in the sweltering desert heat. The
young boy, whose father was a Los Angeles County probation officer (as was
Michelle Phillip's father, by the way), had been chained to a steel plate for nearly
two months in temperatures reaching as high as 117° F. According to an FBI report,
the box also contained a can "partially filled with human waste and swarming with
flies ... The stench was nauseating." Before being put in the box, the child had been
burned with matches and beaten with bamboo poles by cult members. The leader of
the cult, Georgina Brayton, had reportedly told cult members that "when it was
convenient, she was going to give [the boy] LSD and set fire to the structure in
which he was chained and give him just enough chain to get out of reach of the fire."
Killing the child had also been discussed (and apparently condoned by the boy's
mind-fucked mother).
Eleven adult members of the sect were charged with felony child abuse, the majority
of them young white men in their early twenties. All were brought to trial and
convicted. In a curious bit of timing, the raid that resulted in the arrests and
convictions coincided with the torture and murder of musician Gary Hinman by a
trio of Manson acolytes. Though it is, not surprisingly, vehemently denied by
concerned parties, various sources have claimed that Manson had ties to the group,
which also maintained a home near the USC campus in Los Angeles. There is no
doubt that Charlie preached the same dogma, including the notion of an apocalyptic
race war looming on the horizon. The massacre at the Tate residence occurred less
than two weeks after the raid on the OTO compound. Manson's Barker Ranch
hideout would be raided a few months later, on October 12, 1969 - the birthday, as I
may have already mentioned, of Aleister Crowley, the Grand Poobah of the OTO
until his death in 1947.
Sorry about that little digression, folks. I'm not entirely sure how we ended up at the
Barker Ranch when the focus of this installment was supposed to be on the Young
Turks. So having now established that those Turks were a fully integrated part of
the Laurel Canyon/Sunset Strip scene, and also that they played an important role
in luring the public out to the new clubs to check out the new bands, our next task is
to get to know a little bit about who these folks are and where they came from. Let's
begin with Mr. Bruce Dern, who has some of the most provocative connections of
any of the characters in this story.
It is probably safe to say that Dern's parents had rather impressive political
connections, given that baby Bruce's godparents were sitting First Lady Eleanor
Roosevelt and future two-time Democratic presidential nominee Adlai Stevenson
(he lost both times, in 1952 and 1956, to Eisenhower). Bruce's paternal grandfather
was a guy by the name of George Dern, who served as Secretary of War under
President Franklin Roosevelt (for the youngsters in the crowd, 'Secretary of War' is
what we used to call the 'Secretary of Defense' in a slightly less Orwellian era).
George had also served as Governor of Utah and Chairman of the National
Page 385 of 508
Published by © 2009
Governors' Association. Bruce's mother was born Jean MacLeish, and she happened
to be the sister of Archibald MacLeish, who also served under Franklin Roosevelt,
as the Director of the War Department's Office of Facts and Figures and as the
Assistant Director of the Office of War Information. In other words, Archibald
MacLeish was essentially America's Minister of War Propaganda. He also served at
various times as an Assistant Secretary of State and as the Librarian of Congress. By
far the most impressive item on his résumé, however, was his membership in
everyone's favorite secret society, Skull and Bones (class of 1915, one year before
Prescott Bush was tapped in 1916).
Bruce Dern and Peter Fonda in The Trip. The view from Arthur Lee's Laurel Canyon home.
It would appear then that, even by Laurel Canyon standards, Mr. Dern has friends
in very high places. Let's turn our attention next to the guy being embraced by Dern
in the photo above, Mr. Peter Fonda. Of course, we all know that Fonda is the son of
good ol' Hank Fonda, lovable Hollywood liberal and all-around nice guy. And
certainly even a contrarian such as myself would not be so bold as to suggest that
Henry Fonda might have some skeletons in his closet ... right? Just for the hell of it
though, there are a few chapters of the Hank Fonda saga that we should probably
review here.
We can begin, I suppose, by noting that Hank served as a decorated US Naval
Intelligence officer during World War II, thus sparing Peter the stigma of being the
only member of the Laurel Canyon in-crowd to have not been spawned by a
member of the military/intelligence community. Not too many years after the war,
Hank's wife, Francis Ford Seymour, was found with her throat slashed open with a
straight razor. Peter was just ten years old at the time of his mother's, uhmm,
suicide on April 14, 1950. When Seymour had met and married Hank, she was the
widow of George Brokaw, who had, curiously enough, previously been married to
prominent CIA asset Claire Booth Luce.
Fonda rebounded quickly from Seymour's unusual death and within eight months
he was married once again, to Susan Blanchard, to whom he remained married
until 1956. In 1957, Hank married yet again, this time to Italian Countess Afdera
Franchetti (who followed up her four-year marriage to Fonda with a rumored affair
with newly-sworn-in President John Kennedy). Franchetti, as it turns out, is the
daughter of Baron Raimondo Franchetti, who was a consultant to fascist dictator
Page 386 of 508
Published by © 2009
Benito Mussolini. The countess is also the great-granddaughter of Louise Sarah
Rothschild, of the ever-popular Rothschild banking family (perhaps you've heard of
Before moving on, I should probably mention that Hank's first wife, Margaret
Sullavan - who was yet another child of Norfolk, Virginia - also allegedly committed
suicide, on New Year's Day, 1960. Nine months later, her daughter Bridget followed
suit. In 1961, very soon after the deaths of first her mother and then her sister,
Sullavan's other daughter, Brook Hayward, walked down the aisle with the next
Young Turk on our list, Dennis Hopper. For those who may be unfamiliar with
Hopper's body of work, he is the guy who was once found wandering naked and
bewildered in a Mexican forest. And the guy who, after divorcing Hayward in 1969,
married Michelle Phillips on Halloween day, 1970, only to have her file for divorce
just eight days later claiming that Hopper had kept her handcuffed and imprisoned
for a week while making "unnatural sexual demands."
Without passing judgment here, I think it's fair to say that Michelle Phillips has
been around the block a time or two, if you catch my drift, so if even she thought
Hopper's demands were a bit over the top, then one can only wonder just how
"unnatural" they might have been. For what it's worth, Hopper just recently told a
journalist that he "didn't handcuff her, [he] just punched her out!" In his mind,
apparently, that makes him somewhat less of an asshole.
Most official biographies of Hopper would lead one to believe that he was the son of
a simple farmer. Dennis recently acknowledged, however, that that was clearly not
the case: "My mother's father was a wheat farmer and I was raised on their farm.
But my father was not a farmer." To the contrary, Hopper's dad was "a working
person in intelligence" who during WWII "was in the OSS. He was in China, Burma,
India." Hopper has proudly proclaimed that his father "was one of the 100 guys that
liberated General Wainright out of prison in Korea," which might be a little more
impressive were it not for the fact that it was actually the Red Army that freed
Wainright and other prisoners; the US intel team just came to pick them up, debrief
them and transport them home ... but that, I suppose, isn't really relevant.
After the war, according to Hopper, his dad carried a gun, which I suppose is what
most lay ministers in the Methodist Church do. The family also left the farm in
Kansas and relocated to San Diego, California, home of the Imperial Beach Naval
Air Station, the United States Naval Radio Station, the United States Naval
Amphibious Base, the North Island Naval Air Station, Fort Rosecrans Military
Reservation, the United States Naval Training Center, the United States Marine
Corps Recruit Depot, and the Miramar Marine Corps Air Station. And just north of
the city sits the massive Camp Pendleton Marine Corps Base. Other than that
though, San Diego is just a sleepy little beach town where Hopper's dad ostensibly
worked for the Post Office.
The modern version of Dennis Hopper, by the way, is wildly at odds with the hippie
image that he at one time tried very hard to cultivate. Today's Dennis Hopper is an
unapologetic cheerleader for Team Bush who proudly boasts of having voted a
Page 387 of 508
Published by © 2009
straight Republican ticket for nearly thirty years. He could very well turn up on the
campaign trail in the coming months with his lips firmly planted on the ass of war
criminal John McCain.
To briefly recap then, we have thus far met three of the 'Young Turks' and we have
found that one of them is the nephew of a Bonesman, another is the son of a Naval
Intelligence officer who was once married to a Rothschild descendent, and the third
is the slightly deranged son of an OSS officer. Come to think of it, we have actually
covered one of the 'Turkettes' as well, since Jane Fonda obviously came from the
same family background as her younger brother, Peter. As for the other female
members of the posse, Sharon Tate was the daughter of Lt. Col. Paul Tate, a career
US Army intelligence officer, and Nancy Sinatra is, of course, the daughter of
Francis Albert Sinatra, whose known associates included Lucky Luciano, Meyer
Lansky, Sam Giancana, Carlo Gambino, Goetano Luchese and Joseph Fishetti (a
cousin of Al Capone).
10050 Cielo Drive (now 10066 Cielo Drive), as it looks today.
Frank Sinatra was also a client of hairdresser-to-the-stars Jay Sebring, as was
Henry Fonda, who also at one time, strangely enough, lived in the guesthouse at
10050 Cielo Drive. Yet another client of Sebring's was the next Young Turk on our
list, Warren Beatty, whose father, Ira Owens Beaty, was ostensibly a professor of
psychology. Young Warren, however, spent all of his early years living in various
spooky suburbs of Washington, DC. He was born in Richmond, Virginia in 1937,
after which his father moved the family to Norfolk, Virginia, which I think I may
have mentioned is home to the world's largest Naval facility (the reason for that, by
the way, is that Norfolk is the gateway to the nation's capital). The family later
relocated to Arlington, Virginia, home of the Pentagon, where Warren attended
high school and where he was known on the football field, as John Phillips (who
attended a rival school) remembers it, as 'Mad Dog' Beaty.
Ira Beaty's relatively frequent relocations, and the fact that those relocations always
seemed to land the family in DC suburbs that are of considerable significance to the
military/intelligence community, would tend to indicate that Warren's dad was
something other than what he appeared to be - though that is, of course, a
Page 388 of 508
Published by © 2009
speculative assessment. But if Ira Beaty was on the payroll of some government
entity, working within the psychology departments of various DC-area universities,
then it wouldn't require a huge leap of faith to further speculate about what type of
work he was doing, given the wholesale co-opting of the field of psychology by the
MK-ULTRA program and affiliated projects.
The next Young Turk up for review is the one who went on to become arguably the
most acclaimed actor of his generation, Mr. Jack Nicholson. The following is a
biographical sketch of Nicholson as presented by Wikipedia: "Bundy was born at
the Elizabeth Lund Home for Unwed Mothers in Burlington, Vermont. The identity
of his father remains a mystery ... To avoid social stigma, Bundy's grandparents
Samuel and Eleanor Cowell claimed him as their son; in taking their last name, he
became Theodore Robert Cowell. He grew up believing his mother Eleanor Louise
Cowell to be his older sister. Bundy biographers Stephen Michaud and Hugh
Aynesworth state that he learned Louise was actually his mother while he was in
high school. True crime writer Ann Rule states that it was around 1969, shortly
following a traumatic breakup with his college girlfriend."
Uhhm ... hang on a minute ... I think I might have screwed up. Something doesn't
seem quite right, but I'm not exactly sure what .... Oh, shit! I see what I did wrong! I
accidentally cut and pasted 'serial killer' Ted Bundy's bio instead of Jack
Nicholson's. Sorry about that. This is how Jack's bio is supposed to read: Nicholson
was born at some indeterminate location to an underage, unwed showgirl. The
identity of his father remains a mystery ... To avoid social stigma, Nicholson's
grandparents John Joseph and Ethel Nicholson claimed him as their son; in taking
their last name, he became John Joseph Nicholson, Jr. He grew up believing his
mother June Francis Nicholson to be his older sister. Reporters state that he
learned June was actually his mother in 1974, when he was 37 years old. By then,
June had been dead for just over a decade, having only lived to the age of 44.
It is said that Nicholson was born at St. Vincent's Hospital in New York City, but
there is no record of such a birth at the hospital or in the city's archives. As it turns
out, Jack Nicholson has no birth certificate. Until 1954, by which time he was nearly
an adult, he did not officially exist. Even today, the closest thing he has to a birth
certificate is a 'Certificate of a Delayed Report of Birth' that was filed on May 24,
1954. The document lists John and Ethel Nicholson as the parents and identifies the
location of the birth as the Nicholson's home address in Neptune, New Jersey.
It appears then that there is no way to determine who Jack Nicholson really is. He
has told journalists that he has no interest in identifying who his father was, nor, it
would appear, in verifying his mother's identity. What we do know is that the
nucleus of the 1960s clique known as the Young Turks (and Turkettes) was
composed of the following individuals: the nephew of a Bonesman; the son of an
OSS officer; the son of a Naval intelligence officer; the daughter of that same Naval
intelligence officer; the daughter of an Army intelligence officer; the daughter of a
guy who openly associated with prominent gangsters throughout his life; the son of
a probable spychologist; and a guy whose early years are so shrouded in mystery
that he may or may not actually exist.
Page 389 of 508
Published by © 2009
I should probably also mention here that Henry Fonda scored his first acting gig
through Dorothy "Dodie" Brando, the director of a local theater and the mother of
Jack Nicholson's future neighbor, Marlon Brando. Being the small world that it is,
Marlon's mom happened to be a good friend of Hank's mom, Elma Fonda. Truth be
told, the families had likely had close ties for a long time. A very long time. The
ancestors of both Marlon Brando and Henry Fonda, you see, arrived in New York at
nearly the same time, roughly three-and-a-half centuries ago.
Marlon Brando is in a direct line of descent from French Huguenot colonists Louis
DuBois and Catharine Blanchan DuBois, who arrived in New York from Mannheim,
Germany circa 1660 and promptly founded New Rochelle. Other descendents of
DuBois include former U.S. Senator Leverett Saltonstall, former Massachusetts
Governor and CFR member William Weld, current California First Lady Maria
Shriver, and quite likely U.S. Presidents Jimmy Carter and Zachary Taylor.
Henry Fonda, on the other hand, is a direct descendent of Jellis Douw Fonda and
Hester Jans Fonda, Dutch colonists who arrived in New York circa 1650 and settled
near what would become Albany. The Fondas had sailed out of Friesland,
Netherlands on a ship dubbed the Valckenier, which happened to be co-owned by a
very wealthy Dutchman by the name of Jan-Baptist van Rensselaer. And Mr. van
Rensselaer, as those who have been paying attention in class will recall, happened
to be from the bloodline that would one day produce a guy by the name of David
van Cortland Crosby.
It would appear then that Peter Fonda kind of owed Crosby that Triumph
motorcycle that he gave him back in the '60s, what with David's ancestors having
been cool enough to give Peter's ancestors a lift over to the New World and all.
One other thing we could note here about Hank Fonda before wrapping up this
installment: on September 28, 1919, when Henry was just fourteen years old, he
bore witness to a crime so brutally sadistic and depraved that one wonders what
such an event would do to a young boy's psyche. According to an account published
at the time, a young black man named Will Brown, accused of raping a white girl,
was beaten unconscious by an angry mob. His clothes were then torn off and he was
hanged from a lamppost. Though quite dead, his corpse was then riddled with
bullets, after which he was cut down and dragged behind a car. His body was then
doused with fuel and burned. Following that, Mr. Brown's charred, battered, bulletridden corpse was proudly dragged through the streets of downtown. To
commemorate the event, the lynch rope was cut into small pieces that were sold for
10 cents each to eager buyers.
And that, my friends, is a snapshot of the sick society we live in ... but here, perhaps,
I have digressed.
Page 390 of 508
Published by © 2009
Another view of 10066 Cielo Drive; now as in the sixties it is accessed via the private road that runs
behind the stilt homes.
Let's wrap up this installment with a quick review of what we have learned about
the people populating Laurel Canyon in the mid-to-late 1960s. We know that one
subset of residents was a large group of musicians who all decided, nearly
simultaneously, to flood into the canyon. The most prominent members of this
group were, to an overwhelming degree, the sons and daughters of the
military/intelligence community. We also know that mingled in with them were the
young stars of Hollywood, who also were, to an astonishing degree, the sons and
daughters of the military/intelligence community. And, finally, we know that also in
the mix were scores of military/intelligence personnel who operated out of the
facility known as Lookout Mountain Laboratory.
I got to tell you here folks that, given the relatively small size of Laurel Canyon, I'm
beginning to wonder if there was any room left over for any normal folks who might
have wanted to live the rock 'n' roll lifestyle. But even so, I'm sure that there are still
some hardcore 'coincidence theorists' in the crowd who will still see all of this as
"much ado about nothing." I am committed though to helping those folks see the
light, no matter how much it might hurt their sensitive eyes, so I am going to toss
one more provocative element into the Laurel Canyon mix, courtesy of Paul Young's
L.A. Exposed:
"The most infamous male madam [throughout LA's sordid history] would have to
be Billy Bryars, the wealthy son of an oil magnate, and part-time producer of gay
porn. Bryars was said to have a stellar group of customers using his 'brothel' at the
summit of Laurel Canyon. In fact, some have claimed that none other than J. Edgar
Hoover, the founder and chief executive officer of the FBI, was one of his best
clients ... when Bryars fell under police scrutiny in 1973, allegedly for trafficking in
child pornography, officers obtained a number of confessions from some of his
hustlers, and some of them identified Hoover and [Clyde] Tolson as 'Mother John
and Uncle Mike,' and claimed that they had serviced them on numerous occasions."
It appears then that the top law-enforcement officials in the nation were also a part
of the Laurel Canyon scene in the late 1960s and early 1970s, along with various
Page 391 of 508
Published by © 2009
other unnamed persons of prominence. And we also find, not too shockingly at this
point, that Laurel Canyon was a portal of child pornography, which of course goes
hand-in-hand with the reports that we have already reviewed of organized, multiperpetrator child sexual abuse. And lest we forget, we also have that long and
bloody Laurel Canyon Death List, which, in the next installment, is going to get
even longer, and even bloodier.
Stay tuned ...
And now, faithful readers, allow me to address a few common questions that have
arisen, beginning with:
1. Where the hell are the freakin' photo captions? How am I supposed to know
what I am looking at?
Sorry about that. I meant to include a note with the last two posts instructing
readers that the photos have pop-up captions; if you let your cursor hover over the
images, the secrets should be revealed.
2. What is the subtitle of the series, "The Strange but Mostly True Story ..."
supposed to mean? Do you just make this shit up as you go along?
The subtitle alludes to the fact that when dealing with anything concerning
Hollywood, there is almost always more than one version of the 'truth.' Much of
what passes for truth in Hollywood is actually legend and mythmaking, and much of
what is dismissed as rumor and legend is actually at least an approximation of the
truth. I have endeavored to report this story as accurately as humanly possible by
utilizing my finely-honed bullshit detector to separate fact from fiction. Most of the
important details of the story, in any event, are not disputed.
3. Are you planning on ultimately publishing this as a book?
I doubt it. I considered putting it together as a book manuscript, but I ultimately
decided to put it out on the Internet instead, for a couple of reasons, the first of
which is that I wanted people to actually read it. And you people, if we're being
honest here, aren't really into that 'old school' concept of buying and reading books.
The reality is that, based on the traffic to my site of late, far more people have read
this series in the couple of months that it was been in progress than have read my
last book after four years in print.
The other reason that I chose to present this material via the Internet is so that all
of you can help to insure that the story is told as accurately as possible. This is, in a
sense, a collaborative effort. Though I am willing to do most of the heavy lifting, I
am relying on all of you to point out any gaffes or omissions. In other words, this is
very much a work in progress and I have already made some minor corrections in
previous posts thanks to feedback from readers.
Page 392 of 508
Published by © 2009
Thanks to one particularly helpful reader who has access to California's Birth,
Death, Marriage and Divorce Indexes, as well as U.S. Census information, we now
know a little more about the Paulekas clan than we did before. Vitautas Alfonso
Paulekas was born on May 20, 1913 in Massachusetts, the son of John and Rose
Paulekas. He had one older sister, Albena, and two younger brothers, Bronislo and
John. Vito married Szou (real name Sueanne C. Shaffer) on July 7, 1961, when he
was 48 and she was just 18. If they met when she was 16, as seems quite probable,
then Vito was 46 at the time, rather than in his fifties as previously reported.
By far the most interesting information to surface concerns young Godo Paulekas.
Born on December 1, 1963, Godo died on December 23, 1966, having just made it
past his third birthday. December 23 was, curiously enough, the winter solstice (or
very close to it). And it wasn't just any winter solstice, mind you, but specifically the
first winter solstice in the Age of Satan (as declared by Kenneth Anger's buddy,
Anton LaVey, on April 30, 1966). The date of his death also means that young Godo
died less than 48 hours before Christmas morning, and yet his parents still thought
it a good time to go out dancing.
Vito and Sueanne divorced in Northern California in March of 1975. Before doing
so, they produced several more children, each given increasingly ridiculous names.
Gruvi Nipples Paulekas was born on June 23, 1967, exactly six months after Godo's
death and, therefore, very near the summer solstice. Bp Paulekas was born on
December 29, 1969, just days after the third anniversary of Godo's death. Bizarrely
enough, Sky Paulekas was born on December 1, 1971, on what would have been
Godo's eighth birthday. Last but certainly not least, Phreekus Mageekus Paulekas
was born on January 28, 1974, a little over a year before Vito and Sueanne divorced.
According to one report, Gruvi has joined Godo in the great beyond, a victim of her
voracious appetite for drugs and alcohol.
As for Carl Franzoni, there were indeed a couple of brothers named Franzoni who
were brought over from Italy in the early 1800s to carve the Masonic monuments of
Washington. According to Ihna Thayer Frary's book, They Built the Capitol,
Guiseppe Franzoni (and his brother Carlo) "had especially good family connections
in Italy, he being a nephew of Cardinal Franzoni and son of the President of the
Academy of Fine Arts at Carrara." Also shipped over were Francisco Iardella, a
cousin of the Franzoni brothers, and Giovanni Andrei, a brother-in-law of Guiseppe
Franzoni. Thus far, I have been unable to verify that Carl Franzoni is in fact
descended from these men, but it seems quite likely given that Carl would probably
not be aware of such an obscure chapter of American history were it not for a family
One final note: I looked it up and it turns out that Bobby Sherman ended up
becoming a sheriff's deputy. For real. Unlike his late-1960s Here Comes the Brides
co-star, David Soul, who later became fake bad-ass cop 'Hutch,' Bobby became a
real bad-ass cop. So I guess he was pretty cool after all. Except for, of course, the
hair. And the clothes. And the sappy songs. And the bad acting. And ...
Let's just forget that I ever brought it up.
Page 393 of 508
Published by © 2009
Part 8
July 24, 2008
"No one here gets out alive"
Jim Morrison
Dr. Strangelove
My apologies to readers for the long delay in getting this post up. These past several
weeks have not been easy ones for your fearless host. Things started going south
near the end of June, when our beloved family cat was taken ill and died upon
arrival at the local vet's office. To many readers, this may seem a rather insignificant
loss, but I have to say, in all honesty, that Thomas just may have been the coolest
cat to ever prowl the streets of Los Angeles. His presence in our home is surely
Not too long after Thomas' passing, my computer became quite ill as well. At first, it
looked as though there was little hope of saving her. My tech buddy had all but
pronounced her DOA when he unexpectedly detected a faint spark of life and a will
to live. She could be saved, he proclaimed, but it would take some time and money.
Given her advanced age (2 in human years, which is about 137 in computer years),
he suggested I might be better off buying a new model. But then, of course, I would
find myself face-to-face with the dreaded abomination known as Windows Vista.
Also, I didn't really need the headache and tedium of setting up a new machine,
transferring everything over, etc.
So I decided to wait it out, and for several days I found myself completely lost in the
world. My computer and my cat, you see, were my two very best non-human
friends. They were also, more importantly, my research assistants. I am a night-owl
by nature and it is in the wee hours of the morning, when the wife and kids are fast
asleep, that I create literary masterpieces (like the one you are reading right now).
Page 394 of 508
Published by © 2009
My two trusted and loyal companions in those endeavors have long been my
computer and my cat. And now they were both gone. Fuck.
The computer ultimately made a full recovery and returned home ready for action.
Thomas, unfortunately, would not be coming back, so we would have to soldier on
without him. But then, alas, came news of a far greater tragedy: a friend of 20+
years had succumbed to injuries sustained in a rock-climbing accident near his
home in Superior, Colorado. Just 47 years old and an avid outdoorsman, rock
climber, mountain biker and hockey player, he leaves behind that which he
cherished most in his life - three young kids, the oldest of whom is just 14. He was a
good man and a good friend who touched many lives during his relatively short stay
here on planet Earth, and he will not soon be forgotten.
It is, therefore, with a heavy heart that I return now to my position as selfappointed Laurel Canyon tour guide.
Sometimes pieces of the puzzle just seem to fall from the heavens. I don't really
know why that happens - and to be honest, I find it somewhat disconcerting at
times. On Sunday, July 6, the venerable Washington Post, in a most timely manner,
generously provided a new piece of the puzzle that even I, your jaded host, find
rather remarkable.
It seems that a former reporter and novelist by the name of Alex Abella "has written
a history of RAND, which was founded more than 60 years ago by the Air Force as a
font of ideas on how that service might fight and win a nuclear war with the USSR ...
Abella focuses on Albert Wohlstetter, a mathematical logician turned nuclear
strategist who was the dominant figure at Rand starting in the early 1950s and
whose influence has extended beyond his death in 1997 into the current Bush
administration ... Wohlstetter epitomized what became known as the 'RAND
approach' -- relentlessly reductive, determinedly quantitative analysis of whatever
problem the independent, non-profit think tank was assigned, whether the design
of a new bomber or improving public education in inner-city schools."
Let me interrupt here for just a brief moment to note that the RAND corporation is
a lot of things, but "independent" has never been one of them. Anyway, getting back
to the Post's timely book review, we find that "it was not so much Wohlstetter
himself as his acolytes ... who had a major impact in Washington." Most of those
acolytes need no introduction, as the names should be instantly recognizable to just
about everyone: Richard Perle (who once dated Wohlstetter's daughter), Paul
Wolfowitz, Zalmay Khalilzad, and Andrew Marshall ("formerly a RAND economist,
who, as promoter of the high-tech 'Revolution in Military Affairs' in Donald
Rumsfeld's Defense Department, was dubbed the Pentagon's 'Yoda'.")
In the latter half of the 1950s and the early 1960s, while Wohlstetter was with the
RAND corporation and also a professor at UCLA (and while his wife Roberta also
worked as an analyst for RAND), Albert and his followers - the men who now serve
as the apparent architects of US foreign policy - regularly met in a heavily wooded
neighborhood in Los Angeles known as ... actually, I think I'm going to defer back to
Page 395 of 508
Published by © 2009
the Washington Post's book review and let journalist Gregg Herken tell you how
"those bright, eager and ambitious young men ... had sat cross-legged
on the floor with their mentor at his stylish house in (drum roll, please!)
Laurel Canyon."
The title of the Post's book review is "Dr. Strangelove's Workplace," which
presumably is a reference to the notorious RAND corporation. But I think that we
can all agree that the title could just as easily apply to Wohlstetter's stylish Laurel
Canyon home. In fact, as the pieces of this puzzle continue to fall into place, it is
beginning to seem as though "Dr. Strangelove's Workplace" might be a good title for
the entire damn canyon. We now know that, in addition to hosting both a secret
military/intelligence facility and a call-boy/kiddy-porn operation servicing
prominent public figures, Laurel Canyon was also the birthplace and meeting place
of what we now know as the 'neocon'/PNAC crowd, as well as the home base of the
guiding light of the Rand corporation.
Thus far in our journey, we have encountered Masons, the FBI, the OSS, the CIA,
the secret society known as Skull and Bones, the Rothschild family, military
intelligence of every conceivable stripe, the OTO, the RAND corporation, the
'neocon' cabal, and just about every other nefarious group that regularly pops up in
the 'conspiracy' literature - with one very obvious exception: we have not yet met up
with any member of the legendary Rockefeller clan. Luckily though, we're about to
remedy that oversight.
This next contribution comes from deep within the archives of Time magazine, from
an article entitled "The Bride Wore Pink," published six decades ago on February
23, 1948: "One morning last week, bespectacled Bryant Bowden, editor of the
weekly Okeechobee (Fla.) News, sauntered into the Okeechobee courthouse and
stopped to eye the bulletin board in the main hall. Among the marriage-license
applications, which, by Florida law, must be publicly posted for three days before a
ceremony, he saw something which made him goggle. Winthrop Rockefeller, 35, of
New York - the fourth of John D. Rockefeller Jr.'s five sons and one of the most
eligible bachelors in the world - had stated his intention of marrying one Eva Sears,
also of New York."
"Editor Bowden had a bitter moment - his paper would not be published for two
days. Then he remembered that he was the Okeechobee correspondent for the
Associated Press. He telephoned the AP office in Jacksonville. A few hours later, the
whole U.S. journalistic horizon glowed a bright pink with the fireworks he had
touched off."
"While the first headlines blazed (and while Manhattan gossip columnists
scrambled to assure their readers that they had known all about the romance for
months), herds of reporters were dispatched to find an answer to the question: Who
is Eva Sears? Hearst's Cholly Knickerbocker (Ghighi Cassini) haughtily announced
that she was Mrs. Barbara Paul Sears of the fine old Philadelphia Pauls and thus a
society girl of impeccable pedigree. He was wrong."
Page 396 of 508
Published by © 2009
Jievute Paulekas, aka 'Bobo' Rockefeller, on the cover of Life Magazine
Indeed he was. So who was this mystery woman - this woman who had once had a
brief career in Hollywood before moving to Paris and taking a job as a secretary at
the U.S. embassy? She appears to have gone by many names at different times in
her life, including Eva Paul, Eva Paul Sears, Barbara Paul, Barbara Paul Sears, and
"Bobo" Rockefeller. None of them, however, was the name she was given at the time
of her birth. As Time magazine noted so many years ago, "Her parents were
Lithuanian immigrants and she was born Jievute Paulekiute in a coal patch near
Noblestown, Pa." Even that, however, was not her real name - at least not by
American custom and tradition.
In her parents' homeland, I am told, "Paulekiute" is the feminine version of a
surname we have previously encountered: "Paulekas," which was her parents'
surname. Eva Paul's father, as it turns out, just happened to be the brother of Vito
Paulekas' father (a fact verified by - and brought to my attention by - a member of
the Paulekas family.) I'm no genealogist, but I'm pretty sure that that means that
the self-styled "King of the Hippies" was a first cousin of "Bobo" Rockefeller, and a
cousin-in-law (or something like that) of Winthrop Rockefeller himself. Vito was
also a cousin of the couple's only child, Winthrop Paul Rockefeller, who would later
serve as the Lieutenant Governor of the state of Arkansas.
The Paulekas family, alas, missed the couple's day of celebration. According to
Time, "Bobo's mother and stepfather ... were unable to attend the ceremony because
they were making a batch of Lithuanian cheese on their Indiana farm." I guess we
Page 397 of 508
Published by © 2009
all have our priorities. Truth be told though, the Paulekas clan has a somewhat
different explanation: they were deliberately excluded from the ceremony as it was
felt they were a bit too uncultured to break bread with the likes of the Duke and
Duchess of Windsor and the Marquess of Blandford.
We will be revisiting Vito Paulekas in an upcoming edition, to review other new
information that has come my way. For now, we will just note that we can add the
Rockefellers to the list of folks connected to the Laurel Canyon scene. And that, of
course, made Laurel Canyon the ideal place for all the rock musicians and hippies
and flower children to hang out in the 1960s and 1970s, even with the stench from
all the dead bodies that kept piling up. Speaking of which, let's check in and see
what names have been added to the Laurel Canyon Death List since we last took a
The first new name I see is Mr. Brian Jones of the Rolling Stones, who purportedly
drowned without assistance in his home swimming pool on July 3, 1969, at the age
of 27 (Jim Morrison would allegedly die precisely two years later, also at the age of
27). Just three days after Jones' tragic death, the Stones, with the Hells Angels
providing security, played a previously-scheduled concert in Hyde Park, footage of
which appears in Kenneth Anger's Invocation of My Demon Brother. Despite his
(disputed) claims of being the founder of the Stones, Jones had been
unceremoniously dumped by the group on June 9, less than a month before his
death. He was replaced just four days later by Mick Taylor (who would later leave
the group and be replaced by Ron Wood). It would later be claimed that Jones was
booted from the band due to his grossly inflated ego and his chronic substance
abuse problems.
Anton LaVey, of the Church of Satan, from Invocation of my Demon Brother
"Fair enough," you say, "but what does any of that have to do with Laurel Canyon?
Clearly the Stones were not a Laurel Canyon band." True enough, but as Barney
Hoskyns has written (in Hotel California), "In the summer of 1968 the English band
was flirting heavily with Satanism and the occult ... and spending a lot of time in Los
Angeles." A lot of time, that is, in and around Laurel Canyon - and during that time,
Page 398 of 508
Published by © 2009
Mick Jagger was involved in two occult-drenched film projects: Kenneth Anger's
Lucifer Rising and Donald Cammell's Performance.
Jagger was the first musical superstar tapped by Anger to compose a soundtrack for
his Lucifer Rising project, which at the time was to star Mansonite Bobby Beausoleil
(who had, as we all remember, replaced Godo Paulekas). Anger would later solicit a
soundtrack for the long-delayed film project from Led Zeppelin's Jimmy Page, the
proud owner of one of the world's largest collections of Aleister Crowley
memorabilia, including Crowley's notorious Boleskine estate on the shores of
Scotland's Loch Ness. When ultimately released, however, the film featured a
soundtrack by neither Jagger nor Page, but rather one that was composed, recorded
and arranged inside a prison cell by convicted murderer Bobby Beausoleil. The preprison footage that Anger had shot of Beausoleil, meanwhile, ended up in a different
film: the aforementioned Invocation of My Demon Brother. Starring in Lucifer
Rising, as Osiris, was Performance writer and co-director Donald Seaton Cammell.
Donald Cammell as Osiris, from Lucifer Rising
Donald Cammell was the son of Charles Richard Cammell, who happened to be a
close friend and biographer of notorious occultist and British intelligence asset
Aleister Crowley. Donald himself was the godson of the Great Beast. Cammell's
decidedly Crowleyian film was originally to star his good friend Marlon Brando, but
the role ultimately went to actor James Fox. Brando and Cammell, by the way, once
wrote a novel together - a novel so horrifyingly bad that I dare not mention its title
here for fear that some of you may purchase it out of curiosity and then blame me
for any trauma you endure while attempting to actually read it.
Speaking of Brando, by the way, have I mentioned yet the curious string of deaths
that began eighteen years ago, on May 16, 1990, when Marlon's son Christian
gunned down Dag Drollet, the father of his sister Cheyenne's unborn child, in
Marlon's Laurel Canyon-adjacent home? Though convicted, Christian got off with a
rather light sentence, thanks primarily to Marlon having had his own daughter, the
prosecution's potential star witness, locked away in a mental institution in Tahiti,
safe from subpoena. A few years later, on April 14, 1995, 25-year-old Cheyenne was
Page 399 of 508
Published by © 2009
found swinging from the end of a rope, her death unsurprisingly ruled a suicide.
The next year, Christian Brando was released from prison and promptly became
involved with a woman by the name of Bonnie Lee Bakley, who caught a bullet to
the head on May 4, 2001 while in the company of new hubby Robert Blake (her
tenth husband). Marlon dropped dead next, on July 1, 2004 (though his death
wasn't particularly suspicious, given that he was getting on in years). His home was
promptly purchased by good friend and neighbor Jack Nicholson, who immediately
announced plans to bulldoze it, declaring the structure to be decrepit. He never did
though explain why a man wealthy enough to own his own chain of Polynesian
islands was purportedly living in a derelict abode. A few years later, on January 26
of 2008, Christian Brando dropped dead at the relatively young age of 49.
Returning now, after that brief digression, to our discussion of Donald Cammell's
Performance, we find that Mick Jagger was cast to play the role of 'Turner,' a
debauched rock star (which, obviously, was a real stretch for Mick). Fox played
'Chas,' a violent organized-crime figure. He was trained for the role by David
Litvinoff, a real-life crime figure and associate of the notoriously sadistic Kray
brothers. Litvinoff reportedly sent Fox to the south of London for a couple of
months to hang out with his gangster buddies; when he returned, according to
various accounts, Fox had literally become the violent character he portrayed in the
Bobby Beausoleil from Invocation of my Demon Brother
Recruited to create the film's soundtrack was Bernard Alfred "Jack" Nitzsche, an
occultist and the son of a supposed 'medium.' Nitzsche, along with Sonny Bono, had
begun his music career as a lieutenant for gun-brandishing producer Phil Spector
(Nitzsche was one of the architects of Spector's famed "wall of sound"). Nitzsche
was also a familiar presence on the Laurel Canyon scene, collaborating with such
noted bands and artists as Buffalo Springfield, Neil Young, Crazy Horse, Randy
Newman, Michelle Phillips, The Turtles, Captain Beefheart and Carole King.
Nitzsche also worked with several of the people we will be adding today to the
Laurel Canyon Death List, including David Blue, Ricky Nelson and Sonny Bono.
Page 400 of 508
Published by © 2009
And one guy who was already added to the list: Tim Buckley.
Nitzsche's Performance soundtrack was composed, according to author Michael
Walker, "in a witch's cottage in the canyon" (I'm not exactly sure what a "witch's
cottage" is, but it's nice to know that Laurel Canyon had one). One of the musicians
hired by Nitzsche to play on that soundtrack was Lowell George, who we will also be
adding to the Laurel Canyon Death List. For now, let's add Donald Cammell to the
list, since on April 24, 1996, he became yet another of the characters in this story to
catch a bullet to the head (need I add here that the wound was reportedly selfinflicted?) Nitzsche died five years later of a heart attack, on August 25, 2000. A few
years earlier, he had made an appearance on primetime television - as a gunbrandishing drunkard arrested on the streets of Hollywood on 'Cops'.
Before moving on, there is one other thing I need to mention about Cammell's film:
John Phillips once stated that Performance was about estranging one's self from
society in order to create a new, better social order. "With really intelligent people,"
according to Phillips, "it's almost a matter of inbreeding at this point." I don't know
about all of you readers out there, but when I first stumbled upon that quote, it
suddenly dawned on me that one element that was previously missing from this
story was a pro-eugenics comment from one of our flower-power icons, so I'm glad
that we were able to squeeze that in.
Screen capture from Lucifer Rising
Since we now seem to have segued onto the topic of John Phillips, let's go ahead
and add his good friend Steve Brandt to the Death List. Brandt, who was also a close
friend of the victims at 10050 Cielo Drive, allegedly overdosed on barbiturates in
late November of 1969, some three-and-a-half months after the Manson murders.
In the days and weeks following those murders, Brandt had placed numerous phone
calls to the LAPD. Those calls became increasingly frantic in nature, and Brandt
became increasingly fearful that his own life might be in jeopardy. He soon decided
to put some distance between himself and LA, so he headed for New York City. On
the night of his death, according to Phillips' autobiography, Brandt attended a
Rolling Stones concert at Madison Square Gardens, where he attempted to run on
Page 401 of 508
Published by © 2009
stage but was repelled and beaten by a security guard. He then went home and,
according to official mythology, overdosed.
It seems obvious that if someone had information that desperately needed to be
made public, and if it was the kind of information that authorities had, say, willfully
failed to act upon, and if the information was of the type that could not, needless to
say, be taken to the mainstream media, and if the year was 1969 and the mass
communication technology that we now take for granted did not yet exist, then
grabbing the mike at a Stones concert at Madison Square Gardens might just be one
of the most effective means of disseminating that information. Brandt failed in what
may have been an attempt to do just that, and he turned up dead just hours later.
Shit happens, I guess.
Moving on, I couldn't help noticing that when I mentioned David Blue a few
paragraphs back, a lot of you scratched your heads and asked, "David Who?" Allow
me then to quickly introduce you to another of the forgotten talents of Laurel
Canyon. Blue was born Stuart David Cohen on February 18, 1941; shortly thereafter,
his father was deployed overseas. According to David, his dad "came hobbling home
on crutches and stayed depressed all his life" (not unlike, it seems fair to say, the
family situation of our old friend Phil Ochs). David and his slightly older half-sister,
Suzanne, endured a hellish existence consisting of alternating periods of rages and
silences. Suzanne got out first, only to end up busted for prostitution in New York
City in 1963. Suzanne's next stop, just a few months later, was at the county
David, meanwhile, had gotten out of the house as well, by dropping out of school
and joining the US Navy at the age of seventeen - just as Lenny Bruce had done.
Like Jimi Hendrix, Blue was purportedly booted out of the service, after which he
decided to become a folk singer. His first album was released in 1966; a later effort
was produced by Graham Nash, who also, as everyone surely recalls, produced a
record for Judee Sill, with whom Blue had much in common (you people had better
be paying attention because - I'm warning you! - there will, at some point, be a quiz
on all this shit, and if you miss too many questions on that quiz, you will be locked
out from further access to these articles!)
... ... ... ... Just kidding!! I don't even know how to set that shit up! But if I did, I
would totally fucking do it! Anyway, let's get back to our story ...
Like Judee Sill, David Blue was one of the Laurel Canyon stars who never quite
shone as brightly as they should have. And also like Sill, Blue was one of the first
few acts signed by David Geffen's fledgling Asylum label. Finally, as with Judee,
David was long forgotten by the time of his death, on December 2, 1982, when the
forty-one-year-old Blue dropped dead while jogging in New York's Washington
Square Park. The former rising star (and occasional actor) lay in the morgue for
three days before anyone noticed that he was missing.
One final note to readers: early on in this series, when I urged readers to pick up a
copy of Programmed to Kill, I neglected to add that there is an older post on this
Page 402 of 508
Published by © 2009
website that you should read as well. If you haven't done so already, or haven't done
so lately, pull up a chair and work your way through "Celluloid Heroes, Part II: The
Tangled Web of Charlie Manson" which starts on the next page.
Page 403 of 508
Published by © 2009
Celluloid Heroes: Part II
or: The Tangled Web of Charlie Manson
David McGowan
February 10, 2002
“[In Hollywood], everyone's a producer or a hit man.” (Douglas Clark, convicted
Sunset Strip serial killer and the son of a Naval Intelligence operative.)
“I don’t know if you guys have ever in your entire life shot anybody, but it’s really
fun to do.” (Former child actor Carol Bundy, Clark's convicted accomplice, speaking
to the police.)
It has frequently been said that if you scratch just beneath the glossy and oh-soglamorous exterior of the Hollywood dream factory, you will find the dark and ugly
reality that lurks just beneath the surface. But just how dark and ugly is that reality?
There is certainly no shortage of recurrent weirdness that passes for businessas-usual in the land of make-believe that we like to call Hollywood. For such a small
and tight-knit community, the Hollywood gang has generated more than its fair
share of scandal and sleaze over the better part of the last century.
Is that merely because, in our celebrity-obsessed culture, every misstep of the
entertainment community is open to such intense scrutiny? Would we find the
same skeletons in the closets of any other group in the country that was subjected to
such unabashed media and public voyeurism? Is Hollywood merely a microcosm of
America itself, illuminated by the harsh glare of the stage lights?
If so, then it is truly a strange and scary world that we live in. Consider, if you
will, just a few recent examples of Tinseltown weirdness:
Actress Margot Kidder, missing for a week, surfaces in the bushes of a
stranger's yard with her head shaved and a few of her teeth conspicuously
Actress Anne Heche similarly goes missing, only to show up at the door of a
stranger in the middle of nowhere babbling about being beamed up to the
Actor/comedian Martin Lawrence decides to stop traffic one day on busy
Ventura Boulevard by wandering into the street, waving a gun and shouting
Actor Robert Downey, Jr. finds himself sleeping in the bed of a neighbor, with
no idea of how he got there.
Dr. Haing S. Ngor, who purportedly survived the killing fields of Cambodia
before starring in Hollywood's version of events there, doesn't survive the
streets of Hollywood; he is gunned down in February of 1996.
Actor Jack Nicholson decides to blow off some steam by attacking the vehicle
of another motorist with a golf club.
Someone 'falls' to their death from the apartment of actor James Caan.
Page 404 of 508
Published by © 2009
Comic actor Eddie Murphy is arrested in the company of a transsexual
prostitute. He/she dies a violent death shortly afterwards, though the press
doesn't pay much attention.
Actor Hugh Grant is arrested while being serviced by Hollywood prostitute
"Divine" Brown. Brown's pimp subsequently surfaces in the company of a
neo-Nazi singer who claims he was offered money by Courtney Love to kill
Kurt Cobain. The would-be assassin turns up dead soon after telling this story
to filmmaker Nick Broomfield.
Actor Brian Keith, the former star of television's Family Affair, is found with
a fatal bullet wound in his head on June 24, 1997. His death, ruled a suicide,
continues a long tradition of Hollywood notables allegedly shooting
themselves in the head. Included on that list are Herve "Tatoo" Villechaize
(September 4, 1993), Del Shannon (December 8, 1990), Jon-Erik Hexum
(October 12, 1984), Freddie "Chico" Prinze (January 29, 1977), Pete Duel
(December 31, 1971), and George "Superman" Reeve (July 1, 1959).
On June 2, 1996, the 35th anniversary of her grandfather Ernest's alleged
suicide, Margaux Hemingway joins the list of Hollywood personalities whose
deaths are attributed to drug overdoses. Margaux is the fifth member of her
family to have their deaths ruled as suicides. River Phoenix's death on
Halloween, 1993, outside of Johnny Depp's Viper Room, is also attributed to
an overdose.
Nothing unusual about any of that, I suppose. Looking further back over the
sordid history of Hollywood, consider also these examples of unexplained weirdness
(and these examples are, it should be noted, just the tip of a very large iceberg):
At Marlon Brando's Los Angeles estate, his son Christian shoots and kills
sister Cheyenne's significant other, Dag Drollet, in May of 1990. Christian
and his father claim that the shot was fired accidentally during a struggle for
the gun. There is no sign of a struggle, and Drollet is found in a sitting
position with a cigarette lighter and the remote control for the TV still in his
hands. Attorney Robert Shapiro, who also represented Robert Evans in the
Cotton Club murder case, cops a plea that results in Brando serving just five
years. By that time, Cheyenne is dead, allegedly a suicide victim. Christian is
later considered as a husband by Bonnie Lee Bakley, before she decides to
marry Robert Blake. Five months later, Bakley is dead.
Actors and actresses like Clara "It Girl" Bow, Frances Farmer, and the
aforementioned Oscar Levant and Wallace Reid find themselves forcibly
confined to mental hospitals. Farmer later tells of being beaten, raped, locked
in a cage, and administered electroshock torture (oops ... I meant to say
electroshock therapy).
Mob enforcer Johnny Stompanato is found stabbed to death in the home of
actress Lana Turner. Turner's young daughter takes the rap, though she
doesn't appear to be physically capable of committing the crime.
Actress Natalie Wood goes missing in the middle of the night from a yacht
while in the company of actors Robert Wagner and Christopher Walken. She
subsequently is found floating in the Pacific Ocean. Witnesses later claim that
she had been in a motel room with Walken on Catalina Island.
Page 405 of 508
Published by © 2009
Aspiring actress Elizabeth "The Black Dahlia" Short is found literally cut in
half, with her mutilated remains left on display, on January 15, 1947.
People close to actress Sarah Miles develop a knack for committing suicide.
There is the roommate who jumps out of the window of their shared
apartment. There is the ex-gardener who owes Miles money and decides to
gas himself. And of course there is the business manager who is discovered
dead in Sarah's motel room and declared to be the victim of a drug overdose
– though there is reportedly blood on his face and on the bed in which he is
found. Miles has purportedly spent the night in the room of her co-star at the
time: Burt Reynolds.
Actress Thelma "Hot Toddy" Todd turns up dead in her car, allegedly the
victim of suicide by means of carbon monoxide poisoning. Blood on her face,
a cut lip and a dislodged tooth indicate that she was beaten senseless prior to
her .... uhhh .... suicide. Todd had at one time been the wife of Pat DiCicco,
one of "Lucky" Luciano's top lieutenants.
Three years after Todd's death, popular comedian Ted Healy - who had had a
fling with Thelma - is beaten to death. Though the details of his death were
never reported, it has been fairly common knowledge in Hollywood circles for
decades that Healy was beaten by DiCicco and actor Wallace Beery. Present at
the time of the beating is Albert "Cubby" Broccoli – first cousin of DiCicco,
friend of Howard Hughes, and one-time agent for Lana Turner. Broccoli goes
on to produce the James Bond films, penned by British intelligence asset Ian
Fleming. Assisting in covering up the murder of Healy is Shemp Howard of
the Three Stooges, whose careers were launched by Healy.
Comedian/actor John Belushi is found dead in his room in a West Hollywood
hotel in March of 1982. He is said to be yet another victim of a drug overdose.
His last known visitors, on the night of his death, are Robert DeNiro and
Robin Williams. The story of his death, and tragically short life, is then told in
a book by former Office of Naval Intelligence 'briefer' Bob Woodward.
A number of the people involved with the movie Rebel Without a Cause die
mysterious deaths at young ages – including stars James Dean, Natalie
Wood, Sal Mineo (who is stabbed to death outside of his apartment on
November 12, 1976) and Nick Reid (who is found dead of mysterious causes
on February 7, 1968).
Silent film legend Ramon Navarro is found dead in his home on Halloween
day, 1968. He has been brutally tortured and murdered in what appears for
all the world to be a ritual homicide. Two brothers, both young male
prostitutes, are charged with the crime.
Actor Bob Crane is murdered and it subsequently emerges that he had a
secret life that centered around a passion for hardcore, homemade porno
Nothing unusual about any of that either, I suppose. But consider the web spun
by the man known as Charles Milles Manson. Now this is where we really cut to the
core of the dark underbelly of Hollywood. Join me then, if you will, as we embark on
a journey that I like to call "Seven Degrees of Charlie Manson."
Before doing so, allow me to introduce a few members of the stellar cast of this
Page 406 of 508
Published by © 2009
strange and twisted tale:
● Sharon Tate - the most famous of the Manson victims, and the daughter of
Colonel Paul Tate, U.S. Army Intelligence. Tate was killed on August 9, 1969, along
with Abigail Folger, Steven Parent, Jay Sebring, and Voytek Frykowski.
● Kenneth Anger - former child-star turned underground filmmaker, and the son
of a 'military-industrial complex' engineer who developed machine-guns for Kellogg
during WWII and later worked for Douglas Aircraft.
● Judy Garland - child actor and singer who was kept drugged on a daily basis
from about the age of five, first by her mother, and then by the studios. Garland was
found dead on the summer solstice of 1969, just seven weeks before the
Tate/LaBianca murders.
● John Phillips - musician/composer who founded the singing group The Mamas
and The Papas and who was born in a military hospital, the son of a career Marine
officer. John later attended the U.S. Naval Academy.
● Roy Radin - theatrical producer who specialized in staging vaudeville revival
shows. Radin was working with Robert Evans to produce The Cotton Club when he
was shot some twenty-seven times in the head in 1983. Radin began his career while
still a teenager by staging shows in Masonic temples.
● The Hell's Angels - the most well-known of the biker gangs that arose after
WWII due to the efforts of returning OSS and military officers. The Angels were led
by Ralph "Sonny" Barger, reportedly an informant for the Oakland Police
Department who was also on the payroll of the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and
● Jayne Mansfield - actress/sex symbol who was decapitated, allegedly in a car
accident, on June 29, 1967. According to Jayne's daughter, Mansfield's parties
featured the rich and famous getting naked and filming themselves. Tate and
husband Roman Polanski were reportedly the producers and collectors of 'fame
porn' as well.
● Robert F. Kennedy - U.S. Senator and presidential candidate who was
assassinated in Hollywood on June 5, 1968. Kennedy was allegedly shot from pointblank range behind his right ear by Sirhan Sirhan, who was standing several yards
in front of and to the left of the candidate. Like I said, shit happens.
Without further ado, we begin this journey - for no particular reason - with the
aforementioned Phil Hartman, who was a highschool friend of Lynette "Squeaky"
Fromme, who later became a disciple of Charlie Manson, a jailhouse correspondent
of John Hinckley, and the attempted assassin of President Gerald Ford, who was
once a roommate of modeling entrepreneur Harry Conover, whose wife was the
infamous Candy Jones, who was 'treated' by CIA-linked hypnotist William Jennings
Bryan, who also 'treated' the purported Boston Strangler, Albert DeSalvo, whose
name was written repetitively throughout the diaries of Sirhan Sirhan, who was also
'treated' by Bryan, who served as the technical director on The Manchurian
Candidate, which was directed by John Frankenheimer, at whose beach house a
dinner was held on June 5, 1968 whose attendees included "Mama" Cass Elliot,
Roman Polanski, and Sharon Tate, who was killed just over a year later by followers
of Charlie Manson, whose music was recorded by Doris Day's son, music producer
Terry Melcher, who lived with girlfriend Candace Bergen at 10050 Cielo Drive the
Page 407 of 508
Published by © 2009
year before it became a slaughterhouse after being rented by Polanski, who initially
was slated to pen the screenplay for Day of the Dolphin, which purported to tell the
story of Dr. John Lilly, who was a friend of Timothy Leary, whose Mellon familyowned Millbrook estate was frequently visited by Dr. Max "Feelgood" Jacobson,
who once 'treated' Judy Garland and who served as the personal physician of John
Kennedy, whose assassination prompted the shelving of the film The Manchurian
Candidate by its star, Frank Sinatra, who was a frequent companion of fellow 'Brat
Packer' Sammy Davis, Jr., who was an acknowledged member of Anton LaVey's
Church of Satan, from where Manson recruited killers Bobby "Cupid" Beausoleil
and Susan "Sexy Sadie" Atkins, who confessed to her cellmates that she had stabbed
to death actress Sharon Tate, who was inducted into witchcraft on the set of the
Polanski-directed film The Fearless Vampire Killers by Alexander "King of the
Witches" Saunders, who received 'training' as a child from Aleister Crowley, whose
followers included Anton LaVey and fellow Church of Satan member Kenneth
Anger, who was the roommate (and probable lover) of Family member Bobby
Beausoleil, who once appeared in an underground film titled Mondo Hollywood,
which also featured hairdresser and Manson victim Jay Sebring, who was a former
lover of Sharon Tate, who was a friend of a wealthy widow named Charlene Caffritz,
who played host to - and filmed the exploits of - Charlie and some of his girls, who
also lived for a time with Beach Boy Dennis Wilson, who recorded a song penned by
Charlie, who was an occasional member of the entourage of Mama Cass, who was
listed as a defense witness for Charlie's trial (but never called), as was her Mamas
and the Papas band-mate John Phillips, who was close to Polanski, Tate, Melcher,
Mick Jagger, Keith Richards, Cass Elliot, and film producer Robert Evans, who was
working with - and very likely contracted the execution killing of - Roy Radin,
whose assistant was Michael DeVinko aka Mickie DeVinko aka Mickie Deans, who
married - just a few months before her untimely death - Wizard of Oz star Judy
Garland, who as a teen was flooded with phone messages and telegrams by admirer
Oscar Levant, whose dead body was found by Candace Bergen, who - as a
photojournalist for Life magazine - covered the preempted presidential campaign of
Robert Kennedy, who was romantically linked to Marilyn Monroe, who was also
linked to Anton LaVey, who appeared in Kenneth Anger's Invocation of My Demon
Brother (released in August of 1969) along with Bobby Beausoleil, Mick Jagger and
Keith Richards, who was a guest at the 1968 London wedding of Sharon Tate to
Roman Polanski, who - during a nude photo shoot - molested a thirteen-year-old
girl at the home of Jack Nicholson, who was a friend of Cass Elliot, as were Robert
Evans and Manson victims Jay Sebring, Voytek Frykowski and Abigail Folger, who
provided funding for the Himalayan Academy, which Kenneth Anger helped form
with Timothy Leary, who was at the side of the stage at the 1969 Altamont concert
where - while the Rolling Stones played the Process Church-inspired Sympathy for
the Devil* - a fan was killed on film by the Hell's Angels, who had been
romanticized and transformed into anti-establishment heroes in the film Scorpio
Rising by Kenneth Anger and the book Hell's Angels by Hunter S. Thompson, both
of whom have been accused of making snuff films** for private collectors, which
was also a favorite pastime of Charlie Manson, one of whose underage recruits was
Didi Lansbury, who had written permission to travel with Charlie from her mother,
Angela Lansbury, who starred as the control agent in The Manchurian Candidate,
which was based on the novel of the same name by Richard Condon, who once
Page 408 of 508
Published by © 2009
served as a publicist for Walt Disney, who once owned the home where the Manson
Family slaughtered Leno LaBianca and wife Rosemary, who was involved in the
trafficking of drugs, as were many of those in this twisted saga, including Charles
Manson, victims Voytek Frykowski and Abigail Folger, John Phillips and Kenneth
Anger, who was a huge fan of the dark and violent imagery of the Rosicrucianinspired, L. Frank Baum-penned Oz books, which inspired the band The Magick
Powerhouse of Oz, which was led by Bobby Beausoleil, who was also at one time in
the band Love with Arthur Lee, four of whose members later turned up dead or
missing and presumed dead, as did Charlene Caffritz, Cass Elliot (who allegedly
choked on a sandwich in 1974), Dennis Wilson (who allegedly drowned on
December 28, 1983), and Gram Parsons, whose corpse was stolen and burned at
Joshua Tree on the autumnal equinox of 1973 by his band's road manager, Phil
Kaufman, who was a good friend from prison of Charlie Manson, who met (at Cass
Elliot's house) and received money from victim Abigail Folger, who also funded
Kenneth Anger, who at various times lived with both Jimmy Page (who purchased
Crowley's home and many of his artifacts) and Keith Richards & Anita Pallenberg,
whose home - in 1979 - yielded the body of a teenager who had been shot to death,
as was John Lennon the next year by Mark David Chapman, who shortly before
doing so met with - and offered a gift of live bullets to - Kenneth Anger, whose films
were cited as a major influence by photographer Robert Mapplethorpe, who was
implicated by witnesses in the Halloween 1981 execution killing of New York
photographer Ronald Sisman (a close associate of Roy Radin), who was reportedly
in possession of a snuff film of one of the Son of Sam murders, which were allegedly
committed by David Berkowitz, who from prison accurately described the Sisman
killing before it happened and who took the fall for the Son of Sam murders to cover
up the involvement of others, including possibly Roy Radin and wealthy art dealer
Andrew Crispo, who admitted being present at the site of a ritual murder which was
committed by a man named Bernard LeGeros, who was the son of a State
Department official, as was Pic Dawson, who was a regular member of the
entourage of Cass Elliot, as was a one-time bodyguard of publisher Larry Flynt
named Bill Mentzer, who was convicted of killing Radin and who was suspected of
involvement in numerous other contract murders, including some of those
attributed to David Berkowitz, who was 'examined' by psychiatrist/hypnotist Daniel
Schwartz, as was Mark David Chapman, who was obsessed with the film The
Wizard of Oz and the book The Catcher in the Rye, which was written by reclusive
author J.D. Salinger, who served in the OSS with Henry Kissinger, who was a close
adviser to Gerald Ford, who once met and shook hands with Mark David Chapman,
who was 'examined' by psychiatrist/hypnotist Bernard Diamond, who also
'examined' Sirhan Sirhan, who had connections to the Process Church, as did many
of those ensnared in this sordid web, including Kenneth Anger, John Phillips, Roy
Radin, David Berkowitz and Charlie Manson, who attended a New Year's Eve party
at the home of John Phillips, who wrote the siren song of the 'Summer of Love,'
bringing thousands of hippies and flower children streaming into San Francisco and
into the hands of such figures as Louis "Dr. Jolly" West, Anton LaVey, Charlie
Manson, Bobby Beausoleil, Timothy Leary and Kenneth Anger, who - just three
days after the suspicious death of Rolling Stone Brian Jones - filmed the Hell's
Angels stomping the crowd at a 1969 Stones concert in London, just five months
before they did the very same thing to the crowd at Altamont, which was organized
Page 409 of 508
Published by © 2009
by San Francisco attorney Melvin Belli, who consulted with F. Lee Bailey whilst the
latter was busily railroading Albert DeSalvo and later consulted with Richard "The
Night Stalker" Ramirez, who was offered an honorary membership in the Church of
Satan by Anton LaVey's daughter Zeena, who along with boyfriend Nickolas Schreck
staged an event on 8-8-88 celebrating the slaughter of the victims of the Manson
Family, who some researchers believe were involved in the murders attributed to
the "Zodiac," who called and sent correspondence to Melvin Belli, whose clients
included the widow of Hermann Goering and Jack Ruby, who assassinated Lee
Harvey Oswald, the purported assassin of John Kennedy, whose brother Robert was
romantically linked to Jayne Mansfield, as was Anton LaVey, who served as Roman
Polanski's technical director on the 1968 film Rosemary's Baby, which was set in
New York's Dakota Apartments, where John Lennon was gunned down by Mark
David Chapman, who shared a fixation on The Catcher in the Rye with failed
assassin John Hinckley, Jr., who stalked actress Jodie Foster, who is working on a
film biography of Leni Riefenstahl, who was met by - and admired by - fellow
filmmaker Kenneth Anger, who laced his film Scorpio Rising with Nazi imagery,
including the prominent use of swastikas, not unlike the one carved into the
forehead of Charlie Manson, who - at the Cielo Drive home of Polanski and Tate had a chance meeting with Nancy Sinatra, the daughter of Frank Sinatra, who was
married to actress Mia Farrow, who starred in the Polanski-directed Rosemary's
Baby, which was produced by Robert Evans, a friend of Henry Kissinger, who was
the righthand man of President Richard Nixon, whose election was ensured by the
assassination of Robert Kennedy by Sirhan Sirhan, who was yet another client of
Melvin Belli, as were the Hell's Angels and Nazi-collaborator Errol Flynn, who made
two films with Ronald Reagan, who was an occasional visitor to the childhood home
of Candace Bergen, who - as a photojournalist - chronicled the short-lived
administration of Gerald Ford, who married one of his friend Harry Conover's
'Covergirls,' who later opened the Betty Ford Center, where various celebrities in
and out of this web routinely check in for tune-ups.
I could probably go on, but I really have to get back to work on my screenplay.
I'm thinking of trying to break into Hollywood. I have this great script about a guy
who is propelled to the heights of power through a combination of fraud, arrogance,
legal manipulation and public denial to lead an imperialist military power that
masterfully uses propaganda to turn reality on its head.
When the man-who-would-be-king first takes office, the public views him with
a considerable amount of well-deserved skepticism. But then there is an apparent
attack upon the state which is used as a pretext to rally the support of the people
behind a reactionary social agenda and a war of unspecified duration with
unspecified goals. Some suspect that the attack was actually an inside job, but they
are ridiculed by those who scoff at the notion that their government would attack
one of its own institutions.
Meanwhile, the anti-hero sells the country out to huge corporate and financial
interests and institutes overt police state measures to keep the masses in line should
the people ever begin to catch on that their collective reality is little more than a
grand illusion. Much later, historians reluctantly admit that the purported attack
was in fact a staged provocation, but by then it is too late.
I'm almost done with the final draft. I just have to decide whether to name my
anti-hero Adolf or George. Then I'm going to have my people get in touch with Jerry
Page 410 of 508
Published by © 2009
Bruckheimer's people and close the deal.
Of course, I might have to take out some of the plot elements and replace them
with gratuitous, but really cool, special effects sequences. But it will still be a great
movie. Maybe even as good as the biography of the Marquis de Sade that Kenneth
Anger had long planned to film, in the original castle where deSade's crimes were
committed. But that's another story altogether.
* A number of journalists have written that the killing took place later in the
concert. This is perhaps due, at least in part, to the deceptive way in which the film
of the event, Gimme Shelter (arguably the most widely viewed snuff film ever
created), was edited. In the film, the killing is deliberately shown out of sequence,
making it appear as though it occurred at the end of the concert. It did in fact occur
while the Stones played Sympathy for the Devil, as can be discerned from a careful
viewing of the final minutes of the video version of the film. The band, fully aware of
what was going on immediately in front of the stage, played on. <back>
** Thompson, whose legal representation is provided by the same politicallyconnected law firm that successfully shielded John and Patsy Ramsey from
prosecution, has been accused by the child witnesses in the case dubbed the
'Franklin Cover-Up.' Anger was suspected by police investigators, but was shielded
from prosecution by sex researcher Alfred Kinsey, a devoted follower of Aleister
Crowley. Kinsey died shortly after he and Anger visited Crowley's Thelema Abbey in
Sicily. <back>
1. Bain, Donald The Control of Candy Jones, Playboy Press, 1976
2. Bowart, Walter Operation Mind Control, Dell Publishing, 1978
3. Bugliosi, Vincent with Curt Gentry Helter Skelter, Bantam Books, 1974
4. Bresler, Fenton Who Killed John Lennon?, St. Martin's Press, 1989
5. Constantine, Alex The Covert War Against Rock, Feral House, 2000
6. Cromelin, Richard “John Phillips; Singer-Songwriter Led the Mamas and the
Papas,” Los Angeles Times, March 19, 2001
7. DeCamp, John W. The Franklin Cover-Up, AWT, Inc., 1992
8. Farr, Louise The Sunset Murders, Pocket Books, 1992
9. Fricke, David “Life of a California Dreamer,” Rolling Stone #867, April 26, 2001
10. Gilmore, John and Ron Kenner Manson: The Unholy Trail of Charlie and the
Family, Amok, 2000
11. Landis, Bill Anger: The Unauthorized Biography of Kenneth Anger, Harper
Collins, 1995
12. Lee, Martin and Bruce Shlain Acid Dreams, Grove Press, 1985
13. Levenda, Peter Unholy Alliance, Avon, 1995
14. Marks, John The Search for the Manchurian Candidate, Times Books, 1979
15. McGunagle, Fred “The Man Who Killed John Lennon,” The Crime Library,
16. Moench, Doug The Big Book of Conspiracies, Paradox Press, 1995
17. Mueller, Jim "A Nyuk on the Wild Side; Did the Three Stooges Cover Up the
Murder of Their Founder?" Chicago Tribune, April 4, 2002
18. Sanders, Ed The Family, Dutton, 1971
Page 411 of 508
Published by © 2009
19. Street-Porter, Janet Scandal!, Penguin Books, 1981
20. Terry, Maury The Ultimate Evil, Barnes and Noble Books, 1999
21. Vankin, Jonathan and John Whalen The 60 Greatest Conspiracies of All Time,
Citadel, 1998
22. Vankin, Jonathan Conspiracies, Cover-Ups and Crimes, Illuminet Press, 1996
23. Wick, Steve Bad Company: Drugs, Hollywood, and the Cotton Club Murder,
St. Martin's, 1990
24. “The John Lennon Assassination,” A&E American Justice
25. “John Lennon: The Final Days,” E! True Hollywood Story
26. “Oscar Levant,” E! Mysteries and Scandals
Page 412 of 508
Published by © 2009
Part 9
August 11, 2008
"Everybody was experimenting and taking it all the way. It opened up a negative
force of energy that was almost demonic."
Frank Mazolla, editor of the film Performance
"There were a lot of weird people around. There was one guy who had a parrot
called Captain Blood, and he was always scrawling real cryptic things on the
inside walls of my house - Neil Young's too."
Joni Mitchell, describing the Laurel Canyon scene at the tail end of the 1960s
Ricky Nelson
(Some of the images in this edition were originally slated for inclusion in an
earlier installment of this series, but my computer was not very cooperative at the
time so they were left out. All of the images contained in this chapter, by the way,
and all other images in this series that are not otherwise credited in the captions,
are my own original photos.)
Like Brandon DeWilde, Kenneth Anger, Mickey Dolenz and Van Dyke Parks, Ricky
Nelson began his Hollywood career as a child actor. He was the son, as everyone
surely knows, of America's favorite 1950s TV mom and dad, Ozzie and Harriet
Nelson. Ricky began his rock 'n' roll career in 1957, when he was just seventeen. By
1962, he had scored no fewer than thirty Top 40 hits, trailing only superstars Elvis
Presley and Pat Boone.
Page 413 of 508
Published by © 2009
That reminds me that, before I forget, I need to add Elvis to the death list as well.
And before you send me letters of protest, let me assure you that I do indeed know
what a lot of you are thinking: "But Dave, Elvis isn't dead! I just saw him the other
day at the 7-11 right around the corner from my house. And, sure, he was looking a
little bloated, but he was definitely alive. I mean, unless you're going to try to
convince me that I watched a dead guy put away a ¼ lb. Big Bite."
Oh wait ... that might not be right ... what you are probably really thinking is:
"Elvis?! The King?! You can't be serious! How the hell does The King figure into any
of this? What are you going to tell us next - that comedians John Belushi and Phil
Hartman belong on the death list as well?"
Uhmm, have you been peeking at my notes or something? Because I actually am, as
a matter of fact, going to include Mr. Hartman on the list (and I could include Mr.
Belushi as well, since he did die at the Chateau Marmont Hotel, which happens to
lie at the mouth of Laurel Canyon). But we'll get to Phil Hartman later; for now, let's
talk a little bit about Mr. Presley and his admittedly tangential connections to
Laurel Canyon.
Elvis arrived in LA in 1956, to begin what would prove to be a prolific film career
that would continue throughout the 1960s and would result in the inexcusable
creation of nearly three dozen motion pictures, each one arguably more appalling
than the last. In the early years of his film career, Elvis reportedly spent his offhours hanging out with his two best Hollywood pals - a couple of young roommates
and Canyonites named Dennis Hopper and Nick Adams. In later years, Presley's
backing musicians - considered to be among the best session musicians in the
business - were in high demand among the Laurel Canyon crowd. Elvis' bass player,
for example, can be heard on some of the Doors' tracks. The entire band was
recruited by "Papa" John Phillips to play on his less-than-memorable solo project.
Mike Nesmith's critically-acclaimed post-Monkees project, the First National Band,
featured Presley's band as well. Gram Parsons also hired Elvis' band to back him up
on the two solo albums he recorded at what proved to be the twilight of his life and
Those two solo efforts by Parsons, by the way, prominently featured the voice of a
young singer/guitarist named Emmylou Harris, a relatively late arrival to the
canyon scene. Harris is the daughter - brace yourselves here for a real shocker, folks
- of a career US Marine Corps officer. As with so many other characters in this story,
she grew up in the outlying suburbs of Washington, DC, primarily in Woodbridge,
Virginia - which happens to be the home of an imposingly large Army 'research and
development' installation known as the Harry Diamond Laboratories Woodbridge
Research Facility. In other words, Emmylou Harris fit right in with the rest of the
Laurel Canyon crowd.
Page 414 of 508
Published by © 2009
A view into the San Fernando Valley from Mulholland Drive in Laurel Canyon; in the foreground is the
undergrowth where the body of Marina Habe was found.
But here I seem to have digressed from our discussion of Elvis (which was, if I
remember correctly, itself a digression from our discussion of Ricky Nelson). Given
though that he had only peripheral connections to Laurel Canyon, I guess I don't
really have much more to say about Elvis, other than that he reportedly died on
August 16, 1977, the victim of a drug overdose at the young age of forty-two. As with
Morrison, however, there have been persistent rumors that Elvis didn't actually die
at all, but rather reinvented himself to escape from the fishbowl.
As for Nelson, in the mid-1960s he successfully shed his 'teen idol' image and
emerged as a respected pioneer of the country-rock wave that Canyonites Jackson
Browne, Linda Ronstadt and the Eagles would soon ride to dizzying heights of
commercial success. One future member of the Eagles, Randy Meisner, played in
Nelson's Stone Canyon Band. As the name of the band would seem to imply, Nelson
did not live in Laurel Canyon but rather in one of the many neighboring canyons,
but he and his band were very much a part of the early country-rock scene that
included Laurel Canyon bands like The Byrds, Poco, the Flying Burrito Brothers and
the First National Band.
Nelson was killed on New Year's Eve, 1985, in a rather unusual plane crash.
According to Nelson's Wikipedia entry, "the original NTSB investigation long ago
stated that the crash was probably due to mechanical problems. The pilots
attempted to land in a field after smoke filled the cabin. An examination indicated
that a fire originated in the right hand side of the aft cabin area at or near the floor
line. The passengers were killed when the aircraft struck obstacles during the forced
landing; the pilots were able to escape through the cockpit windows and survived."
I can't be the only one here who is pondering the obvious question: exactly when
was it that the pilots were able to escape through the cockpit windows? I assume
that they did not parachute out when the aircraft was still at altitude, leaving the
passengers to crash and die. And they certainly couldn't have bailed out and
survived while the aircraft was coming in for a landing. So was it after the plane
touched down? If so, exactly how much time was there between when the plane
Page 415 of 508
Published by © 2009
touched down and when it impacted the fatal obstacles? How long was this 'escape
window,' as it were? I would think it was mere seconds, if even that, which wouldn't
seem to be enough time to execute an escape. And if the plane was going fast
enough on the ground that the impact killed all aboard, what are the odds that
anyone would survive such an escape attempt? I think maybe the NTSB needs to
take another look at this one.
For the final eight years of his life, Nelson lived in a rather unusual home. In 1941,
swashbuckling actor Errol Flynn had purchased an eleven-and-a-half-acre chunk of
the Hollywood Hills just off Mulholland Drive and had a sprawling home built to his
specifications. According to Laurie Jacobson and Marc Wanamaker, writing in
Haunted Hollywood, the mansion featured "several mysterious secret passageways,
and more than a few peepholes." The home appeared to have been designed to allow
for surreptitious observation of guests in the home's numerous bedrooms. It is
claimed that Flynn incorporated the unusual design features so that he could satisfy
his own voyeuristic impulses. Researcher/writer Charles Higham, however, has cast
Flynn as a Western intelligence asset (and Nazi sympathizer). And if Flynn was an
intelligence operative, then it is far more likely that the home was built not so much
for Flynn's personal pleasure, but rather as a means of compromising prominent
public figures (much like the home of, for example, Craig Spence).
The Shoreham Towers Apartments, from where Diane Linkletter took a dive.
After Nelson's death, the palatial home stood vacant until a curious incident took
place; referring once again to Jacobson and Wanamaker, we find that "A gang broke
in and murdered a girl in the living room. Then a mysterious fire burned half the
house. The ruins were torn down." Shit like that has been known to happen to folks
foolish enough to leave their expensive canyon homes sitting vacant ... well, except
for the part about the "gang." As far as I know, the canyons have never had much of
a "gang" problem. In the Hollywood Hills, the words "crime" and "gang-related"
never show up at a party together. And when was the last time anyone ever heard of
a "gang" kidnapping a girl and then taking her to a remote, isolated mansion to
murder her?
All things considered, I'm thinking that perhaps what the authors meant to say was
Page 416 of 508
Published by © 2009
that "a group of people broke in and murdered a girl ..." But that, of course, raises
the question of exactly what sort of group of people jointly commit a premeditated
murder? Other than death squads, the only such groups that come to mind are
generally referred to as "cults," which I'm guessing are far more common in the
canyons than are "gangs."
In addition to having a fondness for multi-perpetrator murders, it appears as
though cults also like to start fires, oftentimes because fires are a really effective way
of destroying evidence. Some of you may, however, be thinking that since the
Hollywood Hills are plagued by wildfires on a more or less annual basis, then there
is nothing particularly unusual about the fact that Nelson's home, and more than a
few of the other homes in this story, were destroyed by fire. For the most part
though, the fires that destroyed these structures were not natural wildfires but
rather fires of mysterious origin that seemed to target specific buildings. As Michael
Walker noted, "Laurel Canyon would burn and burn again, targeting with uncanny
precision the homes of its seemingly enchanted rock demimonde."
(One exception was the Laurel Canyon home of blues-rocker John Mayall, which
burned down to its foundation in a ferocious wildfire on September 16, 1979; that
wildfire also claimed the home of Whisky owner Elmer Valentine. It was from
Mayall's Bluesbreakers, by the way, that the Rolling Stones recruited guitarist Mick
Taylor, who I regrettably disparaged in the initial version of the last installment of
this series. Taylor was actually quite an accomplished guitarist whose work with the
Stones was frequently uncredited and who was underutilized by the band. My
apologies to all the fans of the Rolling Stones that I offended.)
Moving on then to the next new name on our list, we find that on December 31,
1943 - precisely forty-two years before the plane crash that would claim the life of
Ricky Nelson - Henry John Deutschendorf, Jr., better known as John Denver, was
born in Roswell, New Mexico. A few years later, the town of Roswell would make a
name for itself and become something of a tourist destination. But that is not really
our focus here today, though it should be noted that Henry John Deutschendorf, Sr.
might well have known a little something about that incident, given that he was a
career US Air Force officer assigned to the Roswell Army Air Field (later renamed
the Walker Air Force Base), which was likely the origin of the object that famously
crashed in Roswell.
After spending his childhood being frequently uprooted, as did many of our cast of
characters, Denver attended Texas Tech University in the early 1960s. In 1964, he
apparently heard the call of the Pied Piper and promptly dropped out of school and
headed for LA. Once there, he joined up with the Chad Mitchell Trio, the group
from which Jim McGuinn had recently departed to co-found The Byrds. By
November 1966, Denver was front-and-center at the so-called 'Riot on the Sunset
Strip,' alongside folks like Peter Fonda, Sal Mineo and a popular husband-and-wife
duo known as Sonny and Cher.
Page 417 of 508
Published by © 2009
Sal Mineo's home, where he was stabbed to death.
A decade later, in the latter half of the 1970s, Denver could be found working
alongside a spooky chap by the name of Werner Erhard, creator of so-called 'EST'
training. After graduating from the 'training' program, Denver penned a little ditty
that became the organization's theme song. In 1985, Denver testified alongside our
old friend Frank Zappa at the PMRC hearings. Twelve years later, in autumn of
1997, Denver died when his self-piloted plane crashed soon after taking off from
Monterey Airport, very near where the Monterey Pop Festival had been held thirty
years earlier. The date of the crash, curiously enough, was one that we have
stumbled across repeatedly: October 12.
The next name we need to add to the list is one that has already worked its way into
this narrative a time or two: Sonny Bono. As previously noted, Bono began his
Hollywood career as a lieutenant for reclusive murder suspect Phil Spector. In the
early 1960s, Bono hooked up with an underage Cherilyn Sarkisian LaPierre to form
a duo known first as Caesar and Cleo, and then as Sonny and Cher. The pair were
phenomenally successful, first on the Sunset Strip and later on television. Bono, of
course, ultimately gave up the Hollywood life and found work in a different branch
of the federal government: the U.S. House of Representatives.
On January 5, 1998, Sonny Bono died after purportedly skiing into a tree. At the
time, Bono occupied a seat on the House Judiciary Committee, which was about to
come to sudden prominence with the investigation and impeachment of President
Bill. The ball was already rolling by the time of Bono's death, and on January 26,
1998, just three weeks after the alleged skiing incident, Clinton held the nownotorious press conference in which he uttered the fateful words: "I did not have
sexual relations with that skank, by which I mean that the executive penis did not,
at any time, penetrate her womanly parts, though it is possible that she may have
taken a few puffs on the presidential cigar, if you fellas know what I mean. Does
anyone else have a question?" By that time, of course, Bono's seat on the panel had
been set aside for his robowife (who was, perhaps, more willing to act out the
And now, as promised, let's turn our attention to Phil Hartman. As everyone likely
Page 418 of 508
Published by © 2009
remembers, Saturday Night Live alumnus Hartman was murdered in his Encino
home on May 28, 1998. That much is not in dispute. Decidedly less clear is the
answer to the question of who it was that actually shot and killed Hartman. The
official story, of course, holds that it was his wife Brynn, who shortly thereafter shot
herself - with a different gun, naturally, and reportedly after she had left the house
and then returned with a friend, and after the LAPD had arrived at the home. There
is a very strong possibility, however, that both Phil and his wife were murdered,
with the true motive for the crime covered up by trotting out the tired but everpopular murder/suicide scenario.
A view of Lenny Bruce's Hollywood Hills home.
In most people's minds, of course, Phil Hartman is not associated with the Laurel
Canyon scene of the late 1960s and early 1970s. But as it turns out, Hartman did
indeed have substantial ties to that scene. To begin with, during the time that Jimi
Hendrix lived in LA (in the spacious mansion just north of the Log Cabin on Laurel
Canyon Boulevard), Hartman worked for him as a roadie. Soon after that, Phil
found work as a graphic artist and he quickly found himself much in demand by the
Laurel Canyon rock royalty. In addition to designing album covers for both Poco
and America, Hartman also, believe it or not, designed a readily recognizable rock
symbol that has endured for nearly forty years: the distinctive CSN logo for Crosby,
Stills and Nash.
Hartman had ties to the darker side of Laurel Canyon as well. He was, for example,
a high school chum of Lynette "Squeaky" Fromme, who would later find herself
living alongside Charlie Manson at the infamous Spahn Movie Ranch. In bygone
years, by the way, that very same Spahn Movie Ranch was frequently used as a
filming location by western star Tom Mix, who was, as we all know, the man whose
name was forever tied to the Log Cabin. Curiously enough, the Log Cabin's
guesthouse (aka the Bird House), which is still standing, was designed and built by
architect Robert Byrd, who also, according to one report, designed the house at
5065 Encino Avenue where Phil Hartman was murdered, and the house at 10050
Cielo Drive where Sharon Tate and friends were murdered.
While we're on the subject of the Bird House, I should mention that you can find
Page 419 of 508
Published by © 2009
numerous photos of the guesthouse and the grounds of the property at this website
( LINK ). Notice that among its other amenities, the house features a rather
medieval-looking dungeon, because one never knows when a dungeon might come
in handy for, uhmm, storing roots or something. Notice also that what was built as a
'guesthouse' probably makes your own home look like it belongs in a shantytown,
which would tend to indicate that the property's main residence, the Log Cabin, was
a decidedly opulent dwelling.
One more curious factoid that I feel compelled to toss out here, since I did reference
the Spahn Movie Ranch, is that during the days of the Manson clan's stay at that
now infamous former film set, there was a similarly dilapidated movie set that was
located right across the road from Spahn. It's name, in case you were wondering,
was the Wonderland Movie Ranch.
Speaking of Wonderland, let's turn our attention next to four individuals whose
names will probably not be familiar to most readers: Ronald Launius, Billy Deverell,
Barbara Richardson and Joy Miller. All died on July 1, 1981, all by bludgeoning, and
all at the same location: 8763 Wonderland Avenue in Laurel Canyon. All were
members of a gang that trafficked heavily in cocaine and occasionally in heroin. The
leader of the group was Ron Launius, who reportedly embarked on his criminal
career, and established his drug connections, while serving for Uncle Sam over in
Vietnam, which is also where he began to build his carefully-crafted reputation as a
cold-blooded killer. At the time that he became a murder victim himself, Launius
was a suspect in no fewer than twenty-seven open homicide investigations. He was
also a drug supplier to various members of the Laurel Canyon aristocracy.
The death house at 8763 Wonderland Avenue, as it looks today.
Victim Billy Deverell was Launius' second-in-command, and victim Joy Miller was
Billy's girlfriend as well as the renter of the Laurel Canyon drug den. Victim Barbara
Richardson was the girlfriend of another member of the gang, David Lind, who
Page 420 of 508
Published by © 2009
conveniently was not at the home at the time of the mass murder. That could well
have been due to the fact that Lind was, according to various rival drug dealers, a
police informant for both the Sacramento and Los Angeles Police Departments. He
was also a member of the ultra-violent prison gang known as the Aryan
Brotherhood (as is, by several accounts, a guy that we have bumped into several
times during this journey: Bobby Beausoleil). Lind, who met Launius when the two
had served time together, is alleged to have overdosed in 1995, though it is widely
believed that he actually went into the federal witness protection program.
The next name to go on our list is that of Brian Cole, bass player for The
Association, an LA folk-rock band known for the hit songs "Along Comes Mary" and
"Never My Love." The Association was not a Laurel Canyon band but they did have
close ties to the scene. The group was formed by Terry Kirkman and Jules
Alexander; Kirkman had formerly played in a band with Frank Zappa, while
Alexander was fresh from a stint in the US Navy. Jerry Yester, a guitarist and
keyboardist with the band, was formerly with The Modern Folk Quartet, a band
managed by Zappa manager Herb Cohen and produced by Byrds' manager Jim
Dickson. Guitarist Larry Ramos had formerly been with the New Christy Minstrels,
which also produced Gene Clark of The Byrds.
On June 16, 1967, Cole and his band were the first to take the stage at the Monterey
Pop Festival, followed by such Laurel Canyon stalwarts as The Byrds, Buffalo
Springfield, and the Mamas and the Papas. Five years later, on August 2, 1972, Cole
was found dead in his Los Angeles home. The cause of death was reportedly a
heroin overdose. Cole was one month shy of his thirtieth birthday at the time of his
Another new name on the Laurel Canyon Death List is Lowell George, the founder
and creative force behind the critically-acclaimed but largely obscure band known
as Little Feat. George was the son of Willard H. George, a famous furrier to the
Hollywood movie studios. Lowell's first foray into the music world was with a band
known as The Factory, which cut some demos with a guy by the name of Frank
Zappa. The Factory evolved into the Fraternity of Man, though without George, who
had left to serve as lead vocalist for The Standells. George returned, however, to join
the band in the studio for the recording of their second album. By that time, as we
have already seen, the Fraternity of Man had taken up residence in the Log Cabin,
alongside Carl Franzoni and his fellow Freaks.
George next joined up with Frank Zappa's Mothers of Invention, though his tenure
there was destined to be a short one; like so many others, Lowell left embittered by
Zappa's dictatorial approach to making music and his condescending treatment of
his bandmates. During his time with Zappa, George helped Frank out in the studio
with the GTOs' first (and only) album, as did Brits Jeff Beck and Rod Stewart (who,
readers of Programmed to Kill will recall, was one of the last people known to have
been in the company of a pair of underage girls before they became victims of a
'serial killer' in June 1980).
After parting company with Zappa, George formed Little Feat, a band composed
Page 421 of 508
Published by © 2009
mostly of musicians from the Fraternity of Man sessions. Lowell, who is credited
with being a pioneer of the use of slide guitar in rock music, served as singer,
songwriter and lead guitarist for the band, which released its debut album in 1970.
Though well regarded within the industry and by critics, the band's albums failed to
sell and George ultimately announced the demise the band and recorded a solo
album. After playing a show on June 29, 1979 at George Washington University in
support of that album, George was found dead in an Arlington, Virginia hotel room,
very near the Pentagon. Cause of death was said to be a massive heart attack,
though George was just thirty-four years old at the time.
According to Barney Hoskyns (writing in Hotel California), "A regular social stopoff for George was a Laurel Canyon house on Wonderland Avenue belonging to
Three Dog Night singer Danny Hutton. A drop-in den of debauchery, the Hutton
house featured a bedroom with black walls and a giant fireplace. Lowell would often
swing by and entertain the likes of Brian Wilson or Harry Nilsson." Nilsson and his
regular drinking buddy, John Lennon, were frequent guests at this "den of
The, uhmm, charming Wonderland Avenue School, just down the road from the Wonderland death
Former Beatle John Lennon is, to be sure, one of the most famous names to be
found on the Laurel Canyon Death List. Lennon also has the distinction of being
one of the few Laurel Canyon alumni whose cause of death is acknowledged to have
been homicide. The ex-Beatle, of course, never lived in the canyon, but he was a
fixture on the Sunset Strip and at various Laurel Canyon hangouts, frequently in the
company of Harry Nilsson. And as readers surely recall, he was gunned down on
December 8, 1980 - purportedly by Mark David Chapman, but more likely by a
second gunman.
Lennon was, as everyone knows, murdered in front of New York's Dakota
Apartments, which had been portrayed by filmmaker Roman Polanski in the 1960s
as a den of Satanic cult activity (in his film Rosemary's Baby). Not long before
Lennon's murder, Chapman had approached occult filmmaker Kenneth Anger and
offered him a gift of live bullets. Just days after Lennon was felled, Anger's longPage 422 of 508
Published by © 2009
delayed final cut of Lucifer Rising made its New York debut, not far from the
bloodstained grounds of the Dakota Apartments. And not long after that, the
'Reagan Revolution' began to transform America.
Exactly three weeks after Lennon's death, Tim Hardin - Canyonite, folk musician,
close associate of Frank Zappa, author of Rod Stewart's "Reason to Believe,"
onetime tenant in Lenny Bruce's Laurel Canyon-adjacent home, and former U.S.
Marine - died of a reported heroin and morphine overdose in Los Angeles. At the
time of his death, on December 29, 1980, Hardin was just thirty-nine years old.
Eight years later, on July 18, 1988, singer/songwriter/keyboardist Christa Paffgen,
better known as Nico, died of a reported cerebral hemorrhage in Ibiza, Spain under
unusual circumstances. After achieving some level of fame as a vocalist with the
Velvet Underground, Nico had left the Warhol stable and migrated west to Laurel
Canyon, where she formed a bond with a then-unknown singer-songwriter named
Jackson Browne, who contributed a few songs to Nico's 1967 debut album, Chelsea
Girl (so named for New York's Chelsea Hotel, from where Devon Wilson took a dive,
and where the persona of John Train murdered the persona of Phil Ochs). Also
contributing a song to Nico's solo debut was Mr. Tim Hardin.
On December 4, 1993, some five years after Nico's curious death, Frank Zappa died
in his Laurel Canyon home of inoperable prostate cancer. Some have speculated
that the cancer could have developed as a result of the chemical agents Zappa was
exposed to throughout his early childhood at the Edgewood Arsenal.
And so it goes. In the next installment, we will add two more famous names to the
death list, and we will use them as springboards to launch into two rarely-told
stories that will add new levels of complexity to the Laurel Canyon saga.
Page 423 of 508
Published by © 2009
Part 10
August 29, 2008
"By the time Manson shifted base from Rustic Canyon to an old ranch in
Chatsworth, he'd begun formulating the notion that he and his followers had to
prepare themselves for a race war with Black America." Barney Hoskyns (in Hotel
California, his take on the Laurel Canyon/Sunset Strip scene)
In this outing, we will be temporarily leaving Laurel Canyon. But don't worry; we
won't be traveling far, and we'll be returning soon enough.
Today we will be exploring Rustic Canyon, which lies about nine miles west of
Laurel Canyon. It was there, in Lower Rustic Canyon, that Beach Boy Dennis
Wilson lived in what Steven Gaines described in Heroes and Villains as "a palatial
log-cabin-style house at 14400 Sunset Boulevard that had once belonged to
humorist Will Rogers." The expansive home sat on three landscaped acres of gently
rolling hills.
The Floor of Upper Rustic Canyon
In the summer of 1968, as is fairly well known, Charlie Manson and various
members of his entourage moved in with Wilson. "Tex" Watson, curiously enough,
was already living there. As many as two-dozen members of Manson's clan spent
the entire summer there, with Wilson picking up the tab for all expenses. The
Mansonites (mostly nubile young women) regularly drove Wilson's expensive cars
and demolished at least one of them. Dennis didn't seem to mind; he was busy
recording Manson in his home studio and inviting fellow musicians, like Neil
Young, over to the house to hear Charlie perform (Young was so impressed that he
urged Mo Ostin to sign him).
Dennis would later claim that he had destroyed all the Manson demo tapes, that he
remembered almost nothing of his time with Charlie and the Family, and that he
Page 424 of 508
Published by © 2009
certainly knew nothing about the Tate and LaBianca murders, which were
committed in the summer of 1969, about a year after the Family had vacated the
Rustic Canyon residence.
The end of the line for the stairway leading to the floor of Rustic Canyon
At some point in time, Wilson had a change of heart and decided that maybe he did
indeed know a little something about the murders. "I know why